(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Strong's Greek and Hebrew Dictionaries (1890)"

A CONCISE 



DICTIONARY 



OF THE WORDS IN 



THE GREEK TESTAMENT; 



WITH THEIR RENDERINGS 



IN THE 



AUTHORIZED ENGLISH VERSION. 



m 



JAMES STRONG, S.T.D., LLD. 



mt i ^ 



ABINGDON PRESS 
NASHVILLE • NEW YORK 


































■ 















PREFACE. 









This work is entirely similar in origin, method, and design, to the author's Hebrew Dictionary, 
and may be employed separately, for a corresponding purpose and with a like result, namely, to be 
serviceable to many who have not the wish or the ability to use a more copious Lexicon of New- 
Testament Greek. In this case also even scholars will find many suggestions and explanations not 
unworthy their attention. 









-, 












Copyright, 1890, by Jambs Strong, 

MADISOK, H. J. 



PLAN OF THE BOOK. 



1. All the original words are treated In their 
alphabetical Greek order, and are numbered regu- 
larly from the first to the last, each being known 
throughout by its appropriate number. This ren- 
ders reference easy without recourse to the Greek 
characters. 

2. Immediately after each word is given its exact 
equivalent in English letters, according to the system 
of transliteration laid down in the scheme here fol- 
lowing, which is substantially that adopted in the 
Common English Version, only more consistently 
and uniformly carried out; so that the word could 
readily be turned back again into Greek from the 
form thus given it. 

3. Next follows the precise pronunciation, accord- 
ing to the usual English mode of sounding syllables, 






The following explanations are sufficient to show 
the mode of writing and pronouncing Greek words in 
English adopted in this Dictionary. 

1. The Alphabet is as follows: 

Name. Transliteration and Po-ver. 

Alpha (al'-fah) a, as in Arm or 
Beta (bay'-tah) b [j»An* 

Gamma (gam'-mah) g hard t 
Delta (del'-tah) d 
Epsilon (ep'-see-lon) &, as in mif 
Zeta (dzay'-tah) x, as in cmzet 
Eta (ay'-tah) S, as in thmy 

Theta (thay'-tah) th, as in thotJ 
Iota (ee-o'-tah) 1, as in ma- 
Kappa (cap'-pah) t£ (chine I 
Lambda (famb'-dah) 1 
Mu (moo) m 
Hu (noo) n 
Xi(fctee) x = fe 
Omikr5n(om'-e-cron) ft, as in not 
Pi (pee) p 
Bho (fcro) r 
<r, final S Sigma (sig'-mah) ■ sharp 
Tau(foto) t1T 



No, Form, 


1. A 


a 


2. B 


P 


s. r 


Y 


4. A 


8 


B.E 


e 


6. Z 


I 


7. H 


1 


e. e 


8or5 


0.1 


t 


io. E 


KOTfC 


It A 


\ 


13. M 


"• 


18. N 


V 


14. S 


1 


15. 


a 


i6. n 


it 


17. P 


9 


18. S 


<r,flna 


19. T 


T 



* o, when final, or before p final or followed by any 
other consonant, Is sounded like a in Arm; elsewhere 
like a in mAn. 

+ y, when followed by y, k, x, or£, is sounded like ng 
in kina. 

% i is always sounded like dz. 

t » never has the guttural sound, like th in tais. 

I i has the sound of ee when it ends an accented sylla- 
ble ; in other situations a more obscure sound, like i in 
amiable or imbeoile. 

T t uever has a sibilant sound, like tin nation, nature. 



so plainly indicated that none can fail to apprehend 
and apply it. The most approved sounds are adopted, 
as laid down in the annexed scheme of articulation, 
and in such a way that any good Grsecist would 
immediately recognise the word if so pronounced, 
notwithstanding the minor variations current among 
scholars in this respect. 

4. Then ensues a tracing of the etymology, radical 
meaning, and applied significations of the word, justly 
but tersely analyzed and expressed, with any other 
important peculiarities in this regard. 

5. In the case of proper names, the same method is 
pursued, and at this point the regular mode of An- 
glicizing it, after the general style of the Common 
English Version, is given, and a few words of expla- 
nation are added to identify it. 









GREEK ARTICULATION. 






80, 


Y 


V 


21. 


* 


+ 


82, 


X 


X 


23. 


* 


* 


24. 


a 


■ 



TJpsilSn (u'-pse-lon) n, as in fvU 
Fhl(fee) pn = / 

Chi (ftftee) German ch * 

Fsi (psee) pa 

Omega (o'-meg-ah) 6, as in no. 



2. The mark ', placed over the initial vowel of a 
word, is called the Bough Breathing, and is equivalent 
to the English h, by which we have accordingly rep 
resented it. Its absence over an initial vowel is in- 
dicated by the mark ', called the Smooth Breathing, 
which is unappreciable or silent, and is therefore not 
represented in our method of transliteration.t 

3. The following are the Greek diphthongs, prop- 
erly so called 4 



Form. Transliteration and Power. 
<" al(afc'ee)[a+e] 
£l el , as in hmght 
oi ol, as in oiZ 
ui we, as in swset 



Form. Transliteration and Power. 

ov ow> as in now 

tv en, as in /etj<J 
ou on, as in through. 



* From the difficulty of producing the true sound of 
X, it is generally sounded like k. 

t These signs are placed over the eeoond vowel of a 
diphthong. The same Is true of the accents. 

The Sough Breathing always belongs to v initial. 

The Bough Breathing is always used with p, when it 
begins a word. If tbls letter be doubled in the middle of 
a word, the first takes the Smooth, and the second the 
Bough, Breathing. 

As these signs cannot conveniently be written over 
the first letter of a word, when a capital, they are in 
such cases placed before it. This observation applies 
also to the accents. The aspiration always begins the 
syllable. 

Occasionally, in consequence of a contraction (email), 
the Smooth Breathing is made to stand in the middle of 
a word, and Is then called Coro'nis. 

* The above are combinations of two short vowels, 
and are pronounced like their respective elements, but 



6. Finally (after the punctuation-mark :— ) are 
given all the different renderings of the word in the 
Authorized English Version, arranged in the alpha- 
betical order of the leading terms, and conveniently 
condensed according to the explanations given 
below. 

By searching out these various renderings in the 
Main Concordance, to which this Dictionary is de- 
signed as a companion, and noting the passages to 
which the same number corresponding to that of 
any given Greek word is attached in the marginal 
column, the reader, whether acquainted with the 
original language or not, will obtain a complete 
Greek Concordance also, expressed in the words of 
the Common English Version. This is an advantage 
which no other Concordance or Lexicon affords. 









4. The accent (stress of voice) falls on the syllable 
where it is written.* It is of three forms: the acute 
( ' ), which is the only true accent; the grave ( * ) 
which is its substitute; and the circumflex ( * or ) r 
which is the union of the two. The acute may stand 
on any one of the last three syllables, and in case it 
occurs on the final syllable, before another word in 
the same sentence, it is written as a grave. The grave 
is understood (but never written as such) on every 
other syllable. The circumflex is written on any syl- 
lable (necessarily the last or next to the last one of 
a word), formed by the contraction of two syllables, 
of which thejirst would properly have the acute. 

5. The following punctuation-m&TkB are used: the 
comma ( , ), the semicolon ( • ), the colon or period 
( . ), the interrogation-point ( ; ), and by some editors, 
also the exclamation-point, parentheses and quota 
tion-marks. 



in more rapid succession than otherwise. Thus ou is 
midway between * in high, and ay In say. 

Besides these.there are what are called improper dlph 
thongs, in which the former is a long vowel. In these, 



f sounds like a 
V 1 



iju sounds like n + v 
cav " " «4~ v - 



the second vowel, when t, Is written under the first (un- 
less that be a capital), and is silent; when v. It Is 
sounded separately. When the initial is a capital, the t 
is placed after it, but does not take the breathing nor 
accent. 

The sign ", called dicer'esis, placed over the latter of 
two vowels. Indicates that they do not form a diph- 
thong. 

* Every word (except a few monosyllables, called 
Aton'ics) must have one accent; several small words 
(called Enclit'ics) throw their accent (always as an 
acute) on the last syllable of the preceding word (in ad- 
dition to its own accent, which still has the principal 
stress), where this is possible. 






r 



ABBREVIATIONS EMPLOYED. 






abst.= abstract (-ly) 
ace. — accusative (case) 
adv. = adverb (ial) (ly) 
aff.= affinity 
alt.= alternate (-ly) 
anal. = analogy 
app. = apparent (-ly) 
caus. = causative (-ly) 

(.„,. _ J ceremony 

oer — I ceremonial (-ly) 

Chald.= Cbaldee 

Car. = Christian 

coll. = collective (-ly) 

(comparative 

comp.= i com P arativeI y 
' j compare 

( compound (-s) 
concr. = concrete (-ly) 
corr. = corresponding 



dat.= dative (case) 

I derivation 
der.= K derivative 
( derived 

dim. = diminutive 

dir. = direct (-ly) 

E.= East 

eccl. = ecclesiastical (-ly) 

Eg. = Egypt (ian) 

p ii _ I ellipsis 
eu — 1 elliptical (ly) 
eq.= equivalent 
esp.= especially 

( euphemism 
euph.= < euphemistic 

( euphemistically 
ext.= extension 
fern. = feminine 
flg.= figurative (-ly) 



for. = foreign 

gen.= genitive (case) 

Gr.= Greek 

Wok — i Hebraism 
ueD — ■) Hebrew 

i„-S 'd est 
%,e — I that is 

taper. = imperative 

imperf . = imperfect 

impers.= impersonal (-ly) 

tapHim$ef° n 
incl.= including 
ind.= indicative (ly) 
indiv.= individual (ly) 
inf. = infinitive 
inh.= inhabitant (-s) 
intens. = intensive (-ly) 
intr.= intransitive (-ly) 



invol.= | gvoi™toJfly 

irr.= irregular (-ly) 

T„ _ J Israelite (-s) 
isr — 1 1sraelitish 

Jer.= Jerusalem 
Lat.= Latin 
lit. = literal (-ly) 
mean. = meaning 
ment. = mental (ly) 
mid.= middle (voice) 
mor. = moral (-ly) 
mult. = multiplicative 
nat. = natural (-ly) 
neg. = negative (-ly) 
neut.= neuter 
obj. = objective (-ly) 
obs.= obsolete 



or. = origin (-aD(-ly) 

Pal. = Palestine. 

part. = participle 

pass. = passive (-ly) 

perh. = perhaps 

pers. = person (-al) (-ly) 

phys.= physical (-ly) 

pl.= plural 

pref.= prefix (-ed) 

pos.= positive (-ly) 

prim. = primary 

prob.= probably 

nrol - i Prolongation 
p (prolonged 



pron.: 



. J pronominal (-ly) 
' 1 pronoun 

prop. = properly 

redirol - ■! reduplicated 
reaupi.- -j reduplioation 



refl.= reflexive (-ly) 

rel.= relative (-ly) 

Rom.=Roman 

sing.=singular 

spec. = special (-ly) 

subj.= subjective (-ly) 

sup. = superlative (ly) 

tech.= technical (ly) 

term. = termination 

trans. = transitive (-ly) 

trnnan - i transposed 
transp.- j trangp0siti0Il 

typ. = typical (-ly) 
unc = uncertain 
_ J variation 
1 various 
voc.= vocative 

vol - ■! voluntarily 
""•- \ voluntary 















SIGNS EMPLOYED. 



+ (addition) denotes a rendering in the A. V. of one 
or more Gr. words in connection with the one under 
consideration. 

X (multiplication) denotes a rendering in the A. V. 
that results from an idiom peculiar to the Gr. 



( ) (parenthesis), in the renderings from the A. V., 
denotes a word or syllable sometimes given in con- 
nection with the principal word to which it is an- 
nexed. 



[ ] (bracket), in the rendering from the A. V., de- 
notes the inclusion of an additional word in the Gr. 

Italics, at the end of a rendering from the A. V., de- 
note an explanation of the variations from the usual 
form. 






























GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



N B.— The numbers not in italics refer to the words in 
the Hebrew Dictionary. Significatlons'within quotation- 
marks are derivative representatives of the Greek. 

1. A a, alfah; of Heb. or.; the first letter of the 
alphabet; fig. only (from its use as a numeral) the 
first:— Alpha. Often used (usually dv an, before a 
vowel) also in composition (as a contraction from 
427) in the sense of privation; so in many words be- 
ginning with this letter; occasionally in the sense of 
union (as a contraction of 260). 

2. "Aapuv Aaron, ah-ar-6hn'; of Heb. or. [175]; 
Aaron, the brother of Moses:— Aaron. 

S. ' AgaSSwv Abaddon ab-ad-ddhn'; of Heb. or. 
[11]; a destroying angel:— Abaddon. 

4. ajfapifs h bares, ab-ar-ace'; from / (as a neg. 
particle) and 022; weightless, i.e. (fig.) not burden- 
some:— from being burdensome. 

5. *Appd Abba, ab-bah'; of Chald. or. [2]; father 
(as a voc.):— Abba. 

6. "AP«X. Abel, ab'-el; of Heb. or. [1893]; Abel, the 
son of Adam:— Abel. 

7. "Apia Abla, ab-ee-ah'; of Heb. or. [29]; Abijah, 
the name of two Isr. :— Abia. 

8. ' ApiaBap Ablatbar, ab-ee-ath'-ar; of Heb. or. 
[54]; Abiathar, anlsr.:— Abiathar. 

9. *APt\i|v^ Abilene, ab-ee-lay-nay' ; of for. or. 
[comp. 58] ; Abilene, a region of Syria:— Abilene. 

10. "APioilS Abioud, ab-ee-ood'; of Heb. or. [31]; 
Abihud, an Isr :— Abiud. 

11. 'APpadp, Abraam, ab-rah-am'; of Heb. or. 
[85] ; Abraham, the Heb. patriarch:— Abraham. [In 
Acts 7 : 16 the text should prob. read Jacob.] 

IS. oipwro-os abussAs, aV-us-sos; from z (as a 

neg. particle) and a var. of 1037; depthless, i.e. (spec.) 

(infernal) "abyss":— deep, (bottomless) pit. 

13. "A\apos AgabAs, ag'-ab-os; of Heb. or. 

[comp. 2285] ; Agabus, an Isr. :— Agabus. 

ljf. a.ya!boipylu) agatbAergeo, ag-ath-er-gheh'-o; 

from 18 and 2041; to work good:— do good. 

15. etyaSoiroi&fl agatbApAleo, ag-ath-op-oy-eh'- 
0; from 17; to be a well-doer (as a favor or a duty) :— 
(when) do good (well). 

16. d\o6oiroittt agatbApAUa, ag-ath-op-oy-ee'- 
ah; from 17; well-doing, i.e. virtue:— well-doing. 

17. iyoOoirotos agathApAISs, ag-ath-op-oy-os' ; 
from /* and 4160; a well-doer, i.e. virtuous:— them 
that do well. 

18. d"ya86s agatbAs, ag-ath-os'; a prim, word; 
"good" (to any sense, often as noun): — benefit, 
good (-s, things), well. Comp. 2370. 

19. dvaSoKrvVil agatbosime, ag-ath-o-soo'-nay; 
from 18 ; goodness, i.e. virtue or beneficence:— good- 
ness. 

50. d-yaXXltKris agalliasls, ag-al-lee'-as-is; from 
si; exultation; spec, welcome:— gladness, (exceeding) 
joy. 

51. dyaXXidu agalllao, ag-al-lee-ah'-o; from 
a-yav agan (much) and 242; prop, to jump for joy, 
i.e. exult:— be (exceeding) glad, with exceeding joy, 
rejoice (greatly). 

22. ctyapos agamAs, og'-am-os; from 1 (as a neg. 
particle) and 1062; unmarried:— unmarried. 

23. dyovoicr^u aganabteo, ag-an-ak-teh'-o; 
from 070V agan (much) and o\8os acbtbAg 
(grief; akin to the base of 43); to be greatly afflicted,, 
i.e. (fig.) indignant:— -be much (sore) displeased, have 
(he moved with, with) indignation. 



fSaaBunsMyBi/ 



24. d-yavoKTno-is aganaktesls, ag-an^ak'-tay-sis; 
from 23; indignation:— indignation 
SB. ayairaa agapad, ag-ap-ah'-o; pern, from 
otyav agan (much) [or comp. 5689] ; to love (in a so- 
cial or moral sense):— (be-) love (-ed). Comp. 530$. 
S6. dywrn agape, ag- ah'-pay; from 25; &ot>e, x.e, 
affection or benevolence. 
(feast ofj'charnyTFaBly];, 

#7. &YairnT<Ss agapetAs, ag-ap-ay-tos' ; from sj; 
oeJoued.— (dearly, well) beloved, dear. 

58. "A/yop Agar, ac/-ar; of Heb. or. [1904] ; Hagar, 
the concubine of Abraham:— Hagar. 

59. d/y^apevio aggareno, ang-ar-yeW '-o; of for. 
or. [comp. 104]; prop, to be a courier, i.e., (by impl.) to 
press into public service:— compel (to go). 

80. oyyetov aggeion, ang-eye'-on; from oyyos 
aggAs (a. pail, perh. as bent; comp. the base of 43); 
a receptacle: — vessel. 

31. ayyeXCa aggella, ang-eUee'-ah; from 32; an 
announcement, i.e. (by impl.) precept:— message. 

35. dYyeXos aggelAs, ang'-eUos; from d77&X*> 
aggello [prob. der. from 71; comp. 34] (to &rm0r tid- 
ings); a messenger; esp. an " angel "; by impl. a pas- 
tor;— angel, messenger. 

33. ays agS, ag'-eh; imper. of 7/; prop, lead, i.e. 
come on:— go to. 

34. dyeXi) agele, ag-el'-ay; from 77 [comp. j*]; a 
drove: — herd. 

55. a-yevtoXi-yivros agenealAgetAs, ag-en-eh- 
al-og'-ay-tos; from / (as neg. particle) and 107s; un- 
registered as to birth:— without descent. 

36. d-yevijs agenes, ag-en-ace'; from / (as neg. 
particle) and 1085; prop, without kin,i.e. (of unknown 
descent, and by impl.) ignoble:— base things. 

37. a.y\A!t,a naglazo, hag-ee-ad'-zo; from 40; to 
make holy, i.e. (cer.) puri/y or consecrate; (mentally) 
to venerate:— hallow, be holy, sanctify. 

55. d-yicuruos baglasmAs, hagee-as-mos' ; from 
J7; prop, purification, i.e. (the state) purity; concr. 
(by Hebr.) a purifier .■—holiness, sanctiflcation. 

39. 0710V haglAn, hag'-ee-on; neut. of 40; a sa- 
cred thing (i.e. spot):— holiest (of all), holy place, 
sanctuary. 

40. a-yios bagl As, hag'-ee-bs; from 070s bagAs 
(an awful thing) [comp. S3, 2282] ; sacred (phys. pure; 
mor. blameless or religious, cer. consecrated): — (most) 
holy (one, thing), saint. u 

^1. 07161118 haglotes, hag-ee-ot'-ace; from #>; 
sanctity (i.e. prop, the state):— holiness. 
^?. aVyuoo-wn baglosnne, hag-ee-o-soo'-nay; 
from #3; sacredness (i.e. prop, the quality):— holi- 
ness. 

43. 07x0X11 agkale, ang-kal'-ay; from otyKOs 
agkAs (a tend, "ache"); ah arm (as curved):— arm. 

44. ayKUrrpov agklstrdn, ang'-kis-tron; from 
the same as 43; a Jtooft (as Sent) :— hook. , 

45. cfryKVpa agkura, ang'-koo-rah; from the same 
as 43; an "ancfcor" (as crooked):— anchor. 

46. a7vo«j)os agnapbAs, ag'-naf-os; from 7 (as a 
neg. particle) and the same as 1102; prop. atn/MiZed, 
i.e. (by impl.) new (cloth):— new. 

.47. 071/8(0 bagneia, hagwi'-ah; tromss; clean, 
liness (the quality), i.e. (spec.) chastity:— purity. 
48. iyvlX,a nagnlzo, hag-nid'-zo; from ss! to 
twle clean, i.e. (fig.) sanctify (cer. or mor.):— purify 
(self). 

7 



49. d^vio-ads bagntsmAs, hag-nis-mos 1 '; from 
^y; a cleansing (the act), i.e. (cer.) lustration:— puri- 
fication. 

50. CL7vo6k> agnAeo, ag-no-eh'-o; from r (as a neg. 
particle) and jS?9,' mot to know (through lack of in- 
formation or intelligence); by impl. to ignore (through 
disinclination): — (be) ignorant (-ly), not know, not un- 
derstand, unknown. 

51. aTVonpa agnAema, ag-no'-ay-mah; from jo; 
a thing ignored, i.e. shortcoming:— error. 

52. a.'yvota agnAla, ag'-noy-ah; from jt; igno- 
rance (prop, the quality):— ignorance. 

53. ayvis bagnAs, hag-nos'; from the same as #0; 
prop, clean, i.e. (fig.) innocent, modest, perfect: — 
chaste, clean, pure. 

54. d7v6TT]s bagnAtea, hag-not'-ace; from 33; 
cleanness (the state), i.e, (fig.) blamelessness:— pure- 
ness. 

55. dyvus bagnos, hag-noce'; adv. from jg; 
purely, i.e. honestly: — sincerely. 

56". d.7V<i)o-Ca agnosia, ag-no-see'-ah; from j- (as 
neg. particle) and 1108; ignorance (prop, the state):— 
ignorance, not the knowledge. 

57. (vyVowTOS agnost As, ag'-noce-tos; from 1 (as 
neg. particle) and 1110; unknown: — unknown. 

58. 07000. agAra, ag-or-dh'; from &7«Cp<t) 
ageiro (to gather; prob. akin to 1453); prop, the 
town-square (as a place of public resort): by imp], a 
market or thoroughfare:— market (-place), street. 
B9. a70po£ci> agArazo, ag-or-ad'-zo; from 58; 
prop, to go to market, i.e. (by impl.) to pjtrctese; 
spec, to redeem:— buy, redeem. 

60. o/yopatos agAralAs, ag-or-ah'-yos; from j8; 
relating to the market-place, i.e. forensic (times); by 
impl. vulgar:— baser sort, low. 

61. a-ypo agra, ag'-rah; from 7/; (abstr.) a catcft- 
ing (of fish) ; also (concr.) a haul (of fish):— draught. 

62. d7pa.np.aT05 agrammatAs, ag-ram -mat-os; 
from j (as neg. particle) and 1121; unlettered, i.e. #- 
literate: — unlearned. 

63. &.ypa.v\io agrauleo, ag-roio-leh'-o; from 63 
and #2 (to the sense of 833); to camp out:— abide to 
the field. 

64. d7pev« agreuo, ag^rew'-o; from bi; to Aunt, 
i.e. (fig.) to entrap:— catch. 

65. &7piAaios agrlelalAs, ag^ree-el'-ah-yos; 
from 66 and 1636; an oleaster:— olive tree (which is) 
wild. 

66. cfypios agrlAs, ag'-ree-os; from oJ"; wild (as 
pertaining to the country), lit. (jiainraZ) or fig. 
(fierce):— wild, raging. 

67 '- Ayplinras Agrlppas, ag-rip'-pas; appar. 
from d6 and 2462; wild-horse tamer; Agrippas, one o£ 
the Herods:— Agrippa. 

68. d7pd s agrAs, ag-ros'; from 77,- a jfield (as a 
driue for cattle); gen. the country; spec, a farm, i.e. 
hamlet:— country, farm, piece of ground, land. 

69. d7puirv£<i> agrupneo, ag-roopweh'-o; ulti- 
mately from 7 (as neg. particle) and J2J8; to 6e sJeep 
less, i.e. fceep owiafce; — watch. 

70. a7pinrv(a agrapnla, ag-roop-nee'-ah; from 
60; sleeplessness, i.e. a keeping awake:— watch. 

71. o.yo ago, ag'-o; a prim, verb; prop, to lead; by 
impl. to bring, drive, (reflex.) go, (spec.) pass (time), 
or (fig.) induce:— be, bring (forth), carry, (let) go, 
keep, lead away, be open. 

72. ayayi[ agoge, ag-o-gay'; redupl. from fr; a 
bringing up, i.e. mode of living;— manner of life. 



8 



A gone 
Alaythace 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



73. &y&v agon, ag-one'; from 71; prop, a place of 
assembly (as if led), i.e. (by impl.) a contest (held 
there) ; fig. an effort or anxiety:— conflict, contention, 
fight, race. 

74. d-ywCa agonla, ag-o-nee'-ah; from 73; a 
struggle (prop, the state), i.e. (fig.) anguish:— agony. 

75. d-yuvtgouot agonlzdmal, ag-o-nid'-zom- 
ahee; from 73; to struggle, lit. (to compete fora prize), 
fig. (to contend with an adversary), or gen. (to en- 
deavor to accomplish something) :— fight, labor fer- 
vently, strive. 

76. "Afidu Adam, adorn'; of Heb. or. [181]; 
Adam, the first man; typ. (of Jesus) man (as his 
representative) :— Adam. 

77. dSdiravos adapanfts, ad-ap'-an-os; from / 
(as neg. particle) and nbo; costless, i.e. gratuitous:— 
without expense. 

78. ASSC Addi, ad-dee 1 ; prob. of Heb. or. [comp. 
6716]; Addi, an Isr.:— Addi. 

79. aSc\<f>yj adelpbe, ad-el-fay 1 ; fem. of *; a 
sister (nat. or eccles.):— sister. 

SO. d8tA<j>ds adelpbos, ad-el-fos'; from / (as a 
connective particle) and St\d>iis delpbua (the 
womb); a brother (lit. or fig.) near or remote [much 
like 1] .--brother. 

81. dStX^-rns adelpb&tes, ad-el-fot'-ace; from 
So; brotherhood (prop, the feeling of brotherliness), 
i.e. the (Christian) fraternity:— brethren, brother- 
hood. 

82. aonXos adelda, ad'-ay-los; from r (as a neg. 
particle) and 1112; hidden, fig. indistinct: — appear 
not, uncertain. 

88. d&n\dmjs adel&tes, ad-ay-lot'-ace; from 82; 

uncertainty: — x uncertain. 

84. i&f[\mt adelos, ad-ay'-loce; adv. from 82; 

uncertain ^.'—uncertainly. 

86. dStutoWu ademdneo, ad-ay-mon-eh'-o: from 

ader. of dW» adeo, (to be sated to loathing); to 

be in distress (of mind):— be full of heaviness, be very 

heavy. 

86. d'Sns h^des, hah'-dace; from 7 (as a neg. par- 
ticle) and 1402; prop, unseen, i.e. "Hades" or the place 
(state) of departed souls:— grave, hell. 

87. dSidicpiros adlakritds, ad-ee-ak-'ree-tos; 
from / (as a neg. particle) and a der. of 123s; prop. 
undistinguished, l.e. (act.) impartial:— without par- 
tiality. 

88. dSidXetirros adlalelptoa, ad-ee-al'-ipe-tos; 
from / (as a neg. particle) and a der. of a compound 
of 1223 and 3007; unintermitted, i.e. permanent:— 
without ceasing, continual. 

89. dSioXelirTws adlalelptos, ad-ee-al-ipe'-toce; 
adv. from 38; uninterruptedly. I.e. without omission 
(on an appropriate occasion):— without ceasing. 

00. dSicufiOopCa adlapbtbftrla, ad-ee-a/-fftor- 
ee'-ah; from a der. of a compound of / (as a neg. par- 
ticle) and a der. of 1311; incorruptibleness, i.e. (fig.) 
purity (of doctrine):— uncorruptness. 

91. dSiK&D adlkeo, ad-ee-keh'-o; from 04; to be 
unjust, i.e. (act.) do wrong (mor., socially or phys.):— 
hurt, injure, be an offender, be unjust, (do, suffer, 
take) wrong. 

92. &oCKt|u,a adikema, ad-eekf-ay-mah; from or; 
a wrong done:— evil doing, iniquity, matter of wrong. 

93. dSilcCa adikln, ad-ee-kee'-ah; from 04; (legal) 
injustice (prop, the quality, by impl. the act); mor. 
wrongfulness (of character, life or act):— iniquity, 
unjust, unrighteousness, wrong. 

94. oSucos adlkos, ad'-ee-kos; from / (as a neg. 
particle) and 1349; unjust; by extens. wicked; by 
impl. treacherous; spec, heathen:— unjust, unright- 
eous. 

95. oSCkus adlkos, ad-ee'-koce; adv. from 04; 
unjustly:— wrongfully. 

96. &8oki|».o$ adoklmos, ad-ok'ee-mos; from / 
(as a neg. particle) and 1384; unapproved, i.e. re- 
jected; by impl. worthless (lit. or mor.):— castaway, 
rejected, reprobate. 

97. oSoXos adAl&s, od'-ol-os; from 7 (as a neg. 
particle) and 1388; undeceitful, i.e. (ng.) unadulter- 
ated;— sincere. 



98. 'ASpauvrrnvds Adrnmntttnoe, ad-ram- 
oot-tay-nos' ; from 'ASpajivTreiov Adramnt- 
tfiion (a place in Asia Minor); Adramyttene or be- 
longing to Adramyttium:— of Adramyttium. 

99. 'ASpCas Adrias, od-ree'-os; from 'ASpCa 
Adrla (a place near its shore); the Adriatic sea (in- 
cluding the Ionian):— Adria. 

100. dSporns hadrotes, had-rot'-ace; from 
dSpos hadros (stout); plumpness, i.e. (fig.) Ji&erat- 

ity:— abundance. 

101. dSworlu adnnateo, ad-oo-nat-eh'-o; from 
102; to be unable, i.e. (pass.) impossible: — be impos- 
sible. 

102. dSvvaros adanatos, ad-oo'-nat-os; from/ 
(as a neg. particle) and 1413; unable, i.e. weak (lit. or 
fig.); pass, impossible:— could not do, impossible, im- 
potent, not possible, weak. 

103. dT>» a t do, ad'-o; a prim, verb; to sings- 
sing. 

104- &*C ael, ah-eye'; from an obs. prim, noun (ap- 
par. mean, continued duration); " ever;" by quali- 
fication regularly; by impl. earnes«».■— always, ever. 

105. d«T<Ss aetds, ah-et-os 1 ; from tbe.same as jog; 
an eagle (from its Mind-like flight):— eagle. 

106. a£vp,os aznmds, ad'-zoo-mos; from 7 (as a 
neg. particle) and 2210; unleavened, i.e. (fig.) uncor- 
rupted; (in the neut. plur.) spec, (by impl.) the Pass- 
over week:— unleavened (bread). 

107. 'A|up Azor, ad-zore'; of Heb. or. [comp. 
5809] ; Azor, an Isr.: — Azor. 

108. "AJwtos Azotos, ad'-zo-tos; of Heb. or. [7B6] ; 
Azotus (i.e. Ashdod), a place in Pal. :— Azotus. 

109. dVjp aer, ah-ayr'; from dn|ii aeml (to 
breathe unconsciously, l.e. respire; by anal, to blow); 
"air" (as naturally circumambient) :— air. Comp. 
SS94- 

dfld atba. 8ee3'34- 

110. dflavaorta atbanagla, ath-an-as-ee'-ah; 
from a compound of / (as a neg. particle) and 2288; 
deathlessness: — immortality. 

111. dWiu-ros atb£mitog, ath-em'-ee-tos; from 1 
(as a neg. particle) and a der. of W|us tbemls (sta- 
tute; from the base of 3087); illegal; by impl. flagi- 
tious:— abominable, unlawful thing. 

112. dScos atb£&s, ath'-eh-os; from 1 (as a neg. 
particle) and 231b; godless: — without God. 

118. aSco-uos atbesmds, ath'-es-mos; from 1 (as 
a neg. particle) and a der. 0I3087 (in the sense of en- 
acting); lawless, i.e. (by impl.) criminal:— wicked. 
114- 6Strlu> atb£t£o, ath-et-eh'-o; from a com- 
pound of 1 (as ft neg. particle) and a der. of 3087; to 
set aside, i.e. (by impl.) to disesteem, neutralize or 
violate:— cast off, despise, disannul, frustrate, bring 
to nought, reject. 

115. dWrnots at li fit" sis. ath-et' -ay-sis; from 114; 
cancellation (lit. or fig.):— disannulling, put away. 

116. 'AO^vot Atbenal, ath-ay'-nahee; plur. of 
'AM[vn Athene (the goddess of wisdom, who was 
reputed to have founded the city); Athencs, the cap- 
ital of Greece:— Athens. 

117. "AOnvoSos Atbenalds, ath-ay^nah'-yos; 
from 11b; an Athenman or inhab. of Athense:— 
Athenian. 

118. i&Ma atbleo, ath-leh'-o; from dOXos atb- 
15b (a contest in the public lists) ; to contend in the 
competitive games:— strive. 

119. aflXno-is atblesls, ath'-lay-sis; from 118; a 
struggle (fig.) :— fight. 

ISO. dOuuiu atbnmeo, ath-oo-meh'-o; from a 
comp. of / (as a neg. particle) and 2372; to be spirit- 
less, i.e. dislieartened:— be dismayed. 

121. aBuos atboAs, ath'-o-os; from 1 (as a neg. 
particle) and a prob. der. of 3087 (mean. a. penalty); 
not guilty:— innocent. 

122. at-yetos algeAs, ah'ee-ghi-os; from ol| alx, 
(a goaf); belonging to a goat:— goat. 

123. atyiaXds aiglalds, aftee-ghee-ai-os'; from 
dta-a-o a'isso (to rush) and 231 (in the sense of the 
tea); a beach (on which the waves dash):— shore. 



124. Atyuimos Algnptioa, ahee-goop'-fee-os; 
from 123; an JBgyptian or inhab. of JSgyptus:— 
Egyptian. 

125. Atyuirros Alguptos, ah'ee-goop-tos; of 
uncert. der. ; JEgyptus, the land of the Kile.— Egypt. 

126. dtSios aiidios, ah-id'-ee-os; from 104; ever- 
during (forward and backward, or forward only): — 
eternal, everlasting. 

127. atSiis aldos, ahee-doce'; perh. from 7 (as a 
neg. particle) and 1492 (through the idea of downcast 
eyes); bash/ulness, i.e. (towards men), modesty or 
(towards God) awe. - — reverence, shamefacedness. 

128. AU)(oi|r Altblops, ahee-thee'-ops; from 
aC0a altbo (to scorch) and <m|/ ops (the face, from 
,3700); an ^Ethiopian (as a fitaefcamoor):— Ethiopian. 

129. ot|itt balma, hah'ee-mah; of uncert. der.; 
blood, lit. (of men or animals), fig. (the juice of 
grapes) or spec, (the atoning blood of Christ); by 
impl. bloodshed, also kindred:— blood. 

ISO. aljiarticxvo-la halmatSkehnsia, hahee- 
mat-ek-khoo-see'-ah; from J2g and a der. of 1632; an 
effusion of blood:— shedding of blood. 

131. at(ioppeo> balmdrrbeo, haheejmor-hreh'-o; 
from 720 and 4^£?; to flow blood, i.e. Tiave a fwemor- 
rhage:— diseased with an issue of blood. 

132. A Was Aln6am,ahee-neh'-as; of uncert. der.; 
Mneas, an Isr. :— jEneas. 

7^. atvoris alnSsls, ah'ee-nes-is; from 7^; a 

praising (the act), i.e. (spec.) a fftanfc (-offering):— 

praise. 

134- oXvivt alneo, ahee-neh'-o; from 136; to praise 

(God):— praise. 

155. atwyiia alnlgma, ah'ee-nig-ma; from a 

der. of 7j6 (in its prim, sense); an odscure saying 

(" enigma"), Le. (abstr.) obscureness: — x darkly. 

136. atvos alnds, ah'ee-nos; appar. a prim, word; 
prop, a story, but used in the sense of 1808; praise 
(of God):— praise. 

137. AlwSv Alnoo, aftee-noftn'; of Hebr. or. [a 
der. of 5869, place of springs]; JEnon, a place in 
Pal.:— JSnon. 

138. alplouai balredmat, hahee-reh'-om-ahee; 
prob. akin to 142; to take for oneself, i.e. to prefer:— 
choose. Some of the forms are borrowed from a cog- 
nate IXXouat bellAmal, hel' -lom-ahee; which is 
otherwise obsolete. 

139. alpEins balresls. hah'ee-res-is; from 138; 
prop, a choice, i.e. (spec.) a party or (abstr.) dis- 
union:— heresy [which is the Gr. word itself], sect. 

140. atperCJw balretlzo, hahee-ret-id'-zo; from a 
der. of 138; to make a choice:— choose. 

141. alpemicds balretlbos, hahee-ret^e-kos"', 
from the same as 140; a schismatic:— heretic [the Or. 
word itself], 

142. atpo alro, ah'ee-ro; a prim, verb; to lift; by 
impl. to take up or away; fig. to raise (the voice), 
keep in suspense (the mind); spec, to sail away (i.e. 
weigh anchor); by Heb. [comp. 537B] to expiate sin:— 
away with, bear (up), carry, lift up, loose, make to 
doubt, put away, remove, take (away, up). 

143. ahrSdvouai alstbanomal, ahee-sthan'-om- 
ahee; of uncert. der.; to appreftend (prop, by the 
senses) : —perceive. 

144- ato-Ono-is alstbesls, ah'ee-sthay-sis; from 
143; perception, i.e. (fig.) discernment:— judgment. 

145. ato-9irnijpu>v alstheterlon, ahee-sthay-tay>- 
ree-on; from a der. of 143; prop, au organ of percep- 
tion, i.e. (fig.) judgment:— senses. 

146. at<rxpoKcpS4}S alscbr&kerdes, ahee-skhrok- 
er-dace'; from 130 and wfpSos kerdoa (gain) ; sor- 
did:— given to (greedy of) filthy lucre. 

147. afoxpoKcpSfis alscbrAkerdoa, aFiee- 
skhrok-er-doce' ; adv. from 146; sordidly:— tot filthy 
lucre's sake. 

148. aio-xpoXovto. alscbr&l&gla, ahee-skhrol- 
og-ee'^ih; from 130 and 3036; vile conversation:— &■ 
thy communication. 

149. a&rxpdv alscbron, ahee-skhron'; neut. of 
750; a shameful thing, i.e. indecorum:— shame. 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



Ago ne 
Alaythace 



150. aUrxp<5s alscbrAg, ahee-skhros' ; from the 
same as 133; shameful, i.e. base (spec, venal):— filthy. 

151. aUrxpinjs alscbrAtes, ahee-skhrot'-ace; 
from 750; shame/ulness, i.e. obscenity: — fllthiness. 

152. aUrxwn alscbnne, ahee-skhoo'-nay; from 
'S3! shame or disgrace (abstr. or Conor.): — dishon- 
esty, shame. 

153. otcrxwonov alsebunAmal, ahee-skhoo'- 
nom-ahee; from ato-\os alscbds (disfigurement, 
l.e.disgrace); to feelshame (for oneself):— be ashamed. 
15 Jf. atria alteo, ahee-teh'-o; of uncert. der.; to 
ask (in gen.):— ask, beg, call for, crave, desire, re- 
quire. Comp. 4441. 

155. atrtjua aitema, ah'ee-tay-mah; from 154; a 
thing asked or (abstr.) an asking:— petition, request, 
required. 

156. atria altla, ahee-tee'-a; from the same as 154; 
a cause (as if asked for), i.e. (logical) reason (motive, 
matter), (legal) crime (alleged or proved):— accusa- 
tion, case, cause, crime, fault, [wh-]ere [-fore]. 

157. atrtaua attiama, ahee-tee'-am-ah; from a 
der. of 136; a thing charged: — complaint. 

158. afcrvov altlAn, ah'ee-tee-on; neut. of ija; a 
reason or crime [like #6]:— cause, fault. 

159. ctETios altlAs, ah'ee-tee-os; from the same as 
134; causative, i.e. (concr.) a causer: — author. 

160. aUj>vtSio$ alpbnldlAs, aheef-nid'-ee-os; 
from a comp. of 7 (as a neg. particle) and 5310 [comp. 
i8io\ (mean, non-apparent); unexpected, i.e. (adv.) 
suddenly: — sudden, unawares. 

161. al\]UxKmrla alcbmalosla, aheekh-maUo- 
see'-ah; from 164; captivity:— captivity. 

162. alxuaXorciu alcbmaloteuo, aheekh-mal- 
o-tewf-o; from. 164; to capture [like 163]:— lead cap- 
tive. 

163. <xiyy,a\m%<f> alcbmalotlzo, aheekh-mal- 
o-tid'-zo; from 164: to make captive:— lead away 
captive, bringiinto captivity. 

164. atxp.aXo>T<Ss alcbmalotAs, aheekh-maUo- 
tos'; from alXM^i alebme (a spear) and a der. of 
the same as 239; prop, a prisoner of war, i.e. (gen.) a 
captive: — captive. 

165. atiiv nion ahee-ohn'; from the same as 104; 
prop, an age; by extens. perpetuity (also past) ; by 
impl. the world; spec. (Jewish) a Messianic period 
(present or future): — age, course, eternal, (for) ever 
(-more), [n-]ever, (beginning of the, while the) world 
(began, without end). Comp. 5530. 

166. atovtos aloniAs, ahee-o'-nee-os; from 163; 
perpetual (also used of past time, or past and future 
as well):— eternal, for ever, everlasting, world 
(began). 

167. dKoflapo-ttt akatharsla, ak-ath-ar-aee'-ah; 
from ibg; impurity (the quality), phys. ormor.:— un- 
cleanness. 

168. OKo6aprqs akatbartes, ak-ath-ar'-tace; 
from iog; impurity (the state), mor.: — fllthiness. 

169. dicdOapros akathartAs, ak-ath'-ar-tos; 
from / (as a neg. particle) and a presumed der. of 
2508 (mean, cleansed); impure (cer., mor. [lewd] or 
spec, [daemonic]):— foul, unclean. 

170. aKotplonai akalrcomai, ak-ahee-reh'-om- 
ahee; from a comp. of 7 (as a neg. particle) and 2540 
(mean, unseasonable); to be inopportune (for one- 
self), i.e. to fail of a proper occasion:— lack, oppor- 
tunity. 

171. ducaCpus akalros, ok-oh'ee-roce; adv. from 
the same as 770; inopportunely:— out of season. 

172. okcikos akakAs, ak'-ak-os; from / (as a neg. 
particle) and 235b; not bad, i.e. (obj.l innocent or 
(subj.) unsuspecting: — harmless, simple. 

173. cucavOa akantha, ak'-an-thah; prob. from 
the same as 188; a thorn:— thorn. 

17 4-. axdvOivos akantblnAa, ak-an'-thee-nos; 
from 17s; thorny: — of thorns. 
175. oKdDiros akarpAs, aW-ar-pos; from 1 (as a 
neg. particle) and 2J90; barren, (lit or fig.):— without 
fruit, unfruitful. 



176. aicaTdyvuo-TOs akatagnostAa, ak-at-ag'- 
noce-tos; from 7 (as a neg. particle) and a der. of 
1607; unblamable:— that cannot be condemned. 

177. dKOTaKdXwirros akatakalnptAs, ak-at- 
ak-al'-oop-tos; from / (as a nog. particle) and a der. 
of a comp. of 230b and 2572,' unveiled:— uncovered. 

178. dxaraKpiTos akatakrltAs, ak-at-ak'-ree- 
tos; from 7 (as a neg. particle) and a der. of 2632; 
without (legal) trial: — uncondemned. 

179. dKardXuros akatalutAs, ak-at-al'-oo-tos; 
from 1 (as a neg. particle) and a der. of 2647; indis- 
soluble, i.e. (fig.) permanent:— endless. 

180. dKaTdirawrros akatapaastAs, ak-at-ap'- 
ow-stos; from 1 (as a neg. particle) and a der. of 
2664; unrefraining:—that cannot cease. 

181. dKOToo-rao-£a akatastasla, ak-at-as-tah- 
see'-ah; from 182; instability, i.e. disorder:— commo- 
tion, confusion, tumult. 

182. &KaTdcrraTos akatastatAs, ak-at-as'-tat- 
os; from 1 (as a neg. particle) and a der. of 2323; in- 
constant: — unstable. 

183. dKO/rdo-xETOs akatascbAtAs, dk-at-as'- 
khet-os; from 1 (as a neg. particle) and a der. of 2722; 
unrestrainable:— unruly. 

IS 4. "Ai«XSaud Akeldama, ak-el-dam-ah' ; of 
Chald. or. [mean, field of blood; corresp. to 3506 and 
1818]; Akeldama, a place near Jerus. :— Aceldama. 

185. diclpaios akeralAs, ak-er'-ah-yos; from 1 (as 
a neg. particle) and a presumed der. of 2767: unmixed, 
i.e. (fig.) innocent:— harmless, sample. 

186. cLkXivi'is akllnes, ak-lee-nace'; from 7 (as a 
neg. particle) and 2*27; not leaning, i.e. (flg.) firm: — 
without wavering. 

187. &K|idi> akmazo, ak-mad'-zo; from the 
same as 188; to make a point, i.e. (flg.) mature:— be 
fully ripe. 

188. dicu/fjv akmen, ak-mane'; accus. of a noun 
(" acme") akin to did) ake (a point) and mean, the 
same; adv. just now, i.e. still:— yet. 

189. dicorfj akAe, ak-o-ay'; from 797; hearing (the 
act, the sense or the thing heard):— audience, ear, 
fame, which ye heard, hearing, preached, report, 
rumor. 

190. dKo\ov84(i> akAlAothAo, ak-ol-oo-theh'-o; 
from 7 (as a particle of union) and K&6V0OS kelAn- 
tbAs (a road); prop, to be in the same way with, i.e. 
to accompany (spec, as a disciple):— follow, reach. 

191. dicovo akiiuo. ak-oo'-o; a prim, verb; to 
hear (in various senses):— give (in the) audience (of), 
come (to the ears), ([shall]) hear (-er, -ken), be noised, 
be reported, understand. 

192. dxpturfa. akrasia, alwas-ee'-a; from 103; 
want of self-restraint:— excess, incontinency, 

193. dKpdTt)s akrates, ak-rat'-ace; from 7 (as a 
neg. particle) and 2004; powerless, i.e. without self- 
control:— Incontinent. 

194- dxparos akratos. ak'-rat-os; from 7 (as a 
neg. particle) and a presumed der. of 2767; «»- 
diluted:— without mixture. 

195. dicp((3eia akribela, ak-ree'-bi-ah; from the 
same as 796; exactness:— perfect manner. 

196. &Kp(|3&rraTOS akrlbestatAs, ak-ree-bes'- 
ta-tos; superlative of dupCPus akribes (a der. of 
the same as 206); most exact: — most straitest. 

197. di<pi|&<rTcpov akrlbAsterAn, ak-ree-bes'- 
ter-on; neut. of the comparative of the same as 796; 
(adv.) more exactly:— toots perfect (-ly). 

198. dicpifidu akrlbAo, ak-ree-bo'-o; from the 
same as 796; to be exact, i.e. ascer tain:— enquire dili- 
gently. 

199. dtcpifias akrlbos. ak^ree-boce' ; adv. from 
the same as 796; exactly: — circumspectly, diligently, 
perfect (-ly). 

200. dxpCs akrls, ak-rece!; appar. from the same 
as 206; a locust (as pointed, or as lighting on the top 
of vegetation):— locust. 

201. dKOOirHjpiov akrAaterlAn, ak-ro-at-ay'- 
ree-on; from 202; an audience-room:— place of hear- 
ing. 



202. OKpoar^s akroates, ak-ro-at-ace 1 ; from 
dicpodouai akrAaAmal (to listen; appar. an in- 
tens. of 79/); a hearer (merely): — hearer. 

203. dicpofSvo-rCa akrAbastla, ak-rob-oos-tee'- 
ah; from 206 and prob. a modified form of irder8i| 
pAsthe (the penis or male sexual organ); the pre- 
puce; by impl. an uncircumcised (i.e. gentile, fig. 
unregenerate) state or person:— not circumcised, un- 
circumcised [with 2ig2], uncircumcision. 

204. dicpoyuviaios akrAgonlalAs, ak-rog-o- 
nee-ah'-yos; from 206 and 77^7," belonging to the ex- 
treme corner;— chief corner. 

205. dicpoOCviov akrAtblnlAn, afc-roHt-fn'-ee-on; 
from 206 and 9te this (a heap); prop, (in the plur.) 
the top of the heap, i.e. (by impl.) best of the booty: — 
spoils. 

206. OKpov akrAn, ak'-ron; neut. of an adj. prob. 
akin to the base of 188; the extremity: — one end . . . 
other, tip, top, uttermost part. 

207. 'AicuXas Akulas, ak-oo'-las; prob. for Lat. 
aquila (an eagle); Akulas, an Isr.:— Aquila. 

208. ttKvpoo) aknrAo, ak-oo-ro'-o; from 7 (as a 
neg. particle) and 2064; to invalidate: — disannul, 
make of none effect. 

209. dicuXvTos akAlntos, ak-o-loo'-toce; adv. 
from a compound of 1 (as a neg. particle) and a der. 
of 2007; in an unhindered manner, i.e. freely:— no 
man forbidding him. 

210. clkov akon, ak'-ohn; from 7 (as a neg. par- 
ticle) and 163s; unwilling: — against the will. 

211. dXdpacrrpov alabastrAn, al-ab'-as-tron; 
neut. of d\dpo<rrpos alabastrAs (of uncert. der.), 
the name of a stone; prop, an " alabaster" box, i.e. 
(by extens.) a perfume vase (of any material):— (ala- 
baster) box. 

212. dXajjovfCa alazAnela, al-ad-zon-i'-a; from 
213; braggadocio, i.e. (by impl.) self-confidence:— 
boasting, pride. 

213. aXaXjiiv alazon, al-ad-ame'; from d\t| 
ale {vagrancy); braggart:— boaster. 

214. d\aXd£o> alalazo, al-al-ad'-zo; from oXoX^ 
alale (a shout, "halloo"); to vociferate, Le. (by 
impl.) to wail; flg. to clang:— tinkle, wail. 

215. dXdXnros alalet As, al-al'-ay-tos; from 7 (as 
a neg. particle) and a der. of 2080; unspeakable:— 
unutterable, which cannot be uttered. 

216. aXaXos alalAs, al'-al-os; from 1 (as a neg. 
particle) and 2080; mute: — dumb. 

217. oXets halas, hal'-as; from 231; salt; fig. pru- 
dence:— salt. 

218. dXtbfxo alAlpbo, al-i'-fo; from 7 (as particle 
of union) and the base of 3043 ; to oil (with per- 
fume) : — anoint. 

219. dXtKTopoiJKOvla alektArAphonla, al-ek- 
tor-of-o-nee'-ah; from 220 and 545b; cock-crow, i.e. 
the third night-watch:— cockcrowing. 

220. dX&TUp alAktor, al-ek'-tore; from dMico 
(to ward off) ; a cock or male fowl:— cock. 

221. 'AXe£av8pris AlexandrSus, aUex^md- 
reuce'; from 'AXeJdvSpeia (the city so called) ; an 
Alexandreian or inhab. of Alexandria:— of Alexan- 
dria, Alexandrian. 

222. 'AXcgavSpCvos AlAxandrlnAs, aUex-an- 
dree'-nos; from the same as 221 ; Alexandrine, or be- 
longing to Alexandria: — of Alexandria. 

223. 'AXSjavSpos Alexandras, al-ex'-an-dros; 
from the same as (the first part of) 220 and 43s; man- 
defender; Alexander, the name of three Isr. and one 
other man: — Alexander. 

224. aXcvpov alAarAn, al'-yoo^ron; from oVu 
alAo (to grind); flour:— meal. 

225. &X^8cia alethAla, al-ay'-thi-a; from 227; 
truth:— true, X truly, truth, verity. 

226. dXnOcvci) aletbAno, al-ayth-yoo'-o; from 
227; to be true (in doctrine and profession):— speak 
(tell) the truth. 

227. dXnO^s aletbea, al-ay-thace' ; from 7 (as a 
neg. particle) and 2000; true (as not concealing):— 
true, truly, truth. 



10 



Alaytheenos 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



228. oXnflivds ale thin As, al-ay-thee-nos' ; from 
237; truthful:— true. 

229. dATJ6a> aletho, al-ay'-tho; from the same as 
224; to grind:— grind. 

280. d\i]8as alethog, al-ay-thoce' ; adv. from 
237J truly;— indeed, surely, of a surety, truly, of a (in) 
truth, verily, very. 

SSI. oXiris hallSns, hal-ee-yoos' ; from 353-," a 
sottor (as engaged on the soli water), i.e. (by impl.) a 
fisher:— fisher (-man). 

232. dXieuu haliSuo, hal-ee-yoo'-o; from 3?/; to 
be a fisher, i.e. (by impl.) to fish:— go a-flshing. 

2&1 d\C?« halizo, hal-id'-zo; from 2J7; to 
salt:— salt. 

2&J. oXCo-Y«|ia allsgema, al-is'-ghem-ah; from 
dXwryew alisg&o (to soil); (eer.) defilement:— pol- 
lution. 

255. dXXd alia, al-lah'; neut. plur. of 2^j; prop, 
otfter things, i.e. (adv.) contrariwise (in many rela- 
tions):— and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, never- 
theless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, 
yet. 

2<?6. aXXdovro allasso, al-las'-so; from 243; to 
make different:— change. 

237. aWaxofcv allachdthen, al-lalch-oth'-en; 
from 243; from, elsewhere: — some other way. 

238. aXXTryop&o allego>£o, al-lay-gor-eh'-o; 
from 243 and avop&o agorfio (to harangue [comp. 
5*]); to allegorize:— be an allegory [the Or. word 
itself]. 

239. dXXijXovia allelouiia, al-lay-loo'-ee-ah; of 
Heb. or. [imper. of 1984 and 3050]; praise ye Jah!, an 
adoring exclamation:— alleluiah. 

21fi. aXX^XttV allelon, al-lay'-lone; Gen. plur. 
froma/yredupl.; one another: — each other, mutual, 
one another, (the other), (them-, your-) selves, (selves) 
together [sometimes with 3326 or 4914]. 

241. aWo-yevfjs allogenics, al-log-en-ace' ; from 
243 and 1083; foreign, i.e. not a Jew: — stranger. 

242. dXXou,ai halldmal, hal'-lom-ahee; mid. of 
appar. a prim, verb; to jump; fig. to gush:— leap, 
spring up. 

243. eiXXos all5s, al'-los; a prim, word; " else," 
i.e. different (in many applications):— more, one (an- 
other), (an-, some an-) other (-s, -wise). 

244- aXXoTpieirio-Koiros allotrleplskdpds, al- 
lot-ree-ep-is'-kop-os; from 243 and ig&j; overseeing 
others' affairs, i.e. a meddler (spec, in Gentile cus- 
toms): — busybody in other men's matters. 
245. aXX6rpios alldtrlds, al-lot'-ree-os; from 
243: another's, i.e. not one's own; by extens. foreign, 
not akin, hostile:— alien, (an-) other (man's, men's), 
strange (-r). 

24S. aXXd<|>vXos alldphulfls, al-lof«>o-los; from 
243 and 3443; foreign, i.e. (spec.) Gentile:— one of an- 
other nation. 

247. oXXois alios, al'-loce; adv. from 243; differ- 
ently: — otherwise. 

248. dXodw aI5ao, al-o-ah'-o; from the same as 
237; to tread out grain: — thresh, tread out the corn. 

249. dXcyos alogos, al'-og-os; from 1 (as a neg. 
particle) and 3036; irrational:— brute, unreasonable. 

250. a\oi\ al5e, al-o-ay'; of for. or. [comp. 174] ; 
aloes (the gum):— aloes. 

251. o\s halis. halce; a prim, word; "salf'i— 
salt. 

252. oXvkos lialukos, haUoo-kos'; from 251; 
briny:— salt. 

253. aXwirarspos alupAterAs, al-oo-pot'-er-os; 
compar. of a comp. of 1 (as a neg. particle) and 3077; 
more without grief:— less sorrowful. 

264- oXimtis halnsis, hal'-oo-sis; of uncert. der.; 
a fetter or manacle: — bonds, chain. 

255. aXvo-iTcX^s alnsiteleg, al-oo-sit-el-ace' ; 
from 1 (as a neg. particle) and the base oi3oSi; gain- 
less, i.e. (by impl.) pernicious:— unprofitable. 

256. 'AX«j>atos Alphaios, al-fah'-yos; of Heb. 
or. [comp, 2501]; Alphosus, an Isr.:— Alpheus. 



257. oXiov balon, hal'-ohn; prob. from the base 
of 1307; a threshing-/oor (as rolled hard), i.e. (fig.) 
the grain (and chaff, as just threshed) :— floor. 

258. dX»irn£ alopex, al-o'-pakes; of uncert. der. ; 
a fox, i.e. (fig.) a cunning person: — fox. 

259. dXwo-is halosis, hal'-o-eis; from a collateral 
form of 13S; capture: — be taken. 

260. 0(1.0. liama. ham' -ah; a prim, particle; prop. 
at the " same" time, but freely used as a prep, or 
adv. denoting close association:— also, and, together, 
with (-al). 

261. a(j.a8^s aiuatbes, am-ath-ace'; from 1 (as a 
neg. particle) and.3i2g; ignorant:— -unlearned. 

262. apxipavrivos amaraiitinSs, am-ar-an'-tee- 
nos; from 263; " amaranthine", i.e. (by impL) fade- 
less: — that fadeth not away. 

263. du.dpa.VT0s amarantis, am-ar'-an-tos; 
from 1 (as a neg. particle) and a presumed der. of 
3133; unfading, i.e. (by impl.) perpetual: — that fadeth 
not away. 

264. oiioprAvw hamartano, ham-ar-tan'-o; 
perh. from / (as a neg. particle) and the base of 3313; 
prop, to miss the mark (and so not share in the prize), 
i.e. (fig.) to err, esp. (mor.) to sin.— for your faults, 
offend, sin, trespass. 

265. ap.dpri]pa hamartoma, ham-ar'-tay-mah; 
from 204; a sin (prop, concr.):— sin. 

266. du.apT£a hamartla, ham-ar-tee'-ah; from 
264; sin (prop, abstr.) :— offence, sin (-ful). 

267. cuidpTupos amarturds, am-ar'-too-ros; 
from 1 (as a neg. particle) and a form of 3144; unat- 
tested: — without witness. 

268. dp.apT(i>X6s hamartolAs, ham-ar-to-los' ; 
from 264; sinful, i.e. a sinner:— sinful, sinner. 

269. dfiaxos a ma < li <>* am'-akh-os; from / (as a 
neg. particle) and 3163; peaceable: — not a brawler. 

270. au.au amao, am-ah'-o; from 260; prop, to 
collect, i.e. (by impl.) reap: — reap down. 

271. d(i€6u<rTos :iiii< llnistos. am-eth'-oos-tos; 
from / (as a neg. particle) and a der. of 3184; the 
"amethyst" (supposed to prevent intoxication):— 
amethyst. 

272. d|xeX«'(o amSlAA, am-eZ-eft'-o,- from 7 (as a 
neg. particle) and 31QQ; to be careless of: — make light 
of, neglect, be negligent, not regard. 

273. d(i6(iirros amemptAg, am'-emp-tos; from 1 
(as a neg. particle) and a der. of 3201; irreproach- 
able:— blameless, faultless, unblamable. 

274- d|i4|i.irT<i>s amemptog, am-emp'-toce; adv. 
from 273; faultlessly:— blameless, unblamably. 

275. dpiptjO'OS amSrlmnda, am-er'-inunos; 
from / (as a neg. particle) and 330S; not anxious: — 
without care (-fulness), secure. 

276. d|«Td8€T0s ainetath£t As, am-et-ath'-et-os; 
from / (as a neg. particle) and a der. of 3346; un- 
changeable, or (neut. as abstr.) unchangeabUity: — im- 
mutable (-ility). 

277. d|j.ETa.KCvirros am«taklnetAs, am-et-ak-in'- 
ay-tos; from 1 (as a neg. particle) and a der. of 3334; 
immovable:— unmovable. 

278. d|MTa.j«'Xi]TOs amgtameletAg, dm-et-am- 
el'-ay-tos; from / (as a neg. particle) and a presumed 
der. of 3338; irrevocable: — without repentance, not to 
be repented of. 

279. d|i€Tav6t)Tos ametanAetAs, am-et-an-6'- 
ay-tos; from / (as a neg. particle) and a presumed 
der. of 3340; unrepentant: — impenitent. 

280. d(X«Tpos ametros, am'-et-ros; from 1 (as a 
neg. particle) and 3338; immoderate:— (thing) without 
measure. 

281. ou,^ v amen, am-ane'; of Heb. or. [543]; prop. 
firm, i.e. (flg.) trustworthy; adv. surely (often as in- 
terj. so be it):— amen, verily. 

282. o.|iT|T«p ametor, am-ay'-tore; from 1 (as a 
neg. particle) and 3384; motherless, i.e. of unknown 
maternity: — without mother. 

283. apCavros amlantAs, am-ee'-an-tos; from 7 
(as a neg. particle) and a der. of 33Q2; unsoiled, i.e. 
(flg.) pure:— undeflled. 



284- 'A|uva8d(J Aminadab am-ee-nad-ab' ; o£ 
Heb. or. [5993]; Aminadab, an Isr.:— Aminadab. 

285. cijjLjj.03 ammAg, am'-mos; perh. from 260; 
sand (as heaped on the beach):— sand. 

286. ojivos amnAg, am-nos'; appar. a prim, word; 
a lamb:— lamb. 

257. ofi.otp'ri amAibe, amoy-bay'; from djieCPu 
amfilbo (to exchange); requital:— requite. 

288. dfiireXos ampelis, am'-pel-os; prob. from 
the base of 207 and that of 237; a vine (as coiling 
about a support): — vine. 

289. ajiireXoup-{6s ampelAurgos, am-pel-oor- 
gos'; from 288 and 2041; a vine-worker, i.e. pruner: — 
vine-dresser. 

290. au/ircXi&v ampSlon, am-pel-ohn'; from s88; 
a vineyard:— vineyard. 

291. ApirXCas Vinpiias. am-plee'-as; contr. for 
Lat. ampliatus [enlarged]; Amplias, a Bom. Chr.: — 
Amplias. 

292. dp.vvo|Jiai amundmat, am-oo'-nom-ahee; 
mid. of a prim, verb; to ward off (for oneself), i.e. 
protect: — defend. 

293. du<|>CpXT](rrpov amphlblestrdn, am-fib'- 
lace-tron; from a comp. of the base of 207 and god; 
a (fishing) net (as thrown about the fish): — net. 

294. apfyiiwoiLi amphiennuml, am-fee-en'- 
noo-mee; from the base of 207 and i'vvu|u hennuml 
(to invest); to enrobe: — clothe. 

295. 'A|u)>{iroXis Amphlpdlis, am-fip'-ol-is; 
from the base of 207 and 4172; a city surrounded by a 
river; Amphipolis, a place in Macedonia: — Amphi- 
polis. 

296. au.<|>o8ov amphdddn, am'-fod-on; from the 
base of 207 and 339 s ', a fork in the road:— where two 
ways meet. 

297. dp.(f>6T6pos amphoterds, am-fot'-er-os; 
compar. of dfwjjt amphi (.around); (in plur.) 
both:— both. 

298. o.ju&|riyros amomet&s, am-o'-may-tos; from 
1 (as a neg. particle) and a der. of 3460; unblamea- 
ble:— blameless. 

299. d(iW|ios amomos, am'-o-mos; from z (as a 
neg. particle) and 3470; unblemished (ht. or fig.):— 
without blame (blemish, fault, spot), faultless, un- 
blameable. 

300. "Ap.ilv Anion, am^one'; of Heb. or. [586]; 
Amon, a.n Isr.: — Anion. 

301. Ap.i6s Amos, am-oce'; of Heb. or. [531]; 
Amos, an Isr. : — Amos. 

302. av an, an; a prim, particle, denoting a suppo- 
sition, wish, possibility or uncertainty: — [what-, 
where-, whither-, whomsoever. Usually unexpressed 
except by the subjunctive or potential mood. Also 
contr. for 1437. 

303. avd ana, an-ah'; a prim. prep, and adv. ; prop. 
up; but (by extens.) used (distributively) severally, or 
(locally) at (etc.):— and, apiece, by, each, every (man), 
in, through. In compounds (as a prefix) it often 
means (by impl.) repetition, intensity, reversal, etc. 

304. dva,pa0p.6 s anabathmds, an-ah-ath-mos' ; 
from 305 [comp. 808]; a stairway: — stairs. 

305. dvapaivw anabalno, an-ab-ah'ee-no; from 
303 and the base of 039; to go up (lit. or fig.):— arise, 
ascend (up), climb (go, grow, rise, spring) up, come 
(up). 

306. dva.pdXXo|i,(u anaballtfmat, an-ab-al'-lom- 
ahee; mia. from 303 and 906; toputoff(for oneself):— 
defer. 

307. dvaf3i|3dj> anablbazo, an-ob-ee-bod'-zo; 
from 303 and a der. of the base of ojg; to cause to go 
up, i.e. haul (a net): — draw. 

308. ava,pX&r<» anablfepo, an-ab-lep'-o; from 303 
and ggi: to look up; by impl. to recover sight:— loos. 
(up), see, receive sight. 

809. dvdpXciJHS anablSpgls, an-air-iep-sis; from 
308; restoration of sight:— recovering of sight. 

810. dvafioda anabdao, an^ab-o-ah'-o; from 303 
and gg4; to halloo: — cry (aloud, out). 

811. dvctfSoXrj anabdle, anrab-olay'; from 306; a 
putting off:— delay. 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



Alaytheenos 
Anatithemahee 



11 



312. dva-yy£XXa> anagg&Ho, an-ang-el'-lo; from 
303 and the base of 32; to announce (in detail) : — de- 
clare, rehearse, report, show, speak, tell. 

313. dva-ytvvdw anagAnnao, an-ag-en-nah'-o; 
from 303 and 1080; to beget or (by extens.) bear 
(again):— beget, (bear) x again. 

314. ovo^ivAo-kw anaginosko, an*ig-in-oce'-ko; 
from 303 and 1007; to know again, i. e tby extens.) to 
read:— read. 

3i5. dvayK(S.£(i> anagkazo, an-ang-kad'-zo; from 
jj^; to necessitate;— compel, constrain. 

316. ava-yxaios anagkaios, an-ang-kah'-yos; 
from 31S; necessary; by impl. close (of kin): — near, 
necessary, necessity, needful. 

317. avoYKO<rr»s anagkastAs, an-ang-kas-toce' ; 
adv. from a der. 01313; compulsorily:— by constraint. 

3.ZS, avayK^ anagke, an-ang-kay'; from jcy and 
the base of 43; constraint (lit or fig.) ; by impl. dis- 
tress: — distress, must needs, (of) necessity (-sary), 
needeth, needful. 

319. ava^vwpCtojJtai anagnorlzomai, an-ag- 
no~rid'~zom-ahee; mid. f rom 303 and no?; to mafce 
(oneself) known:— be made known. 
330. dvd'yvwcris anagnosls, an-ag'^no-sis; from 
j/^; (the act of) reading:— reading. 

321. dvd-yw anago, an-ag'-o; from 303 and 7/; to 
lead up; by extens. to bring out; spec, to sail 
away:— bring (again, forth, up again), depart, launch 
(forth), lead (up), loose, offer, sail, set forth, take up. 

322. dvaScCKW|u aljarii'ikii mui an-ad-ike'-noo- 
mee; from 303 and nob; to exhibit, i.e. (by impl.) to 
indicate, appoint:— appoint, shew. 

323. dvdSei|is anadfixis, an-ad' -ike-sis; from 
322; (the act of) exhibition:— shewing. 

324. dva.8lxou.ai anadSchAmai, an-ad-ekh'-om- 
ahee; from 303 and ^^09; to entertain (as a guest): — 
receive. 

325. dva8CSci>|U anadidoml, an-ad-eed'-om-ee; 
from 303 and 1323; to tend over:— deliver. 

326. dva£da> aaazao, an-ad-zah'-o; from 303 and 
2/9J; to recover life (lit. or fig.):— (be a-) live again, 
revive. 

327. dvaiftT&i) anazetAo, an-ad-zay-teh'-o; from 
joj and 2212; to search out: — seek. 

3#3. dva£<Jvvv(H anazonnuml, an-ad-zone'- 
noo-mee; trow.303 and a22#; to gird afresh:— gird up. 

3#£. dva£<oirupea> anazopor^o, a«H»d-jzo-poor- 
eft/-o; from 303 and a comp. of the base of 222b and 
4442; to re-enkindle: — stir up. 

330. dvafidXXio anathallo, an-ath-al'-lo; from 
joj and fldXXw tlialld (to jfamrisft); to remiie.'— 
Sourish again. 

331. avd9«jj.o anatMma, an-ath'-em-ah; from 
J9<(,' a (religious) tan. or (concr.) ea:com»wt»icated 
(thing or person) : — accursed, anathema, curse, 
X great. 

332. 6.vaSt\i.arlla aiiatlifmal iz<>. an-ath-em-at- 
id'-zo; from 331; to declare or vow under penalty of 
execration:— (bind under a) curse, bind with an oath. 

333. dvaOfupe'w anathAorAS, an-ath-eh-o-reh'-o; 
from 303 and 2334; to look again (i.e. aitewtoueZy) at 
(lit. or fig.):— behold, consider. 

334. dvdS'np.a anathema, an-ath'-ay-mah; from 
394 pike j-j 1 /, but in a good sense] ; a votive offering:— 
gift. 

335. dvaCScia analdAla, an-ah'ee-die-ah' ; from a 
comp. of / (as a neg. particle [comp. 427]) and 127; 
impudence, i.e. (by impl.) importunity:— importunity. 

336. dvaCpeo-is analresls, an-ah'ee-res-is; from 
337; (the act of) killing: — death. 

337. dvaipe'u analrAo, an-ahee-reh'-o; from 303 
and (the act. of) 138; to take up, i.e. adopt; by impl. 
to take away (violently), i.e. abolish, murder:— put to 
death, kill, slay, take away, take up. 

338. dvaCnos analtiAg, an-ah'ee-tee-os; from / 
(as a neg. particle) and 139 (in the sense of 136); inno- 
cent;— blameless, guiltless. 



339. dva,Ka0Ci> anakathlzo, an-ak-ath-id'-zo; 
from 303 and 2323; prop, to set up, i.e. (reflex.) to sit 
up: — sit up. 

340. dvoKOtvCSw anakainlzo, an-ak-ahee-nid'- 
zo; from 303 and a der. of 2337; to restore:— renew. 

<%7. avaKaivou anakalnAo, an-ak-ahee-no'-o; 
trovo.303 and a der. of 2337; to renovate.— renew. 

342. dvaicaCvaxris anakalnosls, an-ak-ah'ee-no- 
sis; froro.341; renovation: — renewing. 

343. dvaKoViiprw anakalupto, an-ak-al-oop'-to; 
from 303 (in the sense of reversal) and 2372; to nn- 
veil: — open, ([un-]) taken away. 

344- avaKap.irr<i> anakampto, an-ak-amp'-to; 
from 303 and 2378; to turn back:— (re-) turn. 

<?^5. avaKeIp.cu anakeinui, an-ak-i'-mahee; 
from j<y and 27^9; to recline (as a corpse or at a 
meal):— guest, lean, lie, sit (down, at meat), at the 
table. 

346. dvaKstpaXotouai anakgphalalAmal, an- 
ak-ef-al-ah'ee-om-ahee; from 303 and 2775 (in its or. 
sense) ; to sum up.-— briefly comprehend, gather to- 
gether in one. 

347. avaKXCvw anakllno, an-afc-iee'-no; troTo.303 
and 2827; to lean back: — lay, (make) sit down. 

348. avandirrw anakApto, an-ak-op'-to; from 
303 and 2873; to beat back, i.e. check:— hinder. 

9. ava.Kpd£o> anakrazo, an-ak-rad'-zo; from 
303 and 2806; to scream up (aloud):— cry out. 

350. dvaicpCvto anakrlno, an-ak-ree'-no; from 
303 and 2070; prop, to scrutinize, i.e. (by impl.) inves- 
tigate, interrogate, determine:— ask, question, dis- 
cern, examine, judge, search. 

351. dv&Kpicris anafc rlsis an-ak'-ree-sis; from 
330; a (judicial) investigation: — examination. 

352. dvaicvirra) anaknpto, an-ak-oop'-to; from 
303 (in the sense of reversal) and 2033; to unbend, i.e. 
rise; fig. be elated;— lift up, look up. 

353. dvaXap.j3dv<» analambano, an-al-am- 
ban'-o; from 303 and 2o3?, - to fofte ttp:— receive up, 
take (in, unto, up). 

354- dvdXin|ns analepsis, an-al' '-ape-sis; from 
333; ascension,— taking up. 

355. dvaXCo-Kio anallsko, an-al-is'-ko; from 303 
and a form of the alternate of 138; prop, to use up, 
i.e. destroy: — consume. 

356. avaXo-yla analftgla, an-al-og-ee'-ah; from a 
comp. of 303 and 3036; proportion:— proportion. 

357. dvo\o7C|op.ai analAglzAmal, an-al-og-id'- 
zom-ahee; mid. from 336; to estimate, i.e. (fig.) con- 
template;— coomier. 

358. dvaXos anal As, an'-al-os; from 1 (as a neg. 
particle) and 231; saltless, i.e. insipid:— x lose salt- 
ness. 

359. dvdXixris analusls, an-al'-oo-sis; from 360; 
departure:— departure. 

360. avaXvu analuo, an-al-oo'-o; from 303 and 
3o8g; to break up, i.e. depart (lit. or fig.) :— depart, re- 
turn. 

361. avap.dpTTjTOS anamartetAs, an-am-ar'-tay- 
tos; from / (as a neg. particle) and a presumed der. 
of 264; sinless:— that is without sin. 

362. ava|ic'va> anemeno, an-am-en'-o; from 303 
and 3306; to await:— wait for. 

363. ava|U|iv^jo-Kto anamimnesko, an-am-im- 
nace'-ko; from joj and 3403; to remind; reflex, to 
recollect :— call to mind, (bring to, call to, put in), re- 
member (-branee). 

364. avd|ivT|<ris anamnesis, an-am '-nay-sis; from 
363; recollection: — remembrance (again). 

365. avavcoa) ananeAo, an-an-neh-b'-o; txoTa.303 
and a der. of 3301; to renovate, i.e. reform:— renew. 

366. avavqibw ananepho, an-an-ay'-fo; from 
j<y and jy.?jy to become sober again, i.e. (fig.) regain 
(one's) senses: — recover self. 

367. 'Avavtos Ananias, an-an-ee'-as; of Heb. or. 
[2608] ; Ananias, the name of three Isr. : — Ananias. 

368. avavrC^pi)TOs anantirrhetAs, an-an-tir'- 
hray-tos; from 1 (as a neg. particle) and a presumed 



der. of a comp. of 473 and 4483; indisputable: — can- 
not be spoken against. 

369. dvavTip^Ttts anantlrrhetog, an-an-tir- 
hray'-toce; adv. from 308; promptly:— without gain- 
saying. 

370. avd£ios anaxlAs, an-ax'-ee-os; from 1 (as a 
neg. particle) andj/#; unfit:— unworthy. 

371. ava£U>s anaxiog, an-ax-ee'-oce; adv. from 
370; irreverently: — unworthily. 

2. avdirawns anapansls, an-ap'-owsis; from 
373; intermission; by impl. recreation: — rest. 

373. avairavu anapano, an-ap-ow'-o; from 303 
and 3073; (reflex.) to repose (lit. or fig. [be exempt], 
remain); by impl. to refresh:— take ease, refresh, 
(give, take) rest. 

374- dvaireC8ci> anapeltho, an-ap-i'-tho; from 303 
and 3082; to incite; — persuade. 

375. avaircp/iro anapempo, an-ap-em'-po; from 
303 and 3002; to send up or back:— send (again). 

376. avdirnpos anaperAs, an-ap'-a^-ros; from 
303 (in the sense of intensity) and irf|pos perAs 
(maimed) ; crippled:— maimed. 

377. avairfar™ anaplpto, an-ap-ip' -to; from 303 
and 4008; to fall back, i.e. lie doum, lean back: — lean, 
sit down (to meat). 

378. avairXnooo) anapleroo, an-ap-lay-r6'-o; 
from 303 and 4137; to complete; by impl, to occupy, 
supply; fig. to accomplish (by coincidence or obe- 
dience) :— fill up, fulfil, occupy, supply. 

379. avairoXdynros anapAlAget As, an-ap-ol-og'- 
ay-tos; from 1 (as a neg. particle) and a presumed 
der. of 626; indefensible:— -without excuse, inexcuse- 
able. 

380. avairrworw anaptnsso, an-ap-toos'-so; 
irom303 (in the sense of reversal) and 4428; to unroll 
(a scroll or volume):— open. 

381. avdirro anapto, an-ap'-to; from 303 and 
68/; to enkindle:— kindle, light. 

382. dvapC6p.T)Tos anarlthmetAs, an-ar-ith'- 
may-tos; from 1 (as a neg. particle) and a der. of 
703; unnumbered, i.e. without number: — innumerable. 

383. dvacreiw anaselo, an-as-i'-o; from 303 and 
■079,' fig. to excite:— move, stir up. 

384' dvCKTKOidiJw anaskAnazo, an-ask-yoo-ad'- 
zo; from 303 (in the sense of reversal) and a der. of 
4632; prop, to pacfc up (baggage), i.e. (by impl. and 
flg.) to upset:— subvert. 

385. dvo<nrda> anaspao, an-as-pah'-o; from 303 
and 4083; to take up or extricate:— dram up, pull out. 
336. dvdo-Tao-is anastasls, an-as'-tos-is; from 
■jijo; a standing up again, i.e. (lit.) a resurrection 
from death (individual, gen. or by impl, [its author]), 
or (fig.) a (moral) recovery (of spiritual truth):— 
raised to life again, resurrection, rise from the dead, 
that should rise, rising again. 

o87. dvocrroTdo) anastatAo, an-as-tat-o'-o; from 
a der. of 430 (in the sense of removal); prop, to drive 
out of home, i.e. (by impl.) to disturb (lit. or flg.):— 
trouble, turn upside down, make an uproar. 

388. dvaoravpdu anastanrAo, an-as-tow-ro'-o; 
from joy and 47/7; to recrucify (flg.):— crucify afresh. 

389. dvairrevdjw anastAnazo, an-as-ten-ad'-zo; 
from 303 and 4727; to sigh deeply:— sigh deeply. 
890. dvcurrp&pu anastrephA, an-as-tref'-o; 
from 303 and 4762; to overturn; also to return; by 
impl. to busy oneself, i.e. remain, live:— abide, behave 
self, have conversation, live, overthrow, pass, return, 
be used, 

391. dvaorpotjnj anastrAphe, an-os-trof-ay'; 
from 300; behavior:— conversation. 

392. avarainro|iai anatassAmal, an-at-as'-som- 
ahee; from 303 and the mid. otso2i; to arrange:— set 
in order. 

393. dvoreXXa anatello, an-at-el'-lo; from 303 
and the base of 3036; to (cause to) arise:— {a-, make 
to) rise, at the rising of, spring (up), be up. 

394. dvartOtfiai anatithemal, an-at-ith'-em- 
ahee; from 303 and the mid. of 3087; to set forth (for 
oneself), i.e. propound:— communicate, declare. 



12 



Anatolay 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



395. dvaToMj anat Ale, an-at-ot-ay 1 ; from 303; a 
rising of light, i.e. dawn (fig.) ; by impl. the east (also 
inplur.):— dayspring, east, rising. 

396. dvaTpliru anatrepo, an-aUrep'-o; fromjoj 
and the base of Jiff! to overturn (fig.):— overthrow, 
subvert. 

397. dva.Tp«<{><0 anatrSpho, an-at-ref'-o; from 
303 and 11421 to reor (pbys. or ment.) :— bring up, 
nourish (up). 

398. dva<j>aCvo> anaphalno, an-af-ah'ee-no; 
from 303 and j^/6; to show, i.e. (reflex.) appeor, or 
(pass.) have pointed out:— (should) appear, discover. 

399. dvo.<Hpo> anaphero, an-af-er'-o; from 303 
and J242,' to take up (lit. or fig.):— bear, bring (carry, 
dead) up, offer (up). 

400. ava^xavia anaphongo, an-af-o-neh'-o; 
from 303 and 5455; to exclaim: — speak out. 

401. &v&xvo-is anachusls, an-dkh'-oo-sis; from 
a comp. of 303 and X^* 1 cheo (to pour); prop. elu- 
sion, i.e. (fig.) license:— excess. 

402. &.va.yjt>pt<a anachorAA, an-akh-o-reh'-o; 
from jcy and jjfe; to retire. - — depart, give place, go 
(turn) aside, withdraw self. 

403. dvdi|ru£is anapsnxls, an-apsf-ook-sis; from 
404; prop, a recovery of breath, i.e. (fig.) revival: — 
revival. 

404. dvo<|rox» anapsucbo, an-apsoo'-kho; from 
joj and J504; prop, to cool c#, i.e. (fig.) relieve:— 
refresh. 

405. dv8pairo8io-T<js andrapAdlstes, an-drap- 
od-is-tace' ; from a der. of a comp. of 433 and 4a?<?,' 
an enslaver (as bringing men to his feet):— men- 
stealer. 

•£06\ 'AvSp^os Anilrfas. an-dreh'-as; from (Un- 
manly; Andreas, an 1st.:— Andrew. 
^07. dv&p(£o|MU andrlzdmai, am-drid'-aom- 
aftee,' mid. from 433; to ac< manly:— quit like men. 
^ftS. 'AvSpdviKOs AndrAnlkAs, an-dron'-ee-kos; 
from ^Hf and 3334; man of victory; Andronicos, an 
Isr. :— Andronicus. 

409. dv8po4>6vos andrAphAnAs, an-drof-on'-os; 
from ^yjr and j^o*; a murderer:— manslayer. 
£Z0. dv£yKVi|Tos anegkletds, an-eng'-klay-tos; 
from 7 (as a neg. particle) and a der. of 143S; unac- 
cused, i.e. (by impl.) irreproachable:— blameless. 
411. dveKSi^YHTOS an£kdlegetAs, an-ek-dee- 
ay'-gay-tos; from / (as a neg. particle) and a pre- 
sumed der. of rsssi not expounded in full, i.e. inde- 
scribable:— unspeakable. 

41S. dveicXdVnTos an«'klal."los. an-ek-lal'-ay- 
tos; from / (as a neg. particle) and a presumed der. 
of 1583; not spoken out, i.e. (by impl.) unutterable:— 
unspeakable. 

413. dvcKXtiirros aii.'kleipl.'is. an-ek'-lipe-tos; 
from 1 (as a neg. particle) and a presumed der. of 
1387; not left out, i.e. (by impl.) inexhaustible:— that 
faileth not. 

414. dveKTOTCpos anAktAterAs, an-ek-tot'-er-os; 
compar. of a der. of 430; more endurable: — more 
tolerable. 

415. dveXe^Jnuv anel&emon, an-el&h-ay'-mone; 
from / (as a neg. particle) and 1633; merciless:— un- 
merciful. 

41S. dv€u.(£<i> anemizo, an-em-id'-zo; from 417; 
to toss with the wind: — drive with the wind. 

417. avc|M>s anJSmit, an'-em-os; from the base of 
top; wind; (plur.) by impl. (the four) quarters (of the 
earth) :— wind. 

418. dWvStKTOs anfudektAs, an-en'-dek-tos; 
from 1 (as a neg. particle) and a der. of the same as 
'735! unadmitted, i.e. (by impl.) not supposable:— 
impossible. 

419. dv«|epewnros anexereunetAs, an-ex-er- 
yoo 1 -nay-tos; from / (as a neg. particle) and a pre- 
sumed der. of 1830; not searched out, i.e. (by impl.) 
inscrutable:— unsearchable. 

t$0. dve£CicaKos anexlkakAs, an-ex-ik'-ak-os; 
from 430 and 2336; enduring of ill, i.e. forbearing:— 
patient. 



421. dv«£ix v£a<rTO s anAxlchnlastAn, an-ex-ikh- 
nee'-as-toe; from 7 (as a neg. particle) and a pre- 
sumed der. of a comp. of 1337 and a der. of 3487; not 
tracked out, i.e. (by impl.) untraceable:— past finding 
out, unsearchable. 

4^2. dveira£(rxwTos anepalschnntAs, an-ep- 
ah'ee-skhoon-tos; from / (as a neg. particle) and a 
presumed der, of a comp. of 7000 and 133; not 
ashamed, i.e. (by impl.) irreprehensible:— that needeth 
not to be ashamed. 

423. dveirCXiyirros aneplleptAs, an-ep-eel'-ape- 
tos; from. 7 (as a neg. particle) and a der. of 1041}; not 
arrested, i.e. (by impl.) inculpable:— blameless, unre- 
bukeable. 

J$4- dvep\ou,ai an&rchAmal, an-erkh'-om-ahee; 
from 303 and 2064; to ascend:— go up. 

425. euwis angsis, an'-es-is; from 447; relaxa- 
tion or (fig.) relief: — eased, liberty, rest. 

426. dvcrd^u anAtazo, an-et-ad'-zo; from 303 
and Irdjw gtazd (to test) ; to investigate (judicial- 
ly):— (should have) examine (-d). 

4^7. dWi aiUii. an'-yoo; a prim, particle; with- 
out: — without. Comp. 7. 

428. dvcuBcTos aueutlK'ti'in, an-yoo'-the-tos; 
from 1 (as a neg. particle) and 2111; not well set, i.e. 
inconvenient: — not commodious. 

429. dvcvpCcricca anAurlsko, an-yooris'-ko; from 
303 and 2147; to find out: — find. 

430. dve'xou.0.1 anechAmal, an-ekh'-om-ahee; 
mid. from 303 and 2192; to hold oneself up against, 
i.e. (fig.) put up with:— bear with, endure, forbear, 
suffer. 

431. dWifaos anepslAs, an-eps'-ee-os; from r (as 
a particle of union) and an obsolete v^iros iifpus 
(a brood); prop, akin, i.e. (spec.) a cousin:— sister's 
son. 

432. avrfiov anethdn, an'-ay-thon; prob. of for. 
or.; dill:— anise. 

433. dviJKu aneko, an-ay'-ko; from 303 and 2240; 
to attain to, i.e. (fig.) be proper:— convenient, be fit. 

434. dvfjuepos anemMi, an-ay'-mer-os; from 7 
(as a neg. particle) and T||i«pos hemerAs (lame); 
savage:— fierce. 

435. avt\a aner, an'-ayr; a prim, word [comp. 
444] ; a man (prop, as an individual male):— fellow, 
husband, man, sir. 

436. dvBto-rnp. anthisteml, anlh-isf -tay-mee; 
from 473 and 2476; to stand against, i.e. oppose: — re- 
sist, withstand. 

437. dvOopoXoylopai anthAmAlAgAAmal, 
anth-om-ol-og-eh'-om-ahee; from 473 and the mid. of 
3670; to confess in turn, i.e. respond in praise:— give 
thanks. 

438. dv6os anthAs, anth'-os; a prim, word; a 
blossom: — flower. 

439. dvBpaKid antbrakla, anth-rak-ee-ah' ; from 
440; a bed of burning coals.— Are of coals. 

440. av6pa| anthrax, anth'-rax; of uncert. der. ; 
a live coal: — coal of fire. 

441- dvBpuirdpco-Kos anthroparAskAg, anth- 
ro-par 1 -es-kos; from 444 and 700; maw-cowting, i.e. 
fawning:— men-pleaser. 

44S. dyfipwirivos anthroplnAs, anth-ro'-pee- 
nos; from 444; human: — human, common to man, 
man[-kind], [man-]kind, men's, after the manner of 
men. 

443. dvOpwiroKTOvos anthropAktAnAs, anth- 
ro-pok-ton'-os; from 444 and KTetvw ktiiuo (to 
kill); a manslayer:— murderer. Comp. j\j<o6. 
444- avBpuiros antbropds, anth'-ro-pos; from 
433 and a>ty ops (the countenance; from 3700); man- 
faced, i.e. a human being:— certain, man. 
445. dvOuirarevu antbapatSno, anMt-oo-pai- 
yoo'-o; from 446; to act as proconsul: — be the deputy. 
44-6. dvOviraros anthupatds, anth-oo'-pat-os; 
from 473 and a superlative of 3228; instead of the 
officer, i.e. (spec.) a Roman proconsul:— 



deputy. 



447. dvb||u anleml, an-ee'-ajz-mee; from 303 and 
«l|J.i bleml (to send); to let up, i.e. (lit.) slacken, or 
(fig.) desert, desist from:— forbear, leave, loose. 

44S. dvCXcus aiiilSos, an-ee'-leh-oce; from / (as a 
neg. particle) and 2430; inexorable:— without mercy. 

449. aviirros anlptds, an'-ip-tos; from 7 (as a 
neg. particle) and a presumed der. of 353 s ! without 
ablution: — unwashen. 

460. dvCon]|u anlsteml, an-is'-tay-mee; from 
303 and 2470; to stand up (lit or fig., trans, or in- 
trans.):— arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), 
stand up (right). 

451. "Avvo Anna, an'-nah; of Heb. or. [2584]; 
Anna, an Israelitess: — Anna. 

452. "Awas Annas, an,'-nas; ot Heb. or. [2608]; 
Annas (i.e. 367), anlsr.:— Annas. 

453. dv<Sr]Tos anAetAs, an-o'-ay-tos; from 7 (as a 
neg. particle) and a der. of 3330; unintelligent; by 
impl. sejisjtaZ;— fool (-ish), unwise. 

454. avoid anAla, an'-oy-ah; from a comp. of r 
(as a neg. particle) and 3363; stupidity; by impl. 
rage:— folly, madness. 

465. dvotyo anAlgo, an-oy'-go; from 303 and 
oiya Algo (to open); to open up (lit. or fig., in var- 
ious applications):— open. 

456. dvoiKoSopio andtkAd5m£o, an-oy-kod- 
om-eh'-o; from 303 and 3018; to rebuild: — build again. 

467. ovoi£is an oixiH, an'-oix-is; from 433; open- 
ing (throat):— X open. 

468. dvou.(a anoiiilu. an-om-ee'-ah; from 439; il- 
legality, i.e. violation of law or (gen.) wickedness: — 
iniquity, X transgress (-ion of) the law, unrighteous- 
ness. 

459. dvojios anAmAs, an'-om-os; from 7 (as a 
neg. particle) and 3331; lawless, i.e. (neg.) not subject 
to (the Jewish) law; (by impl. a Gentile), or (pos.) 
wicked:— without law, lawless, transgressor, unlaw- 
ful, wicked. 

460. dvd|io>$ anAmos, an-om'-oce; adv. from 431;; 
lawlessly, i.e. (spec.) not amenable to (the Jewish) 
law:— without law. 

461. dvop66u> anortlido, an-orth-o'-o; from 303 
and a der. of the base 013717; to straighten up:— lif t 
(set) up, make straight. 

462. dvoouos anAslAs, an-os'-ee-os; from 7 (as a 
neg. particle) and 3741; wicked:— unholy. 

463. dvox^ an Ache, an-okh-ay'; from 430; self- 
restraint, i.e. tolerance:— forbearance. 

464. dvTaYO>vCJop.ai antagonlzAmal, an-tag-o- 
nid'-zom-ahee; from 473 and 73; to struggle against 
(fig.) [" antagonize"] :— strive against. 

465. dvTaXXa-j(ia antallagma, an-tal'-ag-mah; 
from a comp. of 473 and 236; an equivalent or ran- 
som: — in exchange. 

466. dvravair\r|p6u antanaplerAo, an-tan-ap- 
lay-ro'-o; from 473 and 378; to supplement:— fill up. 

467. dvrairoBCSwpj, antapAdldoml, an-tap-od- 
ee'-do-mee; from 473 and j-97; to requite (good "or 
evil): — recompense, render, repay. 

468. dvrairoSojia antapAdAma, an-tap-od'-om- 
ah; from 467; a requital (prop, the thing):— recom- 
pense. 

469. dvrair(S8ocris antapAdAsls, an-tap-od'-os- 
is; from 467; requital (prop, the act) :— reward. 

470. dvTtMrOKpfvou.(u antapAkrlnAmal, am- 

tap-ok-ree'-nom-ahee; from 473 and 611; to contra- 
dict or dispute: — answer again, reply against. 

471. dvT«ro> antepo, an-tep'-o; from 473 and 
203b; to refute or deny:— gainsay, say against. 

472. dWxonai antechAmal, an-tekh'-om-ahee; 
from 473 and the mid. of 2192; to hold oneself opposite 
to, i.e. (by impl.) adhere to; by extens. to cave for:— 
hold fast, hold to, support. 

473. avrC antl, an-tee'; a prim, particle; opposite, 
i.e. instead or because of (rarely in addition to).— 
for, in the room of. Often used in composition to 
denote contrast, requital, substitution, correspond- 
ence, eta 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



Anatolay 
Apelowno 



13 



474 dvnpdXXw antlballo, an-tee-bal'-lo; from 

473 and gob; to oandu:— have. 

475. dWiSiaTCScucu antidiatithemai, an-tee- 

dee-at-eeth'-em-ahee; from 473 and 1303; to se< one- 
self opposite, te. 6e disputatious:— that oppose them- 
selves. 

476. dvrCSucos antidlkAs, an-tid'-ee-feos; from 
l£? and /.?<#?." an opponent (in a lawsuit); spec. iSatan 
(as the arch-enemy):— adversary. 

If/7. dvrWecris antithesis, an-tith'-es-is; from a 
comp. of 473 and jo5y; oyiJostWom, i.e. a conflict (of 
theories) :— opposition. 

478. dv-rucaOCo-riHu antlkathistcml, an-tee- 

kath-is'-tay-mee; from 473 and 2523; to set doivn 
(troops) against, i.e. withstand: — resist. 

479. dvTucaX&o antikalSo, an-tee-kal-eh'-o; 
from 47J and 2j6#; to inuiie in return:— bid again. 

4#0. avrtiteijiai antik£imai, an-tik'-i-mahee; 
from 47,? and 2740; to tie opposite, i.e. 6e adverse (fig. 
repugnant) to:— adversary, be contrary, oppose. 

1(81. dvrucpu antikru, an-tee-kroo' '; prol. from 
473; opposite:— over against. 

482. dvTt\ap.j3dvo|i<H anfllambanAmal, o»- 
lee-tam-oan'-om-aftee; from 47.J and the mid. of 29$; 
to take hold of in turn, i.e. succor; also to partici- 
pate.'— help, partaker, support. 

^&3. dvT(\cY<B antilSgo, an-til'-eg-o; from ^7 
and 3004; to dispute, refuse:— answer again, contra- 
dict, deny, gainsay (-er), speak against. 

4S4. dvrtXipj/is antllepsls, an-ttt' -ape-sis; from 
482; relief:— help. 

485. avTiXuryCa antilAgia, an-iee-tog-ee'-afc.; from 
a der. of 483; dispute, disobedience:— contradiction, 
gainsaying, strife. 

486. dvriXoiSop&o antUAIdArAo, an-tee-loy-dor- 
eh'-o; from 473 and 3038; to rail in reply:— revile 
again. 

487. ovrCVvrpov antilutron, an-til'-oo-tron; 
from 473 and 3083; a redemption-price:— ransom. 
#?S. dvri|MTpe'(» antim£treo, are-fee-mef-reJi'-o, - 
from 473 and 3334; to mete ire return:— measure 
again. 

489. dvri(i«r8£a antimisthla, an-tee-mis-thee'- 
ah; from a comp. of 47,? and j^o?; requital, corre- 
spondence:— -recompense. 

430. 'Avridxeio AntlAchela, an-fee-ofcA'-i-aft,- 
from 'AvtCoxos AntiAchns (a Syrian king) ; An- 
tiochla, a place in Syria:— Antioch. 
491. , Avtk>x € *'S AntiAchAns, an-tee-okh^yoos' ; 
from 400; an Antiochian or inhab. of Antiochia:— of 
Antioch. 

49$. dvTiirap£pXou,u* antiparerchSmai, an- 
tee-par-er'-khom-ahee; from 473 and 3028; to go along 
opposite:— pass by on the other side. 
49S. ' Avrtiros Antipas, an-f ee'-pas; contr. for a 
comp. of 473 and a der. 013062; Antipas, a Chr. :— An 
tipas. 

494. 'AvTiiraTpfe Antipatris, an-fip-at-rece'; 
from the same as 403; Antipatris, a [place in Pal.:— 
Antipatris. 

495. dvriirlpav antiperan, an-tee-per'-an; from 
473 and 4008; on the opposite side: — over against. 

496. dvTtirCirro) antlpipto, an-tee-pip'-to; from 
47jand 4008 (iaobid. its alt.); to oppose:— resist. 

497. dvTurrpaTcvo|juu antistratAaAmat, an- 
tee-strat-yoo'-om-ahee; from 473 and 4754; (fig.) to at- 
tack, i.e. (by impl.) destroy:— war against. 

4&?. dvTiT<i<rcro|iai antitassAmai, an-tee-tas'- 
som-ahee; from <#j and the mid. of 502/; to range one- 
set/ against, i.e. oppose:— oppose themselves, resist. 
499. dyrCnnrov antitupAn, an-teef-oo-pon; 
neut. of a comp. of 473 and si7g; corresponding [" an 
titype"], i.e. a representative, counterpart:— QZk.&) 
figure (whereunto). 

600. dvT£xp«rros antlchrlstAs, an-tee'-lchris- 
tos: from 473 ands547i an opponent of the Messiah:— 
antichrist. 



501. avrXia antK'6. ant-leh-o; from dvrXos 
antlds (the hold of a ship) ; to bale up (prop, bilge 
water), i.e. dip water (with a bucket, pitcher, etc.):— 
draw (out). 

502. dvr\i]|xa antlema, awt'-lay-mah; from joi; 
a baling-vessel: — thing to draw with. 

503. dyrocpSaXpeu antAphthalmAo, ant-of- 
thaUmeh'-o; from a comp. of 473 andj7<Sf; to face:— 
bear up into. 

50^. dwSpos anudr As, an'-oo-dros; from / (as a 
neg. particle) and 3204; waterless, i.e. dry:— dry, 
without water. 

505. dvtnroKpiTos annpokritAs, an-oo-pok'-ree- 
tos; from 1 (as a neg. particle) and a presumed der. 
013271; undissembled, i.e. sincere:— without dissim- 
ulation (hypocrisy), unfeigned. 

506. dwiroTciKTOS anupdtaktds, an-oo-pot'-ak- 
tos; from / (as a neg. particle) and a presumed der. 
of 3203; unsubdued, i.e. insubordinate (in fact or 
temper): — disobedient, that is not put under, unruly. 

507. dv» ano, an'-o; adv. from 473; upward or on 
the fop:— above, brim, high, up. 

508. dviiveov anoge An, an-ogue'-eh-on; from 307 
and 1003; above the ground, i.e. (prop.) the second 
floor of a building; used for a dome or a balcony on 
the upper story:— upper room. 

609. dvwflev anothen, an'-o-then; from 307; from 
above; by anal, /rom the first; by impl. anew: — from 
above, again, from the beginning (very first), the top. 

610. dvcorcpiKOs anoterikos, an-o-ter-ee-kos' ; 
from 311; superior, i.e. (locally) more remote: — 
upper. 

511. dviirepos aiioteros an-of-ter-os; comp. de- 
gree of 307; upper, i.e. (neut. as adv.) to a more con- 
spicuous place, in a former part of the book:— above, 
higher. 

512. dv<i>4>(Xcs anopheles, an-o-fel'-ace; from 1 
(as a neg. particle) and the base of 3624; useless or 
(neut.) inutility:— unprofitable (-ness). 

513. djjtvi] axine, ax-ee'-nay; prob. from ctywiii 
agnuml (to break; comp. «*6); an axe:— axe. 
514- o|ios axiAs, ax'-ee-os; prob. from 7/,* de- 
serving, comparable or suitable (as if drawing 
praise):— due reward, meet, [un-] worthy. 

515. dijiou axlAo, oa>ee-<i'-o; from j/^; to deem 
entitled or Jit: — desire, think good, count (think) 
worthy. 

516. dtjCas axios, ax-ee'-oce; adv. from 314; ap- 
propriately:— as becometh, after a godly sort, wor- 
thily (-thy). 

517. doparos aAratAs, ah-or'-at-os; from / (as a 
neg. particle) and 3707; invisible: — invisible (thing). 

518. diro/yy«'XXft> apaggello, ap-ang-el'lo; from 
373 and the base of 32; to announce: — bring word 
(again), declare, report, shew (again), tell 

519. dird'yx o H iai apagehAmai, ap-ang'-khom- 
ahee; from 373 and BYX" agcho (to choke; akin to 
the base of 43); to strangle oneself off (i.e. to death): — 
hang himself. 

520. dird-yio apago, ap-ag'-o; from 373 and 71; to 
take off (in various senses): — bring, carry away, lead 
(away), put to death, take away. 

5S1. diruCSeuTos apaidektAs, apah'ee-dyoo-tos; 
from 1 (as a neg. particle) and a der. of 3811; unin- 
structed, i.e. (fig.) stupid:— unlearned. 

522. diraCpu apairo, ap-ah'ee-ro; from 373 and 
142; to &yt off, i.e. remove.-— take (away). 

523. diraiTCca apait&o, ap-ah'ee-teh-o; from 373 
and />;<; to demand back:— ask again, require. 
5#4- diroVytu apalgSo, ap-a!g-eft'-o; from 373 and 
dX-ytV) algSo (to smart); to grieve out, i.e. become 
apathetic:— be past feeling. 

5^5. diraX\curo-<i> apallasso, ap-al-las'-so; from 
/7J and 236; to change away, i.e. release, (reflex.) re- 
move: — deliver, depart. 

526. diraXXorpioo) apallAtriAo, ap-al-lot-ree-o'- 
o; from jt? and a der. of 243; to estrange away, i.e. 
(pass, and fig.) to be non-participant:— alienate, be 
alien. 



diroXos apalAs, ap-al-os'; of uncert. der.; 
-tender. 



527. 
soft:- 

528. diravrdu apantao, ap-an-tah'-o; from 373 
and a der. of 473; to meet away, i.e. encounter:— 
meet. 

5^9. dirdvTT]<ris apantesis, ap-an'-td^-sis; from 
528; a (friendly) encounter:— meet. 

530. airo| hapax, hap'-ax; prob. from ,$77; one 
(or a single) time (numerically or conclusively): — 
once. 

531. dirapd^aros aparabatAs, ap-ar-oo'^f-os; 
from j (as a neg. particle) and a der. 013843; not pass- 
ing away, i.e. untransferable (perpetual):— un- 
changeable. 

532. dirapao*Kcvao*Tos aparask£uast As, ap-ar- 
ask-yoo'-as-tos; from / (as a neg. particle) and a der. 
of 3003; unready:— unprepared. 

533. dirapvcoucu aparn£Amal, ap-ar-neft'-om- 
ahee; from 373 and 720; to deny utterly, i.e. disown, 
abstain:— deny. 

534. dirdpn apartl, ap-ar'-fee; from 373 and 737; 
fromnow,l.e. henceforth(already):— ^f rom henceforth. 

535. dirapruruos apartismAs, ap-ar-tis-mos 1 ; 
from a der. 01334; completion:— finishing. 

536. dirapx^ aparche, ap-ar-khay'; from a 
comp. of 37s and 73b; a beginning of sacrifice, i.e. the 
(Jewish) first-fruit (fig.):— first-fruits. 

537. aims hapas, hap'-as; from 1 (as a particle of 
union) and 3036; absolutely all or (sing.) every one:— 
all (things), every (one), whole. 

538. diraTdu apatao, ap-at-ah'-o; of uncert. der.; 
to cheat, i.e. delude:— deceive. 

539. &ir&TT| apate, ap-at'-ay; from 338; delu- 
sion:— deceit (-ful, -fulness), deeeivableness (-ving). 

540. oirdrwp apator, ap-at'-ore; from 1 (as a neg. 
particle) and 3062; fatherless, i.e. of unrecorded pa- 
ternity:— without father. 

541. airav-yao-jia apangasma, ap-ow'-gas-mah; 
from a comp. of 373 and &6; an off-flash, ie. ejfut- 
gence:— brightness. 

5^?. airc(8a> apeldo, ap-i'-do; from /7j and the 
same as 1402; to see fully:— see. 
543. aircCScia apAithSla, ap-i'-thi-ah; from 343; 
disbelief (obstinate and rebellious):— disobedience, 
unbelief. 

544- cwmOtw apoitlifio. ap-i-theh'-o; ttom.343; to 
disbelieve (wilfully and perversely):— not believe, dis- 
obedient, obey not, unbelieving. 

545. aireUWjs apelthes, ap-i-thace'; from 7 (as a 
neg. particle) and 3082; unpersuadable, i.e. contu- 
macious:— disobedient. 

546. direiXew apSUAo, ap-i-leh'-o; of uncert. der.; 
to menace, - by impl. to forbid:— threaten. 

547. airciX^j apSile, ap-i-lay 1 ; from 346; a men- 
ace:— x straitly, threatening. 

548. aim|u apeimi, ap'-i-mee; tromsTS and *5">, 
to be away: — be absent. Comp. 340. 

549. direiui apeimi, ap'-i-mee; from 373 and «t|M 
fiimii (to go); to go away:— go. Comp. 348. 

550. airuird|Miv apelpAmen, ap-i-pom'-ane; re 
flex, past of a comp. of 373 and 2036; to say off for 
oneself, i.e. disown:— renounce. 

551. airc(pa<rros apelrastAs, ap-i'-ras-tos; from 
/ (as a neg. particle) and a presumed der. 013087; un- 
tried, i.e. not temptable: — not to be tempted. 

552. aircipos apelrAs, ap'-i-ros; from 1 (as a neg 
particle) and 3084; inexperienced, i.e. ignorant: — 
unskilful. 

553. dirtKO«xouai apekdechdmai, ap-ek-dekh'- 
om-ahee; from 375 and 1351; to expect fully;— -looR 
(wait) for. 

554. air€K8tP0|iai apAkdaAmal, ap-ek-doo'-om- 
ahee; mid. from 373 and 1362; to divest wholly one- 
self, or (for oneself) despoil:— put off, spoil. 

655. airlicSwris apSkdnsls, ap-ek'-doo-sis; from 
334; divestment: — putting off. 
556. aircXavvu apelauno, <zp-e2-6u>'-no,' from 
373 and 1643; to dismiss:— drive. 



14 



Apelegmos 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



557. dire\«"y(j.6s ap£Iegmds, ap-el-eg-mosf ; from 
a comp. of 373 and 1631; refutation, i.e. (by impl.) 
contempt;— nought. 

558. direXevflepos apeleuth£ros, ap-el-yoo'-ther- 
os; from 373 and 'bs8; one freed away, i.e. a freed- 
man:— freeman. 

559. 'AireXXfjs Applies, ap-el-lace'; of Lat. or.; 
^[pe22es, a Chr. :— Apelles. 

560. direXirtJJc) apelpizo, ap-eUpid'-zo; from J7J 
and 7679; to hope out, i.e. fully expect:— hope for 
again. 

561. dirivavn. a |»<"iia lit i. op-en'-an-fee; from 373 
and j72J," /rom in front, i.e. opposite, before or 
against:— before, contrary, over against, in the pres- 
ence of. 

airlirw ap&po. Seej/o. 

562. dire'pavTOs aperantos, ap-er'-an-tos; from / 
(as a neg. particle) and a secondary der. of 4008; un- 
finished, i.e. (by impl.) interminable:— endless. 

563. dirfpunrdoras ap&rlspastos, ap-er-is-pas- 
toce'; adv. from a comp. of / (as a neg. particle) and 
a presumed der. of 4040; undistractedly, i.e. free 
from (domestic) solicitude:— without distraction. 

564. dir«p£T|urros apSritmetAs, ap-er-eet'-may- 
tos; from / (as a neg. particle) and a presumed der. 
of 405a; uncircumcised (fig.):— uncircumcised. 

565. dire'pxojjiai ape>ch5mal, ap-erkh'-om-ahee; 
from 575 and 2064; to go off (i.e. depart), aside (i.e. 
apart) or behind (i.e. follow), lit. or fig.:— come, de- 
part, go (aside, away, back, out, . . . ways), pass 
away, be past. 

566. dire'xei apeehel, ap-ekh'-i; 3d pers. sing, 
pres. indie, act. of 56.? used impers.; it is sufficient:— 
it is enough. 

567. &ir4yo^ai ap6eh.6m.al, ap-ekh'-om-dhee; 
mid. (reflex.) otsb8; to hold oneself off, i.e. refrain:— 
abstain. 

568. dirlx" apfecbo, ap-ekh'-o; ttams7S and 2/02; 
(act.) to have out, i.e. receive in full; (intrans.) to 
keep (oneself) away, i.e. be distant (lit. or fig.):— be, 
have, receive. 

569. dmor&o aplstSo, ap-is-teh'-o; from 571; to 
be unbelieving, i.e. (trans.) disbelieve, or (by impl.) 
disobey:— believe not. 

570. dmo-rla aplstla, ap-is-tee'-ah; from 371; 
faithlessness, i.e. (neg.) disbelief (want of Chr. faith), 
or (pos.) unfaithfulness (disobedience):— unbelief. 

571. airurros aplstds, ap'-is-tos; from 1 (as a neg. 
particle) and 4103; (act.) disbelieving, i.e. without Chr. 
/aitn (spec, a heathen); (pass.) untrustworthy (per- 
son), or incredible (thing):— that believeth not, faith- 
less, incredible thing, infidel, unbeliever (-ing). 

572. dirXdrns hapldteg, hap-lot'-ace; from 573; 
singleness, i.e. (subj.) sincerity (without dissimula- 
tion or self-seeking), or (obj.) generosity (copious be- 
stowal):— bountafulness, liberal (-ity), simplicity, sin- 



573. dirXovs hapldus, hap-looce'; prob. from / 
(as a particle of union) and the base of 4120; prop. 
folded together, te. single (fig. clear):— single. 
574- dirXus haplos, hap-loce'; adv. from 373 (in 
the obj. sense of 372); bountifully:— liberally. 

575. dird ap5, apo'; a prim, particle; "off," i.e. 
away (from something near), in various senses (of 
place, time, or relation; lit. or fig.):— (x here-) after, 
ago, at, because of, before, by (the space of), for (-th), 
from, in, (out) of, off, (up-) on (-ce), since, with. In 
composition (as a prefix) it usually denotes separa- 
tion, departure, cessation, completion, reversal, etc. 

576. diropa(vo) apobalno, ap-ob-ah'ee-mo; from 
573 and the base of 030; lit. to disembark; fig. to 
eventuate: — become, go out, turn. 

577. dirof3dXXa> apoballo, ap-ob-al'-lo; from 373 
and gob; to throw off; fig. to lose:— cast away. 
57S. diropX6iro> apoblepo, ap-ob-lep'-o; from S7S 
and qqr; to look away from everything else, i.e. (fig.) 
intently regard:— have respect. 



580. diroj3oXij apobdle, ap-ob-dLay' ; from S77'< 
rejection; fig. loss:— casting away, loss. 

581. diro-yevduevos apdgendm£n5s, ap-og-en- 
om'-en-os; past part, of a comp. of 373 and 100b; ab- 
sent, i.e. deceased (fig. renounced):— being dead. 

55#. diroypcuj)^ apographs, ap-og-raf-ay' ; from 
J&; an enrollment; by impl. an assessment.-— taxing. 

555. diro , Ypd<JK» apographo, ap-og-raf'-o; from 

jTf and 7^5; to toriie off (a copy or list), i.e. enrol:— 

tax, write. 

5&£. diro8(CKW|u apodeilcjiumi ap-od-ike'-noo- 

mee; from S7S and //66; to sftow off, i.e. exhibit; fig. 

to demonstrate, i.e. accredit:— (ap-) prove, set forth, 

shew. 

585. dirdSogis apddSlxls, ap-od' -ike-sis; from 
5^; mani/estation.- — demonstration. 

586. diroSEKa-roa apodtkatoo. ap-od-ek-at-o'-o; 
from j7j and //■&; to tithe (as debtor or creditor):— 
(give, pay, take) tithe. 

587. dirdScKTOS apddektds, ap-od'-ek-tos; from 
5.SS; accepted, i.e. agreeable;— acceptable. 

588. diroSe'xouat apod$chdmai, ap-od-ekh'-om- 
ahee; from 575 and 7209; to tafce fully, i.e. welcome 
(persons), approve (things):— accept, receive (gladly). 

589. diroSnpio) apddemgo, ap-od-ay-meh'-o; 
from jco; to go abroad, i.e. visit a foreign land:— go 
(travel) into a far country, journey. 
5S0. dirdSujios apodemis, ap-od' -ay-mos; from 
J7J and 1218; absent from one's own people, i.e. Si for- 
eign traveller:— taking a far journey. 

591. diroSCoonu apftdlddml, ap-od-eed'-o-7nee; 
from j7j and 132s; to give away, i.e. up, over, bacfc, 
etc. (in various applications):— deliver (again), give 
(again), (re-) pay (-ment be made), perform, recom- 
pense, render, requite, restore, reward, sell yield. 

592. diroSu>p(£o apodiorizo, op-od-ee-or-id'-zo; 
from S7S and a comp. of 1223 and 3724; to disjoin (by 
a boundary, fig. a party):— separate. 

593. diroSoiup.d£a> apddokimazo, ap-od-ok-ee- 
mad'-zo; from S7S and 1381; to disapprove, i.e. (by 
impl.) to repudiate: — disallow, reject. 

594. diroSox'rfj apodoche, ap-od-okh-ay'; from 
388; acceptance:— acceptation. 

595. dir66«o-is apdthesis, ap-oth'-es-is; from 6jg; 
a laying aside (lit. or fig.):— putting away (off). 

596. diro8l|KT) ap&tbeke, ap-otft-at/'-feag; from 
ojq; a repository, i.e. granary: — barn, garner. 

597. airo8t)eravpl|<i> apotbesaurizo, ap-oth-ay- 
sow-rid'-zo; from 373 and 2343; to treasure away: — 
lay up in store. 

598. diro8Xij3o apothllbo, ap-otft-lee'-bo; from 
373 and 2jtf<5,' to crowd from (every side):— press. 

599. airodWjo-Kco apdthnesbo, ap-othrnace'-ko; 
from J75 and ^<rf,- to die off (lit. or fig.):— be dead, 
death, die, liea-dying, be slain (x with). 

600. diroKaefcrnntt apokathlsteml, ap-dk-ath- 
is'-tay-mee; from j7j- and 2323; to reconstitute (in 
health, home or organization):— restore (again). 

601. airoKaXvirrci) apdkalupto, ap-ok-al-aop'- 
to; from 373 and 357^; to take off the cover, i.e. dis- 
close: — reveal. 

602. diroKdXvi|n$ apokalupgis, ap-ok-al'-oop-sis; 
from 601; disclosure: — appearing, coming, lighten, 
manifestation, be revealed, revelation. 

603. diroKapaSoKta apdbaradttkla, ap-ok^xr- 
ad-ok-ee'-ah; from a comp. of 373 and a comp. of 
icdpa Kara (the head) and 1380 (in the sense of 
watching); intense anticipation:— earnest expecta- 
tion. 

604- diroKaTaXXdWu apdkatallasso, ap-ok-at- 
al-las'-so; from 373 and 2644; to reconcile fully: — rec- 
oncile. 

605. diroKardtrroris apAkatastasls, ap-ok-at- 
as'-tas-is; from boo; reconstitution: — restitution. 

606. airdi«i|KU apdkelmal, ap-ok'-i-mahee; 
from 373 and 274q; to be reserved; flg. to await.'— be 



from sis 



579. &iriSpXr|TOS ap«blet5s, ap-ob'-lay-tos; from appointed, (be) laid up. 

•;77; cast off, i.e. (ft?.) such as to be rejected:— be re- 607. dVoK£<f>aXC£(i> apAkSphallzo, ap-ok-ef-al- 

fused. I id'-zo; fromjT; and 2776; to decapitate:— behead. 



605. ditOKXcCo ap6klM6, ap-ofc-K'-o; 

and 2&rf; to ctose fully;— shut up. 

609. diroKdnro) apAkdpto, ap-ok-op>-to; from 
j7j and 257/; to amputate; reflex, (by irony) to mu- 
tilate (the privy parts):— cut off. Comp. sbgg. 

610. dirdKpi|ia apAkrlma, ap-ok '-ree-mah; from 
bit (in its orig. sense of judging); a judicial deci- 
sion;— sentence. 

611. diroKpCvou.<u apdkrlnftmal, ap-ok-ree 1 - 
nom-ahee; from 57jand Kpiv<» krlno; to conclude 
for oneself, i.e. (by impl.) to respond; by Hebr. 
[comp. 6030] to begin, to speak (where an address is 
expected) :— answer. 

612. airoKpuris apdkrtsis, ap-ok'-ree-sis; from 
bn; a response:— answer. 

613. diroKpvirru apAkrnpto, ap-ok-roop'-to; 
from 373 and 2Q28; to conceal away (i.e. fully); fig. to 
fceep secret:— hide. 

614- dirdicpwpos apokruphds, ap-ok'-roo-fos; 
from bi3; secret; by UnpL treasured:— hid, kept 
secret. 

615. diroKTcCvu apdkteino, ap-ok-ti'-no; from 
J7j and KTetvw kteiuo (to slaj); to kill outright; 
fig. to destroy:— put to death, kill, slay. 

616. aitOKvia apAknSo, ap-ok-oo-eh'o; from 373 
and the base of 2040; to breed forth, i.e. (by transf .) to 
generate (fig.) : — beget, bring forth. 

617. diroKuXCu ap&kullo, ap-ok-oo-lee'-o; from 
373 and 21)47; to roll away:— roll away (back). 

618. diroXau,|3dvco apdlambano, ap-ol-am-ban'- 
o; from 373 and 203}; to receive (spec, in full, or as a 
host); also to take aside:— receive, take. 

619. diroXavcris ap&lausls, ap-ol'-ow-sis; from a 
comp. of S7S and Xaift) laud (to enjoy) ; full enjoy- 
ment:— enjoy (-ment). 

6^0. diroXsiirio ap51elpo, op-ol-ipe'-o; from 373 
and 3007; to leave behind (pass, remain) ; by impl. to 
forsake:— leave, remain. 

621. diroXttx" apdlSlcbo, ap-ol-i'-kho; from 
373 and Xt£x w l^icbo (to " ticfe") ; to lick clean:— 
lick. 

622. dirdXXu|U apAllnml, ap-ol'-loo-mee; from 
375 and the base of 3b3o; to destroy fully (reflex, to 
perish, or lose), lit. or flg.: — destroy, die, lose, mar, 
perish. 

623. 'AiroXXvov Apolluon, ap-oUloo'-ohn; act. 
part, of 622; a destroyer (i.e. Satan) ;— Apollyon. 

624. 'AiroXXuvCa Apdllonla, op-oHo-nee'-afc; 
from the pagan deity 'AiroXXwv Ap1SHr.11 (i.e. the 
sun,' from b22) ; Apollonia, a place in Macedonia: — 
Apollonia. 

625. AiroXXus Apftllos, op-oWoce',* prob. from 
the same as 624,' Apollos, an Isr. : — Apollos. 

626. AiroXo-yfoiuu ap»15gg5mat, ap-ol-og-eh'- 
om-ahee: mid. from a comp. of 373 and 303b; to give 
an account (legal plea) of oneself, i.e. exculpate 
(self):— answer (for self), make defence, excuse (self), 
speak for self. 

627. diroXo-yCa apologia, ap-ol-og-ee'-ah; from 
the same as b2b; a plea ("apology"):— answer (for 
self), clearing of self, defence. 

628. oiroXovu apttlAud, ap-oUoo'-o; from 373 and 
3008; to wash fully, i.e. (flg.) have remitted (reflex.) :— 
wash (away). 

629. diroXvTpuo-is apolu trosis ap-ol-oo'-tro-sis; 
from a comp. of 373 and 3083; (the act) ransom in 
full, i.e. (fig.) riddance, or (spec.) Chr. salvation:— 
deliverance, redemption. 

630. airoXva) apAlao, ap-ol-oo'-o; from S7S and 
308b; to free fully, i.e. (lit.) relieve, release, dismiss 
(reflex, depart), or (flg.) let die, pardon, or (spec.) 
divorce:— (let) depart, dismiss, divorce, forgive, let 
go, loose, put (send) away, release, set at liberty. 

631. airojido-irojiai aptanasedmal, ap-om-as'- 
som-ahee; mid. from 375 and lidonra masso (to 
squeeze, knead, smear); to scrape away: — wipe off. 

632. airoW|i.ci> apdnemo, ap-on-em'-o; from S7S 
and the base of 33s 1 ! to apportion, i.e. bestow:— 
give. 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



Apelegmos 
Aristeros 



15 



633. oirov(iTT<» apAntpto, ap-on-ip'-to; from 575 
and 3338; to wash off (reflex, one's own hands sym- 
bolically) :— wash. 

634. diroirfime apAplpto, ap-op-ip'-to; from 375 
and 4098; to fall off:— fall. 

635. diroirXavcUi) apAplanao, ap-opJan-ah'-o; 
bom 375 and 4105; to lead astray (fig.); pass, to stray 
(from truth):— err, seduce. 

636. diroirXlo apdplAo, ap-op-teV-o; from 575 and 
4126; to set sail: — sail away. 

657. diroirXvvu apAplnno, ap-op-loo'-no; from 
373 and 4150; to rinse off: — wash. 

638. airoirvfryw apApnlgo, ap-op-nee'-go; from 
S7S and 4133; to stifle (by drowning or overgrowths- 
choke. 

639. airopia apArAo, ap-or-eh'-o; from a comp. of 
/ (as a neg. particle) and the base of 4108; to have no 
way out, i.e. be at a loss (mentally):— (stand in) doubt, 
be perplexed. 

640. diropCa apAria, ap-or-ee'-a; from the same 
as 03Q; a (state of) quandary:— perplexity. 

641. dirof pCirro) apArrblptA, ap-or-hrip'-to; 
from S7S and 4496! to hurl off, i.e. precipitate (one- 
self):— cast. 

642. diropipavCIju ap&rpbanlzo, ap-or-fan-id'- 
zo; from S75 and a der. 013737; to bereave wholly, i.e. 
(fig.) separate (from intercourse) :— take. 

6^?. airoo-KEudjjia npi'ishfuazo, ap-osk-yoo-ad'- 
zo; from 575 and a der. of ^47-?,' to pack up (one's) 
baggage:— take up . . . carriages. 

644. diro<rKtacru.a apAsklasma, ap-os-kee'-as- 
mah; from a comp. of 373 and a der. of 4639; a shad- 
ing off, i.e. obscuration:— shadow. 

645. airocnrdoj apAspao, ap-os-pah'-o; from 57s 
and 4683 ; to drag forth, i.e. (lit.) unsheathe (a sword), 
or rel. (with a degree of force implied) retire (pers. or 
factiously):— (with-) draw (away), after we were got- 
ten from. 

646. CMTOorao-ta apAstasla, ap-os-tas-ee'-ah; 
fern, of the same as 647; defection from truth (prop, 
the state) [" apostasy"] :— falling away, forsake. 

647 airooTcuriov apAstaslAn, ap-os-tas'-ee-on; 
neut. of a (presumed) adj. from a der. of 868; prop, 
something separative, i.e. (spec.) divorce: — (writing 
of) divorcement. 

64S. airooreydjoi apSstggazo, ap-os-teg-ad'-zo; 
from S75 anQ a der. of 472/; to unroof: — uncover. 

649. cwrocrWXXw apAstAlld, ap-os-tel'-lo; from 
,575 and 4724; set apart, i.e. (by impl.) to send out 
(prop, on a mission) lit. or fig.:— put in, send (away, 
forth, out), set [at liberty]. 

650. oiroo-TEpeci) apAst&rAo, ap-os-ter-eK -o; from 
57jand orepett st£r£o (to deprive); to despoil:— 
defraud, destitute, kept back by fraud. 

651. dirooToX^j apAstAle, ap-os-tol-ay' ; from 
640, commission, i.e. (spec.) apostolate: — apostleship. 

652. dir6<rroX.os apAstAlAs, ap-os'tol-os; from 
b4Qi a delegate; spec, an ambassador of the Gospel; 
officially a commissioner' of Christ [" apostle"] (with 
miraculous powers):— apostle, messenger, he that is 
sent. 

653. dirO(rrou,d.T(J(i> apAgtAmatizo, apostom- 
at-id'-zo; from S7S and a (presumed) der. of 4750; to 
speak off-hand (prop, dictate), i.e. to catechize (in an 
invidious manner):— provoke to speak. 

654. dirocrrp&pu apAstrgpbo. ap-os-tref-o; from 
J7j and 4762; to turn away or 6acfc (lit. or fig.):— 
bring again, pervert, turn away (from). 

655. dirooTUY&> apAstngeo, ap-os-toog-eh'-o; 
from S7S and the base of 4707; to detest utterly:— 
abhor. 

656. diroo-wd W os apAgnnagogAs, ap-os-oon- 
dg'-o^os; from /# and *5IV; excommunicated:— 
(put) out of the synagogue (-s). 

657. dirOTder<ro(j.ov apAtassAmal, ap-ot-os'^som 
ahee: mid. from S7S and 502/; lit. to say adieu (by de- 
parting or dismissing); tig. to renounce:— bid farewell, 
forsake, take leave, send away. 



658. airordiAa apAtSlAo, ap-ot-el-eh'-o; from 375 
and 3033; to complete entirely, Le. consummate:— 
finish. 

659. airOTl9i]|ii, apAtltbeml, op-of-eeift'-ajf-mee; 
from J7s and 50*7; to put away (lit. or fig.):— cast 
off, lay apart (aside, down), put away (off). 

660. diroTiv&(r<r» apAtlnasso, ap-ot-in-as'-so; 
from J7j and Tivdo-o-w tiuasso (to jostle); to brush 
off:— shake off. 

66i. dirorCvw apAtlno, op-ot-ee'-no; from J75 and 
3009; to paj in full:— repay. 

662. diroTo\|id(i> apfttolmad, ap-ot-ol-mah'-o; 
from 373 and 3111; to venture plainly: — be very bold. 

663. airorouia apAtdiuia, ap-ot-om-ee'-ah; from 
the base of 664; (fig.) decisiveness, i.e. rigor:— se- 
verity. 

664. airoTOu,os apAtAmos, ap-oi-om'-oce; adv. 
from a der. of a comp. ots7S an d r fyva tfmiio (to 
cut); abruptly, i.e. peremptorily:— sharply (-ness). 

665. diroTp&iro apdtrSpo, ap-ot-rep'-o; from 57J 
and the base of J-/J7,' to dejtect, i.e. (reflex.) avoid:— 
turn away. 

666. oirovo-Ca apAusla, ap-oo-see'-ah; from the 
part, of 548; a bring away:— absence. 

667. airo(ptpa> appAbAro, ap-of-er'-o; from S7S 
and 3342; to tear ojf (Ut. or rel.):— bring, carry 
(away). 

668. owro<p6V'y<i) apApbAago, ap-of-yoo'-go; from 
S7S and 3343; (fig.) to escape.-— escape. 

669. &iro<j>8e'yya|iai apApbtbAggAmal, ap-of- 
theng'-om-ahee; from 375 and jj^o; to enunciate 
plainly, i.e. declare:— say, speak forth, utterance. 

670. dTro<popT£Jo|iOt apApbArtizAmal, ap-of- 
or-tid'-zom-ahee; from j7j and the mid. of 3412; to 
unload: — unlade. 

671. dird\pT|o-is apAcbresls, ap-okh' -ray-sis; 
from a comp. of 375 and 3530; the act of using up, 
i.e. consumption: — using. 

672. &irox<op&i> apAcborSo, ap-okh-o-reh'-o; 
fromj7j and 3362; to go away:— depart. 

673. dirox<0p(£a> apAcborlzo, apokh-o-rid'-zo; 
from 37s and 3363; to remd apart; reflex, to sepa- 
rate: — depart (asunder). 

674- di«n|npx<» apApsucbo, ap-ops-oo'-kho; 
from 37s and 3504; to breathe out, i.e. faint:— hearts 
failing. 

675. "Airirios ' Appi As, ap'-pee-os: of Lat. or. ; (in 
the genitive, i.e. possessive case) of Appius, the name 
of a Roman: — Appii. 

676. airpo>iTos aprAsltAs, ap-ros'-ee-tos; from / 
(as a neg. particle) and a der. of a comp. of 4314 and 
et|U Alml(tooo); inaccessible:— which no man can 
approach. 

677. dirpio-KOiros aproskApAs, apros'-kop-os; 
from / (as a neg. particle) and a presumed der. of 
4330; act. inoffensive, i.e. not leading into sin; pass. 
faultless, i.e. not led into sin:— none (void of, with- 
out) offence. 

678. dirpoo-wiroX^irrws aprAsopAleptos, ap- 
ros-o-pol-ape f -toce; adv. from a comp. of / (as a neg. 
particle) and a presumed der. of a presumed comp. of 
4383 and 2083 [comp. 4381] ; in a way mot accepting the 
person, i.e. impartially: — without respect of persons. 

679. airraurros aptalstds, ap-tah'ee-stos; from 
7 (as a neg. particle) and a der. of 4417; not stumbling, 
i.e. (fig.) without sin: — from falling. 

680. airro|iai baptttmal, hap'-tom-ahee; reflex, 
of 681; prop, to attach oneself to, i.e. to touch (in 
many implied relations):— touch. 

681. dirro hapto, hap' -to; a prim, verb; prop, to 
fasten to, i.e. (spec.) to set on fire:— kindle, light. 
688. 'Air<p£o Appbla. ap-fee'-a; prob. of for. or.; 
Apphia. a woman of Colossse:— Apphia. 

683. &iru0&>|iai apotb£5mat, ap-o-theh'-om- 
ahee; or dir<59op.ai apothAmai, ap^-thom-ahee; 
from 375 and the mid. of ufl^w otb£o or <»8<» otho 
(to shove); to push off, fig. to reject:— cast away, 
put away (from), thrust away (from). 



684. dircoXtia apolSla, ap-o'-li-a; from a pre- 
sumed der. of 622; ruin or loss (phys., spiritual or 
eternal):— damnable (-nation), destruction, die, perdi- 
tion, X perish, pernicious ways, waste. 

685. dpd ara, ar-ah'; prob. from 142; prop, prayer 
(as lifted to Heaven), i.e. (by impl.) imprecation:— 
curse. 

686. dpa ara, ar'-ah; prob. from 142 (through the 
idea of drawing a conclusion); a particle denoting an 
inference more or less decisive (as follows):— haply, 
(what) manner (of man), no doubt, perhaps, so be, 
then, therefore, truly, wherefore. Often used in con- 
nection with other particles, especially 1003 or J767 
(after) or 1487 (before). Comp. also 087. 

687. opa ara, ar'-ah; a form of 686, denoting an 
interrogation to which a negative answer is pre- 
sumed :— therefore. 

688. 'Apafila Arabia, ar-ab-ee'-ah; of Eeb. or. 
[6152]; Arabia, a region of Asia:— Arabia. 

dpayt aragS. See 686 and io6j. 

689. 'Apdu, Aram, ar-am'; of Heb. or. [7410]; 
Aram (i.e. Ram), an 1st.: — Aram. 

690. "Apo<|» » Araps, ar'-aps; from 688; an Arab 
or native of Arabia:— Arabian. 

691. dp'ytti) arggo, arg-eh'-o; from 692; to be idle, 
i.e. (fig.) to delay:— linger. 

692. dp-yos argos, ar-gos'; from / (as a neg. par- 
ticle) and 2041; inactive, i.e. unemployed; (by impl.) 
lazy, useless:— barren, idle, slow. 

693. d.p'yvpcos argur£5s, ar-goo'-reh-oa; from 
696; made of silver: — (of) silver. 

694- dpyvpiov argnrlAn, ar-gop'-ree-on; neut. of 
a presumed der. of 606; silvery, i.e. (by impl.) cash; 
spec, a silverling (i.e. drachma or shekel):— money, 
(piece of) silver (piece). 

695. dpyvpoK<Siro$ argnrAbopfts, ar-goo-rok- 
op'-os; from bob and 2873; a beater (i.e. worker) of 
silver: — silversmith. 

696. dp^vpos argnrAs, ar'-goo-ros; from dpy6s 
argos {shining); silver (the metal, in the articles or 
coin):— silver. 

697. "Apeios Ild^os Ar£lAs PagAs, ar'-ios 
pag'-os; from ' Apijs Ares (the name of the Greek 
deity of war) and a der. of 4078; rock of Ares, a place 
in Athens:— Areopagus, Mars' Hill. 

698. 'ApeoiraYtnis ArSApagltes, ar-eh-op-ag- 
ee'-tace; from 607; an Areopagite or member of the 
court held on Mars' Hill:— Areopagite. 

699. dp«'o-K«ia areskSla, ar-es'-ki-ah; from a der. 
of 700; complaisance:— pleasing. 

700. dp&TKo) aresbo, ar-es'-ko; prob. from 142 
(through the idea of exciting emotion); to 6e agree- 
able (or by impl. to seek to be so):— please. 

701. dpecrrds arSatAs, ar-es-tos'; from 700; agree- 
able; by impl. fit.-— (things that) please (-ing), reason. 

702. 'Ap^ras ArAtas, ar-ef'-as; of for. or.; Aretas, 
an Arabian:— Aretas. 

703. &p£rn arfete, ar-et'-ay; from the same as 730; 
prop, manliness (.valor), i.e. excellence (intrinsic or 
attributed) :— praise, virtue. 

704. dp^jv aren, ar-ane'; perh. the same as 730; 
a lamb (as a male): — lamb. 

705. dpiSfitto arltbmAA, ar-iih-meh'-o; from job; 
to enumerate or count:— number. 

706. dpiSpos aritbmAs, ar-ith-mos 1 ; from 142; a 
number (as reckoned up):— number. 

707. 'Apifiafafa AH runt baia, ar-ee-math-ah'ee- 
ah; of Heb. or. [7414] ; Arimathcea (or Ramah), a 
place in Pal.:— Arimathaaa. 

708. 'ApMrro.pxos ArlstarchAs, ar-is'-tar-SAos; 
from the same as 712 and 757; best ruling; Aristar- 
chus, a Macedonian:— Aristarchus. 

709. dpurrdu aristao, ar-is4ah'4>; from fis; to 
take the principal meal:— dins. 

710. dpurrtpos arlsterAs, ar-is-ter-os'; appar. a 
comp. of the same as 712; the left hand (as second- 
best):— left [hand]. 



16 



Aristoboolos 
Afistaymee 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



711. 'ApwrrdpouXos ArlstAbAulAs, ar-is-toV- 
oo-los; from tbe same as 712 and iois; best counsel- 
ling; Aristoboulus, a Car.:— Aristobulus. 

712. dpurrov arlston, ar'-is-ton; appar. neut. of 
a superlative from the same as 730; the best meal [or 
breakfast; perh. from tjpi eri (" early")], i.e. lunch- 
eon; — dinner. 

713. opuenSs arketAs, ar-keUosf; from 714; satis- 
factory:— enough, suffice (-ient). 

714. apKia arkeo, arlceh'-o; appar. a prim, verb 
[but prob. akin to 142 through the idea of raising a 
barrier] ; prop, to ward off, i.e. (by impl.) to avail 
(flg. be satisfactory):— be content, be enough, suffice, 
be sufficient. 

715. opKTOs arktAs, ark'-tos; prob. from 714; a 
bear (as obstructing by ferocity): — bear. 

716. apfia harma, har'-mah; prob. from 142 
[perh. with / (as a particle of union) prefixed] ; a char- 
iot (as raised or flitted together [comp. 710]) :— chariot. 

717. 'App.a-ycS8<Sv Armageddon, ar-mag-ed- 
dohn 1 ; of Heb. or. [8023 and 4033]; Armageddon (or 
Bar-Megiddon), a symbol, name:— Armageddon. 
71S. app,<5£ci> harmAzo, har-mod'-zo; from 7/9; to 
joint, i.e. (flg.) to woo (reflex, to betroth) :— espouse. 

719. dp|ios harmAg, har-mos'; from the same as 
71b; an articulation (of the body):— joint. 

720. &pvfo|i.<u ariK'oitiui. ar-neh'-om-ahee; perh. 
from s (as a neg. particle) and the mid. of 4483; to con- 
tradict, i.e. disavow, reject, abnegate:— deny, refuse. 

721. dpvCov arnlAn, ar-nee'-on; diminutive from 
704; a lambkin:— lamb. 

722. dporpiou arAtrlAo, ar-otree-S'-o; from 733; 
to plough:— plow. 

723. oporpov arAtrAn, ar>-ot-ron; from dp6a> 
arAo (to till); a plough:— plow. 

724. apmtYTJ barpage, har-pag-ay'; from 736; 
■pillage (prop, abstr.): — extortion, ravening, spoiling. 

725. apira'ypuSs barpagmAs, har-pag-mos'; from 
726; plunder (prop, concr.):— robbery. 

726. apird|u harpazo, har-pad'-zo; from a der. 
of 138; to seize (in various applications):— catch 
(away, up), pluck, pull, take (by force). 

727. dpiraf barpax, har>-pax; from 726; rapa- 
cious:— extortion, ravening. 

728. ddpa(3<ov arrbabon, ar-fcrab-oftn'; of Heb. 
or. [6162]; a pledge, i.e. part of the purchase-money 
or property given in advance as security for the 
rest: — earnest. 

729. d£pa4>os arrb.apb.5s, ar'-hhraf-os; from 1 
(as a neg. particle) and a presumed der. of the same 
as 4476; unsewed, i.e. of a single piece: — without 



730. appr|V arrben, ar'-fcrane; or 

apo-nv arsen, ar'-sane; prob. from 142; male 
(as stronger for lifting):— male, man. 

731. d^prjTos arrbet As, ar'-hray-tos; from 1 (as a 
neg. particle) and the same as 4400; unsaid, i.e. (by 
impl.) inexpressible: — unspeakable. 

732. ajSjtaKTTOS arrbostAs, ar'-hroce-tos; from 7 
(as a neg. particle) and a presumed der. of 4317; in- 
firm:— sick (folk, -ly). 

733. dpo-evoKolrns arsen&kdltes, ar-senok-oy'- 
tote; from 730 and 2845; a sodomite:— abuser of (that 
defile) self with mankind. 

'iS4. Aprcuos Artemag, ar-tem-as'; contr. from 
a comp. of 73s and 143s; gift of Artemis; Artemas (or 
Artemidoras), a Chr.:— Artemas. 

735. "Aprc|us Artemis, ar'-tem-is; prob. from 
the same as 736; prompt; Artemis, the name of a 
Grecian goddess borrowed by the Asiatics for one of 
their deities:— Diana. 

736. apr£|ui)v arlemon, ar-tem'-ohn; from a der. 
of 737: prop, something ready [or else more remotely 
from 142 (comp. 740) ; something hung up], i.e. (spec.) 
the topsail (rather foresail or jib) of a vessel:— main- 
sail. 

737. apn artl, ar'-fee; adv. from a der. of 142 
(comp. 740) through the idea of suspension; just 
now:— this day (hour), hence [forth], here [-after], 
hither [-to], (even) now, (this) present. 



735. apTi-y4vvT|Tos artfgennetAs, ar-teeg-en'- 
nay-tos; from 777 and 1084; just born, ie. (flg.) a 
young concert;— new born. 

739. aprios artlAs, ar'-tee-os; from 737; fresh, Le. 
(by impl.) complete:— perfect. 

740. opros artog, ar'-tos; from 14s; bread (as 
raised) or a loaf:— (shew-) bread, loaf. 

7£Z. dprwi) artuo, ar-too'-o; from a presumed 
der. of /^z, - to prepare, Le. spice (with stimulating 
condiments):— season. 

742. 'Ap<pa£dS Arpbaxad, ar-fax-ad'; of Heb. 
or. [775]; Arpbaxad, a post-diluvian patriarch:— Ar- 
phaxad. 

743. opxAYY^S arcbaggAlAs, ar-khang'-elos; 
from 757 ana 32; a cftle/ angel:— archangel. 

744- dpxatos arcbalAg, ar-khah'-yos; from 740; 
original or primeval:— (them of) old (time). 

745. Apx&aos ArcbelaAs, ar-khel'-ah-os; from 
737 and 2?w, - people-ruling; Archelaus, a Jewish 
king:— Archelaus. 

746. dpx4 arcbe, ar-khay 1 ; from 75b; (prop, 
abstr.) a commencement, or (concr.) chief (in various 
applications of order, time, place or rank):— begin- 
ning, corner, (at the, the) first (estate), magistrate, 
power, principality, principle, rule. 

747. apXTY ^ arcbegAs, ar-khay-gos' ; from 746 
and 71; a chief leader:— author, captain, prince. 

748. Apxttparucrfs arcbieratlkds, ar-khee-er- 
at-ee-kos 1 ; from 746 and a der. of 2413; high-priestly;— 
of the bigh-priest 

749. dpx«ppGs arcblereus, ar-khee-er^/uce' ; 
from 746 and 2400; the high^iriest (lit. of the Jews, 
typ. Christ); by extens. a chief priest:— chief (high) 
priest, chief of the priests. 

750. dpx>iro(u.i|v arcblpAlmen, ar-khee-poy'- 
mane; from 74b and 4166; a head shepherd:— chief 
shepherd. 

75i. "Apxiinros ArcblppAg, ar'-khip-pos; from 
740 and s.j*&,* fcorse-rufer," Archippus, a Chr.:— Ar- 
chippus. 

7££. apxuruvdYwyos areblsunagogAs, ar-khee- 
soon-ag/ -o-gos; from 746 and ^Sty; director of the 
synagogue services:— (chief) ruler of the synagogue. 
753. dpxiT&CTtav arehltekton, ar-khee-tek'-tone; 
from 746 and 3043; a eftie/ constructor, i.e. " archi- 
tect ".•— masterbuilder. 

754- dpxwtX<Sv»is arcbltelones, ar-khee-teLo'- 
nace; from 746 ana 3057; & principal tax-gatherer: — 
chief among the publicans. 

755. apxiTphcVivos archltrlkllnAg, ar-khee- 
tree'-klee-nos; from 746 and a comp. of 3140 and 
2827 (a dinner-bed, because composed of three 
couches); director of the entertainment:— governor 
(ruler) of the feast. 

756. apxou,a,i arcbomal, ar'-khom-ahee; mid. of 
737 (through the impl. of precedence); to commence 
(in order of time):— (rehearse from the) begin (-ning). 

757. apx«> archo, ar'-kho; a prim, verb; to be first 
(in political rank or power):— reign (rule) over. 

758. Sf>\ov arcbon, ar'-khone; pres. part, of 757; 
a. first (in rank or power):— chief (ruler), magistrate, 
prince, ruler. 

759. dpwjia "aroma," ar'-o^mah; from 142 (in 
the sense of sending off scent) ; an aromatic:— (sweet) 
spice. 

760. *Ao-d Asa, as-ah'; of Heb. or. [609]; Asa, an 
Isr.:— Asa. 

761. do'dXevros asalent As. as-al'-yoo-tos; from 1 
(as a neg. particle) and a der. of 4331; unshaken, 
i.e. (by impl.) immovable (fig.):— which cannot be 
moved, unmovable. 

762. curpWros asbestAs, as'-bes-tos; from 1 (as a 
neg. particle) and a der. of 4570; not extinguished, Le. 
(by impl.) perpetual:— not to be quenched, unquench- 
able. 

763. iaripeut as£b£la, as-eb'-i-ah; from 763; im- 
piety, i.e. (by impL) wickedness:— ungodly (-liness). 
764- d<rcP&» as£b£A, as-eb-eh'-o; from 763; to be 
(by impl. act) impious or wicked:— commit (live, that 
after should live) ungodly. 



76*5. do-cp^is asfibes, as-eb-ace'; from / (as a neg. 
particle) and a presumed der. of 4376; irreverent, Le. 
(by extens.) impious or wicked.-— ungodly (man). 

766. dcrsA-yaa aselgSta,as-etg'-i-a;fromacomp. 
of / (as a neg. particle) and a presumed trcXy^s 
s£lges (of uncert. der., but appar. mean, continent); 
licentiousness (sometimes including other vices):— 
filthy, lasciviousness, wantonness. 

767. curnjios asemAs, as'-ay-mos; from / (as a 
neg. particle) and the base of 4391; unmarked, Le. 
(flg.) ignoble:— mean. 

765. "Ao-fjp Aser, as-ayr 1 ; of Heb. or. [836]; Aser 
(i.e. Asher), an Isr. tribe:— Aser. 

769. oLo-Seveia astbenela, as-then'-i-ah; from 
772; feebleness (of body or mind); by impl. malady; 
mor. frailty:— disease, infirmity, sickness, weakness. 

770. ao-Qtviu astbeneo, as-then-eh'-o; from 773; 
to be feeble (in any sense): — be diseased, impotent 
folk (man), (be) sick, (be, be made) weak. 

771. do-Wvr||ia astbenema, as-then'-ay-mah; 
from 770; a scruple of conscience:— infirmity. 

772. dVfitv^s astb£nes, as-then-ace'; from r (as 
a neg. particle) and the base of 4300; strengthless (in 
various applications, lit., flg. and mor.):— more feeble, 
impotent, sick, without strength, weak (-er, -ness, 
thing). 

773. Ao-Ca Asia, as-ee'-ah; of uncert. der.; Asia, 
i.e. Asia Minor, or (usually) only its western shore:— 
Asia. 

774. 'Ao-iavos AslanAs, as-ee-an-osf '; from 773; 
an vision (Le. Asiatic) or inhab. of Asia:— of Asia. 

775. *Ao-vdpx'»|S Aslarcbes,os-ee ar'-fcAace; from 
777 and 746; an Asiarch or president of the public fes- 
tivities in a city of Asia Minor:— chief of Asia. 

776. do-irCa asltla, as-ee-tee'-afc; from 777; fast- 
ing (the state):— abstinence. 

777. oo-iTOS asltAs, as'-ee-tos; from / (as a neg. 
particle) and 4&21; without (taking) food:— fasting. 

778. a/ntta asked, as-keh'-o; prob. from the same 
as 4632; to elaborate, i.e. (flg.) train (by impl. 
strive):— exercise. 

779. do-Kos ask As, as-kos 1 ; from the same as 77,?; 
a leathern (or skin) bag used as a bottle:— bottle. 

780. dVuivas asmenos, as-men'-oce; adv. from a 
der. of the base 012237; with pleasure:— gladly. 

781. d<ro<jios asApbAs, asf-of-os; from / (as a neg. 
particle) and 4680; unwise: — fooL 

782. axrirdJop.at aspazAmal, as-pad'-zom-ahee; 
from / (as a particle of union) and a presumed form 
of 4683; to enfold in tbe arms, Le. (by impl.) to salute, 
(flg.) to welcome:— embrace, greet, salute, take leave. 
753. cwnreurttds aspasmAs, as-pas-mos'; from 
782; a greeting (in person or by letter):— greeting, sal- 
utation. 

784- dVmXos aspllAs, as'-pee-los; from / (as e 
neg. particle) and 4693; unblemished (phys. or mor.): — 
without spot, unspotted. 

755. ewnrls aspis, as-pece'; of uncert. der. ; a buck- 
ler (or round shield); used of a serpent (as coiling 
itself), prob. the " asp":— asp. 
736. dViravSos aspAndAs, as'-pon-dos; from * 
(as a neg. particle) and a der. of 4680; lit. without 
libation (which usually accompanied a treaty), i.e. (by 
impl.) truceless:— implacable, truce-breaker. 
787. dWdpiov assarlAn, as-sar'-ee-on; of Lat, 
or. ; an assarius or as, a Roman coin:— farthing. 
755. ocro-ov assAn, as'-son; neut comparative of 
the base of 1431; more nearly, i.e. very near:— close. 
759. "Ao-o-os Ass As, as'-sos; prob. of for. or.; 
Assus, a city of Asia Minor:— Assos. 

790. do-ra-rta astateo, as-tat-eh'-o; from / (as a 
neg. particle) and a der. of 2476; to be non-stationary, 
Le. (fig.) homeless:— have no certain dwelling-place. 

791. dorctos astelAs, as-ti'-os; from dWu astu 
(a city); urbane, i.e. (by impl.) handsome:— fair. 

792. doT^p aster, as-tare 1 ; prob. from the base of 
4766; a star (as strown over the sky), lit. or fig.:— star. 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



Aristoboolos 
Afistaymee 



17 



793. &0"rijpucT08 aaterlktAa, os-faw'-riJt-tos; 
from / (as a neg. particle) and a presumed der. of 
4741; unfixed, i.e. (flg) vacillating:— unstable. 

794. airropyos aatArgAa, as'-tor-gos; from / (as 
a neg. particle) and a presumed der. of trripyu 
st&rgo (to cherish affectionately); hard-hearted to- 
wards kindred:— without natural affection. 

795. dtrT0X&» astAcbSo, as-tokh-eh'-o; from a 
comp. of / (as a neg. particle) and ordixos stAl- 
chAs (an aim); to miss the mark, i.e. (flg.) deviate 
from truth:— err, swerve. 

796. dorpairq aatrape, as-trap-ay'; from 797; 
lightning; by anal, glare:— lightning, bright shining. 

797. doTpdirrw astrapto, as-trap'-to; prob. from 
792; to>tasfc as lightning:— lighten, shine. 

795. dorpov astron, as'-tron; neut. from 792; 
prop, a constellation; put for a single star (nat. or 
artificial):— star. 

799. 'AoTryKpiTos AangkrltAa, as-oong'-kree- 
tos; from / (as a neg. particle) and a der. of 4703; in- 
comparable; Asyncritus, a Chr.:— Asyncritus. 

800. dcrujMJKiivos asumpbonAs, as-oom'-fo^nos; 
from / (as a neg. particle) and 4839; inharmonious 
(flg.):— agree not. 

SOI. &«rvvtTOS asnnftSs, as-oon'-ay-tos; from / 
(as a neg. particle) and 4008; unintelligent; byimpl. 
wicked:— foolish, without understanding. 
802. do-vv6€TOS asnnthAtAa, as-oon'-thet-os; 
from 1 (as a neg. particle) and a der. of 4034; prop. 
not agreed, i.e. treacherous to compacts: — covenant- 



803. do^dXcia aspliaitla, as-fal'-i-ah; from 804; 
security (lit. or flg.):— certainty, safety. 
804- do-<paX^s aapbalSs, as-faUace'; from 7 (as a 
neg. particle) and o-<pdXX<i> spballo (to a fail"); 
secure (lit. or fig.):— certain (-ty), safe, sure. 

805. dcnpaXCJw aapballzo, as-fal-id'-zo; from 
804; to render secure: — make fast (sure). 

806. do-<paX»s aapbaloa, as-fal-oce 1 ; adv. from 
804; securely (lit. or fig.):— assuredly, safely. 

807. d«rx»inoW» aachemdnio, as-kay-mon-eh'-o; 
from Sog; to be (i.e. act) unbecoming: — behave self 
uncomely (unseemly). 

808. do-xiHuxriivi) aacbemAanne, as-kay-mos- 
oo'-nay; tromSog; an indecency ; byimpl. the puden- 
da.- — shame, that which is unseemly. 

809. &ax<j|M>v askemon, as-kay'-mone; from / 
(as a neg. particle) and a presumed der. of ngi (in the 
sense of its congener 4076) ; prop, shapeless, i.e. (flg.) 
inelegant:— uncomely. 

810. atrarta ago tl a, as-o-tee'-ah; from a comp. of 
/ (as a neg. particle) and a presumed der. of 4082; 
prop, unsavedness, i.e. (by impl.) pro/tigaeu.-— excess, 
riot. 

811. &<n&T<os a«otog, as-o'-toce; adv. from the 
same as 810; dissolutely:— riotous. 

SIS. dTOKT&» atakteo, at-dk-teh'-o; from 8x3; to 
be (i.e. act) irregular:— behave self disorderly. 

813. wraKTOS ataktAa, at'-ak-tos; from / (as a 
neg. particle) and a der. 015021; unarranged, i.e. (by 
impl.) insubordinate (religiously):— unruly. 

814. drdKTWs ataktoa, at-akf-toce; adv. from 813; 
irregularly (mor.):— disorderly. 

815. arcKVOs atebnAa, at'-ek^nos; from 1 (as a 
neg. particle) and J043; childless:— childless, without 
children. 

816. &TcWg«« ateblzo, at-en-id'-zo; from a comp. 
of / (as a particle of union) and tcCvu t£lno (to 
stretch); to gaze intently:— behold earnestly (sted- 
fastly), fasten (eyes), look (earnestly, stedfastly, up 
stedfastly), set eyes. 

817. OT€p ate>, at'-er; a particle prob. akin to 427; 
aloof, i.e. opart from (lit. or flg.):— in the absence of, 
without. 

818. driud£a> atlmazo, at-im-ad'-zo; from 820; to 
render infamous, i.e. (by impl.) contemn or mal- 
treat:— despise, dishonour, suffer shame, entreat 
shamefully. 



819. driuta atluila. at-ee-mee'-ah; from 820; in- 
famy, i.e. (subj.) comparative indignity, (obj.) dis- 
grace:— dishonour, reproach, shame, vile. 

820. 0/1-4105 atlmAa, at'-ee-mos; from 1 (as a neg. 
particle) and 5092; (neg.) unhonoured or (pos.) dis- 
honoured:— despised, without honour, less honour- 
able [comparative degree], 

821. dripdd) atlmoo, at-ee-mb'-o; from 820; used 
like 8/8, to maltreat;— handle shamefully. 

82%. dTp.Cs atmla, at-mece'; from the same as jog; 
mist:— vapour. 

823. dropos atAmAa, at'-om-os; from / (as a neg. 
particle) and the base of 5114; uncut, i.e. (by impl.) 
indivisible [an " atom" of time]:— moment. 
82 J/., oroiros at Ap Aa, at'-op-os; from s (as a neg. 
particle) and 5117; out of place, i e. (flg.) improper, 
injurious, wicked: — amiss, barm, unreasonable. 

825. 'Air&Xcia AttalAla, at-tal'-iah; from 
"AttoXos AttalAa (a king of Fergamus); Attaleia, 
a place in Pamphylia:— Attalia. 

826. aiiYa^o) angazo, ow-gad'-zo; from 827; to 
beam forth (flg.):— shine. 

827. oA>(t\ ange, bwg'-ay; of uncert. der.; a ray 
of light, i.e. (by impl.) radiance, dawn:— break of day. 

828. Avyo-utrros AngAustAa, bw'-goos-tos; from 
Lat. [" august "]; Augustus, a title of the Bom. em- 
peror:— Augustus. 

829. avOdSijs authadea, bw-thad'-ace; from 846 
and the base of 2237; self-pleasing, i.e. arrogant: — 
self-willed. 

830. aiOaCperos autbalrAtAs, ore-fftaft'ee-rei-os; 
from 84b and the same as 140; self-chosen, i.e. (by 
impl.) voluntary: — of own accord, willing of self. 

831. avQtvria antbented, bw-then-teh'-o; from 
a comp. of 846 and an obsol. tvrns bentes (a 
worker); to act of oneself, i.e. (flg.) dominate:— 
usurp authority over. 

832. aiikla anlAo, bw-teh'-o; from 836; to play the 
flute: — pipe. 

833. avXf| aale, bw-lay'; from the same as tog; 
a yard (as open to the wind); by impl. a mansion:— 
court, ([sheep]) fold, hall, palace. 

834- av\rrrf\s anletea, bw-lay-tace 1 ; from 832; a 
flute-player: — minstrel, piper. 

835. aiXCiJopai aullzAmal, bw-lid'-zom-ahee; 
mid. from 833; to pass the night (prop, in the open 
air):— abide, lodge. 

836. aiXds aalAs, bw-los 1 ; from the same as /09, 
a .flute (as blown):— pipe. 

&?7. avfdvw aaxano, Swx-an'-o; a prolonged 
form of a prim, verb; to grow (" wax"), i.e. enlarge 
(lit. or flg., act or pass.):— grow (up), (give the) in- 
crease. 

838. av£no-is auxesla, owx'-ay-sis; from 837; 
growth:— increase. 

559. avpiov anrlAn, oto'-ree-on; from a der. of 
the same as jog (mean, a breeze, i.e. the morning air); 
prop, fresh, i.e. (adv. with ellipsis of 2230) to-mor- 
row:— (to-) morrow, next day. 

840. avo-rnpos anaterAs, bw-stay-rosf '; from a 
(presumed) der. of the same as jog (mean, blown); 
rough (prop, as a gale), i.e. (flg.) severe:— austere. 

841. afrdpKCia antarkela, ow-tar'-ki-ah; from 
842; self-satisfaction, i.e. (abstr.) contentedness, or 
(concr.) a competence. - — contentment, sufficiency. 
&4#. airdpKHS antarkes, ow-tar'-kace; from cfy6 
and 7/^; self-complacent, i.e. contented: — content. 
843. afrroKOTdicpiTos antAkatakrltAa, ow-tok- 
at-ak'-ree-toe; from 84b and a der. of 2032; self-con- 
demned:— condemned of self. 

844- h4t<}IOtos antAmatAs, bw-tom'-at-os; 
from #46 and the same as 3135; self -moved ["auto- 
matic"], i.e. spontaneous:— of own accord, of self. 

845. oirdirrns aatAptes, ow-top'-tace; from 846 
and J700; self-seeing, i.e. an eye-witness: — eye-witness. 

846. afa-ds aatAa, ow-tos'; from the particle av 
an [perh. akin to the base of jog through the idea of 
a baffling wind] (backward); the reflex, pron. self, 
used (alone or In the comp. 1438) of the third pers., 



and (with the prop. pers. pron.) of the other persons:— 
her, it (-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, ([self-], 
the) same, ([him-, my-, thy-]) self, [your-] selves, she, 
that, their (-s), them ([-selves]), there [-at, -by, -in, 
-into, -of, -on, -with], they, (these) things, this (man), 
those, together, very, which. Comp. 848. 

847. airov autAn, bw-too 1 ; genitive (i.e. posses- 
sive) of 84b, used as an adv. of location; prop, belong- 
ing to the same spot, i.e. in this (or that) place:— 
(t-) here. 

848. avrov liaotim how-too'; contr. for 1438; 
self (in some oblique case or reflex, relation):— her 
(own), (of) him (-self), his (own), of it, thee, their 
(own), them (selves), they. 

849. afadxup antAckAlr, bw-tokh'-ire; from 846 
and 3405; self-handed, i.e. doing personally:— with 
. . . own hands. 

850. avxiiilpos anchmerAa, bwlchrmay-ros 1 ; from 
ai\|ids auchmAs [prob. from a base akin to that 
of iog) (dust, as dried by wind); prop, dirty, i.e. (by 
impl.) obscure:— dark. 

851. d<j><up«tt aphalrSo, af-ahee^reh'-o; from 37s 
and 138; to remove (lit. or flg.):— cut (smite) off, take 
away. 

852. &<pav4js apkanes, af-an-ace'; from t (as a 
neg. particle) and £316; non-apparent:— that is not 
manifest. 

853. d<j>avC£» aphanlzo, af-an-id'-zo; from 852; 
to render unapparent, i.e. (act.) consume (becloud), 
or (pass.) disappear (be destroyed): — corrupt, dis- 
figure, perish, vanish away. 

854. dcpavuruds aphanlamAa, af-anJs-mos' ; 
tioro.833; disappearance, i.e. (flg.) abrogation:— van- 
ish away. 

855. wpavros a pliant As, af-an-tbs; from 1 (as a 
neg. particle) and a der. of 531b; nonmanifested, i,e. 
invisible -—vanished out of sight. 

856. dxpeSpt&v aphedron, af-ed-rone'; from a 
comp. of 375 and the base of 147b; a place of sitting 
apart, i.e. a privy:— draught. 

557. dipeiSCa aphSldla, af-i-dee'-ah; from a 
comp. of J (as a neg. particle) and S33g; unsparing- 
ness, i.e. austerity (oscetism):— neglecting. 

858. d(j>«X6rns apkAlAtea, af-eUot'-ace; from a 
comp. of / (as a neg. particle) and <|«XXos phellAs 
(in the sense of a stone as stubbing the foot); smooth- 
ness, i.e. (flg.) simplicity: — singleness. 

859. dipco-15 apkAsls, af'-es-is; from 863; free- 
dom; (flg.) pardon:— deliverance, forgiveness, liberty, 
remission. 

860. oup^i liaplie, haf-ay 1 ; from 080; prob. a liga- 
ment (as fastening):— joint. 

861. dipvapo-Ca apbttaarsla, af-thar-see'-ah; 
from 8b2; incorruptibility; gen. unending existence; 
(fig.) genuineness:— immortality, incorruption, sin- 
cerity. 

862. dVpSapros aphtbartAa, af-thar-tos; from r 
(as a neg. particle) and a der. of 33JJ; undecaying (in 
essence or continuance):— not (m-, un-) corruptible, 
immortal. 

863. dipbipj. aphleml, af-ee'-ay-mee; from 373 
and frjpi Jrteml (to send; an intens. form of dp* 
eluil, to go) ; to send forth, in various applications 
(as follow):— cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, 
let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, 
suffer, yield up. 

864. d<f>iKvfo|Mu aphlknAAmal, a/-ifc-nefc'-om- 
ahee; from 575 and the base of 2425; to go (i.e. spread) 
forth (by rumor) :— come abroad. 

865. d<piXd-ya0o$ aphllagatbAs, af-il-ag'-ath- 
os; from / (as a neg. particle) and 3358; hostile to vir- 
tue:— despiser of those that are good. 

866. dtpiXapyupos apbflargnrAs, afAVar'-goo- 
ros; from 1 (as a neg. particle) and ssbb; unavari- 
cious:— without covetousness, not greedy of filthy 
lucre. 

867. cupifjis aphlxis, af-ix-is; from 864; prop. 
arrival, i.e. (by impl.) departure:— departing. 

868. d<j>(o-TT||u apblateml, af-isf-tay-mee; from 
375 and 247b; to remove, i.e. (act.) instigate to revolt; 



18 



Afno 



GfkEEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



usually (reflex.) to desist, desert, etc.:— depart, draw 
(fall) away, refrain, withdraw self. 

£69. &j>v<o aphno, af'-no; adv. from 832 (eontr.); 
unawares, i.e. unexpectedly:— suddenly. 

870. &<f><Sf3u$ apbdbog, af-ob'-oce; adv. from a 
comp. of 1 (as a neg. particle) and 3401; fearlessly: — 
without fear. 

871. dcpou.oi.oo aphomo!5o, af-om-oy-o'-o; from 
S7S and 3666; to assimilate closely:— make like. 

872. dtpopdo apbdrao, af-or-ah'-o; from 373 and 
3708; to consider attentively:— look. 

873. a<pop(i> apborlzo, af-or-id'-zo; from J7J 
and J7a#," to set ojT by boundary, i.e. (fig.) limit, ex- 
clude, appoint, etc.: — divide, separate, sever. 

87%. dcpopp/fj apbdrme, af-or-may'; from a comp. 
of 373 and 3720; a starting-point, i.e. (flg.) an oppor- 
tunity:— occasion. 

875. d<j>pCi> apbrlzo, af-rid'-zo; from #6,' to 
/roth at the mouth (in epilepsy):— foam. 

£76. dcj>pds apbrtts, af-ros'; appar. a prim, word; 
froth, i.e. stover.— foaming. 

£77. a<ppoo-vvn apbr&snne, af-ros-oo'-nay; from 
flrtf; senselessness, i.e. (euphem.) egotism; (mor.) 
recklessness:— folly, foolishly (-ness). 

878. axppuv apbron, af'-rone; from 1 (as a neg. 
particle) and 3424; prop, mindless, i.e. stupid, (by 
impl.) ignorant, (spec.) egotistic, (practically) rash, or 
(mor.) unbelieving:— tool (-ish), unwise. 

£79. a<puirv6u aphapnio, af-oop-no'-o; from a 
comp. of 373 and j^jv?,' prop, to become awake, i.e. 
(by impl.) to drop (off) in slumber:— fall asleep. 
££0. dipiovos apbonos, af -o-nos; from 7 (as a neg.* 
particle) and 343b; voiceless, i.e. mute (by nature or 
choice); flg. unmeaning:— dumb, without significa- 
tion. 

88 J. 'A\H Acbaz, akh-adz 1 ; of Heb. or. [271]; 

Achaz, an Isr. : — Achaz. 

882. Axa'ta Aeliaia, ach-ah-ee'-ah; of uncert. 

der.; Acha'ia (i.e. Greece), a country of Europe: — 

Achaia. 

££3. A\aiKJ$ Acba'ik&s, aco-ah-ee-fcoa'; from 

882; an Achaian; Acha'icus, a Chr.: — Achaicus. 

884. d\dpurro5 aebarlstds, ach-ar'-is-tos; from 
j (as a neg. particle) and a presumed der. of 3483; 
thankless, i.e. ungrateful: — unthanjrful. 

885. Ax«£(i Acbelm, akh-ime'; prob. of Heb. or. 
[comp. 3137]; Achim, an Isr.: — Acbim. 

886. dx»poiro(i)TO$ acb£lr6p<>letd> akh-i-rop- 
oy'-ay-tos; from 1 (as a neg. particle) and 3490; un- 
manufactured, l.e. inartificial:— made without (not 
made with) hands. 

££7. a\\vs aching, akh-looce'; of uncert. der.; 
dimness of sight, i.e. (prob.) a cataract:— mist. 
£££. axpctos acbrelds, akh-ri'-os; from /(as a 
neg. particle) and a der. of 3334 [comp. 3332] ; useless, 
i.e. (euphem.) unmeritorious:— unprofitable. 

889. a\pa6<a acbreido, akh-ri-o'-o; from 888; to 
render useless, i.e. spoil: — become unprofitable. 

890. a\pT)o-TOS acbrestds, aWi'-race-tos; from / 
(as a neg. particle) andj-j^y; inefficient, i.e. (by impl.) 
detrimental:— unprofitable. 

801. oxpi acbrl, akh'-ree; or axpis achrlg, 
akh'-rece; akin to 206 (through the idea of a ter- 
minus)', (of time) until or (of place) up to: — as far as, 
for, in (-to), till, (even, un-) to, until, while. Comp. 
3300. 

892. axvpov achnrftn, akh'-oo-ron; perh. re- 
motely from X^* cbeo (to shed forth) ; ahaff (as dif- 
fusive):— chaff. 

893. cufievSTjs apsendes, aps-yoo-dace'; from /(as 
a neg. particle) and 3370; veracious:— that cannot lie. 

894. Oi(riv8os apglntbdg, ap'-sin-thos; of uncert. 
der.; wormwood (as a type of bitterness, i.e. [fig.] 
calamity) :— wormwood. 

895. cn|n>xos apgnchAs, ap'-soo-khos; from 1 (as 
a neg. particle) and 3300; lifeless, i.e. inanimate 
(mechanical):— without life. 



B 

896. BdaX Baal, bah'-al; of Heb. or. [1168]; Baal, 
a Phoenician deity (used as a symbol of idolatry) : — 
Baal. 

£97. BafSvX&v Babalon, bab-oo-lone' ; of Heb. 
or. [894] ; Babylon, the capital of Chaldsea (lit. or fig. 
[as a type of tyranny]):— Babylon. 

898. Pofljids batbmog, bath-mos'; from the same 
as 8qq; a step, i.e. (fig.) grade (of dignity):— degree. 

899. fJdSos bathds, bath'-os; from the same as 
001; profundity, i.e. (by impl.) extent; (flg.) mys- 
tery: — deep (-ness, things), depth. 

900. pa0vva> bathuno, bath-oo'^no; from 90/; 
to deepen: — deep. 

901. fiaOvs batbuR, bath-oof; from the base of 
ojo; pro/ound (as going down), lit. or flg.:— deep, 
very early. 

90#. Patov baion, bah-ee'-on; a diminutive of a 
der. prob. of the base of o?o,' a palm twig (as going 
out far):— branch. 

903. BaXadp, Balaam, bal-ah-am'; of Heb. or. 
[1109]; Balaam, a Mesopotamian (symb. of a false 
teacher) :— Balaam. 

904. BaXdx Balak, bal-ak 1 ; of Heb. or. [1111J; 
Balak, a Moabite:— Balac. 

905. PaXdvxiov balantlon, bat-an'-iee-on; prob. 
remotely from 00b (as a depositor!/); a pouch (for 
money) :— bag, purse. 

906. pdXXu ballo, bal'-lo; a prim, verb; to throw 
(in various applications, more or less violent or in- 
tense):— arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put 
(up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Comp. 440b. 

907. f3airr(£a> baptlzd, bap-tid'-zo; from a der. 
of on; to make whelmed (i.e. fully wet) ; used only (in 
the N. T.)of ceremonial ablution, espec. (techn.) of the 
ordinance of Chr. baptism:— baptist, baptize, wash. 
90S. pdirr«r(i.a baptlgma, bap'-tis-mah; from 
007; baptism (techn. or flg.):— baptism. 

909. PairTi.crp.os baptlsmfts, bap-tis-mos' ; from 
907; ablution (cerem. or Chr.):— baptism, washing. 

910. BaitTurr^js Baptlstes, bap-tis-tace' ; from 
007; a baptizer, as an epithet of Christ's forerunner:— 
Baptist. 

911. pdirT<i) bapto, bap'-to; a prim, verb; to 
whelm, i.e. cover wholly with afluid: in the N. T. only 
in a qualified or spec, sense, i.e. (lit.) to moisten (a 
part of one's person), or (by impl.) to stain (as with 
dye):— dip. 

912. Ba.po.ppds Barabbas,bar-ab-bas'; of Chald. 
or. [1347 and 3] ; son of Abba; Bar-abbas, an Isr.:— 
Barabbas. 

913. BapdK Barak, bar-aW; of Heb. or. [1301]; 
Barak, an Isr. : — Barak. 

914- Bapoxtas Barachias, bar-akh-ee'-as; of 
Heb. or. [1296]; Barachias (i.e. Berechijah), an Isr.:— 
Barachias. 

915. pdppapos harbards, bar'-bar-os; of uncert. 
der.; a/oreigner(i,e. non-Greek):— barbarian (-rous). 

916. pape-u bareo, bar-eh'-o; from q2b; to weigh 
down (fig.):— burden, charge, heavy, press. 

917. papeos bareog, bar-eh'-oce; adv. from 026; 
heavily (fig.):— dull. 

918. BapBoXofiatos BarthdldmalSs, bar-thol- 
om-ah'-yos; of Chald. or. [1247 and 8526]; son of ToU 
mai; Bar-tholommus, a Chr. apostle:— Bartholomeus. 

919. BapvncroJs Barlesdag, baree-ay-sooce' ; of 
Chald. or. [1247 and 3091]; son of Jesus (or Joshua); 
Bar-jesus, an Isr, :— Bar jesus. 

920. Bapiuvds Barlonag, bar-ee-oo*ias> '; of 
Chald. or. [1247 and 3124]; son of Jonas (or Jonah); 
Bar-jonas, an Isr. : — Bar-jona. 

921. Bapvdpas Barnabas, bar-nab'-as; of Chald. 
or. [1247 and 5029] ; son of Nabas (i.e. prophecy); Bar- 
nabas, an Isr. : — Barnabas. 

922. pdpos bar As, bar'-os; prob. from the same as 
030 (through the notion of going down; comp. 800); 
weight; in the N. T. only flg. a load, abundance, au- 
thority:— burden (-some), weight. 



I. Ba.po-a.pds Barsaba«,bar-«ao-«s'; of Chald. 
or. [1247 and prob. 6634] ; son of Sabas (or Tsaba); 
Bar-sabas, the name of two Isr.:— Barsabas. 

924. Bapnpaios Bartlmalds, bar-timnih'^yos; 
of Cbald. or. [1247 and 2931]; son of Timozus (or the 
unclean); Bar-timceus, an Isr,: — Bartimajus. 

925. papvvu barnno, bor-oo'-no; from 016; to 
burden (flg.):— overcharge. 

926. papv$ barns, bar-ooce'; from the same as 
022; weighty, i.e. (flg.) burdensome, grave:— grievous, 
heavy, weightier. 

927. Papunpos barutlmds, bar-oo'-tim-os; from 
02b and 5092 »' highly valuable: — very precious. 

928. Pao-avCtju basanlzo, bas-an-id'-zo; fromojj; 
to torture.-— pain, toil, torment, toss, vex. 

929. Pao-avwruds basanlsmds, bas-an-is-mos'; 
from Q28; torture: — torment. 

930. PacravioT-ijs basanlstes, bos-on-is-face', - 
from Q28; a torturer:— tormentor. 

931. pdcravos basands, bas'-on-os; perh. re- 
motely from the same as 030 (through the notion of 
going to the bottom) ; a touch-stone, i.e, (by anal.) tor- 
ture: — torment. 

932. PacriXtCa baslIMa, bas-il-i'-ah; from 033; 
prop, royalty, i.e. (abstr.) rule, or (concr.) a reatnt 
(lit. or fig.):— kingdom, + reign. 

933. PaortXtiov bagileldn, bas-il'-i-on; neut. of 
034; a palace: — king's court. 

934. pao-CXtios basilelfts, bas-il'-ios; from 033; 
kingly (in nature):— royal. 

935. PaariXcvs basil j us, bas-il-yooce' ; prob. from 
030 (through the notion of a/oundotion of power); a 
sovereign (abs., rel. or fig.):— king. 

936. pao-iXevu baslleno, bas-il-yoo'-o; from 033; 
to rule (lit. or flg.):— king, reign. 

937. PacriXiKOS baslUkds, bas-il-ee-kos'; from 
033; regal (in relation), i.e. (lit.) belonging to (or befit- 
ting) the sovereign (as land, dress, or a courtier), or 
(flg.) preeminent:— king's, nobleman, royal. 

938. pao-CXurcra baslllssa, bas-il'-is-sah; fem. 
from 03b; a gueen: — queen. 

939. pdo-is basis, bas'-ece; from Pa(v«* balno 
(to walk) ; a pace (" base"), i.e. (by impl.) the foot:— 
foot. 

940. pao-Katvw baskalno, bas-kah'ee-no; akin to 
S39SI to malign, i.e. (byextens.) to fascinate (by false 
representations) : —bewitch. 

941. Pao-rdjw bastazo, bas-tad'-zo; perh. re- 
motely der. from the base of oj? (through the idea of 
removal) ; to lift, lit. or flg. (endure, declare, sustain, 
receive, etc.):— bear, carry, take up. 

942. pdTOs batos, bat'-os; of uncert. der.; abrier 
shrub:— bramble, bush. 

943. pdTOS baton, bat'-os; of Heb. or. [1824]; a 
bath, or measure for liquids:— measure. 

944. pdTpaxos batracbds, bat'-rakh-os; of un- 
cert. der.; a frog:— frog. 

945. ParroXoY&a battdlftgeo, bat-tol-og-eh'-o; 
from Bdrros Battds (a proverbial stammerer) and 
303b; to stutter, i.e. (by impl.) to prate tediously:— 
use vain repetitions. 

946. p8«4Xvv|j.a bdelugma, bdet'-oog-ma?t; from 
948; a detestation, i.e. (spec.) idolatry:— abomination. 

947. pSeXtiKTOs bdelnktds, bdel-ook-tos'; from 
948; detestable, i.e. (spec.) idolatrous.'— abominable. 

948. pSeXwrcro) bdelnsso, bdeUoos'-so; from a 
(presumed) der. of PS&1> bdeo (to stink) ; to be dit- 
gusted, i.e. (by impl.) detest (espec. of idolatry):— ab- 
hor, abominable. 

949. pe'Paios bf balds, beb'-ah-yos; from the base 
of Q3Q (through the idea of basality); stable (lit. or 
flg.):— firm, of force, stedfast, sure. 

950. pePatdu bebalfto, beb-ah-yo'-o; from 049; 
to stabilitate (fig.): — confirm, (e-) stablisb. 

951. Pcpaluo-is b^balosls, beb-ah'-yo-sts; from 
030; stabiliment: — confirmation. 

952. P^PijXos bebelos, beb'-ay-loj; from tile base 
of C3g and Pr|Xds belds (a threshold); accessible (as 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



Afno 
Gabbathali 



19 



by crossing the door-way), i.e. (by impl. of Jewish no- 
tions) heathenish, wicked:— profane (person). 

953. pipnX6o> bebeloo, beb-ay-lo'-o; from 952; to 
desecrate:— profane. 

954. BteX^PovX BAelzebAnl, beh-el-zeb-ool'; of 
Chald. or. [by parody upon 1176] ; dung-god; BeeU 
zebul, a name of Satan:— Beelzebub. 

955. BcXCaX Belial, beVee'-al; of Heb. or. [1100]; 
worthlessness; Belial, as an epithet of Satan:— Belial. 

956. fi&os belAs, bel'-os; from gob; a missile, i.e. 
spear or arrow: — dart. 

957. PeXrCov b£ltlAn, bel-tee'-on; neut. of a comp. 
of a der. of 906 (used for the comp. of 18); better:— 
very well. 

958. Bcviautv B&niamln, ben-ee-am-een'; of 
Heb. or. [1144]; Benjamin, an Isr.:— Benjamin. 

959. BcpvhcT] Biriiilce. ber-nee'-kay; from a pro- 
vincial form otjj42 and 3S2g; victorious; Bernice, a 
member of the Herodian family:— Bernice. 

960. Bepoia B£rAia, ber'-oy-ah; perh. a provin- 
cial from a der. of 4008 [Percea, i.e. the region beyond 
the coastline]; Bercea, a place in Macedonia:— Berea. 

961. Bepoiatos BArAlalAs, ber-oy-ah'-yos; from 
gbo; a Bermcean or native of Beroea:— of Berea. 
96%. BK)8aj3ap& Betbabara, bay-thab-ar-ah' ; of 
Heb. or. [1004 and 5679] ; ferry-house; Bethabara (i.e. 
Bethabarah), a place on the Jordan:— Bethabara. 

963. BnBavCa Betbanla, bay-than-ee'-ah; of 
Chald. or.; date-house; Beth-any, a place in Pal.:— 
Bethany. 

964. Bij8otS4 Betliesda. bay-thes-dah' ; of 
Chald. or. [comp. 1004 and 2617] ; house of kindness; 
Beth-esda, a pool in Jerus. :— Bethesda. 

965. BuBXWp, Betbl6em, bayth-leh-em' ; of Heb. 
or. [1036]; Bethleem (i.e. Beth-lechem), a place in 
Pal. :— Bethlehem. 

966. BtjBo-eiBa Betbsaida, bayth-sahee-dah' ; of 
Chald. or. [comp. 1004 and 6719] ; fishing-house; Beth- 
saida, a place in Pal.:— Bethsaida. 

967. Br\8<j>a^ Betbpbage, bayth-fag-ay'; of 
Chald. or. [comp. 1004 and 6291] ; fig-house; Beth- 
phagi, a place in Pal. :— Betbpbage. 

968. j3%a bema, bay'-ma; from the base of gjg; a 
step, i.e. foot-breath; by impl. a rostrum, i.e. tri- 
bunal:— judgment-seat, set [foot] on, throne. 

969. [I'tfjpvXXos bArullAs, bay'-rooUlos; of uncert. 
der.; a "beryl": — beryl. 

970. pCo bla, bee'-ah; prob. akin to 979 (through 
the idea of vital activity) ; force:— violence. 

971. PiAjffl blazo, bee-ad'-zo; from 970; to force, 
i.e. (reflex.) to crowd oneself (into), or (pass.) to be 
seized:— press, suffer violence. 

97S. pCaios Maids, bee'-ah-yos; from 070; vio- 
lent:— mighty. 

973. piourrijs Hastes, bee-as-tace' ; from 071; a 
forcer, i.e. (fig.) energetic:— violent. 

974. PiPXiapCSiov blbllarldidn, bib-lee-ar-id'- 
ee-on; a dimin. of 075; a booklet:— little book. 

975. PipXCov blbllon. bib-lee'-on; a dimin. of 076; 
a roll:— bill, book, scroll, writing. 

676. ptpXos MblAs, bib'-los; prop, the inner bark 
of the papyrus plant, i.e. (by impl.) a sheet or scroll 
of writing:— book. 

977. pipp(icrK<D btbrosfeo, bib-ro'^ko; a redu- 
plicated and prolonged form of an obsol. prim, verb 
[perh. causative of zooS\ ; to eat:— eat. 

978. BiSuvCa BltUuiila. bee-thoo-nee'-ah; of un- 
cert. der. ; Bithynia, a region of Asia:— Bithynia. 

979. Plos MAs, bee'-os; a prim, word; life, i.e. (lit.) 
the present state of existence; by impl. the means of 
livelihood:— good, life, living. 

980. pio» MAS, bee-o'-o; from 0707 to spend exist- 
ence: — live. 

981. pCuo-is Mosls, bee'-o^sis; from 080; living 
(prop, the act, by impl. the mode):— manner of life. 

982. fkw-riKOS MotlkAs, bee-o-tee-kos 1 ; from a 
der. of gSo; relating to the present existence:— of 
(pertaining to, things that pertain to) this life. 



983. pXaPepos blaber&s, blab-er-os 1 ; from 984; 
injurious: — hurtful. 

984- pXairro) blapto, 6lap'-to;aprim. verb; prop, 
to hinder, i.e. (by impl.) to injure: — hurt. 

985. pXaerrdvfo blastano, blas-tan'-o; from 
pXcurros blast As (a sprout); to germinate; by 
impl. to yield fruit:— bring forth, bud, spring (up). 

986. BXoo-tos BlastAs, blas'-tos; perh. the same 
as the base of 085; Blastus, an officer of Herod 
Agrippa:— Blastus. 

987. pXao-<pnpi<u blasphemed, blas-fay-meh'-o; 
from gSg; to vilify; spec, to speafc impiously:— 
(speak) blaspheme (-er, -mously, -my), defame, rail 
on, revile, speak evil. 

988. pXa<r<pT))i.Ca blaspbemla, blas-fay-me'-ah; 
from q8q; vilifi cation (espec. against God):— blas- 
phemy, evil speaking, railing. 

989. pXao-ipiirVos MagpbemAs, bias' fay-mos; 
from a der. of Q84 and S34St scurrilous, i.e. calum- 
nious (against man), or (spec.) impious (against 
God):— blasphemer (mous), railing. 

990. pXep.u.a blemma, blem'-mah; from gqi; 
vision (prop, concr.; by impl. abstr.):— seeing. 

991. pXttrw blepo, blep'-o; a prim, verb; to look 
at (lit. or fig.):— behold, beware, he, look (on, to), per- 
ceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Comp. 3700. 
993. pXiyr&s MeteAs, blay-teh'-os; from 006; fit 
to be cast (i.e. applied): — must be put. 

993. Boavep-ye's Boanerges, bo-an-erg-es 1 ; of 
Chald. or. [1133 and 7266]; sons of commotion; 
Boanerges, an epithet of two of the Apostles:— Boan- 
erges. 

994. Podw boad, bo-ah'-o; appar. a prol. form of 
a prim, verb; to halloo, i.e. shout (for help or in a 
tumultuous way) : — cry. 

995. Po<) bAe, bo-ay'; from 004; a halloo, i.e. call 
(for aid, etc.):— cry. 

996. fSoT|6eia bAetb&la, bo-ay' -thi-ah; from 008; 
aid; spec, a rope or chain for f rapping a vessel- 
help. 

997. Pot]8«'<D bdetbeo, bo-ay-theh'-o; from gg8; to 
aid or relieve:— help, succour. 

998. ponfios boethos, bo-ay-thos'; from 095 and 
0eo> tbAo (to run); a succorer: — helper. 

999. p<S9wos bAtbnnAs, both'oo-nos; akin to 
goo; a hole (in the ground); spec, a cistern: — ditch, 
pit. 

1000. PoXVj bale, boUay'; from pod,' a throw (as a 
measure of distance) : — cast. 

1001. poX(|o bollzo, bol-id'-zo; from 1002; to 
heave the lead:— sound. 

1002. |3o\Cs bolls, bol-ece'; from gob; a missile, 
i.e. javelin: — dart. 

1003. Bo6\ BAAz. bo-oz'; of Heb. or. [1162]; Booz, 
(i.e. Boaz), an Isr. :— Booz. 

1004. p<SpPopos borboros, bor'-bor-os; of uncert. 
der.; mud: — mire. 

1005. poppds borrbas, bor-hras 1 ; of uncert. der.; 
the north (prop, wind):— north. 

1006. p6o-Kci> bAsko, bos'-ko; a prol. form of a 
piim. verb [comp. 977, ioi6\; to pasture; byextens. 
to fodder; reflex, to graze:— teed, keep. 

1007. Boo-op BAsAr, bos-or'; of Heb. or. [1160]; 
Bosor (i.e. Bear), a Moabite:— Bosor. 

1008. pordvt) botane. bot-an'-ay; from roo6; 
herbage (as if for grazing):— herb. 

1009. Porpvs botrns, bot'-rooce; of uncert. der.; 
a bunch (of grapes): — (vine) cluster (of the vine). 

1010. PouXcuH)S bAnlAntes, bool-yoo-tace' ; from 
ioit; an adviser, i.e. (spec.) a councillor or member 
of the Jewish Sanhedrim : — counsellor. 

1011. PovXcvo bAuleuo, bool-yoo'-o; from ioiz; 
to advise, i.e. (reflex.) deliberate, or (by impl.) re- 
solve:— consult, take counsel, determine, be minded, 
purpose. 

1012. PovX'tfj bAule, boo-lay'; ttomioi4; volition, 

i.e. (obj.) adrice, or (by impl.) purpose: (- advise, 

counsel, wilL 



1013. PoiXinia bAulema, boo'-lay-mah; from 
1014; a resolve: — purpose, will. 

1014. PoiiXojitti boo '-lom-ahee; mid. of a prim, 
verb; to u will," i.e. (reflex.) be willing:— be disposed, 
minded, intend, list, (be, of own) will (-ing). Comp. 
2309. 

1015. Povv6s b Ann As, 600-nos'; prob. of for. or.; 
a hillock:— hill. 

1016. PoCs bAns, 6ooce; prob. from the base of 
100b; an ox (as grazing), i.e. an animal of that species 
("beef "):— ox. 

1017. ppapctov brabelAn, brab-i'-on; from Ppci- 
pevs brabfius (an umpire; of uncert. der.); an 
award (of arbitration), i.e. (spec.) a prize in the public 
games:— prize. 

1018. PpaPevo brabSuo, brab-yoo'-o; from the 
same as 1017; to arbitrate, i.e. (gen.) to govern (fig. 
prevail) : — rule. 

1019. PpaSuvo braduno, 6ra<i-oo'-no; from iosi; 
to delay:— be slack, tarry. 

1020. PpaBuirXo6i> braduplAAo, brad-oo-plo-eh'. 
o; from 1021 and a prol. form of 412b; to sail slowly:— 
sail slowly. 

1021. PpaSvs bradns, bradooce'; of uncert. affln.; 
slow; flg. dull:— slow. 

1022. ppaovrns bradntes, brad-oo'-tace; from 
1021; tardiness: — slackness. 

1023. ppa\C«DV bracblon, brakh-ee'-own; prop, 
comp. of 1024, but appar. in the sense of ppa<ro-<i> 
brasso (to wield); the arm, ie. (fig.) strength:— 
arm. 

1024. Ppa^ils bracbns, brakh-ooce'; of uncert. 
affln.; short (of time, place, quantity, or number):— 
few words, little (space, while). 

1025. Ppe'4>os brApbAs, bref'-os; of uncert. affln. ; 
an infant (prop, unborn) lit. or flg. : — babe, (young) 
child, infant. 

1026. ppe'xw brecbo, brekh'-o; a prim, verb; to 
moisten (espec. by a shower): — (send) rain, wash. 

1027. Ppovr'fj brAnte, bron-tay'; akin to Pp^("o 
bremo (to roar); thunder:— thunder (-ing). 

1028. Ppox^ brAcbe, brokh-ay'; from 1026; 
rain:— rain. 

1029. Ppoxos br Acb As, brofcA'-os; of uncert. der : 
a noose:— snare. 

1030. Ppvy|j.6s brn gm As, broog-mos'; from/q?/; 
a grating (of the teeth): — gnashing. 

1031. Ppvx» brnebo, broo'-kho; a prim, verb; to 
orate the teeth (in pain or rage):— gnash. 

1032. Ppvw brno, broo'-o; a prim, verb; to swell 
out, i.e. (by impl.) to gush:— send forth. 

1033. ppup.a broma, bro'-mah; from the base of 
977; food (lit. or fig), espec. (cer.) articles allowed or 
forbidden by the Jewish law:— meat, victuals. 

1034. Pp<5o-i(iOs broslmAg, bro'-simos; from 
103s; eatable: — meat. 

1035. Pp&crvs brosls, bro'-sis; from the base oi 
077; (abstr.) eating (lit. or fig.); by extens. (concr.) 
food (Tit. or flg.):— eating, food, meat. 

1036. pv6(£<i> bntblzo, boo-thid'-zo; from 1037; 
to sink; by impl. to aVoiro:— begin to sink, drown. 

1037. Pu8<5s butbAs, boo-thos 1 ; a var. of Sgg; 
depth, i.e. (by impl.) the sea:— deep. 

1038. Pvpo-cvs bursAns, boorce-yooce' ; from 
ptipo-a bursa (a hide) ; a tanner: — tanner. 

1039. Pvo-o-ivos bnsslnAs, 6oos'-see-nos; from 
1040; made of linen (neut. a linen cloth) : — fine linen. 

1040. Pvo-o-os bnssAs. boos'-sos; of Heb. or. [948]; 
white linen:— fine linen. 

1041. P&pos bomAs, bo'-mos; from the base of 
039; prop, a stand, i.e. (spec.) an aZtar:— altar. 



1042. yapped gabbatba, gab-bath-ah'; o£ 
Chald. or. [comp. 1355]; the knoll; gabbatha, a ver- 
nacular term for the Roman tribunal in Jerus.: — Gab- 
batha. 



20 



Gabreeale 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



104S. TaPpi^X Gabriel, gab-ree-ale' 7 of Beb. or. 
1403] ; Gabriel, an archangel:— Gabriel. 

1044. ydyYpaivo gaggralna, gang'-grahee-nah; 
from ypatvw graino (to gnaw); an ulcer ("gan- 
grene"): — canker. 

104-5. rd8 Gad, gad; of Heb. or. [1410]; Gad, a 
tribe of 1st.:— Gad. 

lOJfi. raSoonvos GadarenAs, gad-ar-ay-nos 1 ; 
from TaSapd (a town E. of the Jordan); a Gadar- 
etie or inhab. of Gadara:— Gadarene. 

1047. yaXja. gaza, gad'-zah; of for. or.; a trea- 
sure: — treasure. 

1048. TAja Gaza, gad'-zah; at Heb. or. [5804]; 
Gazah (i.e. 'Azzah), a place in Pal.:— Gaza. 

1049. yaJo^Xdiciov gazApbulaklAn, gad-zof- 
oo-lak'-ee-on; from 1047 and 5438; a treasure-house. 
I.e. a court in the temple for the collection-boxes: — 
treasury. 

1050. rd.'£os GaiAs, gah'-ee-os; of La*, or. ; <?ai"ws 
(i.e. Cat'its), a Chr.:— Gaius. 

70,57. ydXa gala, gal'-ah; of uncert. affln.; miift 

(fig.):— milk. 

705& TaXdnis Galatea, gaUat'-aee; from 703; a 

Galatian or inhab. of Galatia:— Galatian. 

/05<?. roA.ar(a Galatia, gatat-ee'-afc; of for. or.; 

Galatia, a region of Asia:— Galatia. 

1054. roX.ari.Kds GalatlkAs, gal-at-ee-kos? ; from 
loss; Galatic or relating to Galatia:— of Galatia. 

1055. yoXfjvi) galeae, gal-ay'-nay; of uncert. 
der.; tranquillity: — calm. 

1056. raX.iX.ata Galllala, gal-il-ah-yah; of Heb. 
or. [1551] ; Galilcea (i.e. the heathen circle), a region 
of Pal.:— Galilee. 

1057. ToXiXatos GalllalAs, gal-ee-lah'-yos; from 
io$b; Galilcean or belonging to Galileea: — Galilsean, of 
Galilee. 

1058. raXXhov Gallldn, gal-lee' -own; of Lat.or.; 
Gallion (i.e. Gallio), a Roman officer :—Gallio. 

1059. TauaXi^X Gamaliel, gam-al-ee-ale'; of 
Heb. or. [1583]; Gamaliel (Le. Gamliel), an Isr.:— 
Gamaliel. 

1060. yapiw gameo, gam-eh'-o; from tobz; to wed 
(of either sex):— many (a wife). 

1061. yap-to-KM gamtsko, gam-is'-ko; from 7ofe,- 
to espotjse (a daughter to a husband):— give in mar- 
riage. 

1062. yduos gamAs, gam'-os; of uncert. afBn.; 
nuptials: — marriage, wedding. 

1063. -yap gar, gar; a prim, particle; prop, assign- 
ing a reason (used in argument, explanation or inten- 
sification; often with other particles): — and, as, be- 
cause (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, 
then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet. 

1064- yafrrf[p gaster, gas-tare'; of uncert. der.; 
the stomach; by anal, the matrix; fig. a gourmand:— 
belly, + with child, womb. 

1065. yi gfi, gheh; a prim, particle of emphasis or 
qualification (often used with other particles pre- 
fixed): — and besides, doubtless, at least, yet. 

1066. T&t&v Gedeon, ghed-eh-own' ; of Heb. or. 
[1439] ; Gedeon (i.e. G id[e]on), an Isr. :— Gedeon. 

1067. yiaiva. geenna, gheh'-en-nah; of Heb. or 
[1516 and 2011] ; valley of (the son of) Hinnam; ge- 
henna (or Ge-Hinnom), a valley of Jerus., used (fig.) 
as a name for the place (or state) of everlasting pun- 
ishment: — hell. 

1068. reOoTjuoirfj Gethsemane, gheth-say-man- 
ay'; of Chald. or. [comp. 1660 and 8081] ; oil-press; 
Gethsemane, a garden near Jerus.: — Gethsemane. 

1069. yelrav gelton, ghi'-tone; from 1003; a 
neighbor (as adjoining one's ground); by impl. a 
friend:— neighbour. 

1070. yeXda gelao, ghel-ah'-o; of uncert. affln.; 
to laugh (as a sign of joy or satisfaction):— laugh, 

1071. yeXws geiog, ghel'-oce; from 1070; laughter 
(as a mark of gratification):— laughter. 

1072. ycutgu gemlzo, ghem-id'-zo; trans, from 
1073; to fill entirely:— fill (be) full. 



1073. ytfut gemo, ghem'-o; a prim, verb; to swell 
out, i.e. befall:— be full. 

1074- Y " genea, ghen-eh-ah'; from (a presumed 
der. of) 1085 ; a generation; by impl an age (the pe- 
riod or the persons): — age, generation, nation, time. 

1075. yeveaXoy&s genealAgeo, ghen-eh-al-og- 
eft'-o; from 1074 and 3036; to reckon by generations, 
i.e. trace in genealogy:— count by descent. 

1076. ycvcoXoyfa genealAgla, ghen-eh-al-og-ee'- 
ah; from the same as 107s; tracing by generations, 
i.e. "genealogy";— genealogy. 

1077. ycWo-ia genesla, ghen-es'-ee-ah; neut. plur. 
of a der. of 1078; birthday ceremonies:— birthday. 

1078. yfveo-is genesis, ghen'-es-is; from the same 
as 1074; nativity; fig. nature:— generation, nature 
(-ral). 

1079. ycvcnfj genSte, ghen-etray'; fem. of a pre- 
sumed der. of the base of 1074; birth:— birth. 

1080. ycwdtt gennao, ghen-nah'-o; fromavar. of 
108s; to procreate (prop, of the father, but by extens. 
of the mother); fig. to regenerate: — bear, beget, be 
born, bring forth, conceive, be delivered of, gender, 
make, spring. 

1081. ytarnua gennema, ghen'-nay-mah; from 
108b; offspring; by anal, produce (lit. or fig.):— fruit, 
generation. 

1082. r«vvno-op£r Gennesaret;, ghen-naysar- 
ef; of Heb. or. [comp. 3672]; Gennesaret (i.e. Kinne- 
reth), a lake and plain in Pal.: — Gennesaret. 

1083. yiwuois gennests, ghen' way-sis; from 
1080; nativity:— birth. 

1084. yewnrds gennetAs, ghen-nay-tos' ; from 
1080; born:— they that are born. 

1085. ylvos gen&s, ghen'-os; from 1006; " kin" 
(abstr. or concr., lit. or fig., indiv. or coll.):— born, 
country (-man), diversity, generation, kind (-red), na- 
tion, offspring, stock. 

1086. rcpyto-nvos GergesenAs, gher-ghes-ay- 
nos'; of Heb. or. [1622]; a Gergesene (Le. Girgashite) 
or one of the aborigines of Pal.:— Gergesene. 

1087. ytpouo-Ca gerAusla, gher-oo-see'-ah; from 
1088; the eldership, i.e. (collect.) the Jewish Sanhe- 
drim: — senate. 

1088. yipav gferon, gher'-oum; of uncert. affln. 
[comp. 7094] ; aged.'— old. 

1089. ycvouai geuAmai, ghyoo'-om-ahee; a prim, 
verb; to taste; by impl. to eat; fig. to experience 
(good or ill):— eat, taste. 

1090. yiaoyia georgeo, gheh-ore-gheh'-o; from 
logs; to till (the soil): — dress. 

1091. y«&pyiov georglAn, gheh-ore'-ghee-on; 
neut. of a (presumed) der. of 1002; cultivable, i.e. a 
farm:— husbandry. 

709.2. yewpyds georgAs, gheh-ore-gos'; from 1003 
and the base of 2041; a land-worker, Le. farmer:— 
husbandman. 

1093. yf| ge, ghay; contr. from a prim, word; soil; 
by extens. a region, or the solid part or the whole of 
the terrene globe (includ. the occupants in each ap- 
plication) :— country, earth (-ly), ground, land, world. 
1094- yflpos geras, ghayf^ras; akin to 1088; senil- 
ity:— old age. 

1095. yripdo-Ku gerasfco, ghay-ras'-ko; from 7094; 
to be senescent: — be (wax) old. 

1096. yfvouai glnAntal, ghin'-onuahee; a prol. 
and mid. form of a prim, verb; to cause to be (" gen- 
erate), i.e. (reflex.) to become (come into being), used 
with great latitude (lit., fig., intens., etc.):— arise, be 
assembled, be (come, -fall, -have self), be brought 
(to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, 
be done, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be 
found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, 
have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to 
be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, re- 
quire, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be 
taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought. 

1097. yiv<5o-KW glnosko, ghin-oce'-ko; a proL 
form of a prim, verb; to " know" (absol.), in a great 
variety of applications and with many impl. (as fol- 
low, with others not thus clearly expressed):— allow, 



be aware (of), feel, (have) know (-ledge), perceive, be 
resolved, can speak, be sure, understand. 

1098. yXeSicos gleukAs, glyoo'-kos; akin to ioqq; 
sweet wine, i.e. (prop.) must (fresh juice), but used of 
the more saccharine (and therefore highly inebriat- 
ing) fermented wine:— new wine. 

1099. -vXukvs glnkns, gZoo-fcoos'; of uncert. affln.; 
sweet (i.e. not bitter nor salt):— sweet, fresh. 

1100. yXwrtro glossa, gloce-sah'; of uncert. affln.; 
the tongue; by impl. a language (spec, one naturally 
unacquired) :— tongue. 

1101. -yXwcnrOKOOOV glossAkAmAn, gloce-sokf. 
om-on; from 7/00 and the base of z88g; prop, a case 
(to keep mouthpieces of wind-instruments in), i.e. (by 
extens.) a casket or (spec.) purse: — bag. 

1102. yvo<pcvs gnapbeus, gnaf-yuce'; by var. 
for a der. from Kvdirrw knapto (to tease cloth); a 
cloth-dresser. - — fuller. 

1103. yvrjo-ios gneslAs, gnay'-see-os; from the 
same as 7077; legitimate (of birth), i.e. genuine:— 
own, sincerity, true. 

1104- yvijo-tus gneslos, gnay-see'-oce; adv. from 
"03; genuinely, i.e. really:— naturally. 

1105. yvdtpos gn&phds, gnof'-os; akin to sjog; 
gloom (as of a storm): — blackness. 

1106. yvtSui] gnome, gno'-may; from 1007; cogni- 
tion, i.e. (subj.) opinion, or (obj.) resolve (counsel, 
consent, etc.):— advice, + agree. Judgment, mind, 
purpose, will. 

1107. yv<t>p%a gnorlzo, gno-rid'-zo; from a der. 
of 7097; to mafce known; subj. to fcnotiv— certify, de- 
clare, make known, give to understand, do to wit, 
wot. 

1108. ■yvwo-is gnosis, gno'-sis; from 7057,- know- 
ing (the act), i.e. (by impl.) knowledge:— knowledge, 
science. 

1109. ■yviJoTi]? gnostes, gnoceMaee; from 7097; a 
knower: — expert. 

1110. YViooTOs gnostfis, gnoce-tos'; from 7097; 
well known:— acquaintance, (which may be) known, 
notable. 

1111. yoyyi\,v> gfiggnzo, gong-good' -zo; of un- 
cert. der. ; to grumble: — murmur. 

1112. -yoYyvcruds gAggnsmSs, gong-goos-mosf ; 
from mi; a grumbling: — grudging, murmuring. 

1113. yoYYUT^js gAggnstes, gong-goos-tace' ; 
from 77/7; a grumbler: — murmurer. 

1114. Y^IS gAes, go'-ace; from yo6u> gAao (to 
wail) ; prop, a wizard (as muttering spells), i.e. (by 
impl.) an impostor: — seducer. 

1115. roXyood GolgAtna, goUgoth-ah' ; of Ohald. 
or. [comp. 1538] ; the skuU; Golgotha, a knoll near 
Jerus. :— Golgotha. 

1116. rdjioppo GAmArrha, gom'-or-hrhah; of 
Heb. or. [6017]; Gomorrha (i.e. 'Amorah), a place 
near the Dead Sea:— Gomorrha. 

1117. yduos gomds, gom'-os; from 1073; a load (as 
filling), i.e. (spec.) a cargo, or (by extens.) wares:— 
burden, merchandise. 

1118. yovcus gonens, gon-yoocef; from the base of 
1006; a parent.-— parent. 

1119. yovv gAnu, gon-oo'; of uncert. affln.; the 
" knee":— knee (x -1). 

1120. yovwrer&j gftnupeteo, gon-ooyet-eh'-o; 
from a comp. of 7779 and the alt. of 4008; to fall on 
the knee:— bow the knee, kneel down. 

1121. ypduoa gramma, gram'^mah; from 1123; 
a writing, i.e. a letter, note, epistle, book, etc. ; plur. 
learning:— bill, learning, tetter, scripture, writing, 
written. 

1122. ypoouOTris grammatens, gram-mat- 
yoocef; from 7727; & writer, i.e. (professionally) scribe 
or secretary:— scribe, town-clerk. 

1123. ypoirrds graptAs, grap-tos'; from 77357 in- 
scribed (fig.):— written. 

1124. ypa«M grapne, graf-ay'; from 112s; a doc- 
ument, i.e. holy Writ (or its contents or a statement 
in it) :— scripture. 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



Gabreeale 
Deho 



21 



1125. 7p4$ci» grapho, graf-o; » prim, verb; to 
•' grave", espec. to write; flg. to describe: — describe, 
write (-tag, -ten). 

1126. •ypcu&S-ns graodea, grah-o'-dace; from 
ypav$ grans (an old woman) and r^gi; crone-like, 
i.e. silly:— old wives'. 

1127. YpjryopEvw gregorSuo. gray-gor-yoo'-o; 
from /*&?,' to fteep awake, i.e. watch (lit. or fig.): — be 
vigilant, wake, (be) watch (-ful). 

ii?£. ■yvjivAJo) gnmnazo, goom-nad'-zo; from 
z/j/; to practise naked (in the games), i.e. train 
(flg.) : — exercise. 

1129. ■yvn.vcurCa gumnasla, goom-nas-ee'-ah; 
from 1128; training, i.e. (flg.) asceticism: — exercise. 

1130. y«|iVTiTcii(» gnmneteno, gqom-nayt-yoo'-o; 
from a der. of xxjx; to strip. I.e. (reflex.) go poorly 
clad:— be naked. 

1131. TfU|J.v6s gnnmoa, goom-nos'; of uncert. 
affin.; nude (absol. or reL, Ut. or flg.):— naked. 

1132. ^V|jlv6tt|s gnmnotea, goom-not'-ace; from 
/j-j/; nudity (absol. or comp.):— nakedness. 

1133. yuvcuicdpiov gunatkarlon, goo-nahee- 
kar'-ee-on; a dimin. from i&j; a little (i.e. foolish) 
woman: — silly woman. 

1134- ywaixctos gnnalkeloa, goo-nahee-ki'-os; 
from X135; feminine: — wife. 

1135. yinrfi gnne, goo^nay 1 ; prob. from the base 
of J096; a woman; spec, a wife:— wife, woman. 
ii?5. r<&Y Gog, gogue; of Heb. or. [1463]; Gog, a 
symb. name for some future Antichrist:— Gog. 
1137. ■yiovta. gonla, go-nee'-ah; prob. akin to 
nxq; an angle,'— corner, quarter. 



W35. AafSCS Dabld, dab-eed'; of Heb. or. [1732]; 
Dabid (i.e. David), the Isr. king:— David. 
J739. Sai|iOv(Jo(j.ai dalmdnlzomal, dahee- 
mon-id' -zom-ahee; mid. from 1142; to be exercised bji 
a dcemon:— have a (be vexed with, be possessed with) 
devil (-s). 

1140. Saiuoviov dalmdnldn, dahee-mon'-ee-on; 
neut. of a der. of 1x42; a dmmonic being; by extens. 
a deity:— devil, god. 

1141. 8aiuovu&8i)s dalmonlddea, dahee-mon-ee- 
o'-dace; from XX40 and 7742; daemon-like: — devilish. 

1142. SaCjAMV daimon, dah'ee-mown; from 8aC» 
dalo (to distribute fortunes); a dcemon or super- 
natural spirit (of a bad nature): — devil. 

1143. Sokv<i> dakno, dak'-no; a prol. form of a 
prim, root: to bite, i.e. (flg.) thwart:— bite. 

I14-£. SttKfru dakru. ddkf-roo; or 

Sdxpvov dakruon, dak'-roo-on; of uncert. 
affln. ; a tear:— tear. 

.ZX45. ottKpvio dakruo, dak-roo'-o; from 1144; to 
shed tears: — weep. Comp. 2709. 
114S. ScucruXios daktullos, dak-too'-lee-os; from 
ii$j; a/inger-ring:— ring. 

ZZ^7. SdicnjXos daktnlSa, dak'-too-los; prob. 
from/776; a finger .•— finger. 

iA£S. AaXpavovOd Dalmandntba, dal-man-oo- 
thah'; prob. of Chald. or.; Dalmanutha, a place in 
Pal. :— Dalmanutha. 

II49. AoXpaTCa Dalmatia, dal-mat-ee'-ah; 
prob. of for. der.; Dalmatia, a region of Europe: — 
Dalmatia. 

.Z150. Saud£w damazo, dam-ad'-zo; a var. of an 
obs. prim, of the same mean. ; to tame:— tame. 
1151. SdjiaXis damalls, dam'-al-is; prob. from 
the base of //jo; a heifer (as tame):— heifer. 
liJi 1 . Adpapis Damarla, dam'-ar-is; prob. from 
the base of 1150; perh. gentle; Damaris, an Athenian 
woman:— Damans. 

7153. Aap,ao-Kt)vd$ Damaskenfts, dam-as-kay- 
nosf; from J754; a Damascene or inhab. of Damas- 
cus:— Damascene. 

11.54- Aapoo-icds Damaakds, dam-as-kos 1 ; of 
Heb. or. [1834]; Damascus, a city of Syria:— Da- 
mascus. 



1155. SavcC£<o danelzo, dan-ide'-zo; from 1x36; 
to Joan on interest; reflex, to borrow:— borrow, lend. 

1156. Sdveiov danelon, dan'-i-on; from Sdvos 
danda (a gift); prob. akin to the base of 1323; a 
loan.' — debt. 

1157. SavEtorrjs danelstea, dan-ice-tace' ; from 
1x33; a lender:— creditor. 

1153. Aavi^X Daniel, dan-ee-ale' ; of Heb. oi~ 
[1840]; Daniel, an Isr.:— Daniel. 

1159. Sairavdu dapanao, dap-an-ah'-o; from 
ubo; to expend, i.e. (in a good sense) to incur cost, or 
(in a bad one) to waste: — be at charges, consume, 



1160. Sairdvi) dapane, dap-an'-ay; from Bdirrw 
daptd (to devour); expense (as consuming):— cost. 

1161. 84" dS, deh; a prim, particle (adversative or 
conttauative); but, and, etc.: — also, and, but, more- 
over, now [often unexpressed in English]. 

1162. S£n<"s dfceals, deh' -ay-sis; from uSg; a pe- 
tition:— prayer, request, supplication. 

1163. 8st del, die; 3d pers. sing. act. pres. of 1210; 
also Sedv deton, deh-on'; neut. act. part, of the 
same; both used impers. ; it is (was, etc.) necessary 
(as binding):— behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) 
need (-ful), ought, should. 

1164- Sel-y^a delgma, digh'^mah; from the base 
of 1166; a specimen (as shown): — example. 

1165. Sci-y|iaT(t;<i> delgmatlzo, digh^mat-id'-zo; 
from 1164; to exhibit.-— make a shew. 

1166. SciKVVia df-lliuuo. dike-noo'-o; a prol. form 
of an obs. prim, of the same mean.; to show (Ut. or 
flg.):— shew. 

1167. SeiXCa dellla, di-lee'-ah; from ixbq; tim- 
idity:— teat. 

1168. SeiXido delllao, &i-lee-ah'-o; from xibj; to 
be timid:— be afraid. 

1169. SciXds dellos, di-los'; from 8«os dfios 
(dread); timid, i.e. (by impl.) faithless:— fearful. 

1170. Seiva delna, di'-mah; prob. from the same 
as 7/77 (through the idea of forgetting the name as 
fearful, i.e. strange); so and so (when the person is 
not specified): — such a man. 

1171. 8eivfis delnos, di-noce'; adv. from a der. of 
the same as u6g; terribly, i.e. excessively: — griev- 
ously, vehemently. 

1172. SeiitveW delpnSd, dipe-neA'-o,' from 1x73; 
to dine, i.e. take the principal (or evening) meal:— 
sup (X -per). 

1173. Sttirvov delpn5n, dipe'-non; from the same 
as jibo; dinner, i.e. the chief meal (usually in the 
evening):— feast, supper. 

1174- BeuriSaip.ove'o-rEpos d6isldalm6nest6- 
r6a, dice-ee-dahee-mon-es'-ter-os; the comp. of a 
der. of the base of ubo and 1142; more religious than 
others:— too superstitious. 

1175. SeuriSaipovCa dSlsldalm5nla, dice-ee- 
dahee-mon-ee'-ah; from the same as 1174; religion: — 
superstition. 

1176. Sena delta, defc'-oft; a prim, number; fen;— 
[eight-] een, ten. 

1177. ScicaStio dSkadno, dek-ad-oo'-S; from 1176 
and 1417; two and ten, i.e. twelve:— twelve. 

1178. &«Kair&TE deltapfintg, dek-ap-en'-teh; 
from 117b and 4002; ten and^tie, i.e. fift een:— fifteen. 

1179. A«Kdiro\i$ Deltapdlis, dek-ap'-ol-is; from 
1176 and 4172; the ten-city region; the Decapolis, a 
district in Syria:— Decapolis. 

1180. SeKaT&ro-apes dokat.* swarfs, dek-at-es'- 
sar-es; from 1176 and 3064; ten and four, i.e. four- 
teen:— fourteen. 

1181. Sek&tt| drkatr- dek-at'-ay; fern, of 1x82; 
a tenth, i.e. as a percentage or (tech.) tithe:— tenth 
(part), tithe. 

1182. Sixa-ros dekatos, dek'-at-os; ordinal from 
ri7d; tenth:— tenth.. 

1183. StKaTdu dSkatdo, defc-at-o'-o; from 1181; 
to tiffte, i.e. to give or tafce a fenfA:— pay (receive) 
tithes. 



1184. Sextos dSktoa, dek-tos'; from /200; ap- 
proved; (fig.) propitious:— accepted (-table). 

1185. 0E\cdj> deleazo, deUeh-ad'-zo; from the 
base of 1388; to entrap, i.e. (fig.) delude: — allure, be- 
guile, entice. 

1186. SeVSoov dendrdn, den'-dron; prob. from 
Spvs drns (an oak) ; a tree:— tree. 

1187. SsfjioXdp'os dexldlaooa, dex-ee-oUaV-os; 
from 1188 and 2083; a guardsman (as if taking the 
right) or light-armed soldier: — spearman. 

1188. Se|uSs d&xlos, dex-ee-os'; from .raa?,' the 
right side or (fern.) hand (as that which usually 
takes) :— right (hand, side). 

1189. Seo|Mu d£5mat, deR'-om-aftee; mid. of 12x0; 
to beg (as binding oneself), i.e. petition:— beseech, 
pray (to), make request. Comp. 4441. 

Sedv d£5n. See//6j. 

1190. Asp^aios Derbalos, der-bah'ee-os; from 
xxgx; a Derbcean or inhab. of Derbe: — of Derbe. 

1191. AeppS) Derbe, der 1 -bay; of for. or.; Derbe, 
a place in Asia Minor:— Derbe. 

1192. Seppa derma, der'-mah; from 1194; a 
hide: — skin. 

1193. oEppdrivos dermatlnds, der-mof'-ee-nos; 
from XX02; made of hide:— leathern, of a skin. 

1194. SEpa d£ro, der'-o; a prim, verb; prop, to 
flay, i.e. (by impl.) to scourge, or (by anal.) to thrash:~- 
beat, smite. 

1195. Seo-|i.ev(ii dt'smfuo. des-myoo'-o; from a 
(presumed) der. of xxqb; to be a binder (captor), i.e. 
to enchain (a prisoner), to fie on (a load):— bind. 

1196. Seo-jitW desmeo, des-meh'-o; from 7/09; to 
tie, i.e. shackle: — bind. 

1197. Seo-p.'fj dSame, des-may'; from ixqb; a bun- 
die:— bundle. 

1198. Seo-jivos dSsmlds, des'-mee-os; from «9pj 
a captive (as bound): — in bonds, prisoner. 

1199. S«o-[idv dSsmon, des-mon'; or 

Sco-pLOS dfsBios, des-mos'; neut. and masc. 
respectively from X210; a band, i.e. ligament (of the 
body) or shackle (of a prisoner); flg. an impediment 
or disability:— band, bond, chain, string. 

1200. SeirjuxptiXag desmopnnlax, des-mo/-oo'- 
lax; from jjco and j*^/; a jailer (as guarding the 
prisoners):— jailor, keeper of the prison. 

1201. SEo-p.tO'Hjpiov desmoterldn, des-mo-tay>- 
ree-on; from a der. of nog (equlv. to nob); B. place of 
bondage, i.e. a dungeon: — prison. 

1202. oeo-ucStiis desmotes, des-mo'-foee; from 
the same as 1201; (pass.) a captive:— prisoner. 

1203. &E<rirdTf]s d£ap5tes, des-pot'-ace; perh. 
from 12x0 and irdcris pdala(aAusba7td); an absolute 
ruler ("despot"): — Lord, master. 

1204- oeOpo dSnrtt, dyoo'*ro; of uncert. affln.; 
here; used also taper, hither/; and of time, 
hitherto:— come (hither), hither [-to]. 

1205. Ssvte d£nt£, dyoo'-teh; from 1204 and an 

taper, form of ctju elmi (to go); come hither!:— 
come, X follow. 

1206. SEwrepotos d£nte>al5a, dyoo-ter-ah'-yos; 
from 1208; secondary, i.e. (spec.) on the second day:— 
next day. 

1207. ocvrepiirporos dentgroprotda, dyoo-ter- 
op'-ro-tos; from/aaJand 44x3; second-first, i.e. (spec.) 
a designation of the Sabbath immediately after the 
Paschal week (being the second after Passover day, 
and the Jlrsf of the seven Sabbaths intervening before 
Pentecost) :— second . . . after the first. 

1208. Sevtepos denteroa, dyoo'-ter-os; as the 
comp. of 1417; (ordinal) second (in time, place or 
rank; also adv.):— afterward, again, second (-arily, 
time). 

1209. Sexo|UU dSchdmal, dekh'-om-ahee; mid. 
of a prim, verb; to receive (in various applications, 
lit. or flg.):— accept, receive, take. Comp. 2083. 

1210. Se'ci> dfio, deh'-o; a prim, verb; to bind (in 
various applications, lit. or flg.):— bind, be in bonds, 
knit, tie, wind. See also xxb3, xxSq. 



22 



Dav 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



1211. 8t| de, day; prob. akin to 776/; a particle of 
emphasis or explicitaess; now, then, etc.:— also, and, 
doubtless, now, therefore. 

1212. SflXos del&g, day'-tes; of uncert. der.; 
dear: — }- bewray, certain, evident, manifest. 

1213. SijXoa deloo, day-lb' -o; from 1112; to make 
plain (by words) :— declare, shew, signify. 

1211/.. Ai]|ids Demas, day-mas'; prob. for 72/6; 
Demos, a Chr. :— Demas. 

7&Z5. Snpiryop&D demegdreo, day-may-gor-eh'-o; 
from a comp. of 121800.6.58; to be a people-gatherer, 
Le. to address a public assembly:— make an oration. 

1216. Ai||i^Tpu>s Demetrlds, day-may' -tree-os; 
from Atl|i.<JTT|p Demeter (Ceres) ; Demetrius, the 
name of an Ephesian and of a Chr. :— Demetrius. 

1217. &i||UOvpy£s dcnilourgos, day-me-oor-gos' ; 
from /2J<? and 2041; a worker for the people, i.e. 
mechanic (spoken of the Creator):— maker. 

/?i& Sfjaos demos, day'-mos; from 7570; the 
public (as bound together socially):— people. 
i#19. Sn|«5<ru>s demfisltts, day-mos'-ee-os; from 
7£7<P; public; (fern. sing. dat. as adv.) in public:— 
common, openly, publickly. 

1220. otydpiov denarldn, day-nar'-ee-on; of 
Lat. or.; a denarius (or ten asses):— pence, penny 
[-worth]. 

1221. (Wjirort depots, day'-pot-eh; from 7277 and 
#27c?; a particle of generalization; indeed, at any 
time: — (what-) soever. 

1222. S^irov depftu, day'-poo; from 7277 and ^2^,' 
a particle of asseveration; indeed doubtless:— verily. 

1223. Sid dla, dee-ah 1 ; a prim. prep, denoting the 
channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, 
local, causal or occasional):— after, always, among, 
at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) 
. . . fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, 
for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through 
(out), to, wherefore, with (in). In composition it re- 
tains the same general import. 

ACa Dla. See 220.7. 

1224. Siapatvu dialmino, dee-ab-ah' 'ee-no; from 
1223 and the base of gjg; to cross: — come over, pass 
(through). 

1225. SmpdAXw dlaballo, dee-ab-al'-lo; from 
1223 and 906; (flg.) to traduce: — accuse. 

1226. SuLpcpWoiun dlabSbaldftmal, dee-ab- 
eb-ahee-6'-om~ahee; mid. of a comp. of 1223 and 030; 
to confirm thoroughly (by words), i.e. asseverate:— 
affirm constantly. 

1227. SiapXftrw dlablepd, dee-ab-lep'-o; from 
1223 and qqi; to foois through, i.e. recover full vision:— 
see clearly. 

1228. SidpoXos dlabolds, dee-ab'-oUos; from 
122s; tttraducer; spec. Satan [comp. 7854]: — false 
accuser, devil, slanderer. 

1229. SwyY&Xtt) dlaggello, de-ang-gel'-lo; from 
1223 and the base of 32; to herald thoroughly: — de- 
clare, preach, signify. 

1230. 8ia.-yCvou.at dlagln&mal, dee-ag-in'-om- 
dhee; from 1223 and 7096; to elapse meanwhile: — 
X after, be past, be spent. 

1231. Sut-yiw&o-Ko diaginosko, dee-ag-in-o'-sko; 
from 1223 and 7097; to know thoroughly, i.e. ascertain 
exactly:— (would) enquire, know the uttermost. 

1232. Sia-yvwpCgw diagnorlzo, dee-ag-no-rid'-zo; 
from 773? and 7/07; to tell abroad: — make known. 

1233. Sioyvoxris diagnosis, dee-ag'-no-sts; from 
1231; (magisterial) examination ("diagnosis"):— 
hearing. 

1234. 8ia^0YYȣei> dlagdggazo, dee-ag-ong- 
good'-zo; from 1223 and 7777; to complain throughout 
a crowd:— murmur. 

1235. Siayptryopia diagregSreo, dee-ag-ray-gor- 
eh'-o; from 1223 ^o& 1127; to waken thoroughly:— be 
awake. 

1236. Sid-yu diago, dee-ag'-o: from 1223 and 77; to 
pass time or life:— lead life, living. 

1237. SvaS^X0|MU dladechomal, dee-ad-ekh'- 
om-ahee; from 1223 and 7209; to receive in turn, Le. 
(flg.) succeed to:— come after. 



1238. SidSityia dladema, dee-ad' -ay-mah; from 
a comp. of j 223 and 7270; a "diadem" (as bound 
about the head) : — crown. Comp. 4733. 

1239. SiaS(8u|u dladldoml, dee-ad-id'-o-mee; 
from 1223 and 1325; to give throughout a crowd, i.e. 
deal out; also to deliver over (as to a successor):— 
(make) distribute (-ion), divide, give. 

1240. 8id8oxos dtaddchds, dee-ad'-okh-os; from 
1237; a successor in office: — room. 

1241. 8ia|iivvi>|u diazonnumi, dee-aa-ouin'-noo- 
mee; from 1223 and 2224; to gird tightly: — gird. 

1242. 8ia0iJKn diatheke, dee-ath-ay'-kay; from 
1303; prop, a disposition, i.e. (spec.) a contract 
(espec. a devisory will):— covenant, testament. 

1243. SiaCpecris dlalresls, dee-ah' ee-res-is; from 
1244; a distinction or (concr.) «ariet^.' — difference, 
diversity. 

1244- Siaipew dialreo, dee-ahee-reh'-o; from 1223 
and 138; to separate, i.e. distribute: — divide. 

1245. 8ia,Ka6apn> diakatharizo, dee-ak-ath- 
ar-id'-zo; from 1223 and 2.777 ; to cleanse perfectly, 
i.e. (spec.) winnow:— throughly purge. 

1246. 8iaKare\eYX r uu ' diakatelSgehdmat, 
dee-ak-at-el-eng'-khom-ahee; mid. from 1223 and a 
comp. of 2306 and 1631; to prove downright, i.e. con- 
jute: — convince . 

1247. SiaicoWfti diakoneo, dee-ak-on-eh'-o; from 
1240; to be an attendant, i.e. wait upon (menially or 
as a host, friend or [flg.] teacher); techn. to act as a 
Chr. deacon:— (ad) minister (unto), serve, use the 
office of a deacon. 

1243. SiaicovCa tli:-kdiiia, dee-ak-on-ee'-ah; from 
1249; attendance (as a servant, etc.); flg. (eleemosy- 
nary) aid, (official) service (espec. of the Chr. teacher, 
or techn. of the diaconate) :— (ad-) minister (-ing, -tra- 
tion, -try), office, relief, service (-ing). 

1249. Sidxovos diakon&g, dee-ak'-on-os; prob. 
from an obs. 8idica» dlakd (to run on errands; 
comp. 7,777); an attendant, I.e. (gen.) a waiter (at 
table or in other menial duties); spec, a Chr. teacher 
and pastor (techn. a deacon or deaconess):— deacon, 
minister, servant. 

1250. Siaic6o~ioi diakdsldl, dee-afc-os'-ee-o«, - from 
1364&11& 1340; two hundred:— two hundred. 

1251. S1.aK0u0u.a1 diiikououiai. dee-ak-oo' -om- 
ahee; mid. from 7237 and 797: to hear throughout, i.e. 
patiently listen (to a prisoner's plea):— hear. 

1252. SuucpCvo dlakrino, dee-ak-ree'-no; from 
1223 and 2979: to separate thoroughly, i.e. (lit. and 
reflex.) to withdraw from, or (by impl.) oppose; 
flg. to discriminate (by impl. decide), or (reflex.) hes- 
itate:— contend, make (to) differ (-ence), discern, 
doubt, judge, be partial, stagger, waver. 

1253. Sicucpitris dlakrlsts, dee-ale'-ree-sis; from 
7272; judicial estimation: — discern (ing), disputation. 
1254- SmucoiXum diakoluo, dee-ak-o-loo'-o; from 
7237 and 2067; to hinder altogether, i.e. utterly pro- 
hibit:— forbid. 

1255. StoXaXe'o dfalaleo, dee-al-al-eh'-o; from 
722,7 an d 2980; to talk throughout a company, i.e. con- 
verse or (gen.) publish:— commune, noise abroad. 

1256. 8ia\<-'-yo|iai dialegomal, dee-aleg' -om- 
ahee; mid. from 1223 and 3004; to say thoroughly, i.e. 
discuss (in argument or exhortation):— dispute, preach 
(unto), reason (with), speak. 

1257. SiaXcfaru dlalSlpo, dee-al-i'-po; from 722.7 
and 3007; to leave off in the middle, i.e. intermit:— 



1258. 8id\cKT0$ dialektds, dee-aJ'-efc-tos; from 
1236; a (mode of) discourse, i.e. " diaiect ":— lan- 
guage, tongue. 

1259. SiaXXdo-o-o dlallasso, dee-al-las'-so; from 
1223 and 236; to change thoroughly, i.e. (ment.) to 
conciliate:— reconcile. 

1260. SiaXtfylfconai dialOglz6mal, dee-al-og- 
id'-zom-ahee; from 1223 and 30413; to reckon thor- 
oughly, i.e. (gen.) to deliberate (by reflection or dis- 
cussion):— cast in mind, consider, dispute, muse, rea- 
son, think. 

1261. ZidkoyuruAs dialoglsmd*. dee-al-og-is- 
mos'; from 1260; discussion, i.e. (internal) considera- 



tion (by impl. purpose), or (external) deoafe:— dis- 
pute, doubtful (-ing), imagination, reasoning, thought. 

1262. SiaXuu dialuo, dee-al-oo'-o; from 1223 and 
3080; to dissolve utterly:— scatter. 

1263. Siau,apTupou.ai diawtartttrftmai, dee-a-m 
ar-too'-rom-ahee; from 7237 and 3140; to attest or 
protest earnestly, or (by impl. ) hortatively;— charge, 
testify (unto), witness. 

1264- 8iau.dxop.ai diamacbdmal, dee-am-akh'- 
om-ahee; from 7237 and 31(14; to fight fiercely (in al- 
tercation; :— strive. 

1265. Siapivo diamond, dee-am-en'-o; from 1223 
and 3306; to stay constantly (in being or relation):— 
continue, remain. 

1266. Siauep(£a dianierlzo, dee-am-erfd'-zo; 
from 7237 and 3307; to partition thoroughly (lit. in 
distribution, flg. in dissension):— cloven, divide, part. 

1267. Siajiepio-fios dlamerlsmds, dee-am-er-ij- 
mos'; from 7266; disunion (of opinion and conduct) : — 
division. 

1268. SiaWpu dtanemo, dee-an-em'-o; from 1223 
and the base of 3331; to distribute, i.e. (of informa- 
tion) to disseminate: — spread. 

1269. Siavcvu dianSuo, dee-an-yoo'-o; from 7237 
and 3306; to nod (or express by signs) across an inter- 
vening space:— beckon. 

1270. 8iavdi)p.a diandema, dee-an-b' '-ay-mah; 
from a comp. of 1223 and 3S3q; something thought 
through, i.e. a sentiment: — thought. 

1271. Sidvoia dlanola, deean'-oy-ah; from 1223 
and 3363; deep thought, prop, the faculty (mind or 
its disposition), by impl. its exercise: — imagination, 
mind, understanding. 

1272. Siavot-yn dlandlgo, dee-an-oy'-go; from 
722J and 433; to open thoroughly, lit. (as a flrst-bom) 
or flg. (to expound): — open. 

1273. 8iovKKTep£tia diamiktgrSuo, dee-an-ook- 
ter-yoo'-o; from 722,7 and a der. of j'/77, - to sit up the 
whole night: — continue all night. 

1274- 8iav«o> dlanud, dee-an-oo'-o; from 1223 and 
avvio anno (to effect); to accomplish thoroughly:— 
finish. 

1275. SuLiravros diapamtdg, dee-ap-an-tos'; 
from 1223 and the genit. of 3036; through all time, i.e. 
(adv.) coTistanfZj/:— alway (-s), continually. 

1276. Siairepdo) dlapSrao, dee-ap-er-ah'-o; from 
722J and a der. of the base of 4008; to cross entirely: — 
go over, pass (over), sail over. 

1277. SiairX&i> dlapleo, dee-ap-leh'-o; from 1223 
and 4126; to sail through: — sail over. 

1278. SiairoWu diapdneo, dee-ap-on-eh'-o; from 
T223 and a der. of <«792,' to foiZ through, i.e. (pass.) Oe 
worried: — ^be grieved. 

1279. 8iairop£vo|iCH diapor*u..mal dee-ap-or- 
yoo'-om-ahee; from 7237 and 4108; to travel through:— 
go through, journey in, pass by. 

1280. Siairopcu diapdreo, dee-ap-or-eh'-o; from 
722J and 639; to be thoroughly nonplussed:— (be in) 
doubt, be (much) perplexed. 

1281. 8ioirp07(i.aTeuo|ioi dlapragmaten&mai, 
dee-ap-rag-mat-yoo' -om-ahee; from 1223 and ^77; 
to thoroughly occupy oneself , i.e. (trans, and by impl.) 
to earn in business:— gain by trading. 

1282. SuurpCu diaprio, dee-ap-ree'-o; from 1223 
and the base of 4249; to saw asunder, i.e. (flg.) to ex- 
asperate: — cut (to the heart). 

1283. Siapird^u dlarpazo, dee-ar-pad'-zo; from 
7227 and 726; to seize asunder, i,e. plunder: — spoil. 

1284. Siap^rio-o-w dlairbesso, dee-ar-hrayce'-so; 
from 7227 and 4486; to tear asunder:— break, rend. 

1285. Snurcupeu dlasapbeo, dee-as-af-eh'-o; 
from 722J and traces sapbes (clear); to clear 
thoroughly, i.e. (flg.) declare:— tell unto. 

1286. SiourcCu diaselo, dee-as-i'-o; from 1223 and 
4379; to shake thoroughly, Le. (flg.) to intimidate:— 
do violence to. 

1287. Siao-Kopirff,!* dlaskorplzo, dee-os*or- 
pid'-zo; from 722.7 and 4630; to dissipate, i.e. (gen.) to 
rout or separate; spec, towinnowj; flg. tosgwande**/ — 
disperse, scatter (abroad), strew, waste. 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



Day 
Diploo 



28 



1288. Bu>.tra6.a dlaspad, dee-as-pah'-o; from 
1223 and 4685; to draw apart, i.e. sever or dismem- 
ber:— pluck asunder, pull in pieces. 

1289. SiainrcCpu dlaspeiro, dee-as-pi'-ro; from 
1223 and 4687; to sow throughout, i.e. (flg.j distribute 
la foreign lands:— scatter abroad. 

i? Q 0. 8ia<riropd diaspora, dee-as-por-ah' ; from 
/2<?p; dispersion, i.e. (spec, and concr.) the (converted) 
Isr. resident in Gentile countries:— (which are) scat- 
tered (abroad). 

1291. Siao-TeMopcu dlastelldmal, dee-as-leV- 
lom-ahee; mid. from 1223 and 4724; to set (oneself) 
apart (flg. distinguish), i.e. (by impl.) to enjoin:— 
charge, that which was (give) commanded (-ment). 

1292. 8idcrrnp.a. diastema, dee-as'-tay-mah; from 
1339; an interval: — space. 

1293. Siao-ToX^ dlastdle, dee-as-tol-ay' ; from 
t2Qi\ a variation:— difference, distinction. 

1294- Sia<rTp&|>» diastrepiio, dee-as-tref-o; 
from 1223 and 4702; to distort, i.e. (fig.) misinterpret, 
or (mor.) corrupt:— perverse (-it), turn away. 

1295. 8iacr»|<o dlasozo, dee-as-od«e'-o; from 
r2^j and 4982; to save thoroughly, i.e. (by impl. or 
anal.) to cure, preserve, rescue, etc. : — bring safe, es- 
cape (safe), heal, make perfectly whole, save. 

1296. ouxTO.yf\ dlatage, dee-at-ag-ay' ; from 1299; 
arrangement, i.e. institution: — instrumentality. 

1297. Sidro'YiJ.a dlatagma, dee-at'-ag-mah; 
from 1299; an arrangement, i.e. (authoritative) 
edict: — commandment. 

1298. 8ia.Tapdo-<r<i> dlatarasso, dee-at-ar-as'-so; 
from 1223 and 3013; to disturb wholly, i.e. agitate 
(with alarm):— trouble. 

1299. SiaTOO-o-w dlatasso, dee-at-as'-so; from 
1223 and 5021; to arrange thoroughly, i.e. (spec.) in- 
stitute, prescribe, etc. :— appoint, command, give, (set 
ta) order, ordain. 

1300. Sio.Te\&o diateleo, dee-at-el-eh'-o; from 
1223 and JO0," to accomplish thoroughly, i.e. (sub].) to 
persist. — continue. 

1301. 6\a,Tt\pia> dlatergo, dee-at-ay-reh'-o; from 
1223 and 5083', to watch thoroughly, i.e. (pos. and 
trans.) to observe strictly, or (neg. and reflex.) to 
avoid wholly:— keep. 

1302. Start dtatl, dee-at-ee'; from 1223 and 5101; 
through what cause f, i.e. why?:— wherefore, why. 

1303. Sia-Hflepai dlatlthemal, dee-at-ith'-em- 
ahee; mid. from 1223 and ja?7,' to put apart, i.e. (flg.) 
dispose (by assignment, compact or bequest):— ap- 
point, make, testator. 

1304- BiarpCpw diatrlbo, dee-at-ree'-bo; from 
/22J and the base 013x47; to wear through (time), i.e. 
remain: — abide, be, continue, tarry. 

1305. 8iOTpo<p^i dlatrdpbe, dee-at-rof-ay 1 ; from 
a comp. of 1223 and 5142; nourishment:— food. 

1306. Siavydjjw dlaugazo, dee-ow-gad'-zo; from 
1223 and &o; to glimmer through, i.e. ftreafc (as 
day):— dawn. 

1307. 8i<u|>aWjs diaphaneg, dee-af-an-ace' ; 
from J23J and ,x?/6; appearing through, i.e. " diaph- 
anous":— transparent. 

i305. 8«t<j>epa> diapherd, dee-af-er'-o; from J22J 
and 55^2; to bear through, i.e. (lit.) transport; usu- 
ally to 6ear apart, i.e. (obj.) to toss about (flg. re- 
port); subj. to "differ," or (by impl.) surpass:— be 
better, carry, differ from, drive up and down, be 
(more) excellent, make matter, publish, be of more 
value. 

1309. Sioupetryu dlapbeugo, dee-af-yoo'-go; 
from 1223 and 3343; to ./lee through, i.e. escape:— 
escape. 

1310. 8ia<pnp,C5<i> dlapbemlzo, dee-af -ay-mid' - 
zo; from 722^ and a der. of 5345; to report thorough- 
ly, i.e. divulgate:— blaze abroad, commonly report, 
spread abroad, fame. 

A?ZZ. SiaipSfCpu dlaphtbelro, dee<tf-thi' -ro; 
from 7225- and jay/,' to rot thoroughly, i.e. (by impl.) 
to ruin (pass, decay utterly, fig. pervert):— corrupt, 
destroy, perish. 

1312. Sia<j>9opd dlapbtbdra, dee-af -thor-ah' ; 
from 131?; decay: — corruption. 



1313. Sidtpopos dlapb&r&s, dee-af -or-os; from 
1308; varying; also surpassing: — differing, divers, 
more excellent. 

1314- 8ia<pvXd<ro-<i> dlapbulasso, dee-af -oo-las'- 
so; from 1223 and 3442; to guard thoroughly, i.e. pro- 
tect:— keep. 

I,?i5. Siax«pC£ou.ai dlacb£lrlz5mal, dee-akh- 
i-rid'-zom-ahee; from 1223 and a der. of 5495; to 
handle thoroughly, i.e. fay violent hands upon:— kill, 
slay. 

1316. SiaxupCtopai dlacborizdmal, dee-akh- 

o-rid' -zom-ahee; from /22J and the mid. of 3363; 
to remove (oneself) wholly, i.e. retire: — depart. 

1317. SiSclktikos dldaktlkds, did-ak-tik-os' ; 
from 1318; instructive (" didactic") :— apt to teach. 

1318. SiSaKTOs dldaktdg, did-ak-tos'; from 1321; 
(subj.) instructed or (obj.) communicated by teach- 
ing:— taught, which . . . teacheth. 

1319. SiSao-KaXCa didaskalla, did-as-kal-ee'-ah; 
from 1320; instruction (the function or the informa- 
tion): — doctrine, learning, teaching. 

1320. SiSdo-KdXos dldaskalds, did-as'-kal-os; 
from 1321; an instructor (gen. or spec.) :— doctor, 
master, teacher. 

1321. SiSdo-KU dldasko, did-as'-ko; aprol. (caus.) 
form of a prim, verb 8d&> dad (to Zearn); to teach 
(in the same broad application):— teach. 
1822. SiSax^l dldache, did-akh-ay'; from 1321; 
instruction (the act or the matter): — doctrine, hath 
been taught. 

1323. StSpaxpov dldrachmSn, did'-rakh-mon; 
from 1364 and 140b; a double drachma {didrachm):— 
tribute. 

1324- AC8upx>s DidumSs, did no-mos; prol. from 
1364; double, i.e. twin; Didymus, a Chr. : — Didymus. 

1325. SfSupx dldoml, did'-o-mee; a prol. form of 
a prim, verb (which is used as an altera, in most of 
the tenses) ; to give (used in a very wide application, 
prop, or by impl., lit. or flg.; greatly modified by the 
connection j : — adventure, bestow, bring forth, com- 
mit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, 
number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, 
smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of 
the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield. 

1326. SwyapuJ dlegelro, dee-eg-i'-ro; from 1223 
and 1453; to wake fully, i.e. arouse (lit. or fig.): — 
arise, awake, raise, stir up. 

1327. SU£o8os dlexddds, dee-ea;'-od-os; from 
1223 and 1841; an outlet through, i.e. prob. an open 
sguare (from which roads diverge): — highway 

1328. Siepp/nvtvriis dlermeneutes, dee-er- 
main-yoo-tace' ; from ^?2o; an explainer:— inter- 
preter. 

1329. Sieppr)vcv<i> dlermenSno, dee-er-main- 
yo& 0; from 1223 and 2059,' to explain thoroughly; 
by impl. to translate: — expound, interpret (-ation). 

1330. Siipxopai di< rcJioimii. dee-er'-khom- 
ahee; from 1223 and 2064; to traverse (lit ):— come, 
depart, go (about, abroad, every where, over, through, 
throughout), pass (by, over, through, throughout), 
pierce through, travel, walk through. 

1331. SiEporrdtt diSrotao, dee-er-o-tah'-o; from 
1223 and 20657 to question throughout, i.e. ascertain 
by interrogation :— make enquiry for. 

1332. Sterns dletes, dee-et-ace'; from 1364 and 
2094; of two years (in age):— two years old. 
1833. SurCa dietla. dee-et-ee'-a; from 1332; a 
space of two years (biennium): — two years. 

1334. Siiyyfott.cu dlegedmai, dee-ay g^h'-om- 
ahee; from 1223 and 2233 ; to relate fully:— declare, 
shew, tell. 

1335. Si^y<(ris dleggsls, dee-ayg'-es-is; from 
T 334'. a recital: — declaration. 

1336. Sinvexls dienekfs, dee-ay-nek-es 1 ; neut. of 
a comp. of 1223 and a der. of an alt. of 5342; carried 
through, i.e. (adv. with 1319 and 3388 pref.) perpetu- 
ally: — |- continually, for ever. 
1837. 8i6d\a<nros dithalassAs, dee-thai' -as-sos; 
from 1364 and 2281; having two seas, i.e. a sound with 
a double outlet:— where two seas met. 



1338. SuKV^opai dlikn£dmal, dee-ik-neh'-om- 
ahee; from 1223 and the base of 2423; to reach 
through, i.e. penetrate: — pierce. 

1339. Si?<rrnp.i dl'isteml, dee-is' -tay-mee; from 
1223 and 2476; to stand apart, i.e. (reflex.) to remove, 
intervene:— go further, be parted, after the space ot. 

1340. SiurxvpCgopai dfiscburizomal, dee-is- 
khoo-rid'-zom-ahee; from 1223 and a der. of 2478: to 
stout it through, i.e. asseverate. -—confidently (con- 
stantly) affirm. 

1341. SiKtuoKpurla dikaldkrisla, dik-ah-yoh- 
ris-ee'-ah; from 1342 and 2920; a just sentence:— 
righteous judgment. 

1342. SiKCuos dlkalds, dik'-ah-yos; from 1349; 
equitable (in character or act); by impl. innocent, 
holy (absol. or rel.):— just, meet, right (-eous). 

1343. Sucaiocrvvi] dlkaidsnne, dtk-ah-yos-oo'- 
nay; from 1342; equity (of character or act); spec, 
(Chr.) justification:— righteousness. 

1344- 8iKat6« dlkaldo, dik-ah-yo'-o; from 1342; 
to render (i.e. show or regard as) just or innocent:— 
free, justify (-ier), be righteous. 

1345. SixaCupa dikaldma, dik-ah'-yo-mah; from 
1344; an equitable deed; by impl. a statute or deci- 
sion:— judgment, justification, ordinance, righteous 
ness. 

1346. SiKaCus dtkalos, dik-ah'-yoce; adv. from 
1342; equitably:— justly, (to) righteously (-ness). 

1347. SiKaCocris dlkalosis, dik-ah'-yo-sis; from 
1344; acquittal (for Christ's sake) :— justification. 

1348. SiKao-T^s dlkastes, dik-as-tace' ; from a 
der. of 1349; a judger:— judge. 

1349. 8Ck« dike, dee'-kay; prob. from nbb; right 
(as self-evident), i.e. justice (the principle, a decision, 
or its execution): — judgment, punish, vengeance. 

1350. SCktvov diktndn, dik'-too-on; prob. from 
a prim, verb SCko> dlko (to cast); a seine (for fish- 
ing) :— net. 

1351. SCXoyos dil5g5s, dil'-og-os; from 1364 and 
303b; equivocal, i.e. telling a different story:— double 
tongued. 

1352. 816 did, dee-o'; from 1223 and 3739; through 
which thing, i.e. consequently:— ioT which cause, 
therefore, wherefore. 

1353. SioSevcd dlSdSno, dee-odyoo'-o; from 1223 
and 3393; to travel through:— go throughout, pass 
through. 

1354- Aiovwios DiomiKioH dee-on-oo'-see-os; 
from Au5vwos Didncsds (Bacchus); reveller; 
Dionysius, an Athenian:— Dionysius. 

1355. SuSircp dl&p&r, dee-op'-er; from 1332 and 
4007; on which very account: — wherefore. 

1356. Sioircr i)5 dlftpgtes, dee-op-et'-ace, - from the 
alt. of 2203 and the alt. of 4098; sky-fallen (i.e. an 
aerolite) :— which fell down from Jupiter. 

1357. SidpOaxris diSrtbosis,dee-or'-tfto-sis,-from 
a comp. of 1223 and a der. of 3717, mean, to straighten 
thoroughly; rectification, i.e. (spec.) the Messianic 
restauration: — reformation. 

1358. Siopvcnrw dldrnsso, dee-or-oos'-so; from 
1223 and 373b; to penetrate burglariously:— break 
through (up). 

AuSs D15s. See 2203. 

1359. Aioo-Kovpoi Dldskdurftl, dee-os'-hoo^roy: 
from the alt. of 2203 and a form of the base of 2877; 
sons of Jupiter, i.e. the twins Dioscuri:— Castor and 
Pollux. 

1360. 8i6ti dldtl, dee-ot'-ee; from 1223 and 3734; 
on the very account that, or inasmuch as: — because 
(that), for, therefore. 

1361. Aiorpc^s Dtfitrephes, dee-ot-ref-ace' : 
from the alt. of 2203 and 3142; Jove-nourished; Diot- 
rephes, an opponent of Christianity :— Diotrephes. 

1362. StirXovs dlpltfns, dip-looce'; from 1364 and 
(prob.) the base of 4119; two-fold:— double, two-fold 
more. 

1363. SiirXdu dtplfio, dip-l5'-o; from 062,' to ren- 
der two-fold:— double. 



24 



Dece 

Iraynopoyos 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



1364. Sis df ■, dece; adv. from 1417; ttaice:— again, 
twice. 

Ats Dls. See 2203. 

1366, Surrd^w dlstazd, dis-tod'-zo; from #64; 
prop, to duplicate, i.e. (merit.) to toawr (in opinion):— 
doubt. 

1366. S£a-TO|ios dlstdmds, dis'-tom-os; from 1364 
and 4730; double-edged:— with two edges, two-edged. 

1367. SurxCXioi dlschlliiot, dis-khil'-ee-oy; from 
1364 and 3307; two thousand: — two thousand. 

1368. Siv\(£o> dlulizd, dee-oo-lid'-zo; from ra^? 
and vX£|<i> Jbulizo, hoo-lid'-zo {to filter); to strain 
out: — strain at [prob. by misprint]. 

1S69. 8v\<i|(i> dlchazo, dee-khad'-so; from a der. 

of 13641 to mate apart, i.e. sunder (fig. alienate):— 

set at variance. 

7570. 8ixo<rra<rCa dichdstasla, dee-khos-tas- 

ee'-ah; from a der. of 1364 and #7^; disunion, i.e. 

(fig.) dissension: — division, sedition. 

i57i Blxoto^o) dlcbotAmeo, dee-JAot-om-efc'- 

o; from a comp. of a der. of 1364 and a der. of flfNia 

temno (to cut); to bisect, i.e. (by exteng.) to flog 

severely:— cut asunder (in sunder). 

1372. Snj/a<i» dlpnao, dip-sah'-o; from a var. of 

1373; to ftirsJ for (lit. or fig.):— (be, be a-) thirst (-y). 

/573. Stt|>os dlpsds, dip'-sos; of uncert. affln.; 

thirst:— thirst. 

7574. 8to|n>xos dlpanehda, dip'-soo-khos; from 
<?6^ andjjpo; two-spirited, i.e. vacillating (in opinion 
or purpose): — double minded. 

1575. SiuyimJs dldgmds, dee-ogue-mos'; from 
'J77,' persecution:— persecution. 

1376. Suoktijs dldkteg, dee-oke'-tace; from 1377; 
a persecutor:— persecutor. 

1377. Sii&ku dloko, dee-o'-ko; a prol. (and caus.) 
form of a prim, verb 8l« dlo (to ^ee; comp. the 
base of 1100 and 7241?) ; to pursue (lit. or fig.); by impl. 
to persecute:— ensue, follow (after), given to, (suffer) 
persecute (-ion), press toward. 

1378. So-ypa dogma, dog'-mah; from the base of 
138a; a law (civil, cer. or eccl.): — decree, ordinance. 

1379. Soy|mit(£<i> dugmatlzd, dog-mat-id' -zo; 
from 1378", to prescribe by statute, i.e. (reflex.) to sub- 
mit to cer. rule:— be subject to ordinances. 

1380. Sok&i> dokeo, dok-eh'-o; a prol. form of a 
prim, verb Soma ddko, dok'-o (used only as an alt. 
in certain tenses; comp. the base of nbb) of the 
same mean.; to think; by impl. to seem (truthfully or 
uncertainly):— be accounted, (of own) please (-nre), 
be of reputation, seem (good), suppose, think, trow. 

1381. 8oK(.(ia£» ddklmazo, dok-im-ad'-zo; from 
1384; to test (lit. or fig.) ; by impl. to approwe:— allow, 
discern, examine, x like, (ap) prove, try. 

1382. SoKiutf) ddklme, dok-ee-may 1 ; from the 
same as 1384; test (abstr. or concr.); by impl. trusti- 
ness:-experience (riment), proof, trial 

1383. Sok(|uov ddklmldn, dofc-im'-ee-on; neut. 
of a presumed der. of 1382; a testing; by impl. trust- 
worthiness:— trial, trying. 

1384- SoKi|iOS dukimda, dok'-ee^mos; from 1380; 
prop, acceptable {.current after assayal), i.e. ap- 
proved—approved, tried. 

1385. Sokos ddkda, dok-os 1 ; from 1209 (through 
the idea of holding up); a stick of timber:— beam. 

86kw ddko. Seejjib. 

1386. 8oXios Adllos, dol'-ee-os; from 1388; ouile- 
firt:— deceitful. 

1387. SoXidu ddlldo, doLee-6'-o; from #£»,• to 6e 
sniite/uJ: — use deceit. 

1888. SoXos d51A«, dol'-os; from an obs. prim. 
&X\u delld (prob. mean, to decoy; comp. .r/#); a 
trie* (bait), Le. (fig.) wile:— craft, deceit, guile, sub- 
tdlty. 

1389. SoXow ddldo, doJ-o'-o; from rj5?; to en- 
snare, i.e. (fig.) adulterate:— handle deceitfully. 

1390. 8<5ua lima, dom'-ah; from the base of 
1325; a present:— gift. 

1391. S«S£a dftxa, dox'-ah; from the base of /jJb; 
?Iory (as very apparent), in a wide application (lit. or 



flg., obj. or subj.):— dignity, glory (-ious), honour, 
praise, worship. 

1392. Sofjai> ddxazo, dox-ad'-zo; from /jp/; to 
render (or esteem) glorious (in a wide application): — 
(make) glorify (-ious), full of (have) glory, honour, 
magnify. 

1393. AopK&s D&rkas, dor-fcas'; gazelle; Dorcas, 
a Chr. woman:— Dorcas. 

1394- Soo-15 dosls, dos'-is; from the base of 1323; 
a giving; by impl. (concr.) a gift:—gitt, giving. 

1395. ooTtis ddtes, dot'-ace; from the base of 
1323; a giver:— giver. 

1396. SovXa-ywy^u ddulagog&d, doo-lag-ogue- 
eh'-o; from a presumed comp. of 1401 and 7-r; to be a 
slaw-driwr, i.e. to enslave (tig. subdue):— bring into 
subjection. 

1397. SouXeCa douleia, doo-lt'-aft; from 1308; 
slavery (cer. or flg.): — bondage. 

X?9S. SovXevu d&uleuo, dool-yoo'-o; from /407; 
to be a slave to (lit. or fig., invol. or vol.) :— be in bond- 
age, (do) serve (-ice). 

1399. SovXi) ddnle, doo'-lay; fern, of 1401; a 
female slave (invol. or vol.):— handmaid (-en). 

1400. SovXov dftoldn, doo'-lon; neut. of 1401; 
subservient:— servant. 

1401. BoOXos ddnldg, doo'-los; from 1210; a slave 
(lit. or flg., invol. or vol. ; frequently therefore in a 
qualified sense of subjection or subserviency): — bond 
(-man), servant. 

1402. SovXdia ddnldo, doo-lo'-o; from 1401; to en- 
slaw (lit. or flg.):— bring into (be under) bondage, 
X given, become (make) servant. 

1403. 8ox<f| d&cbe, dokh-ay'; from 1200; a recep- 
tion, i.e. convivial entertainment: — feast. 

1404. Sp&Kuv drakon, drafc'-oion; prob. from an 
alt. form of S^pieoaai derkftmal (to look); a fab- 
ulous kind of serpent (peril, as supposed to fasci- 
nate): — dragon. 

1405. Sp&a-o-ott.ai dras&6mal, dras'-som-a/iee; 
perh. akin to the base of 1404 (through the idea of 
capturing); to grasp, i.e. (fig.) entrap:— take. 

1406. Spaxp^j drachme, drakh-may'; from 1403; 
a drachma or (silver) coin (as handled): — piece (of 
silver). 

Sp4|UD dr&mo. Seej/<(j. 

1407. Sp^iravov drepandn, drep'-an-on; from 
Spttru) drepd (to pluck); a gathering hook (espec. 
for harvesting) : — sickle. 

1408. SpAuos drdmds, drom'-os; from the alt. of 
5143; a race, i.e. (flg.) career:— course. 

1409. Apovo-iXXa Drftusilla, droo'-sil-lah; a 
fem. dimin. of Drusus (a Rom. name) ; Drusilla, a 
member of the Herodian family :— Drusilla. 

SC|u duml. See 141b. 

1410. Svvuuai dnnamal, doo'-nam-ahee; of un- 
cert. affln. ; to be able or possible:— be able, can (do, 
+ -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power. 

1411. Svvauxs dunamii, doo'-nam-is; from 1410; 
force (lit. or flg.); spec miraculous power (usually 
by impl. a miracle itself) :— ability, abundance, mean- 
ing, might (-fly, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle (-s), 
power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work. 

1412. Svvau.6o dunamdo, doo-nam-o'-o; from 
1411; to enable: — strengthen. 

1413. Suv4cm|S dnnastes, doo-nas'-tace; from 
1410; a ruler or officer:— of great authority, mighty, 
potentate. 

1414. Sworfu dnnateo, doo-nat-eft'-o; from 
1413; to be efficient (fig.): — be mighty. 

1415. Swards dnnatds, doo-nat-os'; from 1410; 
powerful or capable (lit. or flg.); neut. possible:— 
able, could, (that is) mighty (man), possible, power, 
strong. 

1416. 8vv» dnno, doo'-no; or 

Sv|u dnml, doo'-mee; prol. forms of an obs. 
prim. Si«> duo, doo'-o (to st'nfe); to go 'down":— 
set. 

1417. S«o dud, doo'-o; a prim, numeral; " too";— 
both, twain, two. 



1418. Sver- dns-, duos; a prim, inseparable par- 
ticle of uncert. der. ; used only in composition as a 
pref.; fiard, i.e. with difficulty: (- hard, + griev- 
ous, etc. 

1419. Svo-pdoraKTOs da»baBtakt&B, doos-bas'- 
tak-tos; from 1418 and a der. of 941; oppressive:— 
grievous to be borne. 

1420. 8vo-6VTcpCa dusemterla, doos-en-ter-ee'-ah; 
from 1418 and a comp. of 1787 (mean, a bowel); i. 
" dysentery":— bloody flux, 

1421. 8wr«p r vf|V€VTOS dusermeneutos, doos-er- 
mane'-yoo-tos; from 1418 and a presumed der. of 
2030; difficult of explanation: — hard to be uttered. 

1422. SwtkoXos dnskdlds, doos'-kohos; from 
1418 and k6Xov kftlSn {food); prop, fastidious 
about eating (peevish), i.e. (gen.) impracticable:— 
hard. 

23. Svo-kAXws dnskdlds, doos-kol'-oce; adv. 
from 1422; impracticably:— hardly. 

1424. ov<r)vf\ dnsme, doos-may'; from 1416; the 
sun-set, i.e. (by impl.) the western region:— west 

1425. Sv(tv6t|tos dnsnfietfta, doos-no' -ay-toe; 
from 7#/*and a der. of 3339; difficult of perception:— 
hard to be understood. 

1426. Swifj-ijula. dnspkemla, doos-fay-mee'-ah; 
from a comp. of 1418 and 3343; defamation: — evil 
report. 

ova duo. See 1416. 

1427. o&otKa. dodeka, do'-dek-dh; from 1417 and 
1176; two and ten, i.e. a dozen: — twelve. 

1428. Su&licaTOS dodekatds, do-dek'-at-os; from 
1427; twelfth: —twelfth. 

1429. 8»8€Kd4wXov dodekapb-nlAn, do-defc-o/'- 
oo-lon; from 1427 and 3443; the commonwealth of 
Israel:— twelve tribes. 

1430. 8»|ia ddma, do'-mah; from Se'jjia dfimo 
(to build); prop, an edifice, i.e. (spec.) a roof: — 
housetop. 

1431. Staptd dor$a, do-reh-ah'; from 1433; a gra- 
tuity: — gift. 

1432. Supt&v dorian, do-reh-an'; aco. of 1431 as 
adv.; gratuitously (lit. or flg.):— without a cause, 
freely, for naught, in vain. 

1433. Sap^ojiai dorS5mat, do-reh'-om^ahee; mid. 
from 1433; to bestow) gratuitously:— give. 

1434 8<Spij|ia dorema, do'-ray-mah; from 1433; 
a bestowment:— gift. 

1435. Supov dordn, do'-ro»; a present; spec, a 
sacrifice:— gift, offering. 



1436. fo ja, eh'-ah; appar. imper. of 1430; prop. 
let it be, i.e. (as interj.) aha!:— let alone. 

1437. iiv San, eh-an'; from ^#$7 and jos; a condi- 
tional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often 
used in connection with other particles to denote in- 
definiteness or uncertainty:— before, but, except, 
(and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-) soever, though, 
when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, [who-] so 
(-ever). See330i. 

i&v f.i\ ean me. See 336/. 

1438. cavrov heautda, heh-dw-too' (tad. all the 
other cases); from a reflex, pron. otherwise obsoL 
and the gen. (dat. or ace.) of 84b; him- (her-, it-, 
them-, also [in conjunction with the pers. pron. of the 
other persons] my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), 
etc.:— alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), 
itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own (-selves), 
-(- that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them 
(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, 
own selves, -selves). 

1439. cdo) Jao, eh-ah'-o; of uncert. affln. ; to let be, 
i.e. permit or leave alone:— commit, leave, let (alone), 
suffer. See also 1436. 

1440. (PSo^Kovra h£bd«mek5nta, heb-dom- 
ay'-kon-tah; from 7442 and a modified form of 1176, 
seventy: — seventy, three score and ten. 

1441. «p8o|iT)KovTaK£s h£bd6mek«ntaklA, 

heb-dom-ay-kon-tak-is' ; multiple adv. from 1440; 
seventy times.— seventy times. 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



Dece 

Iraynopoyos 



25 



1442. IpSopos befeddmos, heb'-dom-os; ordinal 
from 2033; seventh: — seventh. 

1445. "E$ip Sb8r, eb-er 1 ; of Heb. or. [5877]; Eber, 
a patriarch:— Eber. 

1444- 'Eppa'iicds H ebraikdg, heb-rah-ee-kos'; 
from 7#c?; Hebraic or the Jewish languages- 
Hebrew. 

1445- "Eppatos H8bral£s, heb-rah'-yos; from 
1443; a Hebrcean (l.e. Hebrew) or Jew: — Hebrew. 

1446. 'E(3pats nf brain heb-rah-is 1 ; from 1443; 
the Hebraistic (i.e. Hebrew) or Jewish (Chaldee) lan- 
guage:— Hebrew. 

/^7. 'EppawrrC Jl.-braistt. heb^rah-U-tee 1 ; adv. 
from 7#o," Hebraistically or in the Jewish (Chaldee) 
language:— in (the) Hebrew (tongue). 
1448. ift% a 8gglzo, eng-id'-zo; from /,#/; to 
make near, i.e. (reflex.) approach;— approach, be at 
hand, come (draw) near, be (come, draw) nigh. 
144^. irfff&^a 8ggrapbo, eng-graf'-o; from 7722 
and 1x25', to " engrave", i.e. inscribe: — write (in). 

1450. cyyvos ggguda, eng'-goo-os; from 7722 and 
■yviov gnldn (a limb); pledged (as if articulated by 
a member), i.e. a bondsman:— surety. 

1451. iyfif 8ggns, eng-goos 1 ; from a prim, verb 
oyX*" agcbo (to squeeze or throttle; akin to the 
base of <(?) ; near (lit. or flg. , of place or time) :— from, 
at hand, near, nigh (at hand, unto), ready. 

1452. iyyirtpov eggnterdn, eng-goo'-ter-on; 
neut. of the comp. of 1451; nearer:— nearer. 

1453. i-yeCpo 8g81r5, eg-i'-ro; prob. akin to the 
base of 58 (through the idea of collecting one's facul- 
ties); to waken (trans, or intrans.), i.e. rouse (lit. 
from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from 
death; or flg. from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, non- 
existence):— awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear 
up, (a-) rise (again, up), stand, take up. 

1454- e-ytpo-is 8g8nls, eg'-er-sis; from 1433; a re- 
surgence (from death):— resurrection. 

1455. tyc66cTO$ egkathetfts, eng-fcaffc'-et-os; 
from 1122 and a der. of 2324; subinduced, i.e. surrep- 
titiously suborned as a lier-in-wait:— spy. 

1456. ryxatvia egkalnla, eng-kah'ee-nee-ah; 
neut. plur. of a presumed comp. from 1722 and 2.537,' 
innovatives, i.e. (spec.) renewal (of religious services 
after the Antiochian interruption): — dedication. 

1457. l-yKaivClJw 8gkalnlzo, eng-kahee-nid'-zo; 
from 145b; to renew, i.e. inaugurate.'— consecrate, 
dedicate. 

1458. k-^KO.\ia 8gkal8o, eng-kaUeh'-o; from 1722 
and 2564; to call in (as a debt or demand), i.e. bring 
to account (charge, criminate, etc.):— accuse, call in 
question, implead, lay to the charge. 

1459. tfKaraXtlira 8gkatal8Ipo, eng-kat-al-i'- 
■po; from 1722 and 2641; to leave behind in some place, 
i.e. (in a good sense) let remain over, or (in a bad 
one) to desert/— forsake, leave. 

1460. iyicaToiK&i 8gkatfilk8o, eng-kat-oy-keh'-o; 
from 1722 and 2730; to settle down in a place, i.e. re- 
side:— dwell among. 

1461. £yKcvrpC£<i> egkentrlzo, eng-ken-trid'-zo; 
from 1722 and a der. of 27/0; to prick in, i.e. tn- 
graft:— graft in (-to). 

1462. ryKXi|u,a egklema, eng'-klay-mah; from 
1458; an accusation, i.e. offence alleged: — crime laid 
against, laid to charge. 

1463. c7K0p.p60u.a1 8gk5mbd5mal, eng-kom- 
bo'-om-ahee; mid. from 1722 and K0|ip6«) kdmb&o 
(to gird); to engirdle oneself (for labor), i.e. flg. (the 
apron being a badge of servitude) to wear (in token 
of mutual deference):— be clothed with. 

1464. «YKOiri) £gk&pe, eng-kop-ay 1 ; from 1463,' » 
hindrance: — X hinder. 

1465. byK&vrtt 8gk3pto, eng-kop'-to; from 1722 
and 287s; to cut into, i.e. (fig.) impede, detain: — hin- 
der, be tedious unto. 

1466. tycpovma egkratfila, eng-krat'-i-ah; from 
7468; self-control (espec. continence);— temperance. 

1467. CYKpareiouai 6gkrat8n5mal, eng-krat- 
yoo> ' om-ahee; mid. from 140S; to exercise self-re- 



straint (in diet and chastity):— can ([-not]) contain, be 
temperate. 

1468. (•jfKpa'Hjs egkrates, eng-krat-ace' ; from 
1722 and 2904; strong in a thing (.masterful), i.e. (flg. 
and reflex.) self-controlled (in appetite, etc.):— tem- 
perate. 

1469. eyicpCvw egkrlno, eng-kree'^no; from 7722 
and 2919; to Judge in, i.e. count among:— make of the 
number. 

1470. tyicpfarTtt ekgrupto, eng-ftroop'-to; from 
1722 and 2928; to conceal in, i.e. incorporate with: — 
hid in 

1471. €710105 egkuAs, eng'-koo-os; from 7722 and 
the base of 2949; swelling inside, i.e. pregnant: — 
great with child. 

1472. £yxp((o egcbrlo, eng-khree'-o; from 7722 
and 3348; to rub in (oil), i.e. besmear:— anoint. 

1473. iy& 8go, eg-ol; a prim. pron. of the first 
pers. /(only expressed when emphatic):— I, me. For 
the other cases and the plur. see 7697, 1698, 1700, 2248, 

224Q, 22S4, 2257, 6tC. 

1474. e8a<j>CJ« edapbizo, ed-af-id'-zo; from 1475; 
to raze:— lay even with the ground. 

1475. tSa<t>os edapbde, ed'-af-os; from the base 
of 7476,' a basis (bottom), i.e. the soil:— ground. 

1476. cSpaios bedralfts, hed-rah'-yos; from a 
der. of c£opai h&zomal (to sit); sedentary, i.e. (by 
impl.) immovable:— settled, stedfast. 

1477. cSpadoua hidraioma, hed-rah'-yo-mah; 
from a der. of 1476; a support, i.e. (flg.) basis:— 
ground. 

1478. 'EjcxCas £z8klas, ed-zek-ee'-as; of Heb. 
or. [2396]; Ezekias (i.e. Hezekiah), an Isr.:— Ezekias. 

1479. cecXoepno-Kcta etheldthreskela, eth-el- 
oth-race-ki'-ah; from 2300 and 2356; voluntary (arbi- 
trary and unwarranted) piety, i.e. sanctimony:— 
will worship. 

!6«\<e 8th81o. See 2300. 

1480. e9C£« etbizo, eth-id'-zo; from 1485', to ac- 
custom, i.e. (neut. pass, part.) customary: — custom. 

1481. c0vdpxns Stbnarcbes, eth-nar'-khace; 
from 1484 and 74b; the governor [not king] 0/ a dis- 
trict:— ethnarch. 

1482. tOviicos £tbnlk5s, eth-neeJeos' ; from 7^; 
national ("effcnic"), i.e. (spec.) a Gentile:— heathen 
(man). 

1483. ISvikus Sthnlkos, eth-nee-koce' ; adv. from 
7^f2,' as a Qentile:— after the manner of Gentiles. 
i4&4. *8vos ethiios, eth'-nos; prob. from 7^*; a 
race (as of the same habit), te. a frioe; spec, a .for- 
eign (non-Jeteisft) one (usually by impl. pagan):— 
Gentile, heathen, nation, people. 

1485. cOos e til 6s. eth'-os; from i486; a usage (pre- 
scribed by habit or law):— custom, manner, be wont. 
i486, cdu etho, eth'-o; a prim, verb; to be used 
(by habit or conventionality); neut. perf. part, 
usage:— be custom (manner, wont). 

1487. cl 81, i; a prim, particle of conditiouality; if, 
whether, that, etc.:— forasmuch as, if, that, ([al-]) 
though, whether. Often used in connection or com- 
position with other particles, espec. as in 1489, 1490, 
1409, 1308, 1309, 1512, 1513, 133b, 1337. See also i437- 

1488. ct 81, i; second pers. sing. pres. of 1310; thou 
art: — art, be. 

1489. el-ye 81g6, i'-gheh; from 1487 and 7ooj; if in- 
deed, seeing that, unless, (with neg.) otherwise:— if 
(so be that, yet). 

1490. ct St p(\(yi) el de me(g8), i deh may'- 
(gheh) ; from 1487, ubi and 33b: (sometimes with 7065 
added); but if not:— (or) else, if (not, otherwise), 
otherwise. 

1491. ctSos eidfts, i'-dos, from 7402; a view, i.e. 
form (lit. or flg.):— appearance, fashion, shape, sight. 

1492. cCSce eldo, i'-do; a prim, verb; used only in 
certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from 
the equiv. 3700 and 3708; prop, to see (lit. or flg.) ; by 
impl. (in the perf. only) to know:— be aware, behold, 
X can (+ not tell), oonsider, (have) know (-ledge), 
look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, 
wist, wot. Comp.j7oo. 



1493. clSuXciov eldoleldn, i-do-li'-on; neut. of a 
presumed der. of 7497; an image-fane:— idol's temple. 

1494. ctSuXoeuTOV eldoldthutdn, i-do-loth'-oo- 
ton; neut. of a comp. of 7497 and a presumed der. of 
2380; an image-sacrifice, i.e. part of an idolatrous 
offering:— (meat, thing that is) offered (in sacrifice, 
sacrificed) to (unto) idols. 

1495. tlSuXoXarpeta glddlftlatrela, i-do-loUit 
ri'-ah; from 7^97 and 2009; image-worship (lit. or 
fig.):— idolatry. 

1496. ctSuXoXdrpns eldolttlatres, i do-toj-of- 
race; from 1497 and the base of 3000; an image- (ser- 
vant or) worshipper (lit. or flg.):— idolater. 

1497. ctSuXov eldol5n, i'-do-lon; from 1491; an 
image (i.e. for worship); by impl. a heathen god, or 
(plur.) the worsftip of such:— idol. 

U/98. etnv elen, i'-ane; optative (i.e. Eng. sub- 
junctive) pres. of 7j7o (includ. the other pers.); might 
(could, would or should) be: — mean, + perish, should 
be, was, were. 

1499. ct KO.C 61 kal, i kahee; from 7^57 and 233s; 
if also (or even):— if (that), though. 

1500. tlici\ Slke, i-kay'; prob. from 7.5-02 (through 
the idea of failure); idly, i.e. without reason (or 
effect):— without a cause, (in) vain (-ly). 

1501. ctxoo'i elkdsl, i'-kos-ee; of uncert. afflu. ; a 
score:— twenty. 

1502. cCku eiko, i'-ko; appar. a prim, verb; prop, 
to be weak, i.e. yield:— give place. 

1503. ctK0 Slkd. i'-ko; appar. a prim, verb [perh. 
akin to 1302 through the idea of faintness as a copy] ; 
to resemble: — be like. 

1504. ctwiv elkon, i-kone 1 ; from 7joj; a Kfceness, 
i.e. (lit.) statue, profile, or (flg.) representation, re- 
semblance:— image. 

1505. ctXiKpCvcia elllki-lnela, i-lik-ree'^ni-ah; 
from 7506,' clearness, i.e. (by impl.) purity (flg.):— 
sincerity. 

1506. cCXiKpiv^s elllkrlnes, i-lik^ree-nace' ; from 
ctXi] heile (the sun's ray) and 2979; judged by sun- 
light, i.e. tested as genuine (flg.):— pure, sincere. 

1507. ciXto-o-u helllssd, hi-lis'-so; a prol. form of 
a prim, but defective verb ctXu bello (of the same 
mean.); to coil or wrap:— roll together. See also 
7667. 

1508. il urfj 81 me, i may; from 1487 and 3361; if 
not:— but, except (that), if not, more than, save (only) 
that, saving, till. 

1509. cl p.^ ti 81 me tl, i may tee; from 1508 
and the neut. oisioo; if not somewhat: — except. 

1510. ctpC 81ml, i-mee'; first pers. sing. pres. in- 
die; a prol. form of a prim, and defective verb; I 
exist (used only when emphatic):— am, have been, 
X it is I, was. See also 1488, 1408, 1511, 1327, 2238, 
2071, 2070, 2073, 207b, 2771, 2468, sboo. 

1511. ctvai fiual. i'-naftee; pres. infln. from 7/70; 
to exist:— am, are, come, is, x lust after, x please 
well, there is, to be, was. 

ctvcKtv lif'inf kf-ii See 1752. 

1512. cl irep 81 p8r, iper; from 1487016.4007; if 
perhaps:— ii so be (that), seeing, though. 

1513. ct ir«s 81 pos. ipoce; f rom 1487 and 4438; if 
somehow: — if by any means. 

1514. ctptivtwa eireneuo, i^rane-yoo'-o; from 
1315; to be (act) peaceful:— be at (have, live in) peace, 
live peaceably. 

1515. elp^jvn elrene, i^rav>-nay; prob. from a 
prim, verb clpu giro (to join); peace (lit. or fig.); 
by impl. prosperity:— one, peace, quietness, rest, 
+ set at one again. 

1516. ctprjviKos Slrenlkfts, i-ray-nee-kos'; from 
1515; pacific; by impl. salutary:— peaceable. 

1517. clpflvoiroie'a) 81ren6p518o, i^ray-nop-oy- 
eh'-o; from 1518; to be a peace-maker, i.e. (flg.) to 
harmonize: — make peace. 

1518. clpnvoiroios 81ren5p51As, vray-nop^yy-os/; 
from 1515 and 4700; pacificatory, i.e. (subj.) peace- 
able: — peacemaker. 

clp» 81ro. Beersi3,44&,S346. 



26 



Ice 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



1619. ets Ms, ice; a prim, prep.; to or info (indicat- 
ing the point reached or entered), of place, time, or 
(flg.) purpose (result, etc.); also in adv. phrases:— 
[abundant-] ly, against, among, as, at, [back-] ward, 
before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more 
exceeding, for [intent, purpose], fore, + forth, in 
(among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent 
that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-) on, -f- perish, 
+ set at one again, (so) that, therefore (-unto), through- 
out, till, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-) until (-to), 
. . . ward, [where-] fore, with. Often used in com- 
position with the same general import, but only with 
verbs (etc.) expressing motion (lit. or flg.). 

1520. tte hels, hice; (includ. the neut. [etc.] cv 
hen); a prim, numeral; one:— a (-n, -ny, certain), 
-|- abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. 
See also 7527, 33t>7, 339', 3102. 

1521. eUra-yw elsago, ice-ag'-o; from 75-79 and 71; 
to introduce (lit. or flg.):— bring in (-to), (+ was to) 
lead into. 

1522. cUraKOvu 81sakduo, ice-ak-oo'-o; from 
rjig and rqr; to listen to:— hear. 

1523. tUr%lxopnx etsdech&mal, ice-dekh'-om- 
ahee; from 75/9 and 1209; to take into one's favor:— 
receive. 

1524- cfmt|u eiselml, ice'-i-mee; from 73/9 and 
ttui (Mini (to go); to enter:— enter (go) into. 

1525. tbrlpxopat elserch5mal, ice-er'-khom- 
ahee; from rj/g and 2064; to enter (lit. or flg.):— 
X arise, come (in, into), enter in (-to), go in (through). 

1526. tUrl ei»l, i-see'; 3d pers. plur. pres. indie, of 
1310; they are:— agree, are, be, dure, X is, were. 

1527. els tco.8' (ts hels kath> hels, hice kath 
hice; from 1520 repeated with 2390 inserted; sever- 
ally:— one by one. 

1528. eUncaXIa) elskaleo, ice-kal-eh'-o; from 75-/9 
and 2564; to invite in: — call in. 

1529. eftroSos 81sdd&s, ice'-od-os; from. 7.5-79 and 
3598; an entrance (lit. or flg.):— coming, enter (-ing) 
in (to). 

1530. «UnrnSd«> elrpedao, ice-pay-dah'-o; from 
7.579 and irnSdn) pedad (to leap); to rusfc in:— run 
(spring) in. 

1531. <to"iropevou.cu 81spAr8u5mal, ice-por-uoo'- 
om-ahee; from 7,5/9 and 4198; to enter (lit. or flg.) : — 
come (enter) in, go into. 

1532. tUrrpixa elstrecho, ice-trekh'-o; from /j-79 
and 5143; to hasten inward: — run in. 

1633. tur4><pw £lsphero, ice-fer'-o; from 75-79 
and 53421 to carry inward (lit. or flg.):— bring (in), 
lead into. 

1634. etra elta, i'-tah; of uncert. affln. ; a particle 
of succession (in time or logical enumeration), then, 
moreover:— after that (-ward), furthermore, then. 
See also rSgg. 

1635. «t« 81te\ i'-teh; from 1487 and 3037; if too:— 
if, or, whether. 

1636. ii tis 81 tls, i tis; from 1487 and 5100; if 
amy:— he that, if a (-ny) man ('s, thing, from any, 
ought), whether any, whosoever. 

1537. Ik 8k, ek; or 

1$ 8x, ex; a prim. prep, denoting origin (the 
point whence motion or action proceeds), from, out 
(of place, time or cause; lit. or flg.; direct or re- 
mote):— after, among, X are, at, betwixt (-yond), by 
(the means of), exceedingly, (4- abundantly above), 
for (-th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, 
-f heartily, xih eavenlyj X hereby, + very highly, in, 
. . . ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out 
among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, 
through, X unto, X vehemently, with (-out). Often 
used in composition, with the same general import; 
often of completion. 

1538. ftccurros hekastds, hek'-as-tos; as if a su- 
oerlatlve of CKas hekas (afar); each or every:— 
any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), par- 
ticularly. 

1539. iK&oTort hekastdtg, hek-as'-tot-eh; as if 
from 1538 and 5119; at every time:— always. 

1540. Ikovtov h&katttn, hek-at-on'; of uncert. 
affln.; a hundred:— hundred. 



1541. €kotovto.4ttjs h8katAnta8tes, hek-at-on- 
tah-et'-ace; from 1540 and 2094; centenarian:— 
hundred years old. 

1542. cKaTovrairXao-Uv hekat&ntaplaslon, 

hek-at-on-ta-plah-see'-own; from 1540 and a pre- 
sumed der. of 4111; a hundred times:— hundredfold. 

1543. CKaTOVTap\i)$ hekatAntarches, hek-at- 
on-tar'-khace; or 

CKar6vrapxos hekatdntarchds, hek-at- 
on'-tar-khos; from 1540 and 737; the captain of one 
hundred men: — centurion. 

1544- IkJWXXm ekballo, ek-bal'-lo; from 1337 and 
906; to eject (lit. or flg.):— bring forth, cast (forth, 
out), drive (out), expel, leave, pluck (pull, take, 
thrust) out, put forth (out), send away (forth, out). 

1545. 4'kJJoo-i.s ekbasls, eft' -bos-is; from a comp. 
of 1J37 and the base of 939 (mean, to go out) ; an exit 
(lit. or flg.) :— end, way to escape. 

1546. iK$o\i] 8kb61e, ek-bol-ay'; from 1344; ejec- 
tion, i.e. (spec.) a throwing overboard of the cargo: — 
+ lighten the ship. 

1547. «K70(j.tJ<* ekgamlzd, ek-gam-id'-zo; from 
1537 and a form of tobi [comp. 1548]; to marry off a 
daughter:— give in marriage. 

1548. eK-yapCc-icw ekgamlsko, ek-gam-is'-ko; 
from 1J37 and icbi; the same as 1547:— give in mar- 
riage. 

1549. «K-yovov 8kg5n6n, ek'-gon-on; neut. of a 
der. of a comp. of 1537 and 109b; a descendant, i.e. 
(spec.) grandchild:— nephew. 

1550. licSairav&o ekdapanao, ek-dap-an-ah'-o; 
from 1537 and /J39; to expend (wholly), i.e. (flg.) ex- 
haust:— spend. 

1551. tKSexo(itti 8kd8ch5mal, ek-dekh'-om- 
ahee; from 1337 and 1209; to accept from some 
source, i.e. (by impl.) to await:— expect, look (tarry) 
for, wait (for). 

1552. IkSuXos ekdel6s, ek'-day-los; from 1537 
and 1212; wholly evident: — manifest. 

1553. 4K&npiw 8kdem8o, ek-day-meh'-o; from a 
comp. of 1337 and 1218; to emigrate, l.e. (flg.) vacate 
or quit:— be absent. 

1554. IkSCSuui ekdldoml, ek-did-o'-mee; from 
/j-j7 and 1325; to give forth, i.e. (spec.) to lease:— let 
forth (out). 

1555. iKoVrrylouai. 8kdleg8dmal, ek-dee-ayg-eh'- 
om-ahee; from 1337 and a comp. of 1223 and 23X?; to 
narrate through wholly:— declare. 

1556. IkSikIu 8kdlk8o, ek-dik-eh'-o; from /jrytf; 
to vindicate, retaliate, punish: — a (re-) venge. 

1557. 4k8(ki)<ti9 ekdlkcsls, ek-dik> -ay-sis; from 
75-56; utudication, retribution: — (a-, re-) venge (-auce), 
punishment. 

1558. ckSikos 8kdlk5H, ek'-dik-os; from /J37 and 
7349; carrying justice out, I.e. a punisher:— a (re-) 
venger. 

i559. IkSuSkw ekdloko, efc-dee-o'-fco; from 7337 
and 1377; to pursue out, i.e. expel or persecute im- 
placably:— persecute. 

7560. ckSotos 8kd5t5s, eW-dot-os; from 7337 and 
a der. of 1323; given out or over, i.e. surrendered:— 
delivered. 

I56\Z. IkSox^ ekd6che, ek-dokh-ay'; from 7537; 
expectation:— looking for. 

1562. 4kSvo> ekduo, efc-doo'-o; from 1337 and the 
base of 141b; to cause to sinfc out of, i.e. (spec, as of 
clothing) to divest:— strip, take off from, unclothe. 

1563. licet ekel, ek-i'; of uncert. affln.; there; by 
extens. thither:— there, thither (-ward), (to) yonder 
(place). 

1564. 4k«C9«v ekelthen, ek-i'-then; from 7363; 
thence:— from that place, (from) thence, there. 

1565. IkcCvos 8k81nAs, ek-i'-nos; from /jij; ttei 
one (or [neut.] thing); often intensified by the art. 
prefixed:— he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that 
(same, very), X their, x them, they, this, those. See 
also 3778. 

1566. Ikcutc ekelse, efc-i'-seh; from J363; 
thither:— there. 



1567. lK%rl«> SkzetCS, efe-zau-tefc'-o; from 75^ 
and 2212; to search out, i.e. (flg.) investigate, crave, 
demand, (by Hebr.) worship:— «n- (re-) quire, seek 
after (carefully, diligently). 

1568. lK8au.pl<<> ekthambeo, ek-tham-beh'-o; 
from 1369; to astonish utterly:— affright, greatly 
(sore) amaze. 

1569. 6K9a|ipos 8kthamb&B, ek'-tham-bos; from 
1337 and 2283; utterly astounded: — greatly wonder- 
ing. 

1570. ckBctos 8kth8tds, eW-thet-os; from /#7 
and a der. of 3087; put out, i.e. exposed to perish:— 
cast out. 

1571. lKKa6a(pu 8kkathalro, ek-kath-ah'ee-ro; 
from 1537 and 2308; to cleanse thoroughly:— purge 
(out). 

1572. IkkuCu ekkalo, efc-fcoh'-«o; from 1337 and 
s 545\ to inflame deeply:— burn. 

1573. IkkcucIu ekkaked, ek-kak-eh'-o; from 1337 
and 2336; to 6e (6ad or) weak, te. (by impl.) to fail 
(in heart):— faint, be weary. 

1574- IkkcvtIu Skkenteo, efc-lcen-tea'-o; from 
1337 and the base of 2739; to transfix:— pierce. 

1575. IkkX&o ekklao, ek-klah'-o; from 7537 and 
i<Sb6; to acsemd.-— break off. 

1576. tKKKda 8kkl81o, ek-kli'-o; from 1337 and 
sAkf; to shut out (lit. or fig.): — exclude. 

1577. lKK\i)<r(a 8kklesla, ek-klay-see'-ah; from a 
comp. of 1337 and a der. of 2364; a caHins out, i.e. 
(concr.) a popular meeting, espec. a religious congre- 
gation (Jewish synagogue, or Chr. community of 
members on earth or saints in heaven or both):— as- 
sembly, church. 

1578. IkkXIvoi 8kkllno, efc-Mee'-no; from 7.537 
and 2827; to deviate, i.e. (absol.) to shun (lit. or fig.), 
or (rel.) to decline (from piety):— avoid, eschew, go 
out of the way. 

1579. iKKo\v|iPa<» 8kk51ambao, efc-fcol-oom- 
bah'-o; from 1337 and 2860; to escape by swimming:— 
swim out. 

1580. iKKopCtu ekkdmlzo, ek-kom-id'-zo; from 
1337 and 2865; to bear forth (to burial):— carry out. 

1581. tKKOirra 8kkftpto, ek-kop'-to; from 7537 
and 2875; to exscind; fig. to frustrate: — cut down (off, 
out), hew down, hinder. 

1582. iKKplpaucu ekkremamal, ek-krem'-am- 
ahee; mid. from 1337 and 2910; to hang upon the lips 
of a speaker, i.e. Zisten closely:— be very attentive. 
7553. IxXaXlu 8klal8o, ek-lal-eh'-o; from 7.537 
and 2980; to divulge:— tell. 

J5S4- lKXd|iir<i» fklampo. ek-lam'-po; from 7^37 

and 29i?9; to 6e resplendent:— shine forth. 

i555. lK\avSdvo|iai eklauthandmal, ek-lan- 

than' -om-ahee; mid. from /jcj7 and 2990; to 6e utterly 

oblivious of: — forget. 

75S6. !kX£yo|UU eklegSmal, efc-Ieg'-om-anee; 

mid. from 7537 and 3004 (in its prim, sense); to se- 

lect:— make choice, choose (out), chosen. 

J5S7. IkXcCito 8kl81po, ek-li'-po; from 7J37 and 

3007; to omit, i.e. (by impl.) cease (die):— fail. 

AWS. IkXcktos eklektds, ek-lek-tos'; from j-jil); 

select; by impl. favorite: — chosen, elect. 

1589. IkXoy^ 8kl6ge, ek-log-ay'; from #<»,■ (di- 
vine) selection (abstr. or concr.): — chosen, election. 

1590. IkXvu 8klno, ek-loo'-o; from 1337 and 3089; 
to relax (lit. or flg.):— faint. 

1591. lK|j.a(r<ra ekmasso, efc-mos'-so; from 1337 
and the base of 3'45i to knead out, i.e. (by anal.) to 
wipe dry:— wipe. 

759^. lK(iuKTcpC5«> 8kmnkt8rlzo, ek-mook-ter- 

id'-zo; from 7.537 and J4156; to sneer outright at:— 

deride. 

1593. Ikvcvu 8kn8ao, ek-nyao'-o; from 7,537 and 

3506; (by anal.) to slip off, i.e. quietly u>itAdraui;— 

convey self away. 

1594- !iwfj<|xi> eknepho, ek-nay'-fo; from 1337 

and 3323; (fig.) to rouse (oneself) out of stupor:— 

awake. 

1595. iKoiirwv h8k5asl<Sn, aefc-oo'-see-on; neut. 

of a der. from i6js; voluntariness: — willingly. 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



Ice 
Eloee 



27 



si 



h 



4. 



1596. CKowrkis h£k6uslds, hek-oo-see'-oce; adv. 
from the same as 1303; voluntarily: — wilfully, wil- 
lingly. 

1597. EKiraXai £kpalal, ek'-paVahee; from rss7 
avAjgiQ; long ago, for a long while:— ot a long time, 
of old. 

1598. lKir£ipa|i» ekpelrazo, ek-pi-rad'-zo; from 
1337 and 3083; to test thoroughly:— tempt. 

1599. lKirlu.ir<i> ekpempo, ek-pem'-po; from 1537 
&ndsQ9 s t *° despatch: — send away (forth). 

iKirepio-o-ov «Skp£lrlss6u. See 1537 and 
40S3- 

1600. iKircrdwvfii (kpStannmnl, ek-pet-an'- 
noo-mee; from 7/57 and a form of 4072; to fly out, i.e. 
(by anal.) extend:— stretch forth. 

1 1601. 4Kir£irr» 8kplpto, efc-pip'-to; from 1337 and 
4008; to drop away; spec, be driven out o£ one's 
course; flg. to lose, become inefficient: — be cast, fail, 
fall (away, off), take none effect. 

1602. 4kttX4o> ekpleo, ek-pleh'-o; from 1337 and 
4126; to depart by ship:— sail (away, thence). 

1603. 4KirXr)p6<i> ekplerdo, ek-play-ro'-o; from 
1337 and 4137; to accomplish entirely :— fulfill. 
1604- ^KirX^ pawns, ekplerogls, ek-play'-ro-sis; 
from 1603; completion:— accomplishment. 

1605. 4KirX'fjo - <r<i> Kkplesso, ek-place'-so; from 
1337 and 4141 ; to strike with astonishment:— amaze, 
astonish. 

1606. ixitvia ekpneo, ek-pneh'-o; from 1537 and 
4134; to empire; — give up the ghost. 

1607. fairop«vo|UU ekpdr&udmal, ek-por-yoo'- 
om-ahee; from 1337 and 4108; to depart, be dis- 
charged, proceed, project:— come (forth, out of), de- 
part, go (forth, out), issue, proceed (out of). 

1608. €KiropvCTai £kp6rneuo, ek-porn-yoo'-o; 
from /£?? and 42031 to 6e utteWw unchaste: — give self 
over to fornication. 

1609. 4KirTit<D €kptuo, ek-ptoo'-o; from 1337 and 
442q; to spit out, i.e. (flg.) spurn:— reject. 

1610. *Kpil,6a ekrizfto, eft-rt'd-«o'-o; from /£?7 
and 4#>2,' to uproot:— pluck up by the root, root up. 

1611. CKCTCuris gkstasls, ek'-stas-is; from 1830; 
a displacement of the mind, i.e. bewilderment, " ecs- 
tasy" : \- be amazed, amazement, astonishment, 

trance. 

1612. «KsrTp6j>« ekatrepho, ek-stref-o; from 
7537 and 476.2 ," to pervert (flg.) :— subvert. 
7675. iKTap&o-e™ ektarasso, ek-tar-as'-so; from 
/j37B,ndjois; to disturb wholly: — exceedingly trou- 
ble. 

767£ <KT«tv<o ekt&no, efc-ii'-jto; from 7f.?7 and 
tcCvu tfino (to stretcft); to extend:— cast, put forth, 
stretch forth (out). 

1615. 4kt«X4u> ektelSo, ek-tel-eh'-o; from 1337 and 
505-5; to complete fully:— finish. 

1616. ixrlvaa. *kt« u.'ia. ek-ten'-i-ah; from ibi8; 
intentness:— X instantly. 

1617. &Ttv&rTcpov ektenesterSn, efc-ten-es'- 
ter-on; neut. of the comp. of 1618; more intently:— 
more earnestly. 

1618. iKTtvfjs ektfines, efc-te»-ace'; from 1614; 
intent:— without ceasing, fervent. 

1619. licTevfis fiktenos, ek-ten-oce'; adv. from 
/6f<P,- intent!?/.-— fervently. 

76l?0. 4ktC0tuu ektltheml, ek-tith'-ay-mee; from 
7537 and 5087; to eapose; flg. to declare: — cast out, 
expound. 

1621. 4ktivAo-(t» ektlnasso, ek-tin-as'-so; from 
1337 and Tivdtrcno tinasso (to swing); to sftafte 
violently:— shake (off). 

1622. 4kt<5s ektds, ek-tos'; from 7537; the exte- 
rior; flg. (as a prep.) aside from, besides;— but, ex- 
cept (-ed), other than, out of, outside, unless, without. 

1623. Jktos hSktos, hek'-tos; ordinal from /ft)?; 
stVttft:— sixth. 

1621f. eKTptVa ektrepo, ek-trep'-o; from /J37 and 
the base of jy7," to deflect, i.e. turn omxju (lit, or 
flg.):— avoid, turn (aside, out of the way). 



1625. 4icTp4<|><i> ektrepho, ek-tref'-o; from 1537 
and 5742; to rear up to maturity, i.e. (gen.) to cherish 
or train: — bring up, nourish. 

1626. CKTpii>|ia ektroma, ek'-tro-mah; from a 
comp. of 1337 and TiTp<i<rK<o tltrosko (to wound) ; 
a miscarriage (abortion), i.e. (by anal.) untimely 
birth:— born out of due time. 

76#7. !kc)>^p<i> ekphero, ek-fer'-o; from 7.537 and 
.5342; to bear out (lit. or flg.):— bear, bring forth, 
carry forth (out). 

1628. lK$tiyu ekpbengo, ek-fyoo'-go; from 1337 
®aA5343; to^ee out: — escape, flee. 

1629. 4i«t>o|3«« ekphdbeo, ek-fob-eh'-o; from 1337 
and 3300; to frighten utterly: — terrify. 

1630. «K<t>o|3os ekpkdbds, ek'-fob-os; from 1337 
and 3401; frightened out of one's wits: — sore afraid, 
exceedingly fear. 

1631. «k<|>v» gkplmd, ek-foo'-o; from 7.537 and 
3433! to sprout up;— put forth. 

1632. iK\(a ekcbeo, ek-kheh'-o; or (by var.) 
4k\vv<i> ekcbuoo, ek-khoo'-no; from 7.537 

and X^ w cbeo (to pour); to pour forth; flg. to 
bestow/— gush (pour) out, run greedily (out), shed 
(abroad, forth), spill. 

1633. Ikx»P«'» ekckorSo, ek-kho-reh'-o; from 
7537 and 3362; to depart:— depart out. 

1634. Ik\|/ux < * ekpsncho, ek-psoo'-kho; from 7.537 
andssw; to expire:— give (yield) up the ghost. 
1655. €K<iv hfkon. hek-own'; of uncert. afflu.; 
voluntary: — willingly. 

7656. tXaCa Malii el-ah'-yah; fern, of a presumed 
der. from an obsol. prim. ; an oiitie (the tree or the 
fruit):— olive (berry, tree). 

1637. i'Xaiov elal&n, el'-ah-yon; neut. of the same 
as it&b; olive oil: — oil. 

1638. IXauov ."laloii, el-ah-yone'; from 1636; an 
olive-orchard, i.e. (spec.) the Mt. of Olives:— Olivet. 

1639. 'EXap,CrT|S islamites, el-am-ee'-tace; of 
Heb. or. [5867] ; an Blamite or Persian:— Elamite. 

1640. 4Xdcnrttv elasson, el-as'-sone; or 
IXdrruv elattdn, el-at-tone'; comp. of the 

same as 1646; smaller (in size, quantity, age or qual- 
ity):— less, under, worse, younger. 

1641. 4Xottov4<i> eiattoneo, el-at-ton-eh-o; from 
1640; to diminish, i.e. fall short:— have lack. 

1642. 4Xo.tto<i» eiattdo, el-at-to'-o; from jiVv to 
lessen (in rank or influence) :— decrease, make lower. 

1643. 4Xa«v<* elauno, et-o«/-no, a prol. form of 
a prim, verb (obsol. except in certain tenses as an 
altem. of this) of uncert. affln. ; to push (as wind, 
oars or deemoniacal power):— carry, drive, row. 
1644- 4\ai(>pCa elaphria, el-af-ree'-ah; from 1045; 
levity (flg.), i.e. fickleness: — lightness. 

1645. IXtuppos elaphrds, el-af-ros'; prob. akin to 
1643 and the base of 1640; light, i.e. easy :— light. 

1646. IXAxicrros elacblstds, el-akh'-is-tos; su- 
perl. of i'Xaxvs glachus (short) ; used as equiv. to 
3308; least (in size, amount, dignity, etc.):— least, very 
little (small), smallest. 

1647. IXaxwrroTtpos elachlstdterfts, el-akh-is- 
tot'-er-os; comp. of 1646; far less:— less than the least. 

1648. 'EXed^ap Eleazar, el-eh-ad'-zar; of Heb. 
or. [499]; Eleazar, an Isr.:— Eleazar. 

1649. eXpy5 l S 81Sgxls, el'-eng-xis; from 1631; ref- 
utation, i.e. reproof: — rebuke. 

1650. j-Xeyxos eI8gchds, el'-eng-khos; from 1631; 
proof, conviction: — evidence, reproof. 

1651. IX^x™ elfigcbo, el-eng'-kho; of uncert. af- 
fln.; to confute, admonish: — convict, convince, tell a 
fault, rebuke, reprove. 

1652. 4X«iv<Ss elS£inds, el-eh-i-nos' ; from 163b; 
-pitiable: — miserable. 

1653. IXelu ele£o, el-eh-eh'-o; from 1636; to com- 
passionate (by word or deed, spec, by divine grace):— 
have compassion (pity on), have (obtain, receive, 
shew) mercy (on). 

1654- &.ti\\i.<urbvr\ eleem5suiie, el-eh-ay-mos- 
oo'-nay; from 1636; compassionateness, i.e. (as exer- 



cised towards the poor) bene/icence, or (concr.) a 

benefaction: — alms (-deeds). 

1655. k\ii\pav eleemdn, el-eh-ay'-mone; from 

1633; compassionate (actively): — merciful. 

1656. e'Xcos £1668, el'-eh-os; of uncert. affln. ; com- 
passion (human or divine, espec. active):— (+ tender) 
mercy. 

1657. k\ev8epla <3leatlieria, el-yoo-ther-ee'-ah; 
from 1638; freedom (legitimate or licentious, chiefly 
mor. or cer.):— liberty. 

1658. IXcvSepos eieutberds, el-yoo'-ther-os; 
prob. from the alt. of 2064; unrestrained (to go at 
pleasure), i.e. (as a citizen) not a slave (whether free- 
born or manumitted), or (gen.) exempt (from obliga- 
tion or liability):— free (man, woman), at liberty. 

1659. <Xcv6cp6«> eleutlieriio, el-yoo-ther-o'-oj 
from 1638; to liberate, i.e. (flg.) to exempt (from mor., 
cer. or mortal liability):— deliver, make free. 

cXcvSu elfiutho. See 2064. 

1660. 4'A.oio-i.s eleueis, el'-yoo-sis; from the alt. of 
2004; an advent:— coming. 

1661. 4X«<pdvTivos .K-pli ami 110s el-ef-an'-tee- 
nos; from 4X«pas elephas (an " elephant "); ele- 
phantine, i.e. (by impl.) composed of ivory: — of ivory. 

1662. 'EXiaiccCp. (jllakeiin, el-ee-ak-ime' ; of Heb. 
or. [471]; Eliakim, an Isr.:— Eliakim. 

1663. 'EXi4f,«p fiUezer, el-ee-ed'-zer; of Heb. or. 
[461] ; Eliezer, an Isr. : — Eliezer. 

1664. 'EXiovS £lldnd, el-ee-ood'; of Heb. or. [410 
and 1935] ; God of majesty; Eliud, an Isr. :— Eliud. 

1665. 'EXurdpVr f lisab. t el-ee-sab'-et; of Heb. 
or. [472] ; Elisabet, an Israelitess:— Elisabeth. 

1666. 'EXunratos £llssal5n, el-is-sah'-yos; of 
Heb. or. [477] ; Elissceus, an Isr.:— Elissfflus. 

7667. eXio-o-w heilsso, helris'-so; a form of 1507; 

to coil or wrap:— fold up. 

766S. 4'Xkos helkds, hel'-kos; prob. from 1670; an 

utcer (as if drawn together): — sore. 

7669. eXxdu helkdo, hel-kb'-o; from 1068; to cause 

to ulcerate, i.e. (pass.) be ulcerous:— full of sores. 

7676. c'Xkvo helkuo, hel-koo'-o; or 

tKxa helko, hel'-ko; prob. akin to 138; to 
drag (lit. or flg.):— draw. Comp. 1667. 
1671. 'EXXds Hellas, hel-las'; of uncert. affln.; 
Hellas (or Greece), a country of Europe: — Greece. 
7672. "EXXnv Hellen, hel'-lane; from 1671; a 
Hellen (Grecian) or inhab. of Hellas; by extens. a 
Greek-speaking person, espec. a non-Jew:— Gentile, 
Greek. 

7675. "EXXtivikos HellenlkAs, hel-lay-nee-kos' ; 
from 1072; Hellenic, i.e. Grecian (in language):— 
Greek. 

767£ "EXXi}vCs Hellenls, heUay-nis'; fern, of 
1672; a Grecian (i.e. non-Jewish) woman: — Greek. 

7675. 'EXXi]vi,<rrfjs HellenUtes, hel-lay-nis- 
tace'; from a der. of 1672; a Hellenist or Greek-speak- 
ing Jew:— Grecian. 

7676. 'EXX^no-rC Hellenlstl, hel-lay-nis-tee'; 
adv. from the same as ^675; Hellenistieally, i.e. in the 
Grecian language:— Greek. 

7677. 4XXoy4« ellogeo, el-log-eh'-o; from 1722 and 
3036 (in the sense of account); to reckon in, i.e. attri- 
bute:— Impute, put on account. 

eXXop.ai hellomal. See 138. 
1678. 'EX|i.<i>Sdu, £lmodam, el-mo-dam'; of Heb. 
or. [perh. for 486]; Elmodam, an Isr.: — Elmodam. 
7679. 4XirC£<i> elplzo, el-pid'-zo; from 1680; to ex- 
pect or confide:— (have, thing) hope (-d) (for), trust. 
1680. 4Xirts ejplg, el-pece'; from a prim. cXirw 
elpo (to anticipate, usually with pleasure); expecta- 
tion (abstr. or concr.) or confidence: — faith, hope. 
76S7. 'EXvuas Blnmas, el-oo'-mas; of for. or.; 
Elymas, a wizard: — Elymas. 

765.2. 4Xot eloi, el-o-ee'; of Chald, or. [486 with 
pron. suff.]; my Sod.— Eloi, 



Emowtoo 
Exaygehomahee 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



1683. 4|mm>tov Smant&n, em-ow-too'; gen. comp. 
of 1700 and 846; of myself (so likewise the dat. 

«p.avJTu> < ihm utoj em-ow-to'; and ace. 
cpaurov ^maatdn, em-ow-ton'): — me, mine 
own (self), myself. 

1684. Iu.j$alvw enibalno, em-ba'hee-no; from 7722 
and the base of 030; to walk on, i.e. embark 
(aboard a vessel), reach (a pool):— come (get) into, 
enter (into), go (up) into, step in, take ship. 

1685. IpfidXXtt emballd, em-bal'-lo; from 7722 
and 00b; to throw on, i.e. (fig.) subject to (eternal 
punishment): — cast into. 

1686. C|j.f)&irT<i> embapto, em-bap'-to; from 1722 
and grr', to whelm on, i.e. w>e£ (a part of the person, 
etc.) by contact with a fluid:— dip. 

1687. £}if3a,T€vw embateao. em-bat-yoo'-o; from 
7722 and a presumed der. of the base of qjo; equiv. to 
1684; to intrude on (fig.):— intrude into. 

1688. cu{3i|3dj;<o Ambibazo, em-bib-ad, '-zo; from 
7722 and PiPdl> blbazo (to mount; causat. of 
1684); to place on, i.e. transfer (aboard a vessel):— 
put in. 

1689. Iu,f3\£iru emblepo, em-blep'-o; from 7722 
and 997; to look on, i.e. (rel.) to observe fixedly, or 
(absol.) to discern clearly :— behold, gaze up, look 
upon, (could) see. 

1690. l|xppi|iclo(j.ai einbrimaomaf em-brim- 
ah'-om-ahee; from 7722 and Ppi|tdo|j.ai brlmaA- 
mal (to snort with anger); to have indignation 
on, i.e. (trans.) to blame, (intrans.) to sigh with 
chagrin, (spec.) to sternly enjoin:— straitly charge, 
groan, murmur against. 

1691. hp£ feme, em-eh'; a prol. form of 3163; me:— 
I, me, my (-self). 

1692. k\xiu> emfeo, em-eh' -o; of uncert. affln.: to 
vomit:— (will) spue. 

1693. l(j.|iaivo(iai femmalnomal, em-mah'ee- 
nom-ahee; from 7722 and 310s; to rave on, i.e. rage 
at:— be mad against. 

1694. 'Ejij).avo\)T|X tmiuaiiuu.'l em-man-oo- 
ale'; of Heb. or. [6005] ; God with us; Emmanuel, a 
name of Christ:— Emmanuel. 

1695. 'Eppaovs l":miiiH<:»UM em-mah-ooce' ; prob. 
of Heb. or. [comp. 3328] ; Emmaiis, a place in Pal. :— 
Emuaaus. 

1696. £|x|jtcva> emmeno, em-men' -o; tvom 17220x1a 
3306; to stay in the same place, i.e. (flg.) to persevere: — 
continue. 

1697. 'E|i(iop £mmAr, em-mor 1 ; of Heb. or. 
[3544]; Emmor (i.e. Chamor), a Canaanite:— Emmor. 

1698. e(ioC feiiioi em-oy'; a prol. form of 3427; to 
me;— I, me, mine, my. 

1699. epos em As, em-os'; from the oblique cases of 
7^7? (769*, 7700, 7697); my:—ot me, mine (own), my. 

1700. ipov femAu, em-oo'; a prol. form of 34So; of 
me:— me, mine, my. 

1701. tuiraiyiids fempalgmAs, emp-aheeg-mos 1 ; 
from 7702; derision: — mocking. 

1702. ((vn-ai^w fempaizo, emp-aheed'-zo; from 
7722 and j«y; to jeer at, i.e. deride:— mock. 

1705. <|iiraCKTiis fempalkteg, emp-aheek-tace' ; 
from 7702; a derider, i.e. (by impl.) a false teacher:— 
mocker, scoffer. 

i!7&£. eu.irepiiraT&» fempferlpatfeo, ew-per-ee- 
pat-eh'-o; from 7722 and -^j; to perambulate on 
a place, i.e. (flg.) to be occupied among persons: — 
walk in. 

1705. «|iir£irXii|j.i Amplpleml. em-pip' -lay-mee; 

or 
4|iirXij8ci> emplethd, em-play' -tho; from 
7722 and the base of 41x8; to fill in {up), i.e. (by impl.) 
to satisfy (lit. or flg.):— fill. 

1706. i|tirCirru emplpto, em-pip'-to; from 7722 
and 4008; to fall on, i.e. (lit.) be entrapped by, or (flg.) 
Be overwhelmed with:— fall among (into). 



1707. 4|iirX«K<i> femplfeko, em-pJefc'-o; from 7722 
and #720; to entwine, i.e. (flg.) involve with: — en- 
tangle (in, self with). 

6(j.irXT)9« fempletbo. gee 1703. 

1708. «p.irXoKirj fenipldke, em-plok-ay'; from 7707; 
elaborate braiding of the hair:— plaiting. 

1709. lu/trWu 1 lllpin <> emp-neh'-o; from 7722 and 
4134; to inhale, i.e. (flg.) to be animated by (bent 
upon) : — breathe. 

1710. ep.iropcvouai AmpAreuAmal, em-por-yoo'- 
om-ahee; from 7722 and 4108; to travel in (a country 
as a pedlar), i.e. (by impl.) to trade:— buy and sell, 
make merchandise. 

1711. ejiiropio empArla, em-por-ee'-ah; tern. 
from 777J; traffic: — merchandise. 

1712. Ijiiropiov empArlAn, em-por'-ee-on; neut. 
from 777J; a mart (** emporium"): — merchandise. 

1713. £u/iropos femporos, em'-por-os; from 7722 
aDd the base of #79*; a (wholesale) tradesman:— 
merchant. 

1714. 6u,irp<j8« empretho, em-pray'-tho; from 
7722 and irp<|8<» pretho (to blow aflame): to enkin- 
dle, i.e. set on fire:— bum up. 

1715. eu,irpo<r8ev femprAstbfen, em' -pros-then; 
from 7722 and 4314; in front of (in place [lit. or flg.] 
or time):— against, at, before, (in presence, sight) of. 

1716. cu-irrvci) emptuo, emp-too'-o; from 7722 and 
4420; to spit at or on:— spit (upon). 

1717. ep.<|>av^s fempbanes. em-fan-ace'; from a 
comp. of 7722 and 531b; apparent in self :— manifest, 
openly. 

1718. eu-<j>av£^o> emphanizo, em-fan-id' -zo; 
from 7777; to exhibit (in person) or disclose (by 
words):— appear, declare (plainly), inform, (will) man- 
ifest, shew, signify. 

1719. 4'p,<j>oj3os femph obos, em'-fob-os; from 7722 
and 5401; in fear, i.e. alarmed: — affrighted, afraid, 
tremble. 

1720. €(j.ij>\Krau emphusao, em-foosah'-o; from 
7722 and <(>vo-d<i» pbusao (topujn [comp. 3433] ! to 
btow at or on: — breathe on. 

17%1. «(«^vros empbutAs, em'-foo-tos; from 7722 
and a der. of 3433; implanted (flg.): — engrafted. 

1722. ev fin, en; a prim. prep, denoting (fixed) po- 
sition (in place, time or state), and (by impl.) instru- 
mentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation 
of rest (intermediate between 75-79 and 7,577); "in," at, 
(up) on, by, etc.:— about, after, against, -f- almost, 
X altogether, among, X as, at, before, between, 
(here-) by (+ all means), for ( . . . sake of), + give 
self wholly to, (here) in (-to, -wardly), X mightily, 
(because) of, (up-) on, [open] ly, x outwardly, one, 
X quickly, X shortly, [speedi-] ly, X that, X there 
(-in, -on), through (out), (un) to (-ward), under, when, 
where (-with), while, with (in). Often used in com- 
pounds, with substantially the same import; rarely 
with verbs of motion, and then not to indicate direc- 
tion, except (elliptically) by a separate (and different) 
prep. 

1723. eva-YKaXfi;o|jiai fe nagkallzomal en-ang- 
kal-id'-zom-ahee; from 7722 and a der. of 43; to take 
in one's arms, i.e. embrace:— take up in arms. 

1724. tvdXios fenall As. en-al'-ee-os: from 7722 and 
231; in the sea, i.e. marine:— thing in the sea. 

1725. Evavri enantl, en'-an-tee: from 7722 and 
473; in front (i.e. flg. presence) of:— before. 

1726. Ivavrtov fenantlAn. en-an-tee'-on; neut. of 
7727; (adv.) in the presence (view) of:— before, in the 
presence of. 

1727. cvavrfos SnantWs en-an-tee'-os; from 
'723', opposite; fig. antagonistic:— (over) against, 
contrary. 

1728. (v&pxouai fenarchAmai, en-ar'-khom- 
ahee; from 7722 and 7j6; to commence on;— rule 
[by mistake for 7.57J. 



1729. cvSetf)S endees, en-deh-ace'; from a comp. 
of 7722 and 727o (in the sense of lacking); deficient 
in .-—lacking. 

1730. cv$€i-y|xa fendelgma, en'-dighe-mah; from 
77J7; an indication (concr.): — manifest token. 

1731. EVoetKW|u endeiknuml, en-dike'-noo- 
mee; from 7722 and 7766; to indicate (by word or 
act) :— do, show (forth). 

1732. i'vS«i|is endelxlg, en'-dikesis; from 1731; 
indication (abstr.): — declare, evident token, proof. 

1733. EvScxa hendfeka, hen'-dek-ah; from (the 
neut. of) 7J20 and 7776; one and ten, i.e. eleven:— 
eleven. 

1734. «v8&aTOs hendekatAs, hen-dek'-at-os 
ord. from 1733; eleventh:— eleventh. 

1735. s'v&x'Tai « ndoclx till en-dekh'-et-ahee; 
third pers. sing. pres. of a comp. of 7722 and 7200V 
(impers.) it is accepted in, i.e. admitted (possible):— 
can ( + not) be. 

1736. €v8rj|ic<i> endemeo, en-<toj/-me?i'-o; from a 
comp. of 7722 and 727<y," to be in one's own country, 
i.e. home (fig.):— be at home (present). 

1737. cvSiSvo-Ku endldasko, en-did-oos'-ko; a 
prol. form of 77^6; to invest (with a garment):— 
clothe in, wear. 

1738. evSucos endlbAa, en'-dee-kos; from 7722 
and 1340; in the right, i.e. equitable: — just. 

1739. EvSou/no-is endAmesls, en-dom'-ay-sis: 
from a comp. of 7722 and a der. of the base of 727*,- 
a housing in (residence), i.e. structure:— building, 

1740. evSogdgu endAxazo, en-dox-ad'-zo; from 
7747; to glorify:— glorify. 

1741. ev5o£os endAxAs, en'-dox-os; from 7722 
and 7J97; in glory, i.e. splendid, (flg.) noble:— glor- 
ious, gorgeous [ly], honourable. 

1742. ?v5vu,a enduma, en'-doo-mah; from 77*0, 
apparel (espec. the outer i-obe):— clothing, garment, 
raiment. 

1743. e'vSwctnow endunamAo, en-doo-nam-o'-o; 
from 7722 and 7^72,' to empower:— enable, (increase 
in) strength (-en), be (make) strong. 

1744- evSivw Snduno, en-doo'-no; from 7772 and 
7470; to sink (by impl. wrap [comp. 77^]) on, i.e. (flg.) 
sneak: — creep. 

1745. cvSvo-is emdiists, en'-doo-sis; from 77^6; in- 
vestment with clothing:— putting on. 

1746. Iv&iu enduo, en-doo'-o; from 7722 and 1416 
(in the sense of sinking into a garment); to invest 
with clothing (lit. or flg.):— array, clothe (with), en- 
due, have (put) on. 

tve'-yKW enegbo. See 3343. 

1747. eveSpa fenedra. en-ed'-rah; fem. from 7722 
and the base of 7^76; an ambuscade, i.e. (flg.) mur- 
derous purpose:— lay wait. See also 7749. 

1748. evtoptia enfdreuo, en-ed-ryoo'-o; from 
774*7; to lurk, i.e. (flg.) plot assassination:— lay wait 
for. 

1749. cveSpov enedrdn, en'-ed-ron; neut. of the 
same as 7747; an ambush, i.e. (flg.) murderous de- 
sign;— lying in wait. 

1750. IvaXia eneileo, en-i-leh'-o; from 7772 and 
the base of 7507,* to enwrap: — wrap in. 

1751. €VM|U eneiml, en'-i-mee: from 7772 and 
75-70,' to be within (neut. part, plur.}:— such things as 
. . . have. See also 7762. 

1752. evtKO henelta. hen'-ek-ah; or 
?V6K«v beneben. hen'-ek-en; or 

ctvcKEV bMnfiken, hi'-nek-en; of uncert 
affln.; on account of:— because, for (cause, sake), 
(where) fore, by reason of, that. 

1753. cvcpyeia energAia en-erg' -i-ah; from 775-6,' 
efficiency ("energy"):— operation, strong, (effectual) 
working. 

1754. Ivtpyla energeo, en-erg-eh'-o; from 775-6; 
to be actitie, efficient:— do, (be) effectual (fervent), 
be mighty in, shew forth self, work (effectually in) 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



Emowtoo 
Exaygehomahee 



29 



1765. ivipnpipa gngrgema, en-era'-ay-maA; 
from 1734: an effect:— operation, working. 

1756. frcpY^S £n£rges, en-er-gace'; from 1722 
and .?oat' active, operative:— effectual, powerful. 

1757. ivtvXtfyfe £n£nldg£d, en-yoo-log-eh'-o; 
from 7722 and 2/27; to confer a benefit on:— bless. 

1758. ivi\a eiifeclio, en-ekh'-o; from 7722 and 
2702; to AoM in or upon, i.e. ensnare,' by impl. to 
keep a grudge:— entangle with, have a quarrel against, 
urge. 

1759. JvBdSt SnthadS, en-thad'-eh; from a prol. 
form of /72a," prop, within, i.e. (of place) here, 
hither:— (t-) here, hither. 

1760. «v0vfi«o|i<u {nthnmiSmai, en-thoo-meh'- 
om-ahee; from a comp. of /72a and 3772; to 6e inspir- 
ited, i.e. ponder:— think. 

176*1. lv6v|tr)o-is enthumesls, en-thoo'^nay-sis; 
from 1700; deliberation:— device, thought. 

1762. ?vt enl, en'-ee; contr. for third pers. sing, 
pres. indie, of 77.5-7; impers. there is in or among:— 
be, (there) is. 

1763. iviavros fniaul <*>», en-ee-ow-tos 1 ; prol. 
from a prim, c'vos ends (a year); a year:— year. 

1764. 4v(o"rt||U Snlsteml, en-is 1 -tay-mee; from 
7722 and 247b; to place on hand, i.e. (reflex.) impend, 
(part.) be instant: — come, be at hand, present. 

1765. ivio\vo Snlschno, en-is-khoo'-o; from 
1722 and 24S0; to invigorate (trans, or reflex.):— 
strengthen. 

1766. cwaros gnnatAs, en'-nat-os; ord. from 
1767: ninth: — ninth. 

1767. evWa .*nnea. en-neh'-ah; a prim, number; 
nine: — niDe. 

1768. iwcvr|KovT<uvWa £nn£nek6nta£iiii£a, 

en-nen-ay-kon-tah-en-neh'-ah; from a (tenth) mul- 
tiple of 1767 and 1767 itself; ninety-nine:— ninety and 
nine. 

1769. iwt&s fnnfi'is en-neh-os'; from 7770; 
dumb (as mofcino signs), i.e. silent from astonish- 
ment:— speechless. 

1770. Ivvrfw inniiio. en-nyoo'-o; from 7722 and 
yjoo; to nod oi, i.e. beckon or communicate by ges- 
ture:— make signs. 

1771. cvvoia tiinola, en'-noy-ah; from a comp. 
of 1722 and j^oj; thoughtfulness, i.e. moral under- 
standing; — intent, mind. 

1772. cwo|ios jfniiimdi, en'-nom-os; from 1722 
and J/J/," (subj.) legal, or (obj.) subject to:— lawful, 
under law. 

1773. €VWx.ov gnnuclidn, en'-noo-khon; neut. 
of a comp. of 1722 and J/?/; (adv.) by night:— before 
day. 

177 Jf. Ivoik&o ?n<Uk«V>, en-oy-keh'-o; from 1722 
and 3611; to inhabit (flg.):— dwell in. 

1775. ivirrff h£ndtes, hen-ot'-ace; from 7/20; 
oneness, i.e. (flg.) unanimity:— unity. 

1776". 4vo\W» findchlSo, en-ofcft-left'-o; from 7722 
and J797; to crowd in, i.e. (flg.) to annoy: — trouble. 

1777. ivo\os gndcbds, en'-okh-os; from 77/^; 
Jiaule to (a condition, penalty or imputation):— in 
danger of, guilty of, subject to. 

1778. erroAjia gmtalma, en'-tal-mah; from 77.fr; 
an injunction, i.e. religious precept: — commandment. 

1779. 4vTa«j>i45» £ntaphlazo, en-ta/-ee-ad'-zo; 
from a comp. of 7722 and 5028; to inswathe with cere- 
ments for interment: —bury. 

1780. 4vra<j>iao-p.6s £ntaphlasmfts, en-taf-ee- 
as-mos'; from 7770,' preparation for interment: — 
burying. 

1781. IvT&Xopai £ni£116mal, en-tel'-lom-ahee; 
from 7722 and the base of 5056; to enjoin:— (give) 
charge, (give) command (-ments), injoin. 

1782. ivrcvOcv SntSntoSn, ent-yoo'-then; from 
the same as 77J0; hence (lit. or flg.); (repeated) on 
both sides.— (from) hence, on either side. 



1783. IVrtvgis enteuxts, ent'-yook-sis; from 1703; 
an interview, i.e. (spec.) supplication:— interces- 
sion, prayer. 

1784. <fvTi|Xos gntlmfts, en'-tee-mos; from 7722 
and 3002; valued (flg.):— dear, more honourable, pre- 
cious, in reputation. 

1785. iyroX-tfj £nt51e, en-tol-ay 1 ; from 17S1; in- 
junction, i.e. an authoritative prescription:— com- 
mandment, precept. 

1786. IvTdirios entdplds, en-top' -ee-os; from 7722 
and ,5-/77; a resident: — of that place. 

1787. 4vtos fintos, en-tos'; from 7722; inside (adv. 
or noun): — within. 

1788. ivrpiira entrSpo, en-trep'-o; from 7722 and 
the base of 57/7; to invert, i.e. (flg. and reflex.) in a 
good sense, to respect; or in a bad one, to con- 
found:— regard, (give) reverence, shame. 

1789. 4vTp4<J>» £ntr$pb.d, en-tref-o; from 7722 
and 3142; (flg.) to educate: — nourish up in. 

1790. €VTpO|ios £ntr&mfis, en'-trom-os; from 
7722 andj/jo; terrified:— x quake, x trembled. 

1791. 4vTpoirri £ntrOpe, en-trop-ay 1 ; tiora 1788; 
confusion:— shame. 

1792. lvTpu<j>dii> Sntraphao, en-troo-fah'-o; 
from 1722 and 3171; to revel in;— sporting selves, 

1793. 4vTvyx<£v» entngchano, en-toong-khan'- 
o; from 7722 and 3177; to cluxnee upon, i.e. (by impl.) 
confer with; by extens. to entreat (in favor or 
against):— deal with, make intercession. 

1794- ivrvkUro-a entullsso, en-too-lis'-so; from 
7722 and twXCco"« tullsso (to twist; prob. akin to 
7/07); to entwine, i.e. wind up in:— wrap in (together). 

1795. lyTuirdcit gntupAo, en-too-po'-o; from 7722 
and a der. of 3179; to enstamp, i.e. engrave: — engrave. 

1796. «vv(3pli> gnubrlzo, en-oo-brid'-zo; from 
7722 and 3103; to insult: — do despite unto. 

1797. tvwirvid£ou.ai. $nupnlaz6mai, en-oop- 
nee-ad'-zom-ahee; mid. from 770*; to dream: — 
dream (-er). 

1798. 4vvirviov finupnldii., en-oop'-nee-on; from 
7722 and 3238; something seen in sleep, i.e. a dream 
(vision in a dream): — dream. 

1799. Iviiiriov Snopldn, en-o'-pee-on; neut. of 
a comp. of 7722 and a der. of 3700; in the face of (lit. 
or flg.):— before, in the presence (sight) of, to. 

1800. 'Evws Eno8, en-oce'; of Heb. or. [583]; .Enos 
(i.e. Enosh), a patriarch:— Enos. 

1801. ivorlXpuM. enottzAmal, en-o-tid'-zom- 
ahee; mid. from a comp. of 7722 and.?77j7 to take in 
one^s ear, i.e. to listen: — hearken. 

1802. 'Ev<4x £nok, en-oke'; of Heb. or. [2585]; 
Enoch (i.e. Ghanok), an antediluvian:— Enoch. 

4J «x. See 7jtf7. 

1503. «fj bSx, ftea;; a prim, numeral; sir:— six. 

1804. QayyikXa fixagggllo, ex-ang-el'-lo; from 
7537 and the base of .72; to publish, i.e. celebrate:— 
shew forth. 

/505. egayopdjw exagdrazo, ex-ag-or-ad'-zo; 
from 7jj7 and jo; to buy up, i.e. ransom; fig. to res- 
cue from loss (improve opportunity):— redeem. 

1306\ l|d-y« gxago, ex-ag'-o; from 7537 and 77; to 
lead forth:— bring forth (out), fetch (lead) out. 

1807. itpxpia exalrJo, ea-ahee-reh'-o; from 1337 
and 138; act. to tear out; mid. to select; fig. to re- 
lease: — deliver, pluck out, rescue. 

1808. !£a(f>(D exairo, ex-ah'ee-ro; from 1537 and. 
142; to remove:— put (take) away. 

1509. Igairloiuu &xalt£&mal, ex-ahee-teh'-om- 
ahee; mid. from 7.07 and 154; to demand (for trial) :— 
desire. 

1510. l|o£<j>VT)s exalplines, ex-ah'eef-nace; from 
7j^7 and the base of 760; of a sudden (unexpectedly): — 
suddenly. Comp. iSig. 



1811. 4$aKoXoveiu txakdloututo. ex-ak^loo- 
theh'-o; from 7JJ7 and 790; to follow out, Le. (flg.) to 
imitate, obey, yield to:— follow. 

1812. c'£aKoo-ioi litxak<"»si«.t. hex-ak-os'-ee-oy; 
plur. ordinal from 7&jj and 7j#o; sia: Aundred:— six 
hundred. 

1813. 4|a\e£<{xi> SxalSipho, ex-al-i'-fo; from 75^7 
and 27<y; to smear out, i.e. obliterate (erase tears, flg. 
pardon sin):— blot out, wipe away. 

1814. e£6XXo|un exallttmal, ex-al'-tom-ahee; 
from 7jtf7 and 242; to spring forth:— leap up. 

1515. tjavdo-rao-is exanagtasls, ex-an-as'-tas- 
is; from 7477; a rising from death:— resurrection. 

1516. cgavaT&Xu ftxanateilo, ea:-an-af-eZ'-to; 
from 1537 a.nA.303; to start up out of the ground, i.e. 
germinate: — spring up. 

1517. <£avto-rn|n cxanlstemi, ex-an-is'-tay-mee; 
from 1J37 and 430; obj. to produce, i.e. (flg.) beget; 
subj. to arise, i.e. (flg.) object:— raise (rise) up. 

1818. c£airaTac» exapatao, ex-apat-ah'-o; from 
1S37 and 538; to seduce wholly:— beguile, deceive. 

1519. «£dmva Sxaplna, ex-ap'-ee-nah; from 733? 
and a der. of the same as 760; of a sudden, i.e. unex- 
pectedly:— suddenly. Comp. 7*70. 

15#0. t£airop&>|i,ai exap#r66mal, ex-ap-or-eh'- 
om-ahee; mid. from 7,537 and 639; to be utterly at a 
loss, i.e. despond: — (in) despair. 

1821. c|airoo-T4W<a exapdettello, ex-ap-os-tel'- 
lo; from 7537 and 640; to send away forth, i.e. (on a 
mission) to despatch, or (peremptorily) to dismiss: — 
send (away, forth, out). 

1822. €|apTfi> exartlzo, ex-ar-fid'-zo; from 
7J77 and a der. of 7jo; to ,/inisfc out (time); flg. to 
equip fully (a teacher): — accomplish, thoroughly fur- 
nish. 

1823. c^ao-Tpdirru exastrapto, ex>as-trap'-to; 
from 7jj>7 and 707; to lighten forth, i.e. (flg.) to be ra- 
diant (of very white garments):— glistening. 

1824. t|avrns Sxaatea, ex-ow'-tace; from 7537 
and the gen. sing. fern, of 84b (3610 being under- 
stood); from that hour, i.e. instantly:— by and by, 
immediately, presently, straightway. 

1525. t^eyttpa Sx&gilro, ex-eg-i'-ro; from 1337 
and 1453; to rouse fully, i.e. (flg.) to resuscitate (from 
death), release (from infliction):— raise up. 

1826. e£ci)U &x£lml, ex'-i-mee; from 1337 and 
«t(H £iml (to go) ; to issue, i.e. leave (a place), es- 
cape (to the shore):— depart, get [to land], go out. 

1827. i%e\ty\a £x£l£geho, ex-el-eng'-kho; from 
IS37 and 76J7; to convict fully, i.e. (by impl.) to pun- 
ish: — convince. 

15#5. eij«X.K<i) gxelko, ex-el'-ko; from 1337 and 
7670; to drag forth, i.e. (flg.) to entice (to sin):— draw- 
away. 

15#9, t£tpau.a £x£rama, ex-er'-am-ah; from a 
comp. of 7J-J7 and a presumed tp&a £rao (to spue); 
vomit, i.e. food disgorged: — vomit. 
1830. efapeuvdw gx6r6uiiao, ex-er-yoo-nah'o; 
from /J-J7 and 2043; to eaylore (flg.) :— search diligently. 
1531. e£lpxou.cu SxercbAmal, ex-er'-khom- 
ahee; from 7537 and 2064; to issue (lit. or flg.):— 
come^forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go 
(abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), 
spread abroad. 

153?. eJ;«rTi £x£stl, ex'-es-tee; third pers. sing, 
pres. indie, of a comp. of 1337 and 1310; so also 

efoV fixdn, ex-on'; neut. pres. part, of the 
same (with or without some form of 75-70 expressed) ; 
impers. if is right (through the flg. idea of being out 
in public):— be lawful, let, X may (-est). 

1533. c£erd£a> £x$tazo, ex-et-ad'-zo; bom 1537 
and trdju gtazo (to «camine); to test thoroughly 
(by questions), i.e. ascertain or inferrooizfe.-— ask, 
enquire, search. 

1534. e£ivyfo|iai *3C«g**D>"l. ex-ayg-eh'-onuahee; 
from 7537 and 2233; to consider out (aloud), Le. re- 

I hearse, unfold.— declare, tell. 






30 



Hexaykontah 
Epistamahee 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



1835. {{tJkovtci bAxekAnta, hex-ay'-kon-tah; the 
tenth multiple of 1803; sixty:— sixty [-fold], threescore. 

1836. cjjiis hexes, hex-ace'; from siga (in the 
sense of taking hold of, i.e. adjoining); successive:— 
after, following, X morrow, Dext. 

1837. c6^1X^ ^ lO, ' AxecbAAmal, ex-ay-kheh'-om- 
ahee; mid. from 1337 and 2278; to " echo" forth, i.e. 
resound (be generally reported):— sound forth. 

1838. i'jjis hSxis, hex'-is; from 2792; habit., i.e. (by 
impl.) practice: — use. 

1839. «t;to"rn|tt extsteml, ex-is 1 -tay-mee; from 
/J37 and 2476,' to put (stand) out of wits, i.e. astound, 
or (reflex.) become astounded, insane:— amaze, be 
(make) astonished, be beside self (selves), bewitch, 
wonder. 

1840. i^iayia Axlscbud, ex-is-khoo'-o; from 1337 
and 2480; to tove full strength, i.e. oe entirely com- 
petent: — be able. 

18Jfl. i'goSos AxAdAB, ex'-od-os; from 7.537 and 
559*; an exit, i.e. (flg.) death:— decease, departing. 
184%. IJoXoOpriiu AxAlAthrfiuo, ex-ol-oth-ryoo'- 
o; from rs37 and 304s; to extirpate:— destroy. 
ISJfS. c|o|io\oy^« AxSmAIAgAo, ex-om-ol-oa- 
eh'-o; trora 1337 and 3670; to acknowledge or (by impl. 
of assent) a^rree fully:— confess, profess, promise. 

4£dv AxAn. See 1832. 
1844- tJopKCJoi AxArklzo, ex-or-kid'-zo; from 7577 
and 3726; to exact an oath, i.e. conjure:— adjure. 

1845. l|opKv<rrf|s AxArklstes, ex-or-kis-tace' ; 
from 1844; one that binds by an oath (or spell), i.e. 
(by impl.) an " exorcist " (conjurer): — exorcist. 

1846. Igopwnro AxArusso, ex-or-oos'-so; from 
1537 and 3736; to (tio out, i.e. (by extens.) to extract 
(an eye), remove (a roofing):— break up, pluck out. 

1847. c£ov8ev<Se> AxAndAnAo, ex-oo-den-o'-o; 
from 7,537 and a der. of the neut. of 3762; to make ut- 
terly nothing of, i.e. despise:— sdt at nought. See 
also 1848. 

1848. hipxfttvia AxAutbAnAo, ex-oo-then-eh'-o; a 
var. of 1847 and mean, the same:— contemptible, de- 
spise, least esteemed, set at nought. 

1849. 4|o«<r£tt Axdusla, ex-oo-see'-ah; from 1832 
(in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subj.) force, 
capacity, competency, freedom, or (obj.) mastery 
(concr. magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token 
of control), delegated influence:— authority, jurisdic- 
tion, liberty, power, right, strength. 

1850. 4{jowridt,u AxAnslazo, ex-oo-see-ad'-zo; 
from 184/); to control: — exercise authority upon, 
bring under the (have) power of. 

1851. H&yJ\ AxAcbe, ex-okh-ay'; from a comp. of 
7577 and 2192 (mean, to stand out); prominence 
(fig.):— principal. 

185%. iJuirvCJw Axiipnlzo, ex-oop-nid'-zo; from 

1833; to wjafcen: — awake out of sleep. 

1853. Jfgwirvos AxupnAs, ex'-oop-nos; from 1537 

and 3238; awake:— X out of sleep. 

1854- «J<* 8x0, ex'-o; adv. from 1337; out (-side, of 

doors), }it. or fig.:— away, forth, (with-) out (of, 

-ward), strange. 

1855. «(£a>8(v exothen, ex'-o-then; from 1834; ex- 
ternal (-ly):— out (-side -ward, -wardly), (from) with- 
out. 

1856. i|(i>8eci> AxotbAo, ex-o-theh'-o; or 

«£<S6w Axotho, ex-o'-tho; from 75^7 and 
w0e'« otbAo (to push); to expel; by impl. to pro- 
pet:— drive out, thrust in. 

1857. egtSrcpos AxotArAs, ex-o'-ter-os; comp. of 
/#■/; exterior.-— outer. 

1858. eoprdju hAArtazo, heh-or-tad'-zo; from 
/#o,- to oftser»« a, festival:— keep the feast. 

.K59. copri) bAArte, heh-or-tay'; of uncert. afBn.; 
a festival:— feast, holyday. 

Z?6"0. lirayyeXCa ApaggAlla, ep-ang-el-ee'-aft.; 
from /JS/, - an announcement (for information, assent 
or pledge; espec. a divine assurance of good):— mes- 
sage, promise. 

1861. «ro."|fy&\» ApaggAUo, ep-ang-el'-lo; from 
rqoq and tbe base of 32; to announce upon (reflex.), 



i.e. (by impl.) to engage to do something, to assert 
something respecting oneself :— prof ess, (make) prom- 
ise. 

1862. lir&y"Y«X|i.a ApaggAlma, ep-ang'-el-mah; 
from 1861; a self-committal (by assurance of con- 
ferring some good):— promise. 
X?&?. eirdya Apago, ep-ag'-o; from 7009 and 77; to 
superinduce, i.e. inflict (an evil), charge (a crime):— 
bring upon. 

1864. «iray<i>vtJop,ai ApagonlzAmal, ep-ag-o- 
nid'-zom-ahee; from 7909 and 73; to struggle for: — 
earnestly contend for. 

1865. eiraSpoCgu ApatbrAIzo, ep-ath-roid'-zo; 
from 7909 and d8po£i|<i> atbr Aizo (to assemble) ; to 
accumulate:— gather thick together. 

1866. EiraCvETOs Ejmitti'tds. ep-a'hee-net-os; 
from 1867; praised; Epcenetus, a Chr.:— Epenetus. 

1867. !iraiv&» ApalnAo, ep-ahee-neh'-o; from 7909 
and 7jv,' to applaud:— commend, laud, praise. 

1868. ifiraivos ApainAs, ep'-ahee-nos; from 7909 
and the base of 134; laudation; concr. a commenda- 
ble thing:— praise. 

1869. eiraipo epairo, ep-ahee'-ro; from 7909 and 
142; to raise up (lit. or flg.):— exalt self, poise (lift, 
take) up. 

1870. eirai.o-xvvou.ai ApalscbnnAmai, ep-ahee- 
skhoo'-nom-ahee; from /goq and 133; to feel shame for 
something: — be ashamed. 

1871. £rraiT€w ApaitAo, ep-ahee-teh'-o; from 7909 
and 134; to ask for:— beg. 

1872. IrraKoXouOtu ApakolAathAo, ep-afc-ot-oo- 
theh'-o; from 7909 and 790; to accompany: — follow 
(after). 

1873. liraKOvo) ApakAno, ep-ak-oo'-o; from 7909 
and 797; to hearken (favorably) to:— hear. 

1874' €"iraKpodo(j.ai ApakrAaAmal, ep-ak-ro- 
ah'-om-ahee; from 7909 and the base of 202; to listen 
(intently) to.— hear. 

1875. iirav Span, ep-an'; from 7909 and 302; a par- 
ticle of indef. contemporaneousness; whenever, as 
soon as: — when. 

1876. eirdva-yices epanagkAs, ep-ati'-cttig-fces; 
neut. of a presumed comp. of 7909 and 318; (adv.) on 
necessity, i.e. necessarity: — necessary. 

1877. €irava/y<D Apamagd, ep-an-ag'-o; from 7909 
andj.27; to Zead up 071, i.e. (techn.) to put out (to sea); 
(intrans.) to return:— launch (thrust) out, return, 

1878. !irava,piu,Wj<rK<i> Apanamimnesbo, ep- 
an-ah-minwnace' -ko; from 7909 and 363; to remind 
of:— put in mind. 

1879. eiravairavouat ApanapanAmal, ep-an- 
ah-pow'-om-ahee; mid. from 7909 and 373; to settle 
on; lit. (remain) or flg. (rety)'— rest in (upon). 

1880. eiravlpxouai ApanArchAmal, ep-an er'- 
khom-ahee; from 7909 and 424; to come up on, i.e. re- 
turn:— come again, return. 

1881. iiravCo-raum Apanlstamal, ep-an-is'- 
tam-ahee; mid. from 7909 and 430; to stand up on, 
i.e. (flg.) to attack:— rise up against. 

1882. «iravop0wcris ApanArtbdsls, ep-an-or'-tho- 
sis; from a comp. of 7909 and 461; a straightening up 
again, i.e. (flg.) rectification (reformation):— correc- 
tion. 

1883. Iirdvu Apano, ep-cm'-o; from 7009 and 307; 
up above, i.e. over or on (of place, amount, rank, 
etc.):— above, more than, (up-) on, over. 

1884. 4irapKeV» AparkAo, ep-ar-keh'-o; from 7909 
and 77^; to avail for, i.e. help:— relieve. 

1885. Iirapx'a Aparchla, ep-ar-khee'-ah; from a 
comp. of 7909 and 737 (mean, a governor of a district, 
"eparch"); a special region of government, i.e. a 
Roman prefecture: — province. 

1886. eiravXis Apaulls, ep'-ow-lis; from iqoq and 
an equiv. of 833; a hut over the head, i.e. a dwelling. 

1887. eiravpiov Apaarlon, ep-oio'-ree-on; from 
7909 and 830; occurring on the succeeding day, i.e. 
(2230 being implied) to-morroto:— day following, mor- 
row, next day (after). 

1888. 4irawTo<j><&p<j> ApaatApboroi, ep-ow-tof-o'- 
ro; from 7909 and 840 and (the dat. sing, of) a der. of 



<)><Sp pbor (a thief); in theft itself, i.e. (by anal.) in 

actual crime:— m the very act. 

1889. 'Eira<f>pds £papbras, ep-af^rat'; contr. 
from 7*97; Epaphras, a Chr.:— Epaphras. 

1890.. €Tra4>p££« Apapbrlzo, ep-af-rid'-zo; from 
7909 and <to; to /00m upon, i.e. (fig) to exhibit (a 
vile passion) :— foam out, 

1891. 'EiriuppoSiTos £papbrAdltAs, ep-af-rod'- 
ee-tos; from 7909 (in the ".ruse of devoted to) and 
'A<|>po8£TT) ApbrAdlte (Venus); Epaphroditus, a 
Chr.:— Epaphroditus. Comp. 7**9. 

1892. 4irc7<Cp<i> ApAgAlro, ep-eg-i'-ro; from 7909 
and 1433; to rouse upon, i.e. (fig.) to excite against:— 
raise, stir up. 

1893. cirtC ApAl, ep-i'; from 7909 and 7^57; there- 
upon, i.e. since (of time or cause) : — because, else, for 
that (then, -asmuch as), otherwise, seeing that, since, 
when, 

1894. iiraH\ ApAlde, ep-i-day', - from 7<Ky and 7277; 
since now, i.e. (of time) when, or (of cause) whereas:— 
after that, because, for (that, -asmuch as), seeing, 
since. 

1895. lireiS^irep ApAldepAr, ep-i-day '-per; from 
1894 and 4007; since indeed (of cause):— forasmuch. 

1896. eirctSov ApAldAn, ep-i'-don; and other 
moods and persons of the same tense; from 7909 and 
74192; to regard (favorably or otherwise):— behold, 
look upon. 

1897. tiretirep ApAlpAr, ep-i'-per; from 1803 and 
4007; since indeed (of cause):— seeing. 

1898. ena<ray<iyyi[ ApAlsagoge, ep-ice-ag-o-gay' ; 
from a comp. of 7909 and 1321; a superintroduc- 
tion:— bringing in. 

1899. sireiTa ApAlta, ep'-i-tah; from 7909 and 1334; 
thereafter:— after that (ward), then. 

1900. 4-rreKsiva ApAkAina, ep-ek'-i-nah; from 7909 
and (the ace. plur. neut. of) 1363; upon those parts of, 
i.e. on the further side of: — beyond. 

1901. lircKTeCvO|j.at ApAktAlnAmai, ep-efc-tt'- 
nom-ahee; mid. from 7909 and 7674; to stretch (one- 
self) forward upon.— reach forth. 

1902. lirevSvopat ApAndnAmal, ep-en-doo'-om- 
ahee; mid. from 7909 and 77^6; to invest upon one- 
self :— be clothed upon. 

1903. «irevSiPTtis ApAndutes, ep-en-doo'-tace; 
from 7905,' a wrapper, i.e. outer garment: — fisher's 
coat. 

1904- 4ir^pxop.oi ApArchAmal, ep-er'-khom-ahee; 
from 7909 and 2064; to supervene, i.e. arrive, occur, 
impend, attack, (fig.) influence: — come (in, upon). 

1905. 4irepci)T&o> eperotao, ep-er-otah'-o; from 
7909 and 2063; to ask for, i.e. inquire, seek: — ask 
(after, questions), demand, desire, question. 

1906. cirepc&Tnpa ApArotema, ep-er-o'-tay-mah; 
from 79057 an inquiry: — answer. 

1907. ttti\m ApAcho, ep-ekh'-o; from 7909 and 
2192; to hold upon, i.e. (by impl.) to retain; (by ex- 
tens.) to detain; (with impl. of 3563) to pay attention 
to:— give (take) heed unto, hold forth, mark, stay. 

1908. 4irnpcd£<i> AperAazo, ep-ay-reh-ad'-zo; from 
a comp. of 7909 and (prob.) dpeid arAla (threats); 
to insult, slander:— use despitefully, falsely accuse. 

1909. «ir£ Api, ep-ee'; a prim. prep. prop. mean. 
super-imposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a re- 
lation of distribution [with the gen.], i.e. over, upon, 
etc. ; of rest (with the dat.) at, on, etc. ; of direction 
(with the ace.) towards, upon, etc.:— about (the 
times), above, after, against, among, as long as 
(touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, 
[where-]) fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, 
-to), (because) of, (up-) on (behalf of), over, (by, for) 
the space of, through (-out), (un-) to (-ward), with. In 
compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, 
upon, etc. (lit. or fig.). 

1910. tmPaCva Apibalno, ep-ee-bah' ee-no; from 
7909 and the base of qsq; to walk upon, i.e. mount, 
ascend, embark, arrive:— come (into), enter into, go 
abroad, sit upon, take ship. 

1911. eiriftoXXco Aplballo, ep-ee-bal'-lo; from 
7009 and 906,' to throw upon (lit. or fig., trans, or re- 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



Exaykontah 
Epistamahee 



31 



flex.; usually with more or less force); spec, (with 
1438 implied) to reflect; impers. to belong to:— beat 
into, cast (up-) on, fall, lay (on), put (unto), stretch 
forth, think on. 

1912. tiripaplw epibareo, ep-ee-bar-eh'-o; from 
7909 and gib; to be heavy upon, i.e. (pecuniarily) to 
be expensive to; fig. to be severe towards:— tie charge- 
able to, overcharge. 

1913. cmf3i|3d£u eplblbazo, ep-ee-bee-bad'-zo; 
from iqoq and a redupls •sderiv. of the base of qsq 
[comp. joy] ; to cause to mount (an animal): — set on. 

1914- emPX4ir<o eplblepo, ep-ee-blep'-o; from 
iqoq and qqi; to gaze at (with favor, pity or partial- 
ity):— look upon, regard, have respect to. 

1915. eirtpXnpa gplblema, ep-ib' -lay-mah; from 
iqii; a patch:— piece. 

1916. tiripodw eplbdad, ep-ee-bo-ah'-o; from 
iqoq and QQ4; to exclaim against: — cry. 

1917. impouXTJ eplbdule, ep-ee-boo-lay' ; from a 
presumed comp. of iqoq and 1014; a plan against 
someone, i.e. a plot:— laying (lying) in wait. 

1918. eirvyauppevu eplgambreuo, ep-ee-gam- 
bryoo'-o; from iqoq and a der. of 1062; to form affin- 
ity with, i.e. (spec.) in a levirate way:— marry. 

1919. ivlyaos eplgelda, ep-ig'-i-os; from iqoq 
and .ray; worldly (phys. or mor.):— earthly, in earth, 
terrestrial. 

1920. cm.'yCvouaL gplglnftmal, ep-ig-in'-om- 
ahee; from iqoq and logb; to arrive itpon, i.e. spring 
up (as a wind): — blow. 

1921. ciri'yivt&a-KO Splglnosko, ep-ig-in-oce'-ko; 
from 7909 and 1007; to fcnoio upon some mark, i.e. 
recognise; by impl. to become fully acquainted 
with, to acknowledge:— (ac-, have, take) know (-ledge, 
well), perceive. 

ift&2. cirC^vucris eplgnosls, ep-ig'-no-sis; from 
7927; recognition, i.e. (by impl.) full discernment, 
acknowledgment:— \ac-) knowledge (ing, -ment). 

1923. €iriYpa4>'fj ipigraphe, ep-ig-raf-ay' ; from 
792^; an inscription: — superscription. 

1924. e'iri-ypd<j><i» eplgrapbo, ep-ee-graf-o; from 
7909 and 772/; to inscribe (phys. or ment.): — inscrip- 
tion, write in (over, thereon). 

1925. eiriSclKVUui epld<Siknuinl, ep-ee-dike'- 
noo-mee; from 7900 and 7766; to exhibit (phys. or 
ment.):— shew. 

1926. eiri.S4xap.ai epldSchdmal, ep-ee-dekh'-om- 
ah.ee; from 7909 and 7209; to admit (as a guest or 
[fig.] teacher):— receive. 

1927. «iri8i]p/i« epldemeo, ep-ee-day-meh'-o; 
from a comp. of 7909 and 727.?; to make oneself at 
home, i.e. (by extens.) to reside (in a foreign coun- 
try): — [be] dwelling (which were) there, stranger. 

1928. eiri.SiaTdo-o-ou.ai epldiatassftmal, ep-ee- 
dee-ah-tas'-som-ahee; mid. from 7909 and 7299; to ap- 
point besides, i.e. supplement (as a codicil): — add to. 

1929. em8Co»|U epldtdoml, ep-ee-did'-o-mee; 
from 7909 and 1325; to give over (by hand or surren- 
der):— deliver unto, give, let (+ [her drive]), offer. 

1930. «iri8iop6oo» epidl<5rtb5o, ep-ee-dee-or- 
tho'-o; from 7909 and a der. of 3717; to straighten 
further, i.e. (flg.) arrange additionally:— set in 
order. 

1931. eiriSve* epldno, ep-ee-doo'-o; from 7909 and 
7476; to set fully (as the sun):— go down. 

1932. eirieuceia eplelkela, ep-ee-i'-ki-ah; from 
rg33; suitableness, i.e. (by impl.) equity, mildness: — 
Clemency, gentleness. 

1933. eirieiKrj'S gplelkes, ep-ee-i-kace' ; from 7909 
and 750?; appropriate, i.e. (by impl.) mild:— gentle, 
moderation, patient. 

193^. IitiJt)tI«i> epizeteo, ep-eed-zay-teh'-o; from 
7909 and 2272; to search {inquire) for; intens to de- 
mand, to crave: — desire, enquire, seek (after, for). 

1935. liriOavdrios eplthanatlAs, ep-ee-than- 
at'-ee-os; from 7909 and 2218?; doomed to death: — 
appointed to death. 

1936. eirCSecris eplthesis, ep-ith'-es-is; from 2007; 
an imposition (of hands officially):— laying (putting) 
on. 



1937. eiri6vu4u gplthnm£d, ep-ee-thoo-meh'-o; 
from 7909 and 2372; to set the heart upon, i.e. long 
for (rightfully or otherwise):— covet, desire, would 
fain, lust (after). 

1938. ciri8u|ii)T^s epithumetea, ep-ee-thoo-may- 
tace'; from 1037; a craver: 1- lust after. 

1939. 4in8vu(a epitbumia, ep-ee-thoo-mee'-ah; 
from iqj7! a longing (espec. for what is forbidden):— 
concupiscence, desire, lust (after). 

1940. eirucaStfo epikatbizo, ep-ee-kath-id'-zo; 
from 7909 and 2523; to seat upon: — set on. 

1941. eiriKO.Xiou.ai epikale<5niai, ep-ee-kal-eh'- 
om-ahee; mid. from 7909 and 2564; to entitle; by 
impl. to invoke (for aid, worship, testimony, decision, 
etc.):— appeal (unto), call (on, upon), surname. 

1942. e'lriKdXuua eplkaluma, ep-ee-kal'-oo-mah; 
from IQ43; a covering, i.e. (&%.) pretext:— cloke. 

1943. EiriKaXvirru gplkalupto, ep-ee-kal-oop'- 
to; from 7909 and 2572; to conceal, i.e. (fig.) forgive: — 
cover. 

1944. 4mKa.Tdpa.Tos eplkataratds, ep-ee-kat- 
ar'-at-os; from 7909 and a der. of 2072; imprecated, 
i.e. execrable:— accursed. 

1945. erCKeiuai epikelmai, ep-ik'-i-mahee; 
from 7909 and 2749; to rest upon (lit. or flg.):— im- 
pose, be instant, (be) laid (there-, up-) on, (when) lay 
(on), lie (on), press upon. 

1946. 'Eiriicovpeios £plk5areid«, ep-ee-koo'-ri- 

os; from Eirtnovpos £plkdur<5s [comp. 79^] (a 
noted philosopher); an Epicurean or follower of 
Epicurus: — Epicurean. 

1947. liriKOVpCa epikduria, ep-ee-koo-ree'-ah; 
from a comp. of 7909 and a (prol.) form of the base of 
2.577 (in the sense of servant); assistance: — help. 

1948. 4iriKpCv» epikrino, ep-ee-kree'-no; from 
7909 and 2979; to adjudge: — give sentence. 

1949. 4iriXap.pdvop.ai epllainbandmai. ep-ee- 
lam-ban' -om-ahee; mid. from 7909 and 2qSj; to seize 
(for help, injury, attainment or any other purpose; 
lit. or flg.):— catch, lay hold (up-) on, take (by, hold 
of, on). 

1950. 4iriXav8dvop,ai epllanthandmal, ep-ee- 
lan-than' -om-ahee; mid. from 7909 and sqqo; to Jose 
out of mind ; by impl. to neglect:— (be) forget (-f ul of). 

1951. imX.470p.a1 epilegdmal, ep-ee-leg' -om- 
ahee; mid. from 7909 and 3004; to surname, select: — 
call, choose. 

1952. imXelirw epllelpo, ep-ee-li'-po; from 7909 
and 3007; to leave upon, i.e. (flg.) to be insufficient 
for:— fail. 

1953. €iri\no"p.oWj epllesm&ne, ep-ee-lace-mon- 
ay'; from a der. of 79/0; negligence:— X forgetful. 

1954. tirCXoiiros eplldipda. ep-il' -oy-pos; from 
7909 and 3062; left over, i.e. remaining: — rest. 

1955. eirCXuo'is eplluals, Kp-il'-oo-sis; from 1036; 
explanation, i.e. application: — interpretation. 

1956. iirvXvo gplluo, ep-ee-loo'-o; from 7909 and 
3o8q; to solve further, i.e. (flg.) to explain, decide: — 
determine, expound. 

1957. liriuapTvptW Splmartnreo, ep-ee-mar- 
too-reh'-o; from 7909 and 3140; to attest further, i.e. 
corroborate: — testify. 

1958. ImpAcia gptmelgta, ep-ee-mel'-i-ah; 
from 79/9; carefulness, i.e. kind attention (hospital- 
ity): 1- refresh self. 

1959. 4irip.eX4op.ai eplmeledmal, ep-ee-r»er-eft'- 
om-ahee; mid. from 7909 and the same as 3iqq; to 
care for (phys. or otherwise): — take care of. 

1960. eiripeXws epimelos, ep-ee-mel-oce 1 ; adv. 
from a der. of 79J9; carefully: — diligently. 

1961. eiriuivo) eplmeno, ep-ee-men'-o; from 7909 
and 330b; to stay over, i.e. remain (flg. persevere): — 
abide (in), continue (in), tarry. 

1962. emvcvu eplneu.5, ep-een-yoo'-o; from 7909 
and 350b; to nod at, i.e. (by impl.) to assent: — consent. 

1963. eirtvoia £pln<51a, ep-in'-oy-ah; from 7909 
and 3363; attention of the mind, i.e. (by impl.) pur- 
pose. - — thought. 

1964. eiriopK4« epl5rkeo, ep-ee-orJceh'-o; from 
7965; to commit perjury:— forswear self. 



1965. JirCopKOS epldrkda, ep-ee' -or-kos; from 
7909 and 3727; on oath, i.e. (falsely) a forswearer:— 
perjured person. 

1966. eiriovo-a gplduaa, ep-ee-oo'-sah; fern. sing, 
part, of a comp. of 7909 and etp.i helml (to go); 
supervening, i.e. (2250 or 3371 being expressed or im. 
plied) the ensuing day or night:— following, next. 

1967. eiriovcrios eplduaifta, ep-ee-oo'-see-os; 
perh. from the same as 7966; to-morrow's; but more 
prob. from 7909 and a der. of the pres. part. fern, of 
7570; for subsistence, i.e. needful:— daily. 

1968. eiriirCirru £pipiptd, ep-ee-pip'-to; from 
iqoq and 4oq8; to embrace (with affection) or seize 
(with more or less violence; lit. or flg.):— fall into (on, 
upon), lie on, press upon. 

1969. eTriirXrj 0*0-0 eplpleaso, ep-ee-place'so; 
from 7909 and 4141; to chastise, i.e. (with words) to 
upbraid:— rebuke. 

1970. eiriirvC-yci) eplpnlgo, ep-ee-pnee'-go; from 
7909 and 4133; to throttle upon, i.e. (flg.) overgrow:— 
choke. 

1971. liriiro84a epip&tbeo, ep-ee-poth-eh'-o: 
from 7909 and iro84» pdtbeo (to yearn); to dote 
upon, i.e. intensely crave possession (lawfully or 
wrongfully):— (earnestly) desire (greatly), (greatly) 
long (after), lust. 

1972. emirdeno-is eplpStheala, ep-ee-poth' -ay- 
sis; from 7977; a longing for:— earnest (vehement) 
desire. 

1973. emir68i)Tos gplpAtbetfts, ep-ee-poth' -ay- 
tos; from 7909 and a der. of the latter part of 7977; 
yearned upon, i.e. greatly loved:— longed for. 

1974- emiroSCa eplpdthla, ep-ee-poth-ee'-ah; 
from 7977; intense longing: — great desire. 

1975. eiriiropevouai eplp5rea5mal, ep-ee-por- 
yoo' -om-ahee; from 7909 and 479*57 to journey further, 
i.e, travel on (reach): — come. 

1976. eirip^dirro Splrrbapto, ep-tr-ftrap'-to; 
from 7909 and the base of 447b; to stitch upon, i.e. 
fasten with the needle:— sew on. 

1977. emrJpCir™ eptrrblpto, ep-ir-hrip'-to; from 
7909 and 4406; to throw upon (lit. or flg.):— cast upon. 

1978. cir(o~r)uo$ eplsemds, ep-is'-ay-mos; from 
7909 and some form of the base of 45Q1; remarkable, 
i.e. (flg.) eminent: — notable, of note. 

1979. eiri.TiTurp.6s eplsitlsmds, ep-ee-sit-is-mos' ; 
from a comp. of 7909 and a der. of 4621; a provision- 
ing, i.e. (concr.) food: — victuals. 

1980. emo-K4irrop.ai eplskeptdmal, ep-ee-skep'- 
tom-ahee; mid. from 7909 and the base of 4640; to in- 
spect, i.e. (by impl.) to select; by extens. to go to see, 
relieve: — look out, visit. 

1981. emtricnvdw episkendo, ep-ee-skay-no'-o; 
from 7909 and 4037; to tent upon, i.e. (flg.) abide 
with:— rest upon. 

1982. e'mo-KidJa) eplsklazo, ep-ee-skee-ad'-zo; 
from 7909 and a der. of 403Q; to cast a shadeupon, i.e. 
(by anal.) to envelop in a haze of brilliancy; flg. to in- 
vest with preternatural influence:— overshadow. 

1983. eiri<TK0ir4a> episkdped, ep-ee-skop-eh'-o; 
from 7909 and 4b48; to oversee; by impl. to beware:— 
look diligently, take the oversight. 

1984- eirio-KOirrj Splsk6pe, ep-is-kop-ay' ; from 
79t5b; inspection (for relief); by impl. superinten- 
dence; spec, the Chr. "episcopate":— the office of a 
" bishop", bishoprick, visitation. 

1985. eiruntoiros eplsk5p5s, ep-is'-kop-os; from 
7909 and 464Q (in the sense of 79^?) ; a superintendent, 
i.e. Chr. officer in gen. charge of a (or the) church 
(lit. or flg.) :— bishop, overseer. 

1986. ciricnraouai cpispadmal, ep-ee-spah' -om- 
ahee; from 7907 and 4683; to draw over, i.e. (with 203 
implied) efface the mark of circumcision (by recover- 
ing with the foreskin):— become unoircumcised. 

1987. eirCcrrauai ejplstamal, ep-is'-tam-ahee; 
appar. a mid. of 27* (with 3363 implied); to put the 
mind upon, i.e. comprehend, or be acquainted with: — 
know, understand. 



Epistatacc 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



1988. <irurrdri)s .'plstatox. ep-ia-tat'-ace; from 
71509 and a presumed der. of 2476; an appointee over, 
Le. commander (teacher) :— master. 

1989. emcrrfXX» AplgtAUS, ep-ee-stel'-lo; from 
iqoq and 4724; to enjoin (by writing), i.e. (gen.) to 
communicate by letter (for any purpose):— write (a 
tetter, unto). 

1990. eirurriJuMV Aplstemon, ep-eestay'-mone; 
from 1087; intelligent:— endued with knowledge. 

1991. eirurrnptja Aplsterlzo, ep-ee-stay-rid'-zo; 
from iqoq and 4741; to support further, i.e. reestab- 
lish:— confirm, strengthen. 

2992. tirtCTToX^ AplstAle, ep-U-tol-ay' ; flora iqSq; 
0. written message: — "epistle", letter. 

1993. eirurroulgu AplstAmlzo, ep-ee-stom-id'-zo; 
from iqoq and 4730; to put something over the mouth, 
Le. (flg.) to sj'Zence.-— stop mouths. 

199 It. Mrurrpty** ApistrApbo, ep-ee-stref'-o; 
from 7909 and 4762; to reuerf (lit., flg. or mor.): — come 
(go) again, convert, (re-) turn (about, again). 

1995. lirurrpocjWj AplstrApbe, ep-is-trof-ay'; 
from 7994,' reversion, i.e. mor. revolution:— conver- 
sion. 

1996. eaurwd-yu Aplisnnago, ep-ee-soon-ag'-o; 
from 7000 and 4863; to coiieet upon the same place:— 
gather (together). 

1997. i-mmn>a.y«>y([ Aplsnnagoge, ep-ee-soon- 
ag~o-gay f ; from 7906; a complete collection: spec, a 
Chr. meeting (for worship):— assembling (gathering) 
together. 

1998. eir«nivTplx» AplsontrAcbo, ep-ee-soon- 
trekh'-o; from 7000 and 4936; to hasten together upon 
one place (or a partio. occasion):— come running 
together. 

1999. lirurfoTOoris Aplsustasls, ep-ee-soo'-stas- 
is; from the mid. of a comp. of 7009 and 4927; a con- 
spiracy, i.e. concourse (riotous or friendly): — that 
which cometh upon, + raising up. 

2000. !mo-4>aMjS Aplspbales, ep-ee-sfalace' ; 
from a comp. of 7009 and <r<j>4XX« gphallo (to 
trip)', fig. insecure: — dangerous. 

2001. eirurxvw Aptecbuo, epis-khoo'-o; from 
7909 and 2480; to avail further, l.e. (flg.) insist 
stoutly:— be the more fierce. 

200S. imtrwpfio AplsorAno, ep-ee-so-rj^oo'-o, - 
from 7909 and 4087; to accumulate further, i.e. (fig.) 
seek additionally:— heap. 

2003. 4irvra"y^i Spit age, ep-ee-tag-ay' ; from 20a*; 
an injunction or decree; by hnpl. authoritative- 
ness:— authority, commandment. 

2004. lirvrAfn™ Apltasso, ep-ee-tas'-so; from 
7909 and 5021; to arrange upon, i.e. order:— charge, 
command, tajoin. 

2005. imrtkiu epiteleo, ep-ee-tel-eh'-o; from 
7909 and jojj; to fulfill further (or completely), i.e. 
execute; by impl. to terminate, undergo:— accom- 
plish, do, finish, (make) (perfect), perform ( X -ance). 

2006. tirirfjoHOS epltedelds, ep-ee-tay'-di-os; 
from ^irvnjoes ApitedAs (enough) ; serviceable, i.e. 
(by impl.) reguisite.— things which are needful. 

2007. £miS6T]|n epltltbemi, ep-ee-tith'-ay-mee; 
from 7909 and jof?; to impose (in a friendly or hostile 
3ense):— add unto, lade, lay upon, put (up) on, set on 
(up), + surname, x wound. 

2008. brvriudu Apltlmao, ep-ee-tee-mah'-o; from 
iqoq and 5001; to '.ax upon, I.e. censure or admonish; 
by Impl. forbid:— (straitly) charge, rebuke. 

2009. iiriTipCa Apltlmla, ep-ee-tee-mee'-ah; from 
a comp. of 7909 and 5002; prop, esteem, i.e. citizen- 
ship; used (in the sense of 200S) of a penalty:— pun- 
ishment. 

2020. JmTpfirw epltrepo, ep-ee-trep'-o; from 
T909 and the base 013137; to turn over (transfer), i.e. 
allow:— give leave (liberty, license), let, permit, 
suffer. 

5022. ImTfWlrfj ApltrApe, ep-ee-trop-ay' ; from 
207o, - permtiwion, i.e. (by impl.) full power:— com- 
mission. 



. !ir(.Tpoiro$ £pitrdpAs, ep-it'-rop-os; from 
7909 and J7j* (in the sense of 2077); a commissioner, 
i,e. domestic manager, guardian: — steward, tutor. 

2018. iirmryxdvu Apltngcbano, ep-ee-toong- 
khan'-o; from 7909 and ^777; to chance upon, i.e. (by 
impl.) attain:— obtain. 

2014. tirujxiCvw Aplpbaino, ep-ee-/aJi'ee-no; 
from 7909 and 531b; to shine upon, i.e. become (lit.) 
visible or (flg.) ftnoton.— appear, give light. 

2015. 4ir«|>ttveia epiphanAia, ep-if-an'-i-ah; 
from 20/6; a manifestation, i.e. (spec.) the acireni of 
Christ (past or fut.) :— appearing, brightness. 

2016. eiri<|>avijs Aplpbanes, ep-if -an-o.ee' ; from 
2014; conspicuous, i.e. (flg.) memorable: — notable. 

2017. eiri<j>avo) Apipbano, ep-ee-fow'-o; a form 
of 2014; to iZZuminate (flg.):— give light. 

2018. im$ipo> AplpbAro, ep-ee-fer'-o; from 7909 
and jc?^; to dear upon (or/wrffter), i.e. adduce (pers. 
or judicially [accuse, inflict}), superinduce:— aid, 
bring (against), take. 

2019. itnfyavia AplpbSnAo, ep-ee-fo-neh'-o; 
from 7909 and 5455; to caM at something, i.e. ex- 
claim:— cry (against), give a shout. 

2020. tirupc&o-Ku eplpbosko, ep-eefoce'-ko; a 
form of 2077; to begin to grow light:— -begin to dawn, 
X draw on. 

#0.22. lin\apia AplcbAlrAo, ep-ee-khi-reh'-o; 
from 7909 and j#?j," to put the hand upon, i.e. under- 
take:— go about, take in hand (upon). 

2022. imxia AptcbAo, ep-ee-kheh'-o; from 7909 
and X^** cbAo (to pour); to pour upon:— pour in. 

2023. lv<.\opr\yla ApicbAregAd, ep-ee-khor- 
ayg-eh'-o; from 7909 and 3324; to furnish besides, i.e. 
fully supply, (flg.) aid or contribute:— add, minister 
(nourishment, unto). 

#0#£. ImxopiryCa AptcbAregla, ep-ee-khor-ayg- 
ee'-ah; from 2037; contribution:— supply. 

2025. i-mxpUa Aplcbrlo, ep-ee-khree'-o; from 
7909 and 5548; to smear over:— anoint. 

2026. iiroiKo8o|icu ApAMCAdAmAo, ep-oy-kod- 
om-eh'-o; from 7909 and 3018; to build upon, i.e. (flg.) 
to rear up:— build thereon (thereupon, on, upon). 

2027. iirOKtXka ApAbAllo, ep-ok-el'-lo; from 7909 
and ok^XXw okello (to urge); to drive upon the 
shore, i.e to beach a vessel:— run aground. 

2028. eirovo|AO.£i!> epAndmazo, ep-on-om-ad'-zo; 
from 7909 and 3087; to name further, i.e. denomi- 
nate:— call. 

#0#0. Iiroirrcva ApAptAuo, ep-opt-yoo'-o; from 
/909 and a der. 0C3700; to inspect, i.e. watch:— behold. 
^050. 4irdirTi]s Apdptes, ep-op'-tace; from 7909 
and a presumed der. of 3700; a looker-on:— eye-wit- 



tiros SpAs, ep'-os; from roj6; a word:— 
X say. 

#05#. Iirovpdvios ApAuraniAs, ep-oo-ran'-ee-os; 
from 7909 and 3772; above the afcu: — celestial, (in) 
heaven (-ly), high. 

2033. curd liepta, hep-tah'; a prim, number; 
seven:— seven. 

2034- sirraufe heptabis, hep-tak-is'; adv. from 
2033; seven times: — seven times. 

2035. eirraxio-xCXioi beptaklscblllAi, hep-tak- 
is-khil'-ee-oy; from 2034 a.ndS307; seven times a thou- 
sand:— seven thousand. 

2036. tiro Spo, ep'-o; a prim, verb (used only in 
the def . past tense, the others being borrowed from 
2046, 4483 &nd 3340) \ to speak or say (by word or writ- 
ing):— answer, bid, bring word, call, command, grant, 
say (on), speak, tell. Comp. 3004. 

2037. "Epaoros £rastAs, er'-as-tos; from 4pd» 
Arao Cx> love); beloved; Erastus, a Chr.:— Erastus. 

2038. ipydjjouou. ArgazAmal, er-gad'-zom-ahee; 
mid. from 2041; to toil (as a task, occupation, etc.), 
(by impl.) effect, be engaged in or with, etc. : — com- 
mit, do, labor for, minister about, trade (by), work. 

2039. Ip-yacria Argasla, er-gas-ee'-ah; from 2040; 
occupation; by impl. profit, pains:— craft, diligence, 
grain, work- 



!pry&Tt]S Argates, er-gat'-ace; from S041; 
a toiler; flg. a teacher:— labourer, worker (-men). 

2041. tpYOV ArgAn, er'-gon; from a prim, (but ob- 
sol.) epY« Argo (to toorfc) ; toil (as an effort or oc- 
cupation); by impl. an act:— deed, doing, labour, 
work. 

2042. Ipe0(£ci> ArAtblzo, er-eth-id'-zo; from a pre- 
sumed prol. form of 2034; to stimulate (espec. to 
anger):— provoke. 

2043. epelSoi ArAldo, er-i'-do; of obscure affln. ; to 
prop, i.e. (reflex.) get fast:— stick fast. 

2044- *p«VYOu.ai SrAugAmai, er-j/oog'-om-aftee; 
of uncert. affln. ; to oeicA, i.e. (flg.) to speak out:— 
utter. 

2045. Ipevvdo) ArAnnao, er-poo-nah'-o; appar. 
from 2040 (through the idea of inquiry); to seek, i.e. 
(flg.) to investigate:— search. 

2046. ipia ArAo, er-eh'-o; prob. a fuller form of 
4483; an alt. for zojo in cert, tenses; to utter, i.e. 
speak or say:— call, say, speak (of), tell. 

2047. «pT)p.Ca eremla, er-ay-mee'-ah; from 2048; 
solitude (concr.): — desert, wilderness. 

2048. epi)|ios AremAo, er'-ay-mos; of uncert. af- 
fln.; lonesome, i.e. (by impl.) waste (usually as a 
noun, j-jor being implied):— desert, desolate, solitaiy, 
wilderness. 

2049. Ipi]|i6« AremAo, er-ay-mo'-o; from 2048; to 
lay waste (lit. or flg.):— (bring to, make) desolate 
(-ion), come to nought. 

2050. Ip^juaio-is Aremosls, er-ay' -mo-sis; from 
2049; despoliation: — desolation. 

2051. IpCfJu Arizo, er-id'-zo; from 2034; to wran- 
gle:— strive. 

#052. IpiBcCa erlthela, er-ith-i'-ah; perh. from 
the same as 2042; prop, intrigue, i.e. (by impl.) /ac- 
tion.-— contention (-ious), strife. 
2053. epiov ArlAn, er'-ee-on; of obscure affln.; 
woo!:— wool. 

^054. epis Arts, er'-is; of uncert. affln. ; a quarrel, 
i.e. (by impl.) wrangling:— contention, debate, strife, 
variance. 

2055. ipCxpiov ArlphiAn, er-if'-ee-on; from 2056; 
a kidling, i.e. (gen.) goat (symbol, wicked person):— 
goat. 

#056. epu|)o$ AriphAs, er'-if-os; perh. from the 
same as 2033 (through the idea of hairiness); a kid or 
(gen.) goat:— goat, kid. 

#057. Epuds HArmas, her-mas'; prob. from 
2060: Bermas, a Chr. : — Hernias. 
205S. e'p|M)vcCa bArmenAla, her-may-ni'-ah, 
from the same as 2039; translation: — interpretation. 

2059. ippirvtva hermeneno, her-mayn-yoo'-v ; 
from a presumed der. of 2060 (as the god of language) ; 
to translate: — interpret. 

2060. 'Epu/f)s Hermes, her-mace'; perh. from 
204b; Hermes, the name of the messenger of the Gr. 
deities; also of a Chr.:— Hermes, Mercury. 

2061. 'EpuoY^vrjs HArmogAnes, her-mog-en'- 
ace; from 2060 and 7090; born of Hermes; Hermog- 
enes, an apostate Chr. :— Hermogenes. 

2062. ipirerdv bArpAt An, her-pet-on'; neut. of a 
der. of epirw Jierpo (to creep); a,reptUe,i.e. (byHebr. 
[comp. 7481]) a small animal: — creeping thing, ser- 
pent. 

2063. ipuSpos ArathrAs, er-oo-thros'; of uncert. 
affln. ; red, i.e. (with 2281) the JBed Sea: — red. 

2064. Ipxopai ArcbAmal, er'-khom-ahee; mid. of 
a prin. verb (used only in the pres. and imperf. 
tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred [mid.] 

iXev8o|Uii AlAntbAmat, el-yoo'-thom-ahee; 
or [act.] 

«\0<i> Altbo, el'-tho; which do not otherwise 
occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applica- 
tions, lit. and flg.):— accompany, appear, bring, come 
enter, fall out, go, grow, x light, X next, pass, resort, 
be set. 

2065. epurdu Arotao, er-o-tah'-o; appar. from 
20^6 [comp. 2045\; to interrogate; by impl. to re- 
quest:— ask, beseech, desire, intreat, pray. Comp 
44V. 






GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



Epistatace 
Yooporeeah 



33 



2066. €<r6f|S estlies, es-tliace'; t rom « vw|U I1611- 
uunii (to clothe); dress:— apparel, clothing, raiment, 
robe. 

2067. t<r0T](ris esthesls, es'-thay-sis; from a der. 
of 20(5(5; clothing (concr.): — garment. 

2068. 4<r8Cci> festbio, es-thee'-o; strengthened for a 
prim. s'Sw 6do (to ea£) ; used only in certain tenses, 
the rest being supplied by 3313; to eat (usually lit.):— 
devour, eat, lire. 

2069. 'Eo-XC Esli, es-!ee'; of Heb. or. [prob. for 
454]; Esli, anlsr.:— Esli. 

2070. ktrpAv esmeu, es-men'; first pers. plur. in- 
die, of 1510; we are:— are, he, have our being, X have 
hope, + [the gospel] was [preached unto] us. 

2071. «<ro(iai esSmal, es'-om-ahee; fut. of 1310; 
mil be;— shall (should) be (have), (shall) come (to 
pass), X may have, X fall, what would follow, X live 
long, X sojourn. 

2072. i'o-oirrpov esdptrSn, es'-op-tron; from ijio 
and a presumed der. of 3700; a mirror (for looking 
into):— glass. Comp. 2734. 

2073. itrtripa. hespera, hes-per'-ah; fern, of an 
adj. i<nrep6s lifespfirfis (evening); the eve (3610 
being impl.):— evening (-tide). 

2074. 'Eo-ptiu, Esrom, es-rome; of Heb. or. [2696]; 
Esrom (i.e. CTieisron), an Isr. :— Esrom. 

2075. i<rri £st£, es-teh'; second pers. plur. pres. 
indie, of 1310; ye are;— be, have been, belong. 

2076. lorrt fcsti, es-tee'; third pers. sing. pres. in- 
die, of 1310; he (she or it) is; also (with neut. plur.) 
they are:— are, be (-long), call, X can [-not], come, 
consisteth, X dure for awhile, + follow, X have, 
(that) is (to say), make, meaneth, X must needs, 
+ profit, + remaineth, + wrestle. 

2077. c<tt<i> 6sto, es'-to; second pers. siDg. pres. 
imper. of 15 10; be thou; also 

<?o-ru<rav gstosan, es'-to-san; third pers. of 
the same; let them 6e:— be. 

2078. €<tx<itos fescliatds, es'-khat-os; a superl. 
proh. from 21Q2 (in the sense of contigi'.ity); farthest, 
final (of place or time):— ends of, last, latter end, 
lowest, uttermost. 

2079. 4<rx&T«s ISsehatos, es-khat'-oce; adv. from 
20781 finally, i.e. (with 21Q2) at the extremity of life: — 
point of death. 

2080. cVw 6so, es'-o; from 1510; inside (as prep, or 
adj.):— (with-) in (-ner, -to, -ward). 

2081. <[<ra>9ev issotben, es'-o-tften; from 20S0; from 
inside; also used as equiv to 2080 (inside): — inward 
(-ly), (from) within, without. 

2082. 4<r<&Tepos fsoteros. es-o'-ter-os; compar. of 
2080; interior:— inner, within. 

2083. fTcttpos lielairos het-ah'ee-ros; from trip 
fetes (a clansman) ; a comrade: — fellow, friend. 
2084- tTepi-yXoxnros b£t£rdgldssAs, het-er-og'- 
loce-sos; from 2087 and 1100; other-tongued, i.e. a 
foreigner:— man of other tongue. 

2085. irtpoiitaa-KaXia hetertfdldaskaleo. 
het-er-od-id-as-kal-eh'-o; from 2087 and 1320; to in- 
struct differently:— teach other doctrine (-wise). 
$086. irtpo%v</la bfiterCzugco, het-er-od-zoog- 
eh'-o; from a comp. of 2087 and 2218; to 3/ofce up dif- 
ferently, i.e. (fig.) to associate discordantly: — un- 
equally yoke together with. 

2087. erepos hetei-As, het'-er-os; of uncert. affin. ; 
(an-, the) other or different: — altered, else, next (day), 
one, (an-) other, some, strange. 

2088. irlpus h£te>ds, het-er'-oce; adv. from 2087; 
differently:— otherwise. 

2089. cti 6tl, et'-ee; perh. akin to 20Q4; " yei," still 
(of time or degree):— after that, also, ever, (any) fur- 
ther, (t-) henceforth (more), hereafter, (any) longer, 
(any) more (-one), now, still, yet. 

2090. eroiu,dg<i> b8t iimazo, het-oy-mad'-zo; from 
2002; to prepare:— prepare, provide, make ready. 
Comp. 2680. 

2091. eToi|iao-Ca hgtdlmasla, het-oy-mas-ee'-ah; 
from 20Q0: preparation: — preparation. 



CToifios h6t61m<Js, het-oy'-mos; from an 
old noun eVeos hfeteAs (fitness); adjusted, i.e. 
ready.— prepared, (made) ready (-iness, to our hand). 

2093. e'ro[p,(i>s lx'totiiio*, het'-oy-moce; adv. 
from 2002; in readiness: — ready. 

2094. ctos 6t«Js, et'-os; appar. a prim, word; a 
year:— year. 

2095. tv gu, yoo; neut. of a prim, eus 6ns (good); 
(adv.) well: — good, well (done). 

2096. Eva fina, yoo 1 -ah; of Heb. or. [8332] ; Eua 
(or Eva, i.e. Chavvah), the first woman:— Eve. 

2097. eva.yyt\lt,o> 6nagg£lizo, yoo-ang-ghel-id' - 
z>; from 200s and 32; to announce good news (" ev- 
angelize") espec. the gospel:— declare, bring (declare, 
show) glad (good) tidings, preach (the gospel). 

2098. tvayyiXiov euaggClldn, yoo-ang-ghel'-ee- 
on; from the same as 2007; a good message, i.e. the 
gospel: — gospel. 

2099. tva7Y«\i(rT'f)S euaggellstes, yoo-ang- 
ghel-is-tace' ; from 20Q7; a preacher of the gospel: — 
evangelist. 

2100. evapco-T&i) fuaresteo, yoo-ar-es-teh'-o; 
from 2/0/; to gratify entirely: — please (well). 

2101. evdpetTTOS fuarestds, yoo-ar'-es-tos; from 
2005 and 70/; fully agreeable: — acceptable (-ted), 
wellpleasing. 

2102. evap&rrus euarestos, yoo-ar-es'-toce; adv. 
from 2101; quite agreeably: — acceptably, 4- please 
well. 

2103. Evp*ovXos Eubonlds, yoo' -boo-los; from 
2003 and 1014; good-wilier; Eubulus, a Chr.:— Eu 
bulus. 

2104. tiylvns engines, yoog-en'-ace; from 2003 
and 100b; well born, i.e. (Ut.) high in rank, or (fig.) 
generous: — more noble, nobleman. 

2105. evSCa £iidla, yoo-dee'-ah; tern, from 2003 
and the alt. of 2203 (as the god of the weather) ; a clear 

i e. fine weather:— lair weather. 

2106. evSoKCoi £ud<5keo, yoo-dok-eh'-o; from 2005 
and /jtfo; to think well of, i.e. approve (an act); spec, 
to approbate (a person or thing):— think good, (be 
well) please (-d), be the good (have, take) pleasure, be 
willing. 

2107. cvSokCo. 6ud£kla, yoo-dok-ee'-ah; from a 
presumed comp. of 2005 and the base of 1380; satis- 
faction, i.e. (subj.) delight, or (obj.) kindness, wish, 
purpose: — desire, good pleasure (will), x seem good. 

2108. eitpyarla euSrgesla, yoo-erg-es-ee'-ah; 
from 2110; beneficence (gen. or spec): — benefit, good 
deed done. 

2109. tiepyeria euergetCo, yoo-erg-et-eh'-o; from 
2iio; to 6e philanthropic:— a\o good. 

£iW. tiepy^rns fuergetes, yoo-erg-et'-ace; from 
2005 and the base of 2041; a worker of good, i.e. (spec.) 
a philanthropist: — benefactor. 

2111. cvOctos (' nth.'tos yoo'-thet-os; from 200s 
and a der. of 5087; well placed, i.e. (fig.) appro- 
priate:— at, meet. 

^-ZI#. riOe'ws eutlii-ofi, yoo-theh'-oce; adv. from 
27/7; directly, i.e. a£ once or soon: — anon, as soon as, 
forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway. 
2113. evSvSpopiu eutbudrdmeo, yoo-thoo- 
drom-eh'-o; from 2117 and /^arf; to lay a straight 
course, i.e. sail direct:— (come) with a straight course. 
2114- e48i>|i&» feutbumeo, yoo-thoo-meh'-o; from 
27/?," tocheerup, i.e. (intrans.) fee cheerful; neut. comp. 
(adv.) more cheerfully: — be of good cheer (merry). 
2115. ev6up,os eiitluimos, yoo' -thoo-mos; from 
2005 and 2372; in ./me spirits, i.e. cheerful:— ot good 
cheer, the more cheerfully. 

#_Zi6\ cv9vv(i> euthuno, yoo-thoo' -no; from 2/77; 
to straighten (level) ; tech. to steer: —governor, make 
straight. 

2117. cdOvs eii thus yoo-thoos'; perh. from 200J 
and 5087; straight, i.e. (lit.) Zet'eZ, or (fig.) true; adv. 
(of time) at once:— anon, by and by, forthwith, im- 
mediately, straightway. 

#.Zi?. cvvvrns euthntes, yoo-thoo'-tace; from 
27/7; rectitude:— righteousness. 



#2_Z9. cvxaiplo eukairfid, yoo-kahee-reh'-o; from 
2/2/; to have good lime, i.e. opportunity or ieis- 
wre.-— have leisure (convenient time), spend time. 

cvKaipfa. eukairia, yoo-kahee-ree'-ah; from 
a favorable occasion:— opportunity. 

. eiiKaipos feukairds, yoo'-kahee-ros; from 
20QS and 2J^o; well-timed, i.e. opportune: — conven- 
ient, in time of need. 

2122. evKcnpas eukairos, yoo-kah'ee-roce; adv. 
from 2/2/; opporimteij/:— conveniently, in season. 

^i^3. 6VKOir(4T«pos 6nk6pot8r6s, yoo-kop-o'- 
ter-os; comp. of a comp. of 2005 and 2873; better for 
toil, i.e. more facile: — easier. 

2124. evXdpeia . lilub. i;i yoo-lab'-i-ah; from 
2/26; prop, caution, i.e. (religiously) reverence (piety); 
by impl. dread (concr.):— fear (-ed). 

2125. tvXapeojiai eiilabe< v >mai, yoo-lab-eh'-om- 
ahee; mid. from 2/26; to be cirewmspect, ie. (by 
impl.)to6eapprefte»iSM!e,' religiously, to retierence:— 
(moved with) fear. 

2126. cvXap'qs fenlabes, yoo-lab-ace' ; from sogs 
and 2o<&; taking well (carefully), i.e. ctrcwmspecZ (re- 
ligiously, pious): — devout. 

2127. evX(>7&» gnlftg5o, yoo-log-eh'-o; from a 
comp. of 200^ and jqjo; to speafc well of, i.e. (relig- 
iously) to 6(ess (thank or i»w>fce a benediction upon, 
prosper):— bless, praise. 

#XS<S. eiXo-yiirds 6ul<4get6s, yoo-log-ay-tos' ; from 
2/27; adorable: — blessed. 

2129. cvXoyCa 6ul5gla, yoo-log-ee'-ah; from the 
same as 2/27; fine speaking, i.e. elegance of Ian- 
guage; commendation (" eulogy"), i.e. (reverentially) 
adoration; religiously, benediction; by impl. conse- 
cration; by extens. benefit or largess: — blessing (a 
matter of) bounty (X -tifully), fair speech. 

2130. e4p.6TdSoToe £nm£tad5tds, yoo-met-ad'- 
ot-os; from 2oqs and a presumed der. of 3330; good at 
imparting, i.e. liberal:— ready to distribute. 

2131. EvvCkt| llnnike, yoo-nee'-kay; from 2005 
and 352q; victorious; Eunice, a Jewess: — Eunice. 

2132. evvocci) euil<*>So, yoo-no-eh'-o; from a comp. 
of 2003 and 3363; to 6e well-minded, i.e. reconcile; — 
agree. 

2133. ciivota eundia, yoo'-noy-ah; from the same 
as 2132; kindness; euphem. conjugal duty: — benevo- 
lence, good will. 

2134. «ivoi>x.CJci> 6un5uclilzo, yoo-noo-khid'-zo, 
from 2133; to castrate (fig. live unmarried): — make 
. . . eunuch. 

2135. euvoBxos eunduelids, yoo-noo'-khos; from 
tivi\ £nne (a bed) and 2/02; a castrated person 
(such being employed in Oriental bed-chambers); by 
extens. an impotent or unmarried man ; by impl. a 
chamberlain (state-officer)'. — eunuch. 

2136. EvoSCa fiuddla, yoo-od-ee'-ah; from the 
same as 2137; fine travelling; Euodia, a Chr. 
woman : — Euodias. 

2137. evoSdo £udd5o, yoo-od-o'-o; from a comp. 
of 2003 and 3308; to help on the road, i.e. (pass.) suc- 
ceed in reaching; fig. to succeed in business affairs: — 
(have a) prosper (-ous journey). 

2138. cvim8^js eupeithes, yoo-pi-thace' ; from 
2003 and 3082; good for persuasion, i.e. (intrans.) 
compliant:— easy to be intreated . 

2139. cvircpCoraTos euperistatSs. yoo-per-is'- 
tat-os; from 20Q3 and a der. of a presumed comp. of 
4012 and 247b; well standing around, i.e. (a competi- 
tor) thwarting (a racer) in every direction (fig. of sin 
in gen.):— which doth so easily beset. 

2140. cviroita gupftlia, yoo-poy-ee'-ah; from a 
comp. of 2003 and 4160; well doing, i.e. beneficence; — 
to do good. 

2141. €VTropeo> eup6r6o, yoo-por-eh'-o; from a 
comp. of 2000 and the base of 4107; (intrans.) to 6e 
good for passing through, i.e. (fig.) have pecuniary 
means: — ability. 

2142. cviropla gupdrla, yoo-por-ee'-ah; from the 
same as 2141; pecuniary resources: — wealth. 



34 



Yoourepiah 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



2143. riwp&ma Snprepela, yoo-prep'-i-ah; from 
a comp. of 20Q5 and 4241; good suitableness, i.e. 
gracefulness: — grace. 

2144. cfarpdo-ScKTOs £upr8sdektda, yoo-pros 1 - 
dek-tos; from 200; and a der. of 4327; well-received, 
i.e. approved, favorable:— acceptable (-ted). 

2145. cfarpiotSpos £npr£a£drda, yoo-pros'-ed- 
ros; from 2005 and the same as 4332; sitting well to- 
wards, i.e. (fig.) assiduous (neut. diligent service):— 
X attend upon. 

2146. cfarpocrMirlw £upr&sdp$o, yoo-pros-o-peh'- 
o; from a comp. of 2005 and ^Jfj, - to be of good coun- 
tenance, i.e. (fig.) to make a display:— make a fair 
show. 

#Z£7. cvpfo-KU h£urlsko, hyoo-ris'-ko; a prol. 
form of a prim. 

ivpu henro, hyoo'-ro; which (together with 
another cognate form 

tvpia h£nreo, hyoo-reh'-o) is used for it In 
all the tenses except tbe pres. and imperf . ; to find 
(lit. or flg.):-flnd, get, obtain, perceive, see. 

2148. EipoKXvSwv £nr5kluddn, yoo-rok-loo'- 
dohn; from Eupos fc« r<'>« (the east wind) and 2830; 
a storm from the East (or S.E.), i.e. (in modern 
phrase) a Levanter:— Euroklydon. 

214$. «vpvx<»pos gurnchdr&s, yoo-roo'-kho-ros; 
from fipvs furus (wide) and ss6*! spacious:— 
broad. 

2150. cwrspW £na£b£la, yoo-seb'-i-ah; from 
2^2,' piety; spec, the grspei scheme:— godliness, holi- 
ness. 

2151, «vcr«(3<» SnsebSd, yoo-seb-eh'-o; from 2/J2; 
to be pious, i.e. (towards God) to worship, or (to- 
wards parents) to respect (.support):— show piety, 
worship. 

2i5#. «vsr«pT(s £us£bes, j/oo-sefcoce'; from 209/ 
and 4576; well-reverent, i.e. pious: — devout, godly. 
#15.?. {i<r<Pus enaiboa, floo-seb-oce'; adv. from 
2J52; piously:— godly. 

2154. twnuuis 6n««mS», j/oo'-saj/.mos; from 
2oqs and the base of 4jgi; well indicated, i.e. (fig.) 
significant: — easy to be understood. 

2155. cwnrXaYXVOs eusplagchnds, yoo 1 - 
splangkh-nos; from 2005 and 460S; well compos- 
stoned, i.e. sympathetic: — pitiful, tender-hearted. 

2156. t4«rxiijiov«>s enachemomda, yoo-skhay- 
mon'-oce; adv. from 2138; decorously:— decently, 
honestly. 

2157. tia\r\fUMrivn emhemoinne, yoo-skhay- 
mos-oo'-nay; from 2138; decorousness: — comeliness. 

2158. evoT^T)(«i>v £uschemdn, yoo-skhay'-mone; 
fr^m zoos and 407b; well-formed, i.e. (flg.) decorous, 
nisuie (in rank) :— comely, honourable. 

2159. cvtovws Sntdnoa, yoo-ton'-oce; adv. from 
a comp. of 2003 and a der. of tcCvu teino (to 
stretch); in a well-strung manner, i.e. (fig.) intensely 
(in a good sense, cogently; in a bad one, fiercely):— 
mightily, vehemently. 

2160. CvrpaircXCa eutrapella, yoo-trap-el-ee'-ah; 
from a comp. of 2095 and a der. of the base of 3137 
(mean, well-turned, i.e. ready at repartee, jocose) ; 
witticism, i.e. (In a vulgar sense) ribaldry:— Jesting. 

2161. Evrv\os £utnchda, yoo'-too-khos; from 
200s and a der. of 3177; well-fated, i.e. fortunate; 
Butychus, a young man:— Eutychus. 

2162. ci<pT)|xCa enphemla, yoo-fay-mee'-ah; from 
2163; good language (" euphemy"), i.e. praise (re- 
pute):— good report. 

2163. cv<j>nu.os 6nphemda, yoo'-fay-mos; from 
2003 and 3343; well spoken of, l.e. reputable:— ot 
good report. 

2164. tiipopfoi enphArSo, yoo-for-eh'-o; from 
2O0j and ^^09; to 6ear well, i.e. be fertile:— bring 
forth abundantly. 

#165. i{<ppa(v« faphraino, yoo-frah'ee-no; 
from 200J and /4?i,* to put (mid. or pass, be) in a 
good frame of mind, i.e. rejoice:— tare, make glad, 
be (make) merry, rejoice. 



2166. E>5<ppdrns £upbrates, j/oo-/rat'-ace; of 
for. or. [comp. 6578] ; Euphrates, a river of Asia:— 
Euphrates. 

2167. c4<ppoo*vVT) enpbrAaune, yoo-fros-oo'-nay; 
from the same as 2/65; joyfulness:— gladness, joy. 

2168. tixapurria eucharlateo, yoo-khar-is- 
teh'-o; from 2170; to be orate/itl, i.e. (act.) to express 
gratitude (towards); spec, to say grace at a meal:— 
(give) thank (-Jul, -a). 

2169. e.v\<Lpurrla gncbarlstla, yoo-khar-is-tee'- 
ah; from 2170; gratitude: act. grateful language (to 
God, as an act of worship):— thankfulness, (giving 
of) thanks (-giving). 

2170. c4x£purros SucharlatAs, yoo-khar' -is-tos; 
from 209; and a der. of 3483; well favored, i.e. (by 
impl.) grateful:— thankful. 

2171. tv\f\ eucbe, yoo-khay'; from 2172; prop, a 
wish, expressed as a petition to God, or in votive ob- 
ligation :— prayer, vow. 

2172. cvxopai enchAmal, yoo'-khom-ahee; mid. 
of a prim, verb; to wtsft; by impl. to pray to God:— 
pray, will. wish. 

2173. cvxpnoTOS SucbrestAs, yoo'-khrays-tos; 
from 20Qj and 5143; easily used, i.e. useful:— profita- 
ble, meet for use. 

2174- «i<|rox&» 8upaucb£o, yoo-psoo-kheh'-o; 
from a comp. of 2003 and 3300; to be m good spirits, 
i.e. /eel encouraged:— be of good comfort. 
#175. ciuSCa Anodla, yoo-o-dee'-ah; from a 
comp. of 20QS and a der. of 3603; good-scentedness, 
i.e. fragrance:— sweet savour (smell, -smelling). 
#176. €«<owp.os SnonumAs, yoo-o'-noo-mos; 
from 2003 and 3686; prop, well-named (good-omened), 
i.e. the te/t (which was the lucky side among the 
pagan Greeks); neut. as adv. at the left hand:— (on 
the) left. 

#177. i<pdAXop.ai SpballAmal, ef-al'-lom-ahee; 
from igog and 242; to spring upon:— leap on. 
2178. s<paira§ Aphapax, ef-ap'-ax; from 7909 and 
530; upon one occasion (only) :— (at) once (for all). 
#179. 'E<pco-tvo$ £ph£alnAs, ef-es-ee'-nos; from 
2181; Ephesine, or situated at Ephesus:— of Ephesus. 

2180. 'E<j>&rw>s £ph£slAa, ef-es'-ee-os; from 2/<&; 
an Ephesian or inhab. of Ephesus:— Ephesian, of 
Ephesus. 

2181. "E<j>«ros £pheaAa, e/'-es-os; prob. of for. 
or. ; Ephesus, a city of Asia Minor:— Ephesus. 

2182. «J«vp«T»)s epbeurStea, ef-yoo^ret'-ace; 
from a comp. of /pop and 2/47; a discoverer, i.e. con- 
triver:— inventor. 

2183. &|>T|u,cp(a epbemerla, ef-ay-mer-ee'-ah; 
from 2184; diurnality, i.e. (spec.) the quotidian rota- 
tion or class of the Jewish priests' service at the 
Temple, as distributed by families:— course. 

2184- 4<p^pcpo$ AphemArAs, ef-ay' -mer-os; from 
7909 and 2230; for a day ("ephemeral"), i.e. diur- 
nal:— daily. 

2185. tyucviopav epblkn£Amal, ef-ik-neh'-om- 
ahee; from igog and a cognate of 2240; to arrive 
upon, l.e. extend to: — reach. 

2186. &p(an]u.i Aphtateml, ef-is'-tay-mee; from 
igog and 247b; to stand upon, i.e. be present (in vari- 
ous applications, friendly or otherwise, usually lit. ) :— 
assault, come (In, to, unto, upon), beat hand (instant), 
present, stand (before, by, over). 

2187. E<j>pttt|i fipbraim, ef-rah-im'; of Heb. or. 
[669 or better 6085]; Ephra'im, a place in Pal.:— 
Ephraim. 

2188. I<p<pa0d ephpbatha, ef-fath-ah'; of Chald. 
or. [6606] ; be opened!:— Ephphatha. 

2189. cxflpa Achthra, ekh'-thrah; tern, of 2100; 
hostility; by impl. a reason for opposition:— enmity, 
hatred. 

2190. i\9p6i echthrA*. ekh-thros'; from a prim. 
<x9u Achtho (to hate); hateful (pass, odious, or 
act. hostile) ; usually as a noun, an adversary (espec. 
Satan):— enemy, foe. 

2191. ?xiSva gchldna, ekh'-id-nah; of uncert. or.; 
an adder or other poisonous snake (lit. or flg.):— 
viper. 



2192. ?x« Sebo, efcft'-o (includ. an all. form 

<r\ia scbdo, skheh'-o; used in certain tenses 
only); a prim, verb; to hold (used in very various 
appbcations, lit. or flg., direct or remote; such as pos- 
session, ability, contiguity, relation or condition):— 
be (able, x hold, possessed with), accompany, + be- 
gin to amend, can (+ -not), x conceive, count, dis- 
eased, do, -f- eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, 
hold, keep, + lack, -)- go to law, lie, + must needs, 
+ of necessity, + need, next, -f- recover, + reign, 
+ rest, return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncir- 
cumcised, use. 



*»S bfcos, fte/i'-oce; of uncert. affln.; aconj., 
prep, and adv. of continuance, until (of time and 
place):— even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, 
(un-) til (-1), (hither-, un-, up) to, while (s). 



Za|3ovX<Sv Zabftulon, dzab-oo-lone 1 '; oi 
Heb. or. [3074]; Zabulon (i.e. Zebttlon), a region of 
Pal.:— Zabulon. 

2195. Zoicxaios Zakebaids, dzak-chah'ee-yos; 
of Heb. or. [comp. 2140]; Zacchceus, an 1st.:— Zac- 
chseus. 

2196. Zapd Zara, dzar-ah'; of Heb. or. [2226]; 
Zara (i.e. Zerach), an Isr.:— Zara. 

2197. ZaxapCas Zacbartas, daalili-ar-ee'-as; of 
Heb. or. [2148] ; Zacharias (i.e. Zechariah), the name 
of two Isr. :— Zacharias. 

2198. £&<■> zao, dzah'-o; a prim, verb; to live (lit. 
or flg.):— life (-time), (a-) live ( ly), quick. 

2199. ZcPcSatos Zebedalds, dzeb-ed-ah'-yos; of 
Heb. or. [comp. 2067]; Zebedceus, an Isr.:— Zebedee. 

2200. Jto-ros zeatds, dzes-tos'; from 2204; boiled, 
i.e. (by impl.) calid (flg. fervent):— hot. 

2201. gevyos zeugAs, dzyoo'-gos; from the same 
as 2218; a couple, i.e. a team (of oxen yoked together) 
or brace (of birds tied together):— yoke, pair. 

2202. Jo)KTT)pttt zenkterla, dzyook-tay-ree'-ah; 
fern, of a der. (at the second stage) from the same as 
2218; a fastening (tiller-rope):— band. 

2203. Zcvs Zens, dzyooce; of uncert. affln. ; in the 
oblique cases there is used instead of it a (prob. cog- 
nate) name 

Als Dla, deece, which is otherwise obsolete; 
Zeus or Vis (among the Latins Jupiter or Jove), the 
supreme deity of the Greeks:— Jupiter. 
##0-4. J&> z85, dzeh'-o; a prim, verb; to 6e hot 
(boil, of liquids; or glow, of solids), i.e. (flg.) be fervid 
(earnest):— be fervent. 

2205. £f)Xos zelAs. dzay'-los; from 2204; prop. 
heat, i.e. (flg.) " zeal " (in a favorable sense, ardor; 
in an unfavorable one, jealousy, as of a husband [flg. 
of God], or an ^nemy, malice):— emulation, envy 
(-irjg). fervent mind, indignation, jealousy, zeal. 

2206. jjijXdw zelAo, dzay-lo'-o; from 2203; to have 
warmth of feeling for or against:— affect, covet (ear- 
nestly), (have) desire, (move with) envy, be jealous 
over, (be) zealous (-ly affect). 

2207. J^W^s zelotee, dzay4o-tace' ; from 2206; 
a "zealot ";— zealous. 

2208. Zi)X»ttjs Zelotea, dzay-lo-tace' ; the same 
as 2208; a Zealot, i.e. (spec.) partisan for Jewish pol- 
itical independence:— Zelotes. 

##09. Jijuto zemia dzay-rnee'-ah; prob. akin to 
the base of 1150 (through the idea of uioleTice); detri- 
ment:— damage, loss. 

2210. (i)|uiu zemlAo, dzay-mee-o'-o; from 2209; 
to injure, i.e. (reflex, or pass.) to experience detri- 
ment:— be cast away, receive damage, lose, suffer 
loss. 

2211. Znvos Zenaa, dzay-nas'; prob. contr. from 
a poetic form of 2203 and 1435; Jove-given; Zenas, a 
Ohr. :— Zenas. 

2212. gnT&o zeteo, dzay-teh'-o; of uncert. affln.; 
to seek (lit. or flg.); spec, (by Heb.) to worship (God), 
or (in a bad sense) to plot (against life):— be (go) 
about, desire, endeavour, enquire (for), require, 
(x will) seek (after, for, means). Comp 4441. 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



Yooprepiah 
Tharah 



35 



tSlS. J^n)|»o zetema, dzay'-tay-mah; from 
3212; a search (prop, concr.), i.e. (in words) a 
debate;— question. 

2214- (4jrr)<ns zeteala, dzay'-tay-sis; from 2212; a 
searching (prop, the act), i.e. a dispute or its theme:— 
question. 

2215. £i(&viov zlzanlon, dziz-an'-ee-on; of un- 
cert. or.; darnel or false grain:— tares. 

2216. Zopo0dp*tX Zordbabel, dzor-ob-ab>-el; of 
Heb, or. [2816]; Zorobabel (i.e. Zerubbabel), an Isr.:— 
Zorobabel. 

2217. y>$o% zAphAa, dzof'-os; akin : ;hf base of 
S5°9! gloom (as shrouding like a cloud).— blackness, 
darkness, mist. 

2218. {iry6s zugAa, dsoo-gos'; from the root of 
Jcvyvujii zingnnml (to join espec.bya"yoke"); 
r coupling, le. (fig.) servitude n, law or obligation); 
<fer (lit.) the beam of the balance (as connecting the 
buai3s). - pair of balances, yoke. 

££iJ?. &fi|M) zume, dzoo'-may; prob. from 220^,' 

'erment (as if ftoiting up) :— leaven. 

4.&S0. £vp.6» zumAo, dzoo-mo'-o; from 22/0; to 

cause to ferment:— leaven. 

£££.Z. Jwypco zogreo, dzogue-reh'-o; from the 

same as 2226 and 64; to take alive (make a prisoner 

of war), i.e. (fig.) to capture or ensnare;— take captive, 

catch. 

2222. Jwfj zoe, dzo-ay'; from 2/9$; ft/e (lit. or 

fig.) :— life (-time). Comp. ^90. 

#2#5. £c&VT| zone, dzo>-nay; prob. akin to the base 

of 22/*; a belt; bj impl. a pocket:— girdle, purse. 

2224. £i&wv(u iniiituml. dzone'-noo-mi; from 
222j; to bind about (espec. with a belt):— gird. 

2225. £<iKryoWu zoAgAneo, dzo-og-on-eh'-o; from 
the same as 2226 and a der. of /006; to engender alive 
i.e. (by anal.) to rescue (pass, be saved) from death:— 
live, preserve. 

2226. l&ov zoAn, dzo'-on; neut. of a der. otsiqS; 
a live thing, i.e. an animal:— beast. 

2227. (ooiroUu zoApAieo, dzo-op-oy-eh'-o; from 
the same as 222b and 4160; to (re-) vitalize (lit or 
fig.):— make alive, give life, quicken. 



rj e, aji; a prim, particle of distinction be- 
tween two connected terms; disjunctive, or; compar- 
ative, tfcan;— and, but (either), (n-) either, except it 
be, (n-) or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. 
Often used in connection with other particles. Comp. 
especially 223s, 2200, 2273. 

2229. X[ e, ay; an adv. of con/Jrmafion; perh. in- 
tens. of 2228; used only (in the N. T.) before 3303; as- 
suredly:— sorely. 

n he. See 358?. 

■H he. Seejjgo. 

i e,. See 3600. 

2280. iftip.ov«vci> hegSmAnSuo, hayg-em-on- 
yoo'-o; from 2232; to act as ruler: — be governor. 
2231. iyy«|i.ovla hegemAnla, hayg-em^m-ee'-ah; 
from 2232; government, i.e. (in time) official term; — 
reign. 

2282. ijy<|i(Sv hegemon, hayg-em-ohn'; from 
2233; a leader, i.e. chief person (or fig. place) of a 
province:— governor, prince, ruler. 

2233. i}yfo|L(u heg£Amal, hayg-eh'-om-ahee; 
mid. of a (presumed) strengthened form of 71; to lead, 
i.e. command (with official authority); fig. to deem, 
i.e. consider:— account, (be) chief, count, esteem, 
governor, judge, have the rule over, suppose, think. 

2234. ijSfas hedeoa, hay-deh'-oce; adv. from a 
der. of the base of 2237; sweetly, Le. (fig.) with pleas- 
ure: — gladly. 

2235. t|Stj ede, ay' -day; appar. from 2238 (or pos- 
sibly 2220) and 1211; even now;— already, (even) now 
(already), by this time. 

2236. tfburra hedlsta, hay'-dis-tah; neut. plur. 
of the superl. of the same as 2234; with great pleas- 
ure:— ma&% (very) gladly. 



ijSovrfj bedone, hay-don-ay'; from dv8d- 
vck haudano (to please) ; sensual delight; by impl. 
desire;— lust, pleasure. 

2238. ^8vo«T(iov heduAamSn, hay-doo'-o&mon; 
neut. of a comp. of the same as 1234 and 3744', a 
sweet-scented plant, Le. mint:— mint. 

2239. q8os ethAa, ay'-thos; a strengthened form 
of 1485; usage, i.e. (plur.) moral habits:— manners. 

2240. tjk« helto, hay'-ko; a prim, verb; to arrive, 
i.e. be present (lit. or fig.):— come. 

2241. tyl ell, ay-lee 1 ; of Heb. or. [410 with pron. 
suffix] ; my God:— Eli. 

2242. 'HXl HSU, hay-lee 1 ; of Heb. or. [6941]; fleli 
(i.e. Eli), an Isr.:— HelL 

0&0S. 'HXCas Hellas, hay-lee'-as; of Heb. or. 
[453]; Helios (Le. Elijah), an Isr.:— Elias. 

^44- ijXucfa, bellkla, hay-lik^e'-ah; from the 
same as 224s; maturity (in years or size):— age, 
stature. 

tJXCkos hellhAa, hay-lee'-kos; from TjX.ig 
helix (a comrade, Le. one of the same age); as big 
as, Le. (interjectively) how much:— how (what) great. 

224S. rjXios hellog, hay'-Use-os; from «X»1 hele 
(a raj/; perh. akin to the alt. of 138); the sun; by 
impl. light: 1- east, sun. 

2247. ijXos helAa, hay'-los; of unceri;. affln.; a 
stud, i.e. spike:— nail. 

2248. ljjids hemaa, hay-mas'; ace. plur. of /47J; 
us.-— our, us, we. 

###>. ljptts hemAla, hay-mice'; nom. plur. of 
'473! we (only used when emphatic):— us, we (our- 
selves). 

2250. ifuipa hemera, hay-mer'-ah; tern, (with 
5610 implied) of a der. of T||uu hemal (to sit; akin 
to the base of 1470) mean, tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. 
(lit.) the time space between dawn and dark, or 
the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually 
reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both 
extremes) ; fig. a period (always denned more or less 
clearly by the context):— age, -falway, (mid-) day 
(by day, [-ly]), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, 
while, years. 

2251. ijpircpos bemgterds. hay-met'-er-os; from 
234q; our;— our, your [by a different reading], 

2252. tJ|M|V omen, ay' -mane; a prol. form of 2338; 
I was;— be, was. [Sometimes unexpressed.] 

2253. i]|u6aWj« hemlthanea, hay-mee-than- 
ace'; from a presumed comp. of the base of 22JS and 
2348; half dead, i.e. entirely exhausted: — half dead. 

2254. rffXv hemln, hay-meen'; dat. plur. of 1473; 
to (or for, with, by) us.-— our, (for) us, we. 

2255. iJ|UO-i> hemlau, hay'-mee-soo; neut. of a 
der. from an inseparable pref . akin to 260 (through 
the idea of partition involved in connection) and 
mean, semi-; (as noun) half: — half. 

2256. ij|U<&piov bemtorldn, hay-mee-o'-ree-on; 
from the base of 2235 and 3610; a half-hour:— half an 
hour. 

2257. rjiifiv hemon, hay-mone'; gen. plur. of 
'473; of (or from) us;— our (company), us, we. 

2258. tjv en, one; imperf. of 1510; I (thou, etc.) 
was (wast or were): — |- agree, be, X have (+ charge 
of), hold, use, was (-t), were. 

2259. ijvCxa henlka, hay-nee'-kah; of uncert. 
affln. ; at which time:— when. 

2260. i)ircp eper, ay'-per; from 2228 and 4007; 
than at all (or than perhaps, than indeed):— than. 

2261. TJmos eplAa, ay'-pee-os; prob. from 2031; 
prop, affable, i.e. mild or land;— gentle. 

2262. "Hp Br, ayr; of Heb. or. [6147]; Br, an 
Isr.:— Er. 

2263. qpcuAS SrSmAa, ay'^rem-os; perh. by trans- 
position from 2048 (through the idea of stillness); 
tranquil:— quiet. 

2264. 'HpASris Herodes, hay-ro'-dace; comp. of 
t]p«S heroa (a " hero") and 14Q1; heroic; Herodes, 
the name of four Jewish kings:— Herod. 



HpwSiaVot HerodlanAl, hay-ro-dee-an 
oy'; plur. of a der. of 2264; Herodians, i.e. partisans 
of Herodes:— Herodians. 

2266. 'HpuSids Herodias, hay-ro-dee-as> ; from 
2264; Herodias, a woman of the Herodian family:— 
Herodias. 

2267. 'HpoStuv Herodion, ftau-ro-dee'-onnf 
from 2264; Herodion, a Chr.:— Herodion. 

2268. 'Ho-atas Heaalaa, hay-sah-ee'-as; of Heb. 
or. [3470]; Hesaias (i.e. Jeshajah), an Isr. :— Esaiaa. 

2269. 'HeraC Esau. ay-soW; of Heb. or. [6216]; 
Esau, an Edomite:— Esau. 

2270. no-ux&la) besnebazo, hay-soo-khad'-zo; 
from the same as 2272; to keep still (intrans.), Le. re- 
frain from labor, meddlesomeness or speech:— cease, 
hold peace, be quiet, rest. 

2271. ijo-vxfa heaucbla, hay-soo-khee'-ah; fern, 
of 2272; (as noun) stillness, i.e. desistance from bustle 
or language:— quietness, silence. 

2272. ijon&xios heanchlda, hay-soo'-khee-os; a 
prol. form of a comp. prob. of a der. of the base of 
1476 and perh. 2192; prop, keeping one's seat (seden- 
tary), i.e. (by impl.) still (undisturbed, undisturb- 
ing):— peaceable, quiet. 

■nroi etol, ay'-toy; from 2228 and 3104; 
either indeed: — whether. 

irrr&o bettao, hayt-tah'-o; from the same 
as 2276; to moke worse, i.e. vanquish (lit. or fig.); by 
impl. to rate lower;— be inferior, overcome. 

2275. T|TTij|ia bettema, hayt'-tay-mah; from 
2274; a deterioration, i.e. (obj.) failure or (subj.) 
loss:— diminishing, fault. 

2276. tJttov betton, hate'-ton; neut. of comp. of 
i)Ktt beka (slightly) used for that of 2336; worse (as 
noun); by impl. less (as adv.):— less, worse. 

2277. i)T» eto, ay'-to; third pers. sing, imperative 
of 1310; let him (or it) be;— let ... be. 

2278. r)\l(a echeo, ay-kheh'-o; from 2270; to make 
a loud noise, i.e. reverberate;— roar, sound. 

2279. qx°S ecbda, ay'-khos; of uncert. affln.; a 
loud or confused noise ("echo"), Le. roar; fig. a 
rumor.-— fame, sound. 



0aSSatos Tbaddaloa, thad-dah'-yos; of 
uncert. or.; Thaddceus, one of the Apostles:— Thad- 
dffius. 

2281. OdXcunra tbalaaaa, thal'-as-sah; prob. 
prol. from 231; the sea (gen. or spec.):— sea. 

2282. 9AVir» tbalpo, thal'-po; prob. akin to 
flaXXo) (hallo (to warm); to brood, I.e. (fig.) to /os- 
ier.— feherish? ~~ 

2283.^&&JMp Tbamar, tham'-ar; of Heb. or. 
[8559]; TAamar(i.e. Tamar), an Israelitess:— Thamar. 
2284. eafipVc» tliambco. tham-beh'-o; from 2283; 
to stupefy (with surprise), Le. astound:— amaze, as- 
tonish. 



log thambAa, tham'-bos; akin to an 
obsol. t4^>» tapbo (to dumbfound); stupefaction 
(by surprise), Le. astonishment:— X amazed, + as- 
tonished, wonder. 

2286. Oavda-iuos thanaalmAa, than-as'-ee-mos; 
from 22<S?; fatal, i.e. poisonous;— deadly. 

2287. 8avaT^<j>opos tbanatepbArAa, tftan-at- 
ay'-for-os; from (the fem. form of) 2288 and 5341; 
death-bearing. I.e. fatal: — deadly. 

2288. 6dVaros thanatos, than'-at-os; from 2348: 
(prop, an adj. used as a noun) death (lit. or fig.):— 
X deadly, (be . . .) death. 

2289. OavaTow tbanatAo, ffcan-at-3'-o; from 
2288; to kill (lit. or fig.):— become dead, (cause to be) 
put to death, kill, mortify. 

6&vu tbano. See 2348. 

2290. 8ditT» tbapto, fkap'-fo; a prim, verb; to 
celebrate funeral rites, Le. inter;— bury. 

2291. 0dpa Tbara, thar'-ah; of Heb. or. [8646]-, 
Thara (i.e, Terach). the father of Abraham:— Thara. 



Tharhreho 
Eeos 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



2. Gappew tbarrheo, thar-hreh'-o; another 
form for 2203; to exercise courage: — be bold, X bold- 
ly, have confidence, be confident. Comp. 3111. 

2293. Sapa-it* tharsed, thar-seh'-o; from 2294; to 
have courage:— be of good cheer (comfort). Comp. 

2202. 

2294- O&po-os tliarsos, thar'-sos; akin (by transp.) 
to 8pdo-os thrasAs (daring); boldness (subj.):— 
courage. 

£295. Oavjia ttaaiuna, thou'-mah; appar. from 
a form of 2300; wonder (prop, concr. ; but by impl. 
abstr.) :— admiration . 

2296. 6av|i&(a> thanmazo, thou-mad'-zo; from 
2203; to wonder; by impl. to admire:— admire, have 
in admiration, marvel, wonder. 

2297. 8avp.do-ios thanmaslos, thow-mas'-ee-os; 
from 2203 ; wondrous, i.e. (neut. as noun) a miracle:— 
wonderful thing. 

2298. fl<u)jj.ao~ros tbnumasto*. thow-mas-tos' ; 
from 2206; wondered at, i.e. (by impl.) wonderful:— 
marvel (-lous). 

2299. 8c6 thSa, theh-ah'; tern, of 231b; a female 
deity:— goddess. 

2300. 6cdou,ai tbeadmal, theh-ah'-om-ahee; a 
prol. form of a prim, verb; to look closely at, i.e. (by 
impl.) to perceive (lit. or flg.); by ertens. to visit:— 
behold, look (upon), see. Comp. 3700. 

2301. OcarpCgu tbf atrizo. theh-at-rid'-zo; from 
2302; to expose as a spectacle:— make a gazing stock. 

2302. 6farpov theatrftn, theh'-at-ron; from 2300; 
a place for public show ('* theatre"), i.e. general 
audience-room; by impl. a show itself (flg.):— spec- 
tacle, theatre. 

2303. Bciov tbelftn, thi'-on; prob. neut. of 2304 (in 
Its or. sense of flashing); sulphur:— brimstone. 

2304. fletos thelds, thi'-os; from 231b; godlike 
(neut. as noun, divinity):— divine, godhead. 

2306. 8tt6rn,s thelites, thi-ot'-ace; from 3304.; 
divinity (abstr.):— godhead. 

2306. fleKiStjs thelodes, thi-o'-dace; from 370.7 
and w; sulphur-like, i.e. su2p/utrous.' — brimstone. 

BeXew theleo. See 2309. 

2307. 8«Xii|j.tt tbelema, thel'-ay-mah; from the 
prol. form of 2300; a determination (prop, the thing), 
i.e. (act.) choice (spec, purpose, decree; abstr. voli- 
tion) or (pass.) inclination: — desire, pleasure, will. 

2308. 8&i]0-is thelesls, thel'-ay-sis; from 2300; 
determination (prop, the act), i.e. option:— will. 

2309. 8&« theld, thel'-o; or iBflUt ethelo, efft- 

el'-o; in certain tenses fleX&> theleo, thel-eh'-o; 
and 48IX€» etbeleo, eth-el-eh'-o, which are other- 
wise obsol. ; appar. strengthened from the alt. form 
of 138; to determine (as an act. option from subj. 
impulse; whereas 1014 prop, denotes rather a pass. 
acquiescence in obj. considerations), i.e., choose or 
prefer (lit. or fig.); by impl. to wish, i.e. be inclined 
to (sometimes adv. gladly); impers. forthefut. tense, 
to be about to; by Heb. to delight in: — desire, be dis- 
posed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have 
rather, (be) will (have, -ling, -ling [ly]). 

2310. 0ep.tXi.os themellos, them-el'-ee-os; from a 
der. oijoS?; something put down, i.e, a substruction 
(of a building, etc.), (lit. or flg.):— foundation. 

2311. BeucXidu theinelloo, them-el-ee-o'-o; from 
2310; to lay a basis for, i.e. (lit.) erect, or (flg.) consoli- 
date:— (lay the) found (-ation), ground, settle. 
8812. BeoSISeiKTOs theddldaktos, theh-od-d'- 
ak-tos; from 231b and J.72/; divinely instructed: — 
taught of God. 

$310. 9eoX6-yos thedlogda, theh-ol-og'-os; from 
3?j6 and jav," a " theologian": — divine. 

&1/3. 6t0M.ox«w theomacheo, theh-c-makh- 
eh'-o; from 2314; to resist deity:— fight against God. 
£^£4. 6c<Suaxos theomachon, theh-om'-akh-os; 
from 37/6 and j/nVi' an opponent 0/ deity:— to fight 
against God. 

2315. 6«6irvewrros theopnenstos, theh-op'- 
nvoo-stos; from 3776 and a presumed der. of 4154; di- 
vinely breathed is:— given by inspiration of God, 



2316. fleos theds, theh'-os; of uncert. affln.; a 
deity, espec. (with 3588) the supreme Divinity; flg. a 
magistrate; by Heb. very:— X exceeding, God, god 
[-ly, -ward], 

2317. fieoo-epeio, tb-Sdsebela, theh-os-eb'-i-ah; 
from 3j/<?; detwutness, i.e. piety:— godliness. 

2318. etoo-tPfc thedsebes, theh-os-eb-ace'; from 
231b and 4y76, - reverent of God, i.e. pious:— worship- 
per of God. 

2319. Ofoirrvy^s th£Astngres, theh-os-too^ace' ; 
from 231b and the base of #767; hateful to God, i.e. 
impious:— hater of God. 

0*80. 0£OTr,s ih.-otcs, fheh-ot'-ace; from 231b; 
divinity (abstr.):— godhead. 

2321. ©tocpiXos Tbeophilos, then-o^-ii-os; from 
231b and 3384; friend of God; Theophilus, a Chr. :— 
Tbeophilus. 

2322. Btpaircla therapela, ther-ap-i'-ah; from 
3737; attendance (spec, medical, i.e. cure); flg. and 
collec. domestics:— healing, household. 

2323. 8tpwne0a therapeno, ther-ap-yoo'-o; from 
the same as 2324; to wait upon menially, i.e. (fig.) to 
adore (God), or (spec.) to relieve (of disease):— cure, 
heal, worship. 

2324. Ocpdiruv therapon, ther-ap'-ohn; appar. 
a part, from an otherwise obsol. der. of the base of 
2330; a menial attendant (as if cherishing):— servant. 

2325. OtpCJtt tb«rlao,fher-id'-«o; from 2330 (in the 
sense of the crop); to harvest: — reap. 

2326. 0«p«rp.6s tb8rlsm&a, ther-is-mos 1 '; from 
232s; reaping, i.e. the crop:— harvest. 

2327. Otpurrijs therlstea, ther-is-tace'; from 
232s; a harvester:— reaper. 

2328. 0«p|»aCv*> thermalno, ther-mah'ee-no; 
from 2320; to heat (oneself) : — (be) warm (-ed, self). 

2329. 6«p|M) therme, ther'-may; from the base of 
3370; warmth: — heat. 

0AJ0. Wpos theros, ther>-os; from a prim. 0«p» 
thero (to heat); prop, heat, i.e. summer:— summer. 

2331. Ociro-aXovuccirs Tbessalonlfeeus, thes- 
sal-on-ik-yoos f ; from 2332; a Thessalonican, i.e. in- 
hab. of Thessalonice:— Thessalonian. 

2332. ©to-o-aXovticri Tbegsaldnlke, thes-sal-on- 
ee'-kay; from 0«<nraX6s Th£ssalos (a Thessa- 
lian) and .7/29; Thessalonice, a place in Asia Minor:— 
Thessalonica. 

2333. 0ev8ds Theudas, thyoo-das 1 ; of uncert. 
or. ; Theudas, an Isr. :— Theudas. 

8«n thSo. 8665087. 
#&?.£. Scupcu theorSo, theh-o^reh'-o; from a der. 
of 3700 (pern, by add. of 3708); to be a spectator of, 
i.e. discern, (lit., flg. [experience] or intens. [acknowl- 
edge]):— behold, consider, look on, perceive, see. 
Comp. .7700. 

2335. OcupCa theorla, theh-o-ree'-ah; from the 
same as 2334; spectatorship, i.e. (concr.) a specta- 
cle:— sight. 

S^fi. 9t|KT| tbeke, thaK'-fcau; fromjoS?; a recep- 
tacle, i.e. scabbard:— sheath. 

2337. 8r|XdJo) thelazd, thay-lad'-zo; from BnXrfj 
thele (the nipple) ; to suckle; by impl. to suck: — 
(give) suck (-ling). 

2338. BfjXvj tbelns, thay'-loos; from the same as 
2337; female:— female, woman. 

2339. 8*jpa tbera, thay'-rah; from 8<f|p ther (a 
wild animal, as game); hunting, i.e. (flg.) destruc- 
tion:— trap. 

2340. Qi\ptia> therguo, thay-ryoo'-o; from sjtTp," 
to hunt (an animal), i.e. (flg.) to carp at:— catch. 
23^J. 0t)piouax^ therloniacheo, thay-ree-om- 
akh-eh'-o; from a comp. of 2342 and j/oV,' to be a 
beast-fighter (in the gladiatorial show), i.e. (flg.) to en- 
counter (furious men):— flght with wild beasts. 
2342. StjpCov tberiftn, thay-ree'-on; dimin. from 
the same as 2339; a dangerow animal:— (venomous, 
wild) beast. 



2343. 8r(0-aup£i> tbesaarlzo, tfta»-soui.rid'-«o; 
from 2344; to amass or reserve (lit. or flg.): — lay up 
(treasure), (keep) in store, (heap) treasure (together, 
up). 

2344. 9i)0-oup6s tbesaurds, thay-soiiMros'; from 
3087; a deposit, i.e. wealth (lit. or fig.):— treasure. 

2345. Biyy&vu tblggano, thing-gan'-o; a prol. 
form of an obsol. prim. 8Cy» tblgo (to finger); to 
manipulate, i.e. have to do with; by impl. to injure:— 
handle, touch. 

2346. 8X100 thllbo, thlee'-bo; akin to the base of 
SU7! to crowd (lit. or fig.):— afflict, narrow, throng, 
suffer tribulation, trouble. 

2347. BXtyis thllpsls, thlipr-sis; trom.2346; pres- 
sure (lit. or flg.):— afflicted (-tion), anguish, burdened, 
persecution, tribulation, trouble. 

2343. 6W)(TKe> thnesko, thnay'-sko; a strength- 
ened form of a simpler prim. 8dv» tbano, fhan'-o 
(which is used for it only in certain tenses); to die 
(lit. or fig.):— be dead, die. 

2349. Bviyrfs tbnetfis, thnay-tosf; from 2348; lia- 
ble to die:— mortal (-ity). 

2350. 8opvpl» thorubeo, thor-oo-beh'-o; from 
2331; to be in tumult, i.e. disturb, clamor:— make 
ado (a noise), trouble self, set on an uproar. 

2351. 86pv|3os tbArnbds, thor'-oo-bos; from the 
base of 23bo; a disturbance:— tumult, uproar. 

2352. 6pavu tbrauo, throw'-o; a prim, verb; to 
crush:— bruise. Comp. 448b. 

2353. 6ptp.u.a. thremma, threm'-mah; lromji4S; 
stock (as raised on a farm):— cattle. 

2354. flpT|W» thi-en^o, thray-neh'-o; from 2333; to 
bewail:— lament, mourn. 

2355. flpfjvos tbrenOs, thray'-nos; from the base 
of 23bo; wailing: — lamentation. 

2356. 8pT]0-KcCa tbresbela, thrace-ki'-ah; from a 
der. of 2337; ceremonial obsemanee;— religion, wor- 
shipping. 

2357. 6pf|<rKOS tlir."sk« v »« thrace'-kos; prob. from 
the base of 2300; ceremonious in worship (as demon- 
strative), i.e. pious.-— religious. 

2358. BpiauB/Cvu tbriambeno, three-am-byoo'- 
o; from a prol. comp. of the base of 23bo and a der. 
of bSo (mean, a noisy iambus, sung in nonor of Bac- 
cbus) ; to make an acclamatory procession, i.e. (flg.) 
to conquer or (by Hebr.) to gitie victory: — (cause) to 
triumph (over). 

2359. 8pCg thrix, threeks; gen. rpixos trlcbfts, 
etc.; of uncert. der.; hair:— hair. Comp. 2864. 

2360. flpot'w tkrdeo, thro-eh'-o; from 8pfou,ai 
tbr.'ouinl (to wail); to clamor, i.e. (by impl.) to 
frighten:— trouble. 

2361. BpiuPos thrdmbds, throm'-bos; perh. 
from 3142 (in the sense of thickening); a clot: — great 
drop. 

2362. 0p6vos tbrSnds, thron'-os; from Qp&a 
tbrao (to sit) ; a stately seat (" throne") ; by impl. 
power or (concr.) a potentate:— seat, throne. 

2363. 0udrcipa Thuatelra, thoo-at'-i-rah; of 
uncert. der.; Thyatira, a place in Asia Minor:— Thy 
atira. 

2364. 6uY<S.Ti]p thtigater, thoo-gat'-air; appar. a 
prim, word [comp. " daughter"] ; a female child, or 
(by Hebr.) descendant (or inhabitant): — daughter. 

2365. flirydTpiov tbugatrion, thoo-gat'-ree-on; 
from 23b4; a daughterling:— little (young) daughter. 

2366. 6viKKa tbnella, thoo'-el-lah; from 3380 (in 
the sense of blowing) a storm:— tempest. 

2367. Mivos thnin&s, thoo'-ee-nos; from a der. of 
2380 (in the sense of blowing; denoting a certain fra- 
grant tree); made of citron -wood: — thyine. 

2368. 0vu,(ap,a tbumlama, thoo-mee'-am-ah; 
from 3770,- an aroma, i.e. fragrant potoder burnt in 
religious service; by impl. the burning itself:— in- 
cense, odour. 

2369. 9v|iio<rr<ipiov thumlasterlSn, thoo-mee- 
as-tay'-ree-on; from a der. of 2370; a place of fumi- 
gation, i.e. the altar of incense (in the Temple):— 
censer. 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



Tharhreho 
Eeos 



37 



$370. 6vfu&*> thnraiaS, thoo-mee-ah'-o; from a 
der. otijSo (in the sense of smoking); to fumigate, 
Le. offer aromatic fumes:— burn incense. 

2371. 6v|iL0|iax«» tbnmdmach6o, thoo-mom- 
akh-eh'-o; from a presumed comp. of 2^72 and 3164; 
to be in a furious fight, i.e. (fig.) to be exasperated:— 
be highly displeased. 

2372. flvpos thumds, thoo-mosf; from 2380; pas- 
sion (as if breathing hard):— fierceness, indignation, 
wrath. Comp. 3300. 

2373. Ovpdu thnmdo, thoo-mo'-o; from 3773; to 
put in a passion, i.e. enrage: — be wroth. 

2374. Ovpa tliura. thoo'-rah; appar. a prim, word 
[comp. "door"]; a portal or entrance (the opening or 
the closure, lit. or fig.):— door, gate. 

2375. 6vpcd$ thnr£ds, thoo-reh-os'; from 9374; a 
large shield (as door-shaped):— shield. 

2376. 9vp(s thuris thoo-rece 1 ; from 9374; an 
aperture, i.e. window: — window. 

2377. Svpwpds thuror 5s, thoo-ro-ros' ; from 9374 
and ovpos onrfts (a watcher); a gate-warden:— 
that kept the door, porter. 

2378. 6uo-(a thusla, thoo-see'-ah; from sjjb; 
socK/'ce [(the act or the victim, lit. or fig.):— sacrifice. 

2379. dwrtao-rfjpiov tbuslasterlon, thoo-see- 
as-tay'-ree-on; from a der. of 3378; a place of sacri- 
fice, i.e. an altar (spec, or gen., lit. or fig.):— altar. 

2380. 0vu tliuo thoo'-o; a prim, verb; prop, to 
rush {breathe hard, blow, smoke), i.e. (by impl.) to 
sacrifice (prop, by fire, but gen.); by extens. to immo- 
late {slaughter for any purpose):— kill, (do) sacrifice, 
slay. 

2381. 0e>p,d$ Thomas tho-mas': of Chald. or. 
[comp. 8380]; the twin; Thomas, a Chr.:— Thomas. 

2382. 6upa£ thorax, tho'-rax; of uncert. affln.; 
the chest (*' tfioras"), i.e. (by impl.).a corslet:— breast- 
plate. 



2383. 'Idtipos IaSlros, ee-ah'-i-ros; of Heb. or. 

[8971] ; Jairus (i.e. Jair), an Isr. :— Jairus. 

238 Jf. 'IaKiSP Iakob, ee-afc-ooe'; of Heb. or. [3290]; 

Jacob (i.e. Ja'akob), the progenitor of the Isr. ; also 

an 1st.: — Jacob. 

SS5.5. *I&KupV>$ Iakobds, ee-ak'-o-bos; the same 

as 23X4 Graecized; Jacobus, the name of three Isr.:— 

James. 

2386. tapa lama ee'-am-ah; from 9300; a cure 
(the effect):— healing. 

2387. 'Iap(3pijs Iambres, ee-am-orace'; of Eg. 
or. ; Jami>?-es, an Kg. :— Jambres. 

2388. 'Iavvd lamia ee-an-nah'; prob. of Heb. or. 
[comp. 3338]; Janna, anIsr.:^Janna. 

2389. 'Iavvfjs Ianneg, ee-an-nace'; of Eg. or.; 
Jannes, an Eg. :— Jannes. 

2390. tdopcu iaomal, ee-ah'-om-ahee; mid. of ap- 
par. a prim, verb; to cure (lit. or fig.):— heal, make 
whole. 

2391. 'IdptS Iarfd ee-ar'-ed; of Heb. or. [3382]; 
Jared (i.e. Jered), an antediluvian:— Jared. 

2392. IWis lasts, ee'-as-is; from 3J90; curing (the 
act):— cure, heal (-ing). 

2393. Itunris laspls, ee'-as-pis; prob. of for. or. 
[see 3471]; "jasper", a gem:— jasper. 

2394. 'Idcrov Iason, ee-as'-oan; fut. act. part, 
masc. of 2300; about to cure; Jason, a Chr. :— Jason. 

2395. tarpds latros ee-at-ros'; from 2300; a phy- 
sician: — physician. 

2396. tSc Ids, id'-eh; second pers. sing, imper. act. 
of 1402; used as interj. to denote surprise; lo!:— be- 
hold, lo, see. 

2397. tSfa ld£a, id-eh'-ah; from 1402; a sight 
[comp. fig. " idea"], i.e. asperf. - — countenance. 

2398. tSios ldlos, id'-ee-os; of uncert. affln.: per- 
taining to self, I.e. one's own; by impl. private or 
separate:— X bis acquaintance, when they were 



alone, apart, aside, due, his (own, proper, several), 
home, (her, our, thine, your) own (business), private 
(-ly), proper, severally, their (own). 

2399. t&ic&rns ldiotea, id-ee-o'-tace; from 2308; a 
private person, i.e. (by impl.) an ignoramus (comp. 
"idiot"):— ignorant, rude, unlearned. 

2400. ISov Iddu, id-oo'; second pers. sing, imper. 
mid. of 1492; used as imper. lo!:— behold, lo, see. 

2401. 'ISovpaia Jddamala, id-oo-mah'-yah; of 
Heb. or. [123] ; Idumcea (i.e. Edom), a region E. (and 
S.) of Pal. :— Idumeea. 

2402. i8pu$ hldros, ftid-roce'; a strengthened 
form of a prim. t8os idos (sweat); perspiration:— 
sweat. 

2403. 'leiX^X Iezabel, ee-ed-zab-ale'; of Heb. 
or. [348]; Jezabel (i.e. T ezebel), a Tyrian woman 
(used as a synonym of a termagant or false teacher) :— 
Jezabel. 

2404. "ItpdiroXis HlSrapdlls, hee-er-ap'-ol-is; 
from 2413 and 4172; holy city; Hierapolis, a place in 
Asia Minor:— Hierapolis. 

2405. tcparcCa hleratela, hee-er-at-i'-ah; from 
2407; priestliness, i.e. the sacerdotal function: — office 
of the priesthood, priest's office. 

2406. Updraipa bl£rat€nma, hee-er-at'-yoo- 
mah; from 2407; the priestly fraternity, i.e. a sacer- 
dotal order (fig.):— priesthood. 

2407. Uparcvo hterateuo^ee-er-at-j/oo'-o.-prol. 
from 2400; to be a priest, i.e. perform his functions: — 
execute the priest's office. 

2408. 'IfpcpXas Hleremias, hee-er-em-ee'-as; of 
Heb. or. [3414]; Hieremias (i.e. JermijaK), an Isr.: — 
Jeremiah. 



lepcvs bl£r6ns, hee-er-yooce 1 ; from 2413; 
& priest (lit. or fig.):— (high) priest. 

'. 'l€pix<S Hit'riobo. hee-er-ee-kho' ; of Heb. 
or. [3405] ; Jericho, a place in Pal :— Jericho. 

2411. Up6v hlerdn, hee-er-on'; neut. of 2413; a 
sacred place, i.e. the entire precincts (whereas 3483 
denotes the central sanctuarii itself) of the Temple (at 
Jems, or elsewhere):— temple. 

2412. Upoirpeirijs bl£rdpr£pes, hee-er-op-rep- 
ace'; from 2413 and the same as 4241; reverent:— as 
becometh holiness. 



. Up6s hie>5a, hee-er-os'; of uncert. affln.; 
sacred: — holy. 

2414. 'Iepoo-dXvpa Hierftsoluma, ftee-er-os-oJ'- 
oo-mah; of Heb. or. [3389]; Hierosolyma (i.e. Jeru- 
shalaim), the capital of Pal. : — Jerusalem. Comp. 24/g. 

2415. 'Icpoo-oXvpCTT|s H16r6sdlnmltes, 7iee-er- 
os-ol-oo-mee'-tace; from 2414; a Hierosolymite, i.e. 
Jnhab. of Hierosolyma:— of Jerusalem. 

2416. Upo<ruX&o liUr6mil£d, hee-er-os-ooUeh'-o; 
from 2417; to be a temple-robber (fig.):— commit sac- 
rilege. 

2417. UpdcruXos ht£rosrilos, hee-er-os 4 '-oo-los; 
from 2411 and 4813; a temple-despoiler:— robber of 
churches. 

2418. Upovpyia hieroarged, hee-er-oorg-eh'-o; 
from a comp. of 2411 and the base of 2041; to be a 
temple-worker, i.e. officiate as a priest (fig.):— 
minister. 

2419. 'Iepovo-oX^n merdusalem, hee-er-oo- 
sal-ame'; of Heb. or. [8389]; Hierusalem (i.e. Jerush- 
alem), the capital of Pal. :— Jerusalem. Comp. 2414. 

2420. UpwoTJvn hleroanne, hee-er-o-soo'-nay; 
from 2413; sacredness, i.e. (by impL) the priestly of- 
fice:— priesthood. 

, 'IccroraC Iftssai, es-es-sah'ee; of Heb. or. 

; Jessos (i.e. Jishai), an Irs. : — Jesse. 
'. 'I«p9de Igpbthag. ee-ef-thah'-eh; of Heb. 
or. [8316]; Jephthae (i.e. Jiphtach), an Isr.:— Jeph- 
thab. 

2423. 'IcxovCas ISchSntaa, ee-ekh-on-ee'-as; of 
Heb. or. [3204]; Jechonias (i.e. Jekonjah), an Isr.: — 
Jechonias. 



Ii)o-ovs Iesouu, ee-ay-sooce' ; of Heb. or. 
[3091] ; Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord 
and tw» (three) other Isr.:— Jesus. 

2425. ikov6s hlkands, hik-an-os 1 ; from Urn 
hiko [ixdvu or IkWoiicu, akin to 2240] (to arrive): 
competent (as if coming in season), i.e. ample (in 
amount) or fit (in character):— able, + content, 
enough, good, great, large, long (while), many, meet, 
much, security, sore, sufficient, worthy. 

2426. iKavoTi]s hikandtes, Mk-an-ot'-ace; from 
2423; ability:— sufficiency. 

2427. iKavoa blkan&o, hik-an-5'-o; from 2423; to 
enable, i.e. qualify:— make able (meet). 

2428. iKtrnpCa blketerla, hik-et-ay-ree'-ah; from 
a der. of the base of 2423 (through the idea of ap- 
proaching for a favor) ; intreaty:— supplication. 

2429. ixuds hikmas, hik-mas'; of uncert. affln.; 
dampness:— moisture. 

2430. 'Ikoviov IkduiAn, ee-fcon'-ee-on; perh. 
from 1304; image-like; Iconium, a place in Asia 
Minor:— Iconium. 

2431. tXapos lillards, hil-ar-os'; from the same 
as 243b; propitious or merry {"hilarious"), Le. 
prompt or willing: — cheerful. 

2432. tXaponjs bllardtes, ftiZ-ar-ot'-oce; from 

2431; alacrity:— cheerfulness. 

2433. iXdo-Kouai hllaskomai, hil-as'-kom-ahee; 
mid. from the same as 2436; to conciliate, te. (trans.) 
to atone for (sin), or (intrans.) be propitious:— he 
merciful, make reconciliation for. 

2434. IXao-uds hllaam5s, hil-as-mos'; atone- 
ment, i.e. (concr.) an expiator: — propitiation. 

2435. EXao-Wjpiov bllasterldn, hil-as-tay'-ree- 
on; neut. of a der. of 2433; an expiatory (place or 
thing), i.e. (concr.) an atoning victim, or (spec.) the 
lid of the Ark (in the Temple):— mercyseat, propitia- 
tion. 

2436. tXcus bllSog, hil'-eh-oce; perh. from the alt. 
form of 138; cheerful (as attractive), le. propitious; 
adv. (by Hebr.) God be gracious.', i.e. (in averting 
some calamity) far be it:— be it far, merciful. 

2437. "IXXvptKOV Illnrlkon, il-loo-ree-kon' ; 
neut. of an adj. from a name of uncert. der.; (the) 
lllyrican (shore), i.e. (as a name itself) Myricum, a re- 
gion of Europe:— Myricum, 

2438. tp.ds liiiuaw, hee-mas'; perh. from the same 
as 260; a strap, i.e. (spec.) the tie (of a sandal) or the 
lash (of a scourge):— latchet, thong. 

2439. tjiaT£|(i) Iiimattzo, him-at-id'-zo; from 
2440; to dress: — clothe. 

2440. iu-driov hiinatidn, him-at'-ee-on; neut. of 
a presumed der. of tvwpj. <* juiumt (to put on); 
a dress (inner or outer):— apparel, cloke, clothes, gar- 
ment, raiment, robe, vesture. 

2441. ip.OTvo-p.6s blmatismos, him-aUis-mosr; 
from 243q; clothing:— apparel (X -led), array, rai- 
ment, vesture. 

2442. lueCpoptu hlm£ir5mal, W?»-i'-rom-oftee; 
mid. from tpcpos lilmfr 6s (a yearning; of uncert. 
affln ); to long for:— be affectionately desirous. 

2443. Tva blna, hin'-ah; prob. from the same as 
the former part of 1438 (through the demonstrative 
idea; comp. 3388) ; in order that (denotingthe purpose 
or the result) :— albeit, because, to the intent (that), 
lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Comp. 3363. 

tva p/fj blna me. Seejydj. 
2444- ivarl liinatl. hin-at-ee'; from 2443 and 
Sior; for what reason 1 , i.e. whyf:— wherefore, why. 
'. Ioinrn Ioppe, ee-op'-pay; of Heb. or. 

Joppe (i.e. Japho), a place In Pal. :— Joppa. 
IopSdvns ISrdanes, ee-or-dan'-ace; of 
Heb. or. [3388] ; the Jordanes (i.e. Jarden), a river of 
Pal. :— Jordan. 

2447. U$ 15s, ee-os 1 ; perh. from dpi Mml (to go) 
or tripit bleml (to send); rust (as if emitted by 
metals); also-venom (as emitted by serpents) :- poison, 
rust. 



Qg Eeoodah 

Katagnoomee 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



244S. 'IovSd louda ee-oo*lah'; of Heb. or. [3063 
or perh. 8194] ; Judih (i.e. Jehudah or Juttah), a part 
of (or place in) Pal.:— Judah. 

2449. 'IovSata I5ndala, ee-oo-dah'-yah; tern, of 
"453 (with 1003 impl.); the Judcean land (i.e. Judaea), 
a region of Pal. .—Judaea. 

2450. "IouSotJw Iduda'izd, eeoo-dahid'-zo; 
from 24531 *° become a Judcean, i.e. " Judaize":— 
live as the Jews. 

2451. 'IovSaiicds IAadaikos, ee-oo-dah-ee-kos' ; 
from 2453; Judaic, i.e. resembling a Judcean:— 
Jewish. 

2452. 'IovSaiKtes Idada'ikds, ee-oo-dah-ee-koce'; 
adv. from 245/,' Judatcally or iw a manner resem- 
bling a JiKtoan:— as do the Jews. 

2453. 'IovSatos Idudalds, ee-oo-dah'-yos; from 
2448 (in the sense of 245s as a country); Judcean, i.e. 
belonging to Jehudah:— Jew (-ess), of Judeea. 
2454- 'IovSaurnos Idudalsmos, ee-oo-dah-is- 
Tnos 1 ; from 2450; " Jttdatsm", i.e. the Jewish faith 
and usages:— Jews' religion. 

5. 'IovSds Idudas, ee-oo-das'; of Heb. or. 
Judas (I.e. Jehudah), the name of ten Isr.; 
also of the posterity of one of them and its region:— 
Juda (-h, -s); Jude. 

2456. "IouXto. Idulla, ee-oo-lee'-ah; fern, of the 
same as 245T, Julia, a Chr. woman:— Julia. 

2457. 'lovXios Idallds, ee-oo'-lee-os; of Lat. or.; 
Julius, a centurion:— Julius. 

2458. louvCas IAunlas, ee-oo-nee'-as; of Lat. or. ; 
Juntas, a Chr.:— Junias. 

2459. "Iovotos Idnstds, ee-ooce'-tos; of Lat. or. 
("just"); Justus, the name of three Chr.: — Justus. 

2460. tirircvs hlpp&ns, hip-yooce'; from 2462; 
an equestrian, i.e. member of a cavalry corps: — 
horseman. 

2461. lirirucov blpplkAn, hip-pee-kon' ; neut. of 
a der. of 2462; the cavalry force:— horse [-men]. 

2462. tmros hippos, hip'-pos; of uncert. affln. ; a 
fcorse:— horse. 

2463. tpis Iris, ee'-ris; perb. from 2046 (as a symb. 
of the female messenger of the pagan deities); a 
rainbow (" iris"):— rainbow. 

2464. Io-adtt Isaak, ee-sah-ak'; of Heb. or. [3327]; 
Isaac (i.e. Jitschak), the son of Abraham:— Isaac. 
&£65. Io-Ayy«Xos lsaggelfts, ee-sang'-el-los; from 
2^70 and J2J like an angel, i.e. angelic:— equal unto 
the angels. 

2466. 'Lrax&p Isacbar, ee-sakh-ar 1 ; of Heb. or. 

[3485] ; Isachar (i.e. Jissaskar), a son of Jacob (fig. 

his desc.):— Issachar. 

24S7. tcrT||u lieml, is'-ay-mee; assumed by some 

as the base of cert, irreg. forms of H92 ;to know: — 

know. 

2468. fcrfli istbi, is'-thee; sec. pers. imper. pres. of 
1310; be thou:— + agree, be, X give thyself wholly 
to. 

2469. "lo-KapiaTiis Iskarlotes, is-kar-ee-o'-tace; 
of Heb. or. [prob. 377 and 7149]; inhdb. 0/ Kerioth; 
tacariotes (i.e. Keriothite), an epithet of Judas the 
traitor:— Iscariot. 

2470. Icros lsos, eef-sos; prob. from /^oa (through 
the idea of seeming); similar (in amount or kind):— 
+ agree, as mucb, equal, like. 

2471. t<roTT|s lsdtes, ee-sot'-ace; likeness (in con- 
dition or proportion); by impl. equity:— equal (-ity). 

2472. Jo-otiuos lsdtlmos, ee-sot'-ee-mos; from 
2470 and J092; of equal value or ftonor.-— like pre- 
cious. 

2473. to"<5<|n>xos lsdpsncbds, ee-sop'-soo-khos; 
from 2470 and 5300; of similar spirit: — likeminded. 
2474- 'I<rpat}X Israel, is-rah-ale'; of Heb. or. 
[8478]; Israel (i.e. Jisrael), the adopted name of 
Jacob, includ. his desc. (lit. or fig.):— Israel. 

2475. Lrpa-nXJrns Israelites, is-rah-ale-ee'-tace; 
from 247*; an " Israelite", I.e. desc of Israel (lit. or 
fig.):— Israelite. 

2476. t<rrn|n blsteml, hisf-tay-mee; a prol. form 
of a prim, ordu stao. stah'-o (of the same mean.. 



and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (trans, or 
intrans.), used in various applications (lit. or fig.):— 
abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, 
hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, 
forth, still, up). Comp.jafr. 

2477. loTOpfa hlst5reo, his-tor-eh'-o; from a 
der. of 1492; to be knowing (learned), i.e. (by impl.) 
to visit for information (interview):— see. 

2478. ttrxvpos Isch urds, is-khoo-rosf ; from 2^70," 
forcible (lit. or fig.):— boisterous, mighty (-ier), pow- 
erful, strong (-er, man), valiant. 

2479. to-\vs lscbus, is-khoos 1 ; from a der. of fc 
Is (force; comp. i<r\ov eschdn, a form of 2192); 
forcefulness (lit. or fig.):— ability, might ([-ily]), 
power, strength. 

2480. Ur\i<o lschno, is-khoo'-o; from 2479; to 
have (or exercise) force (lit. or fig.): — be able, avail, 
can do ([-not]), could, be good, might, prevail, be of 
strength, be whole, + much work. 

2481. Jcrws lsos, ee'-soce; adv. from 2470; likely, 
i.e. perhaps: — it may be. 

2482. 'IraXta Italia, ee-taUee'-ah; prob. of for. 
or. ; Italia, a region of Europe:— Italy . 

2483. 'ItoXikos Itallkds, ee-tat-ee-fcos'; from 
2482; Italic, i.e. belonging to Italia:— Italian. 

2484. 'Irovpata Itdurala, ee-too-rah'-yah; of 
Heb. or. [8195] ; Iturcea (i.e. Jetur), a region of PaL :— 
Ituraa. 

2485. IxSvSiov lchthndldn, ikh-thoo'-dee-on; 
dimin. from 248b; a petty fish:— little (small) flsh. 

2486. tx8«s lcbtbus, ifcft-thoos'; of uncert. affln.; 
a fish: — flsh. 

2487. Ixvos lchnds, ikh'-nos; from IkWouxu. 
IkneSmal (to arrive; comp. 2240) ; a track (flg.) :— 
step. 

2488. IodBctp, Ioattaam, ee-o-ath'-am; of Heb. 
or. [3147] ; Joatham (i.e. Jotham), an Isr. :— Joatham. 

2489. 'Iudwa Ioanna, ee-o-an'-naft; fern, of the 
same as 2401; Joanna, a Chr.: — Joanna. 

2490. Icoawds loannas, ee-o-an-nos\ - a form of 
2401; Joannas, an Isr. : — Joannas. 

2491. Io>dwi)$ Ioannes, ee-o-an'^nace; of Heb. 
or. [3110] ; Joannes (i.e. Jocfcanam), the name of four 
Isr.:— John. 

2492. 'I<jp I6b, ee-obe>; of Heb. or. [847]; Job (i.e. 
Hob), a patriarch:— Job. 

2493. *I«WjX loel, ee-o-ate'; of Heb. or. [3100]; 
Joel, an Isr. : — Joel. 

24S4. Iwvdv Ionan, ee-o-nan'; prob. for 2401 or 
2403; Jbnan, an Isr.: — Jonan. 

2495. 'Itovds Idnas, ee-o-nas'; of Heb. or. [8124]; 
Jonas (i.e. Jonah), the name of two Isr.:— Jonas. 

2496. 'Iupdp. Ioram, ee-o-ram'; of Heb. or. [3141]; 
Joram, an Isr. :— Joram. 

2497. Icepctu Ioreim, ee-o-rime'; perh. for 2406; 
Jorim, an Isr. :— Jorim. 

2498. 'Icotra<f>aT Idsapbat, ee-o-saf-at' ; of Heb. 
or. [3092]; Josaphat (i.e. Jehoshaphat), an Isr.: — 
Josaphat. 

2499. IaxHj lose, ee-o-say'; gen. of 2500; Jose, an 
Isr.:— Jose. 

2500. Iwcr-fis loses, ee-o-sace'; perh. for sjoi; 
Joses, the name of two Isr.:— Joses. Comp. 2409. 

2501. Iti»H)<|> Iogepb, ee-o-safe 1 ; of Heb. or. 
[3130]; Joseph, the name of seven Isr.:— Joseph. 

2502. I<oo-(as Ionian ee-o-see'-as; of Heb. or. 
[2977], Josias (i.e. Joshiah), an Isr. :— Josias. 

2503. tfiro lota, ee-o'-tah; of Heb. or. [the tenth 
letter of the Heb. alphabet]; "iota", the name of 
the ninth letter of the Gr. alphabet, put (fig.) 
for a very small part of anything: — jot. 






Kayta kago, kag-o>; from 1332 and 1473 (so 
also the dat. 

K&|io( kamdl, kam-oy'; and ace. 

•cdui kamg, kam-eh 1 ); and (or also, even, 
etc.) I, (to) me:— {and, even, even so, so) I (also, in 
like wise), both me, me also. 



2505. KdSd katlia, katfoah'; from 230b and the 
neut. plur. of 3739; according to which things, Le. 
just as:— as. 

2506. KaOaCpco-is katbalresls, kath<eh'ee-res-is; 
from 2507; demolition; flg. extinction:— destruc- 
tion, pulling down. 

2507. KaSaipica katbalrSS, kath-ahee-reh'-o\ 
from 2396 and 13S (includ. its alt.) ; to ioioer (or with 
violence) demolish (lit. or flg.):— cast (pull, put, take) 
down, destroy. 

2508. KaOaCpu bathalro, kath-ah'ee-ro; from 
2313; to cteanse, i.e. (spec.) to prune; flg. to expiate:— 
purge. 

2509. KaSdircp kathaper, fcatn-ap'-er; from 1305 
and ^007; exactly as: — (even, as well) as. 

2510. KaBdirru kathapto, kath-ap'-to; from 
250b and bSo; to seize upon:— fasten on, 

2511. >ca9apU> katharlzo, kath-ar-id'-zo; from 
2313; to cleanse (lit. or flg.):— (make) clean (-se), 
purge, purify. 

2512. Ka6apio-)i6s katharlsmSs, kath-ar-is- 
mos'; from 2511; a washing oft, i.e. (cer.) ablution, 
(mor.) expiation:— cleansing, + purge, purification, 
(-fying). 

2513. KaSapos kathar5s, kath-ar-os 1 ; of uncert. 
affin.; clean (lit. or fig.):— clean, clear, pure. 

2514. Ka0ap6rn,s katharotes, kath-ar-ot'-ace; 

from 2313; cleanness (cer.):— purification. 

2515. Ka6$pa katbedra, kath-ed'-rah; from 
2396 and the same as 1476; a ftencA (lit. or flg.):— seat. 

2516. KaMJouai kattaezomal, kath-ed'-zom- 
ahee; from 2396 and the base of 147b; to sit down; — 
sit. 

2517. KaBtiffis kathixes, kath-ex-ace 1 ; from 
2J96 and ^i??6,' (Aerea/ter, i.e. consecutively; as a 
noun (by ell. of noun) a subsequent person or time: — 
after (-ward), by (in) order. 

2518. ko,8cv&» kathendo, kath-yoo'-do; from 
25-96 and cv8» hi'udo (to sleep); to lie down to rest, 
i.e. (by impl.) to /aft asleep (lit. or flg.):— (be a-) sleep. 

2519. KaBirYTjiWjs katbegetes, kath-ayg-ay. 
tace'; from a comp. of 2396 and 2233; a guide, i.e. (flg.) 
a teacher: — master. 

2520. Ka84)Ku katheko, kath-ay'-ko; from 259b 
and 2240; to reacfc to, i.e. (neut. of pres. act. part., 
flg. as adj.) becoming: — convenient, fit. 

2521. KdOnpcu katbemal, kath'-ay-mahee; from 
239b and r)p.oi bemal (to sit; akin to the base of 
147b); to sit down; flg. to remain, reside:— dwell, sit 
(by, down). 

m#. KaBnuepivos kathemerinds, kath-ay- 
mer-ee-nos'; from 2596 and 2230; quotidian: — daily. 

2523. Ka6Ci> kathlzo, kath-id'-zo; another (act.) 
form for 251b; to seat down, i.e. set (fig. appoint); 
intrans. to sit (down); flg. to settle (hover, dwell):— 
continue, set, sit (down), tarry. 

2524. Ka6ti)|H katbleml, kath-ee'-ay-mee; from 
2396 and li)|u bleml (to send); to lower:— let down. 

2525. Ko6to-TT||ii katblsteml, kath-is'-tay-mee; 
from 2/96 and 2^76; to ptace down (permanently), i.e. 
(flg.) to designate, constitute, convoy. - — appoint, be, 
conduct, make, ordain, set. 

2526. ko.96 katbo, kath-o'; from 25-90 and 3739; 
according to which thing, i.e. precisely as, in propor- 
tion as: — according to that, (inasmuch) as. 

2526'. ko6o\ikos, kath511k6s, fcatft-ol-ee-fcos'; 
from 2527; universal: — general. 

2527. KaBdXov, katbol5a, kath-ol'-oo; from 2506 
s.na3b3o; on the whole, i.e. entirely: — at all. 

2528. Ka8oir\(i> kathdpllzo, kath-op-lid'-zot 
from 250b and J695; to equip fully with armor: — arm. 

2529. KaSopdo) bathdrao, kath-or-ah'-o; from 
259b and 3708; to behold fully, i.e. (flg.) distinctly ap- 
prehend: — clearly see. 

2530. KaBoVt kathdtl, kath-ot'-ee; from 259b 
and 373Q and 5100; according to which certain thing, 
i.e. as far (or inasmuch) as: — (according, forasmuch) 
as, because (that). 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



Eeoodah 
Katagnoomee 



39 



2531. Kti9iis kntlios, kath-oce'; trom 2396 and 
5613; just (or inasmuch) as, that: — according to, (ac- 
cording, even) as, how, when. 

2532. teal kal, kahee; appar. a prim, particle, 
having a copulative and sometimes also a cu- 
mulative force ; and, also, even, so, then, too, 
etc. ; often used in connection (or composition) 
with other particles or small words : — and, also, 
both, but, even, for, if, indeed, likewise, more- 
over, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yea, yet. 



Ko'id(j>as Kaiaphas, kah-ee-af -as; of 
Chald. or.; the dell; Caiapha'' (i.e. Cajepha), an 
Isr.:— Caiaphas. 

2534- kclIy* katgS, ka'hee-gheh; from as$s and 
rod;; and at least (or even, indeed) : — and, at least. 

2535. Ediv Kaiu kah'-in; of Heb. or. [7014]; 
Cain (i.e. Cajin), the son of Adam:— Cain. 

2536. EaCvdv Kainan, kah-ee-nan'; of Heb. or. 
[7018] ; Cainan (i.e. Kenan), the name of two patri- 
archs:— Cainan. 

2537. kcuvos kalnds, fcafee-nos'; of uncert. affln. ; 
new (espec. in freshness; while 3501 is prop, so with 
respect to age):— new. 

2538. Kaivirns kalndtes, kahe&not'-ace; from 
2337; renewal (fig.):— newness. 

2539. KaCircp kalper, kah'ee-per; from 2532 and 
4007; and indeed, i.e. nevertheless or notwithstand- 
ing:— and yet, although. 

25Jfi. Kcupos kairds, kahee-ros 1 ; of uncert. affln.; 
an occasion, i.e. set or proper time: — X always, op- 
portunity, (convenient, due) season, (due, short, 
while) time, a while. Comp. 5330. 
2541. Kaicrap Kalsar, kah'ee-sar; of Lat. or.; 
Cmsar, a title of the Eom. emperor:— Csesar. 
25Jfi. Kttitrdptia Kalsargla, kahee-sar'-i-a; 
from 2341; Ccesaria, the name of two places in Pal.:— 
Csesarea. 

2543. KaCroi kaltai, kah'ee-toy; from 2332 and 
3104; and yet, i.e. nevertheless:— although. 
2544- Kah-ouye kaitdige, kah'ee-toyg-eh; from 
254.3 and 1063; and yet indeed, i.e. although really:— 
nevertheless, though. 

2545. Ka£» kaio, kah'-yo; appar. a prim, verb; to 
set on fire, i.e. kindle or (by impl.) consume: — burn, 
light. 

254S. kcLkcI kakel, kak-i'; from 2532 and 1503; 
likewise in that place:— and there, there (thither) 
also. 

2547. KOKel9ev kakf ithfn kak-i'-then; from 
2332 and 1504; likewise from that place (or time)'. — 
and afterward (from) (thence), thence also. 
254S. Kaxctvos kakelnds, kak-i' -nos; from 2332 
and 1565; likewise that (or those): — and him (other, 
them), even he, him also, them (also), (and) they. 

2549. KOKia kakla, kak-ee'-ah; from 2336; bad- 
ness, i.e. (subj.) depravity, or (act.) malignity, or 
(pass.) trouble:— evil, malice (-iousness), naughtiness, 
wickedness. 

2550. KaKO^Scia kak&ethela, kak-o-ay'-thi-ah; 
from a comp. of 2556 and 2239; bad character, i.e. 
(spec.) mischievousness: — malignity. 

2551. KaKoXoyia kakdldgeo, kak-ol-og-eh'-o; 
from a comp. of 2336 and 3036; to revile: — curse, 
speak evD of. 

2552. KaKOird8»a kakSpathela, kak-op-ath'^i- 
ah; from a comp. of 2356 andj&jd; hardship: — suffer- 
ing affliction. 

2553. KOKOiraMoi kakdpatheo, kak-op-ath-eh'-o; 
from the same as 2352; to undergo hardship:— be af- 
flicted, endure afflictions (hardness), suffer trouble. 
$554- KOKOiroiio* kak6p61S5, kak-op-oy-eh'-o; 
from 2333; to be a bad-doer, i.e. (obj.) to injure, or 
(gen.) to sin:— do (-tog) evil. 

2555. KdKOirouSs kakSpttltts, kak-op-oy-os' ; 
from 2536 and 416a; a bad-doer; (spec.) a criminal: — 
evil-doer, malefactor. 

2556. kok6s kakds, fcafc-os'; appar. a prim, word; 
vjorthless (intrinsically such; whereas 4100 prop, re- 
fers to effects), i.e. (subj.) depraved, or (obj.) inju- 
rious.'— bad, evil, harm, ill, noisome, wicked. 



#557. Ktueovpyos kakdnrgAs, kak-oor'-gos; from 
2336 and the base of 2041; a wrong-doer, i.e. crim- 
inal:— evil-doer, malefactor. 

2558. KaKov\4(i> kakducheo, kak-oo-kheh'-o; 
from a presumed comp. of 233b and 2102; to mal- 
treat:— -which suffer adversity, torment. 

2559. kokoo kakSo, kak-o'-o; from 253b; to in- 
jure; fig. to exasperate: — make evil affected, entreat 
evil, harm, hurt, vex. 

2560. k<j,kws kakoa, kak-oce'; adv. from 2336; 
badly (phys. or mor.):— amiss, diseased, evil, griev- 
ously, miserably, sick, sore. 

2561. K&Koxris kakosis, kak'-o-sis; from 2539; 
maltreatment: — affliction. 

2562. Ko.Xdp.-n kalame, kal-am'-ay; fem. of 2563; 
a stalk of grain, i.e. (collect.) stubble:— stubble. 

2563. KaXapos kalamds, kal'-am-os; of uncert. 
affln. ; a reed (the plant or its stem, or that of a sim- 
ilar plant) ; by impl. a pen:— pen, reed. 

2564. ko.X.&» kaleo, kal-eh'-o; akin to the base of 
2733; to " call " (prop, aloud, but used in a variety of 
applications, dir. or otherwise):— bid, call (forth), 
(whose, whose sur-) name (was [called]). 

2565. KaXXUXcuos kalllelaids, kal-le-el'-ah-yos; 
from the base of 2566 and 163b; a cultivated olive 
tree, i.e. a domesticated or improved one: — good olive 
tree. 

2566. xaXXCov kalH&n, kal-lee'-on; neut. of the 
(irreg.) comp. of 2370; (adv.) better than many :— very 
well. 

2567. KaXoSiSdo-xaXos kalddldaskalds, kal- 
od-id-as'-kal-os; from 2570 and 1320; a teacher of the 
right:— teacher of good things. 

2568. KaXol Aipives Kaldi Limenes, kal-oy' 
lee-men' -es; plur. of 2370 and 3040; Good Harbors, i.e. 
Fairhaven, a bay of Crete:— fair havens. 

2569. KoXoiroicu kal5p61£o, kal-op-oy-eh'-o; 
from 2570 and 4160; to do well, i.e. live virtuously:— 
well doing. 

2570. kccXos kalds, kaUoe'; of uncert. affln.; prop. 
beautiful, but chiefly (fig.) good (lit. or mor.), i.e. 
valuable or virtuous (for appearance or use, and thus 
distinguished from 18, which is prop, intrinsic): — 
X better, fair, good (-ly), honest, meet, well, worthy. 

2571. KaXvpLa kalnma, kal'-oo-mah; from 2372; 
a cover, i.e. veil: — vail. 

2572. KaXvirru kalnpto, kal-oop'-to; akin to 
2S13 and 2928; to cover up (lit. or fig.):— cover, hide. 

2573. KaXus kalds, kaUoce'; adv. from 2370: well 
(usually mor.) :— (in a) good (place), honestly, + re- 
cover, (full) well. 

2574- kduvnXos kamelSs, kam'-ay-los; of Heb. 
or. [1581]; a. "camel": — camel. 
#575. K&|uvos kaminos, kam'-ee^nos; prob. 
from 2545 ; a furnace:— furnace. 

2576. KamLia kammno kam-moo'-o; foracomp. 
of 2506 and the base 01346b; to shut down, i.e. ctose the 
eyes: — close. 

2577. icdu.v<i> kamno. kam'-no; appar. a prim, 
verb; prop, to toil, i.e. (by impl.) to tire (fig. faint, 
sicken):— faint, sicken, be wearied. 

2578. icdu/irTO kamptd, kamp'-to; appar. a prim, 
verb; to bend:— bow. 

2579. k&v kan, kan; from 2332 and 1437; and (or 
even) if:— and (also) if (so much as), if but, at the 
least, though, yet. 

2580. Eavd Kana, kan-ah'; of Heb. or. [comp. 
7071]; Cana, a place in Pal.:— Cana. 

2581. EavavCrns Kananites, kan-an-ee'-tace; 
of Chald. or. [comp. 7067]; zealous; Cananites, an 
epithet:— Canaanite [by mistake for a der. from 3477]. 

2582. EavSdin) Kandake, kan-dak'-ay; of for. 
or.; Oandace, an Eg. queen: — Candace. 

2583. KWit&v kanon, kan-ohn'; from ndvr| kane 
(a straight reed, i.e. rod); a rute ("canon"), i.e. (fig.) 
a standard (of faith and practice); by impl. a boun- 
dary, i.e. (fig.) a sphere (of activity):^-line, rule. 

2584. Eaircpvaovp. Kapi rnaouui. cap-er-nah- 
00m'; of Heb. or. [prob. 3783 and 5151]; Capernaum 
(i.e. Caphanachum), a place in Pal.:— Capernaum. 



2585. tcaTrnXevo kapel£uo, kap-ale-poo'-o; from 
xdirnXos kapelds (a Tiucfcster); to retail, i.e. (by 
impl.) to adulterate (fig.) :— corrupt. 



Kairvos kapnftg, kap-nos'; of uncert. affln.; 
smoke:— smoke. 

2587. EainraSoKCa Kappaddkla, kap^iad-ok- 
ee'-ah; of for. or.; Cappadocia, a region of Asia 
Minor:— Cappadocia. 

2588. KapSCa kardla, kar-dee'-ah; prol. from a 
prim. Kdp kar (Lat. cor, " heart ") ; the heart, i.e. 
(fig.) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by anal.) 
the middle:— (+ broken-) heart (-ed). 

#559. KapSioYvutrrns kardl5gnostes, fcar-dee- 
og-noce'-tace; from 2388 and 1097; a heart-knower: — 
which knowest the hearts. 

2590. Kapir6s karpos, kar-pos'; prob. from the 
base of 726; fruit (as plucked), lit._or fig. :— fruit. 

2591. Edpiros Karpds, kar'-pos; perh. for sjoo; 
Carpus, prob. a Chr. : — Carpus. 

2592. KapiroaSop^w karpSphdreo, kar-pof-or- 
eh'-o; from 2503; to be fertile (lit. or fig.):— be (bear, 
bring forth) fruit (-f ul). 

2593. Kapiro4><5pos kacpdphdrdg, kar-pof-or 1 - 
os; trom 2500 and J342; fruitbearing (fig.):— fruitful. 
2594- KopTeplw karterSo, kar-ter-eh'-o; from a 
der. of 2004 (transp.) ; to be strong, i.e. (fig.) steadfast 
(patient):— endure. 

2595. Kap<t>os karphfis, kar'-fos; from xdpcjio 
tearplio (to wither); sb dry twig or straw: — mote. 

2596. Kara kata, itat-aA',' a prim, particle; (prep.) 
down (in place or time), in varied relations (accord- 
ing to the case [gen., dat. or ace] with which it is 
joined): — about, according as (to), after, against, 
(when they were) X alone, among, and, x apart, (even, 
like) as (concerning, pertaining to, touching), x aside, 
at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, [charita-] 
bly, concerning, + covered, [dai-] ly, down, every, 
(-|- far more) exceeding, x more excellent, for, from 
... to, godly, in (-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect 
of), . . . by, after the manner of, + by any means, 
beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X nat- 
ural, of (up-) on (x part), out (of every), over 
against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through 
(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-) to (-gather, 
-ward), X uttermost, where (-by), with. In composi- 
tion it retains many of these applications, and fre- 
quently denotes opposition, distribution or intensity. 

2597. KarafiaCvo katakalno, fcat-a&-a7i'ee-mo; 
from 239b and the base of 939; to descend (lit. or 
fig.): — come (get, go, step) down, descend, fall (down). 

2598. Karap'dXXo kataballo, fcai-a6-aZ'-to; from. 
2596 and 906; to throw down: — cast down, de- 
scend, fall (down). 

2599. Karapapso) katabareo, kat-ab-ar-eh'-o; 
from 2306 and 91b; to impose upon:— burden. 

2600. Ko-Tdpao-is katabasls, kat-ab'-as-is; from 
2597; a declivity:— descent. 

2601. KoraPiPdJu katabibazo, kat-ab-ib-ad'-zo; 
from 259b and a der. of the base of 039; to cause to go 
down, i.e. precipitate: — bring (thrust) down. 

2602. KttTttPoX^ katabdle, kat-ab-ol-ay' ; from 
2598; a deposition, i.e. founding; fig. conception: — 
conceive, foundation. 

2603. KaTappajJevoj katabrabeuo, kat-ab-rab- 
yoo'-o; from 239b and 1018 (in its orig. sense) ; to 
award the price against, i.e. (fig.) to defraud (of sal- 
vation):— beguile of reward. 

2604. KarayyeXevs kataggeleus, Jfcat-ano-o:el- 
yooce'; from 2605; a. proclaimer:— setter forth. 

2605. KavraYveXXo kataggfllo, kat-ang-gel'-lo; 
from 2396 and the base of 32; to proclaim, promul- 
gate:— declare, preach, shew, speak of, teach. 

2606. KaTOYtXao katagelao, kat-ag-el-ah'-o; to 
laugh down, i.e. deride: — laugh to scorn. 

2607. KaTtryiVMo-KU kataginosko, kat-ag-in-o'- 
sko; from 259b and 1097; to mote against, i.e. find 
fault with: — blame, condemn. 

2608. KardYvvux katagimmi, kat-ag'-noo^nee; 
from 2-ro6 and the base of 448b; to rend in pieces, Le. 
cracft apart: — break. 



Katago 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



Kard-ya katago, \saUag 4 -o; from 2596 and 
77; to lead down; spec, to moor a vessel:— bring 
(down, forth), (bring to) land, touch. 

2610. twaf <*v(j;o|MU katagonlzftmal, kat-ag- 

O-nid'-zom-ahee; from 2306 and 73; to struggle 
against, i.e. (by impl.) to overcome;— subdue. 

2611. Kavraocu katadeo, kat-ad-eh'-o; from 259b 
and 1213; to tie down, le. bandage (a wound): — bind 
up. 

2612. KO/rdSnXos katad. !«'.« kat-ad'-ay-los; 
from 250b intens. and 1212; manifest:— lax more evi- 
dent. 

2613. KaraSi.K&|a katadikazo, kat-od-ik-ad'- 
zo; from 2jg6 and a der. of 1349; to adjudge against, 
I.e. pronounce guilty: — condemn. 

2614. KttTttSi»K» katadioko, kat-ad-ee-o'-ko; 
from 25*96 and 1377; to hunt down, i.e. search for: — 
follow after. 

2615. KaTuSovXio katad5al6o, kat-ad-oo-lo'-o; 
from 2jgd and 1402; to enslave utterly:— bring into 
bondage. 

S626. KaraSuvasTtfa kntad imastfuo. fcat-od- 
oo-nos-t!/oo'-o,■ from 2596 and a der. of 1413; to exer- 
cise dominion against, i.e. oppress: — oppress. 

2617. KaTanrxvv» katatsehund, kat-ahee- 
skhoo'-no; from 2596 and 7j9," to shame down, i.e. 
disgrace or (by impl.) put to tAe blusA:— confound, 
dishonour, (be a-, make a-) shame (-d). 

2618. KarcucaCa katakalo, kat-ak-ah'ee-o; from 
230b and 2/457 to burn dovm (to the ground), i.e. con- 
sume wholly:— burn (up, utterly). 

2619. KaTcutaXvirrw katakalapto, Icat-ak-al- 
oop'-to; from 2306 and 2372; to cover wholly, i.e. 
veil:— cover, hide. 

2620. KaTaKa«x ,io M- al katakauckaomal, kat- 
ak-ow-khah'-om-ahee; from 2596 and 2744; to ezuft 
against (I.e. over):— boast (against), glory, rejoice 
against. 

2621. Kar&Kciu,ai. katakeimal, kat-ak'-i-mahee; 
from 230b and 2749; to lie down, i.e. (by impl.) be sick; 
spec, to recline at a meal:— keep, lie, sit at meat 
(down). 

2622. KaraxXdu kataklao, kat-ak-lah'-o; from 
250b and 280b; to break down, i.e. divide: — break. 

2623. KarcucXcCa katakieid, kat-ak-li'-o; from 
2^96 and 2808; to sftut down (in a dungeon), i.e. incar- 
cerate:— shut up. 

26££. KaraKXijpo&OTta kataklerdddteo, kat- 
ak-lay-rod-ot-eh'-o; from 2J96 and a der. of acomp. 
of 28ig and /J2y; to be o giver of lots to each, l.e. (by 
impl.) to apportion an estate: — divide by lot. 

2625. KaTaxXtvo kataklino, kat-ak-lee'-no; 
from 2.596 and 2827; to recline down, i.e. (spec.) to 
take a place at table:— (make) sit down (at meat). 

2626. KaraicXvtu kataklazo, kat-ak-lood'-zo; 
from 2J96 and the base of 2830; to dash (wash) down, 
i.e. (by impl.) to deluge:— overflow. 

2627. KaraxXvo-uds kataklusmoa, kat-ak- 
looce-mos'; from 2626; an inundation:— flood. 

2628. KarcucoXovO&a katukoloutkef., kat-ak- 
ol-oo-theh'-o; from 230b and iqo; to accompany 
closets:— follow (after). 

2629. KaTcucoir™ katakopto, kat-ak-op'-to; 
from 230b and 2<S^y; to chop down, i.e. mangle: — cut. 

2630. KevraKpirjiivCtta katakremnlzo, fcat-ofc- 
rame-nid'-zo; from 2506 and a der. of 2011; to pre- 
cipitate down:— cast down headlong. 

2631. Kar&Kpiu.a katakrlma, kat-aW-ree-mah; 
from 2032; an adverse sentence (the verdict):— con- 
demnation. 

2632. tcaTcucptvu katakrino, fcot-ofc-ree'-no; 
from 2jgb and 2979; to judge against, Le. sentence:— 
condemn, damn. 

2633. KaT&Kpio-is katakrlsls, kat-aW-ree-sis; 
from 2632; sentencing adversely (the act):— condemn 
(-ation). 

263^. Karamipieua kataknriead, kat-ak-oo- 
ree-yoo'-o; from 230b and zobr; to lord against, i.e. 
control, subjugate: — exercise dominion over (lord- 
>), be lord over, overcome. 



KaraXaXea katalalgo, fcat-al-al-efc'-o; 
from 2b37; to be a traducer, i.e. to slander:— speak 
against (evil of). 

2636. KttToXaXCa katalalia, feat-al-al-ee'-afc; 
from 2b37; defamation: — backbiting, evil speaking. 

2637 KardXaXog katalalds, kat-al'-al-os; from 
2596 and the base of 2080; talkative against, I.e. a 
slanderer:— backbiter. 

2638. KaTaXau.f3dvo> katalambano, kat-al-am- 
ban'-o; from 2jgb and 2083; to take eagerly, i.e. seize, 
possess, etc. (lit. or flg.): — apprehend, attain, come 
upon, comprehend, find, obtain, perceive, (over-) 
take. 

2639. KaToXeyw katalego, kat-al-eg'-o; from 
239b and 3004 (in its orig. mean.); to lay down, i.e. 
(flg.) to enrol:— take into the number. 

2640. Ka.TaXei(iu.a katalelmma, kat-al'^me- 
mah; from 2b4i; a remainder, i.e. (by impl.) a few:— 
remnant. 

2641. KaTaXefiTO katalSlpo, kat-al-i'-po; from 
2596 and 3007; to leave down, i.e. behind; by impl. to 
abandon, have remaining: — forsake, leave, reserve. 
264$. KOToXiOAJu katalithazo, kat-aUth-ad' ■ 
zo; from 2596 and 3034; to stone down, i.e. to death:— 
stone. 

2643. KaToXXa-y^j katallage, kat-al-lag-ay 1 ; 
from 2b44; exchange (flg. adjustment), i.e. restora- 
tion to (the divine) favor:— atonement, reconciliation 
(-ing). 

2644- KaToXXdo-o-o katallaiso, .kat-al-las'-so; 
from 230b and 2j6; to change mutually, i.e. (flg.) to 
compound a difference: — reconcile. 

2645. KaTdXoiiros kataldlpds, kat-al'-oy-pos; 
from 2596 and 3062; left down (behind), i.e. remain- 
ing (plur. the rest):— residue. 

2646. KardXiipa katalnma, kat-al'-oo-mah; 
from 2b47; prop, a dissolution (breaking up of a jour- 
ney), i.e. (by impl.) a lodging-place:— guestchamber, 
inn. 

2647. KuraXva kataluo, kat-aUoo'-o; from 250b 
0003089; to loosen down (disintegrate), i.e. (by impl.) 
to demolish (lit. or flg.); spec. [comp. 20V6] to halt for 
the night:— destroy, dissolve, be guest, lodge, come 
to nought, overthrow, throw down. 

2648. KaTO(xov9dv<i> katamanthano, kat-am- 
an-than'-o; from 239b and 3129, to learn thoroughly, 
i.e. (by impl.) to note carefully: — consider. 

2649. Karajioprvplia katamartnrSo, kat-am- 
ar-too-reh'-o; from 2506 and 3140; to testify 
against: — witness against. 

2650. KaTauivu kHlnm.'iio, kat-am-en'-o; from 
2596 and 3306; to stay fully, I.e. reside:— abide. 

2651. KO/rajidvas kataminaa, kat-am-on'-as; 
from 230b and.ace. plur. fem. 013441 (with 33b/ impl.) ; 
according to sole places, i.e. (adv.) separately: — 
alone. 

2652. Karavd0eu,a katanathema, kat-an-ath'- 
em-ah; from 2306 (intens.) and 331; an impreca- 
tion: — curse. 

2653. KaTavaOe|iaTCJ<i> katanathematlzd, 
kat-an-ath-em-at-id'-zo; from 230b (intens.) and 332; 
to imprecate: — curse. 

2654- KCLTavaXCo-Kco katanallskd, kat-an-al-is 1 - 
ko; from 230b and 333; to consume utterly: — consume. 

2655. Karavapicdu katanarkao, kat-an-ar- 
kah'-o; from 230b and vopKda narkao (to be 
numb); to grow utterly torpid, i.e. (by impl.) sloth- 
ful (flg. expensive) :— be burdensome (chargeable). 

2656. Karavtio kataneuo, kat-an-yoo'-o; from 
230b and 330b; to nod down (towards), i.e. (by anal.) 
to make signs to:— beckon. 

2657. vavravola katanfieo, ftat-an-o-efc'-o; from 
230b and 333g; to observe fully:— behold, consider, 
discover, perceive. 

2658. Ka.Ta.VTdw katantao, kat-an-tah'-o; from 
230b and a der. of 473; to meet against, i.e. arrive at 
(lit. or flg.):— attain, come. 

2659. Kardw£is katanaxls, kat-an'-oox-is; 
from 2660; a jtrickling (sensation, as of the limbs 



asleep), i.e. (by impl. [peril, by some confusion with 
330b or even with 3371]) stupor (letliargy):— slumber. 

2660. KaTavvo-o-w katanusso, kat-an-oo>>-so; 
from 2596 and 3372; to pierce thoroughly, i.e. (flg.) 
to agitate violently (" sting to the quick"):— prick. 

2661. KttTa|i6<i) kataxioo, kat-ax-ee-S'-o; from 
2jco and 313; to deem entirely deserving:— (ac-) count 
worthy. 

2662. KO.TairaT&> katapateo, kat-ap-at-eh'-o; 
from 230b and 3gbi; to trample down; flg. to reject 
with disdain:— trample, tread (down, underfoot). 
#663. Kttrdiravo-is katapausls, kat-ap'-6w-sis; 
from 266^; reposing down, i.e. (by Hebr.) abode;— 
rest. 

2664. Kavrairavu katapano, fcat-ap-cV-o; from 
2J06 and 3073; to settle doum, i.e. (lit.) to colonize, or 
(flg.) to (cause to) desist:— cease, (give) rest (-rain). 

2665. KaTaire'Tao-|±a. katapetasma, kat-ap-et'- 
as-mah; from a comp. of 230b and a congener of 
4072; something spread tlioroughly, i.e. (spec.) the 
door screen (to the Most Holy Place) in the Jewish 
Temple:— vail. 

2666. KttTairCvu kataplno, kat-ap-ee'-no; from 
230b and #>g57 to drink down, i.e. gulp entire (lit. or 
flg.): — devour, drown, swallow (up). 

2667. KaTairhrru kataplpto, kat-ap4p'-to; 
from 230b and 4008; to fall down:— fall (down). 

2668. KaTo.irX&i> kataplgo, fcat-ap-leJi'-o; from 
230b and 412b; to sail down upon a place, i.e. to land 
at:— arrive. 

2669. KaTaicoWu kataponeo, fcat-op-on-ea'-o; 
from 230b and a der. of 4192; to labor down, i.e. wear 
with toil (flg. ftarass):— oppress, vex. 

2670. KaTairovTC1> katapdnttzd, fcat-ap-on- 
tid'-zo; from 230b and a der. of the same as 4103; to 
plunge down, i.e. submerge: — drown, sink. 

2671. Kardpa katara, fcat-ar'-aft; from 2,5-96 (in- 
tens.) and b8s; imprecation, execration:— curse (-d, 
•ing). 

2672. KaTapdopai kataraamal, kat-ar-ah'-om- 
ahee; mid. from 2b7i' j to execrate; by anal, to 
doom: — curse. 

2673. KaTap-y&o katargSo, kat-arg-eh'-o; from 
230b and bgi; to 6e (render) entirely idle (useless), lit. 
or flg. : — abolish, cease, cumber, deliver, destroy, do 
away, become (make) of no (none, without) effect, 
fail, loose, bring (come) to nought, put away (down), 
vanish away, make void. 

2674. KarapiOjiio) katarlthmeo, kat-ar-ith- 
meh'-o; from 230b and 703; to reckon among: — num- 
ber with. 

2675. KaTaprtgu katartlzo, kat-ar-tid'-zo; from 
230b and a der. of 739; to complete thoroughly, i.e. re- 
pair (lit. or flg.) or adjust:— fit, frame, mend, (make) 
perfect (-ly join together), prepare, restore. 

2676. KaTdprio-is katartisis, kat-ar'-tis-is; from 
2b7s; thorough equipment (subj.) :— perfection. 

2677. KaTaprio-u4s katartlsmfts, kat-ar-tis- 
mos'; from 2675; complete furnishing (obj.):— per- 
fecting. 

2678. Karao-eCw kataselo, kat-as-i'-o; from 2506 
and 4370; to sway downward, i.e. make a signal:— 
beckon. 

2679. KWraa-Kimro kataskapto, fcat-os-ftap'-toi 
from 2J96 and ^626; to undermine, i.e. (by impl.) de. 
stroy: — dig down, ruin. 

2680. Karao-K€vd|<a kataekenazo, kat-ask-yoo, 
ad'-zo; from 230b and a der. of 4b32; to prepare tfcor. 
oughly (prop, by external equipment; whereas 2090 
refers rather to internal fitness) ; by impl. to con- 
struct, create:— build, make, ordain, prepare. 

2681. KaTao-KTjvdu fcataskenfid, kat-as-kay- 
no'-o; from 2/96 and 4637; to camp down, i.e. haunt; 
flg. to remain:— lodge, rest. 

2682. KaTOo-K^vuo-is katagkendsls, kat-as- 
kay'-no-sis; from 2b8i; an encamping, i.e. (flg.) a 
perch:— nest. 

2683. KO.r<unaAXja katasklaso, kat-as-kee-ad'- 
zo; from 2596 and a der. of 4639; to overshade, Le. 
cover: — shadow. 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



Katago 
Keramyooce 



41 



268 Jf. KOTao-Koir^w kataskopeo, kat-as-kop- 
eh'-o; from 26^; to be a sentinel, I.e. to inspect in- 
sidiously:— spy out. 

2685. Kardo-Koirot katask6poa, fcat-as'-fcop-os; 
Irons 2/96 (intens.) and 4649 (in the sense of a 
watcher); a reconnoiterer:— spy. 

2686. KOTa<ro(j)C5oiiai. kataadpblzdmai, fcat- 
su-of-id'-zom-ahee; mid. from 2596 and 4679; to fie 
cra/ty asai7Wt, i.e. circumvent:— deal subtilly with. 

2687. ieaTCurr&X«> kata«t<<Ild, kat-as-tel'-lo; 
from tsqb and #724; to put down, i.e. quell:— appease, 
quiet. 

2688. KttTdxmjjitt kataatema, kat-as'-tay-mah; 
bom 2323; prop, a po»«t»o» or condition, Le. (subj.) 
demeanor:— behaTiour. 

2689. KaraoToX^ kataatdle, kat-as-tol-ay'; 
from 2687; a deposit, i.e. (spec.) costume:— apparel. 
£690. KaTa<rrp&}>» kataatrepho, kat-as-tref'-o; 
from 2/96 and 4762; to turn upside down, i.e. upset:— 
overthrow. 

^69i. KaTaerpi|via» katastreniao, kat-as- 
tray-nee-ah'-o; from 2/96 and 4703; to become volup- 
tuous against:— begin to wax wanton against. 

2692. KOTOOTpo^ kataatrfipke, kat-as-trof- 
ay'; from 2600; an overturn ("catastrophe"), i.e. 
demolition; fig. apostasy:— overthrow, subverting. 

2693. kotmtp<&WU|U katastronnaml, ftat-as- 
trone'-noo-mee; from 2596 and ^766; to strew down. 
I.e. (by impl.) to prostrate (slay):— overthrow. 

2694. Karao-vpo katasnro. kat-as-oo'-ro; from 
ajoo and #0//; to drag down, i.e. arrest judicially:— 
hale. 

2695. KttTO<rij>dTTw kataapkattd, kat-as- fat' -to; 
from 2jc6 and ^969; to kill down, i.e. slaughter: — slay. 

2696. Ka.Ta<r<ppo.-yCi;» kataapkraglzd, kat-as- 
frag-id'-zo; from sjg6 and 4072; to seal closely:— seal. 

2697. KttTCurx«<ris kataachesla, kat-as' -khes-is; 
from 2722; a holding down, i.e. occupancy:— posses- 
sion. 

26*0?. KaraT(6T||U katatltkeml. kat-at-ith'-ay- 
mee; from 2/96 and 5087; to ptoce down, i.e. deposit 
(lit. or fig.):— do, lay, shew. 

2699. KB/raTou^ katatdme, kat-at-om-ay'; from 
a comp. of 2/06 and ripva temno (to cut); a cut- 
ting down (off), i.e. mutilation (ironically):— conci- 
sion. Comp. bog. 

2700. KOTOTo|tvu katatdxeao, kat-at-ox-yoo'-o; 
from 2306 and a der. of 5115; to shoot down with an 
arrow or other missile:— thrust through. 

2701. KOTaTp<x» katatrecko, kat-at-rekh'-o; 
from 2jg6 and 3143; to run down, i.e. hasten from a 
tower:— run down. 

KdTatpdyu katapkag5. See 2719. 

2702. KOTa<j>€pa> katapln ro kat-af-er'-o; from 
sjo6 and Jj^2 (includ. its alt. ) ; to bear down, i.e. (flg.) 
overcome (with drowsiness); spec, to cast a vote: — 
fall, give, sink down. 

2703. KaraiJMVYU katapkeugo, kat-af-yoo'-go; 
from 239b and 3343; to ./tee down (away):— flee. 

2704. KOTOip0€[p<i> kataphthelro, kat-af-thi'- 
ro; from 2J06 and 5351; to spoil entirely, i.e. (lit.) to 
destroy; or (flg.) to depraue.— corrupt, utterly perish. 

2705. KaraiJHXiw katapklleo, kat-af-ee-leh'-o; 
from 2J0O and ju6<y,' to fciss earnestly:— kiss. 

2706. KorcKppove'oi katapkrdneo, kat-af-ron- 
eh'-o; from 2506 and 342b; to think against, l.e. dis- 
esteem:— despise. 

2707. KaTH>povT^s katapkrontea, kat-af-ron- 
tace'; from 2706; a contemner:— despiser. 

2708. Karayjot katacheo, kat-akh-eh'-o; from 
2jo6 and \ia ckeo (to pour); to pour down (out):— 
pour. 

2709. KOTttx86vios katachthonloa, kat-dkh- 
thon'-ee-os; from 2jo6 and \iav cktkon (the 
ground); subterranean, i.e. infernal (belonging to 
the world of departed spirits):— under the earth. 

2710. Karaxpaoiiai katachraomal, kat-akh- 
rah'-om-ahee; from 2jgo and 3330; to overuse, i,e. 
misuse.-— abuse. 



2711. Kara-fyiyji) katapancko. kai-ap-soo'-kho; 
from 2,596 SCDA3394; to cool down (off), i.e. refresh:— 
cool. 

2712. KttretSwXos kateldoloa, kat-i'-do-los; 
from 2.596 (intens.) and 1497; utterly idolatrous:— 
wholly given to idolatry. 

KarcXcvvo kateI£utlio. See 2718. 

2713. KOrevavTi katcuanti, kat-en'-an-tee; 
from 230b and 172$; directly opposite:— betore, over 
against. 

KO.T€V€-yK<i> katenegko, 8662702. 

2714. kotcviWiov katenoplon, kat-en-o '-pee-on; 
from 2396 and 1799; directly in front of:— before (the 
presence of), in the sight of. 

2715. KO.Te£ovo-i,di> katexouslazo, kat-ex-oo- 
see-ad'-zo; from 2,596 and 1830; to have (wield) full 
privilege over: — exercise authority. 

2716. KaTep-ydJo|iai katergazAmal, kat-er- 
gad'-zom-ahee; from 2396 and 2038; to work fully, i.e. 
accomplish; by impl. to finish, fashion:— cause, do 
(deed), perform, work (out). 

2718. KdT^pxonai katerckdmat, kat-er'-khom- 
ahee; from 230b and 2064 (includ. its alt.) j to come (or 
go) down (lit. or flg.):— come (down), depart, descend, 
go down, land. 

2719. KOT«r6tu kateatklo, kat-es-thee'-o; from 
2/96 and sob8 (includ. its alt.); to eat down, i.e. devour 
(lit. or flg.):— devour. 

2720. Ka.Tcv6uva> kateutkano, kat-yoo-thoo'-no; 
from 2.596 and 2116; to straighten fully, i.e. (flg.) di- 
rect:— guide, direct. 

2721. KaTKp£<rn|iH katepklateml, kat-ef-is'- 
tay-mee; from 2596 and 2186; to stand over against, 
i.e. rusft upon (assauK):— make insurrection against. 

2722. ko,tcx<» fcaleehd. kat-ekh'-o; from 2306 
and 2/92; to hold down (fast), in various applications 
(lit. or flg.):— have, hold (fast), keep (in memory), let, 
X make toward, possess, retain, seize on, stay, take, 
withhold. 

2723. Karrryoplu kategdrgo, kat-ay-gor-eh'-o; 
from 2723; to be a plaintiff, i.e. to charge with some 
offence:— accuse, object. 

2724. KcmryopCa kategorla, kat-aygor-ee'-ah; 
from 2723; a complaint ("category"), i.e. criminal 
charge:— accusation (X -ed). 

2725. Ka-rij-yopos kategoros, kat-ay'-gor-os; 
from 2306 and 38; against one in the assembly, i.e. a 
complainant at law; spec. Satan:— accuser. 

2726. Kar^cia katepk£la, kat-ay'-fUah; from a 
comp. of 2300 and perh. a der. of the base of 3316 
(mean, downcast in look); demureness, i.e. (by impl.) 
sadness: —heaviness. 

2727. Karnxe'w kateckeo, kat-ay-kheh'-o; from 
2,596 and 2270; to sound down into the ears, i.e. (by 
impl.) to indoctrinate (" catechize") or (gen.) to ap- 
prise of :— inform, instruct, teach. 

2728. Kanou kalloo. fcat-ee-6'-o; from 259b and a 
der. of 2^7,' to rust down, i.e. corrode:— canker. 

2729. ko.tutx'Uu katlackno, kat-is-khoo'-o; from 
2306 and 2480; to onerpower:— prevail (against). 

2730. KdTOiKt'w katMkeo, kat-oy-keh'-o; from 
2J96 and 3611; to ftouse permanently, i.e. reside (lit. 
or flg.):— dwell (-er), inhabitant (-ter). 

2731. kotoIkiio-is katfilkeala, kat-oy'-kay-sis; 
from 2770; residence (prop, the act; but by impl. 
concr. the mansion):— dwelling. 

2732. KaToi.KiiTrjpi.ov katdlketerlAn, kat-oy- 
kay-tay'-ree-on; from a der. of 2770; a dwelling- 
place:— habitation. 

2733. KarotKCa katAlkla, kat-oy-kee'-ah; resi- 
dence (prop, the condition; but by impl. the abode it- 
self ):— habitation. 

2734. KOTOTrrptEoiiov katdptrizoinai, kat-op- 
trid'-zom-ahee; mid. from a comp. of 2J96 and a der. 
of 3700 [comp. 2072] ; to mirror oneself, i.e. to see re- 
flected (flg.):— behold as in a glass. 

2735. KaT<jp8(oiia katorthoma, kat-or'-tho- 
mah; from a comp. of 2/96 and a der. of 3717 [comp. 
VS7]; something made fully upright, i.e. (flg.) rectifi- 
cation (spec, good public administration):— very 
worthy deed. 



Kara kato, kat'-o: also (comp.) 

KdTUTCpu katoti r<> kat-o-ter'-o [comp. 

2737] ; adv. from 2300; downwards:— beneath, bottom, 

down, under. 

2737. KO,Tc&TCpos katoterda, kat-o'-ter-os; comp. 
from 2776; inferior (locally, of Hades):— lower. 

2738. Kavp,a kauma, kow'-mah; from 2345; prop, 
a burn (concr.), but used (abstr.) of a glow:— heat. 

2739. Kavu.aT(£<i> kaumatlzo, kow-mat-id'-zo; 
from 2738; to burn:— scorch. 

^7^0. Kavo-is kaaalB, kow'-sis; from 2343; burn- 
ing (the act) :— be burned. 

2741. Kttuo-dw kaiisAd, kow-so'-o; from 2740; to 
set on fire:— with fervent heat. 

2742. kovo-wv kanson, fcoui'-sone; from 2741; a 
glare:— (burning) heat. 

2743. KatiTT|pidJ(i> kanterlazo, kow-tay-ree-ad'- 
20; from a der. of 2343; to brand (" cauterize"), i.e. 
(by impl.) to render unsensitive (flg.): — sear with a 
hot iron. 

2744- Kavxdouat kauckadmal, kow-khah'-om- 

ahee; from some (obsol.) base akin to that of o«x^ u 
auck£o (to boast) and 2172; to vaunt (in a good or 
a bad sense):— (make) boast, glory, joy, rejoice. 

2745. KavxT]u,a kaackema, kow'-khay-mah; 
from 2744; a boast (prop, the object ; by impl. the act) 
in a good or a bad sense:— boasting, (whereof) to 
glory (of), glorying, rejoice (-ing). 

2746. Kat)XT|0-is kanckeala, kow'-khay-sis; from 
2744; boasting (prop, the act; by impl. the object), in 
a good or a bad sense:— boasting, whereof I may 
glory, glorying, rejoicing. 

27^7. KryxP<a( Kegcbreal, keng-khreh-a'hee; 
prob. from K«"YXP°S kegckrds (millet); Cenchreos, 
a port of Corinth:— Cenchrea. 

. KcSpi&v Kedron, fced-rone'; of Heb. or. 
Cedron (i.e. Kidron), a brook near Jerus.:— 
Cedron. 

2749. Ketuai kfimal, ki'-mahee; mid. of a prim, 
verb; to lie outstretched (lit. or flg.):— be (appointed, 
laid up, made, set), lay, lie. Comp. 3087. 

2750. Kapta keirla, ki-ree'-ah; of uncert. affln. ; 
a swathe, i.e. winding-sheet: — graveclothes. 

2751. Ktlpa kfiiro, ki'-ro; aprim.verb; tosftear;— 
shear (-er). 

2752. KeX«up,a kSlSnma, kel'-yoo-mah; from 
27JC7.' a ory of incitement:— shout. 

2753. K(\tvo kelSuo, kel-yoo'-o; from a prim. 
K&Xo k£115 (to urge on); "hail"; to incite by 
word, i.e. order:— bid, (at, give) command (-menf). 

2754. KevoSo£Ca. keiuAddzla, ken-od-ox-ee'-ah; 
from 2733; empty glorying, i.e. self-conceit:— vain- 
glory. 

2755. Kev6So|os kenAdoxoa, ken-od'-ox-os; from 
2756 and 1391; vainly glorifying, i.e. self-conceited:— 
desirous of vain-glory. 

2756. kcwSs kenda, ken-os'; appar. a prim, word; 
empty (lit. or flg.):— empty, (in) vain. 

2757. KevotpuvCa kenophonla, ken-af-o-nee'-ah; 
from a presumed comp. of 273b and 543b; empty 
sounding, i.e. fruitless discussion:— vain. 

2755. K<v<5a> kendo, ken-o'-o; from 27/6; to make 
empty, i.e. (flg.) to abase, neutralize, falsify:— make 
(of none effect, of no reputation, void), be in vain. 

2759. K*vrpov kentrom, fcen'-tron; from kjvt&> 
kenteo (to prick); a point ("centre"), i.e. a sting 
(flg. poison) or goad (flg. divine tmputse):— prick, 
sting. 

2760. KtvrvpCuv kentnrion, fcen-foo-ree'-oJm; 
of Lat. or. ; a centurion, i.e. captain of one hundred 
soldiers: — centurion. 

#76.?. kcvus kenoa, ken-oce'; adv. from 273b; 
vainly, i.e. to no purpose: — in vain. 
2762. KcpaCa kerala, ker-ah'-yah; tern, of a pre- 
sumed der. of the base of 27b8; something ftorn-Kfce, 
i.e. (spec.) the apex of a Heb. letter (flg. the least par- 
ticle):— tittle. 



KEpaittvs kJramSiis, ker-am-yooce' ; from 
sjbb; a potter.-— potter. 



42 



Keramikos 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



2764. KCpojuKOf keramlkAs, «e» -am-ifc-os\' 
from 2766; made of clay, i.e. earthen: — of a potter. 

3765. Kipijuov k&ramlAn. fcer-am'-ee-on; neut 
of a presumed der. of zjbb; an earthenware vessel, 
t e.jar:— pitcher. 

^766. K-fpa}io$ k&ramds, ker'-am-os; prob. from 
the base of 2767 (through the idea of mixing clay and 
water); earthenware, i.e. a tife (by anal, a thin roof 
or awning):— tiling. 

£767. Kcpdvwut kirannnmi, fcer-an'-noo-mee; 
a prol. form of a more prim. Kepdoi Itf rao. ker- 
ah'-o (which is used in certain tenses); to mingle, i.e. 
(by impl.) to pour out (for drinking) :— fill, pour out. 
Oomp. 3306. 

2768. Ktpas keras, ker'-as; from a prim. Kap kar 
(the hair of the head); a horn (lit. or fig.):— horn. 

276,9. Kcpdriov k£ratlAn, ker-at'-ee-on; neut of 
a, presumed der. of zybS; something ftorfcgu ~e. 
(spec.) the pod of the carob-tree:— husk. 

Kcpou kerao. See 2767. 
£770. KtpSaCvw kArdalno, ker-dah'ie.M, from 
2777; to gain (lit. or fig.):— (get) gain, wt ' 
£771. K^pSos kerdAa, ker'-dos; of uneert afBn.; 
gain (pecuniary or gen.):— gain, lucre. 
2772. Keppa k&rma, fcer-tnah; from 275/, a clip- 
ping (bit), i.e. (spec.) a coin/— money 
£775. KCp|iaTurH)S kermatistea, ker-mat-is- 
tace'; from a der. of 2772," a handler of coins, i.e. 
money-broker: — changer of money. 
£771. Ke$o\<uov kAphalalAn, kef-al'-ah-yon; 
neut. of a der. of 2776; a principal thing, i.e. main 
point; spec, an amount (of money) :— sum. 
£775. Kc^oXaiott kAphalalAo, kef-al-ahee-o'-o; 
from the same as 1774; (spec.) to strike on the head:— 
wound in the head. 

5776. Ke<t>a\-/j kephale, kef-al-ay'; prob. from 
the prim, tcdirrw kapto (in the sense of seizing); 
the head (as the part most readily taken hold of), lit. 
or fig. :—head. 

5777. Ke-poXts kApkalls, kef-al-is'; from 2776; 
prop, a knob, i.e. (by impl.) a roll (by extens. from 
the end of a stick on which the MS. was rolled):— 
volume. 

2778. Kflvo-os kensAs, kane'-sos; of Lat. or.; 

prop, an enrolment (" census"), i.e. (by impl.) a tax:— 

tribute. 

S779. Kfjiros kepAa, kay'-pos; of uneert. affln.; a 

garden:— garden. 

2780. Kr,iro«pns kepAurAa, kay-poo-ros' '; from 
2770 and ovpos AurAa (a warden); a garden-keeper, 
i.e. gardener:— gardener. 

2781. KijpCov kerlAn, kay-ree'-on; dimin. from 
lends keAa (wax); a cell for honey, i.e. (collect.) the 
comb:— [honey-] comb. 

2782. idjpv-y|ia kerugma, kay'-roog-mah; from 
S7S4; a proclamation (espec. of the gospel; by impl. 
the gospel itself):— preaching. 

2783. KT)pv£ kernx, kay'-roox; from 2784; a her- 
ald, i.e. of divine truth (espec. of the gospel):— 
preacher. 

2784. Kqpvovo kernaao, kay-roos'-so; of uneert. 
affln. *, to herald (as a public crier) , espec. divine truth 
(the gospel):— preach (-er), proclaim, publish. 

2785. Kf)ros ketAa, kay'-tos; prob. from the base 
of 5400; a huge fish (as gaping for prey):— whale. 

2786. Kn,<j>d$ Kephaa, kay-fas'; of Chald. or. 
[comp. 8710] ; the Rock; Cephas (i.e. Kepha), a sur- 
name of Peter:— Cephas. 

£7£7. KipVris klbotAa, kib-o-tos'; of uneert. 
der.; a box, i.e. the sacred ark and that of Noah:— 
ark. 

2788. Kiflapa klthara, kith-ar'-ah; of uneert. 
affln.; a lyre:— harp. 

2789. Ki8apC!> kltharlzo, kith-ar-id'-to; from 
1788; to play on a lyre:— harp. 

£790. KiSapcpSos kltharotdoa, kith-ar-o'-dos; 
from 27.8? and a der. of the same as jdqj; a lyre- 
stager (-player), i.e. harpist:— harper. 



2791. KiXiKia tullkka, kilrik-ee'-ah; prob. of 
for or.; Cilicia, a region of Asia Minor:— Cilicia. 

2792. Kivd|U)|L0v kinamomos, cm-am- -o-mon; 
of for. or. [comp. 7076]; cinnamon. — cinnamon. 

2793. KivSw-ivu klndnnAno, ,Hn-aoon-yoo'-o; 
from 2794; to undergo peril:— be in danger, be (stand) 
in jeopardy. 

2794. k(vSvvos klndunAa, kin'-doo^nos; of un- 
eert. der. ; danger: — peril 

2795. Kiv«'» klneo, kin-eh'-o; from kCu klo (po- 
etic for «V l 61ml, to go) ; to stir (trans.), lit. or fig. :— 
(re-) move (-r), wag. 

2796. Kivryn.s kinesis, kin'-ay-sis; from 2705; a 
stirring:— moving. 

2797. Kb Kls, kis; of Heb. or. [7087]; Cis (i.e. 
Kish), an Isr.:— Cis. 

K'XPIr" klenreml. Seejjjr- 

2798. kXoSos kladAa, klad'-os; from 2S06; a twig 
or bough (as if broken off):— branch. 

2799. KkaUa klalo, klah'-yo; of uneert. affln.; to 
sob, i.e. wail aloud (whereas 114s is rather to cry si- 
lently):— bewail, weep. 

2800. kXcutis klaala, Has 1 4s; from 2806; fracture 
(the act):— breaking. 

2801. KXatrua klaama, klas'-mah; from 2&6; a 
piece (bit);— broken, fragment. 

2802. KXavS-n Klaude, klow'-day; of uneert. 
der. ; Claude, an island near Crete:— Clauda. 

2803. KXavSCa Klandla, klow-dee'-ah; fern, of 
2804; Claudia, a Chr. woman:— Claudia. 

2804. KXavSios KlaudlAa, klow'-dee-os; of Lat. 
or. ; Claudius, the name of two Romans:— Claudius. 

2805. KXavOues klaatkmAs, klowth-mos'; from 
2700; lamentation: — wailing, weeping, X wept. 

2806. nXdtt klao, klah'-o; a prim, verb; to break 
(spec, of bread):— break. 

2807. kXcCs kleia, Mice; from 2808; a key (as shut- 
ting a lock), lit. or fig. :— key. 

2808. k\<U> klelo, Ui'-o; a prim, verb; to close 
(lit. or fig.):— shut (up). 

2809. KAiupa kl£mma, klem'-mah; from 2*y; 
stealing (prop, the thing stolen, but used of the act) :— 
theft. 

2810. KXtdiras Kleftpaa, kleh-op'-as; prob. 
contr. from KXediro/rpos KlSApatrAs (comp. of 
2811 and 3962) ; Cleopas, a Chr.:— Cleopas. 

£&/J. kXIos kl-SAs, kleh'-os; from a shorter form 

012564; renown (as if being called):— glory. 

£<W£. KX6irTt|s kleptea, klep'-tace; from afirj; a 

stealer (lit. or fig.):— thief. Comp. ^037. 

£&/,?. icX-i-irru klepto, klep'-to; a prim, verb; to 

filch:— steal. 

£SX£- kX-SJimi klema, klay'-mah; from 2&6; a 
Km* or sftoo* (as if broken off): — branch. 
2815. KXt|(it|s Klemea, klay'-mace; of Lat. or.; 
merci/ul; Clemes (i.e. Clemens), a Chr. : — Clement. 
££Z6. KXijpovo^o) klerAnAmSo, klay-ron-om- 
eh'-o; from 2<Sr*," to k an heir to lit. or fig.):— be 
heir, (obtain by) inherit (-ance). 

2817. K\ijpovou(a klerdnAmla, klay-ron-om-ee'- 
ah; from 2S/8; heirship, i.e. (concr.) a patrimony or 
(gen.) a possession.'— inheritance. 

2818. KXnpovouos klerdndmds, klay-ron-om'- 
os; from 28rq and the base of 3531 (in its orig. sense 
of partitioning, i.e. [reflex.] getting by apportion- 
ment); a sharer by lot, i.e. an inheritor (lit. or fig.); 
by impl. a possessor:— heir. 

2819. ic\f)pos klerds, klay'-ros; prob. from 2*6 
(through the idea of using bits of wood, etc., for the 
purpose); a die (for drawing chances); by impl. a 
portion (as if so secured); by extens. an acquisition 
(espec. & patrimony, fig.):— heritage, inheritance, lot, 
part. 

2820. icXi)pd» klerAo, Uay-ro'-o; from afro; to 
allot, i.e. (fig.) to assign (a privilege):— obtain an in- 
heritance. 

2821. kX^o-is kleala, klay'-sis; from a shorter 
form of 3564; an invitation (fig.) : — calling, vocation. 



'. K\irrds kletAs, klay-tos'; from the same as 

2821; invited, i.e. appointed, or (spec.) a saint: — 
called. 

2823. tcXtpam kllbands, kliV-anos; of uneert 
der.; an earthen pot usei for baking in:— oven. 

2824. k\C|MI Kii ata.fclee' woft; trom2&7; a slope, 
i.e. (spec.) a "ciime" 01 ioct of country:— part, 
region. 

2825. kXCvtj kllne, klee'-nay; from 2&7; a coucn 
(for sleep, sickness, sitting or eating):— bed, table. 

2826. kXiv(Siov kllnldlAn, Wn-id'-ee-on; neut 
of a presumed der. of 282s; a pallet or little couch:— 
bed. 

£<?£7. kX(v» kllno, Uee'-no; a prim, verb; to 
slant or slope, i.e. incline or recline (lit. or fig.): —bow 
(down), be far spent, lay, turn to flight, wear away. 

2828. xXurCa kllala, fclee-see'-ah; from a der. of 
2827; prop, reclination, i.e. (concr. and spec.) a party 
at a meal:— company. 

2829. KX<rirfj klApe, Mop-as'; from *8i3i steal- 
ing.*— theft. 

2830. xkiSov kladon, ifcloo'^oftn; from kX*J« 
klazo (to billow or dash over) ; a surge of the sea 
(lit. or fig.):— raging, wave. 

2831. icXvoWCgoiuu kludonlzAmal, hloo-do- 
nid'-zom-ahee; mid. from 2830; to surge, i.e. (flg.) to 
fluctuate:— toss to and fro. 

2882. KXanros Klopaa, Mo-pas'; of Chald. or. 

(corresp. to 2j6); Clopas, an Isr. :— Clopas. 

2833. kW)6« knetho, knay'-tho; from a prim. 

kvAw knao (to scrape); to scratch, i.e. (by impl.) 

to ticfcle:— X itching. 

£&% EvCSos KnldAa, fenee'-dos; prob. of for. 

or.; Cnidus, a place in Asia Minor:— Cnidus. 

2835. KoSpdvrns kAdrantea, fcod-ran'-toce; of 
Lat. or. ; a quadrans, i.e. the fourth part of an as:— 
farthing. 

2836. KOtXCa kAllla, koy-lee'-ah; from KotXot 
kAUAa ("hollow"); a cavity, i.e. (spec.) the abdo- 
men; by impl. the matrix; flg. the heart;— belly, 
womb. 

2837. koiuAo kAlmao, koy-mah'-o; from 27^9; 
to put to sleep, i.e. (pass, or reflex.) to slumber; flg, 
to decease; — (be a-, fall a-, fall on) sleep, be dead. 

2838. KotittTjo-is kAlmeala, koy'-may-sis; from 
2837; sleeping, i.e. (by impl.) repose;— taking of rest 

2839. Koivds kAinAa, koy-nos'; prob. from 4862; 
common, i.e. (lit.) shared by all or several, or (cer.) 
profane:— common, defiled, unclean, unholy. 

2840. KOivbtt kAlnAo, koy-nd'-o; from 2^0; to 
make (or consider) profane (cer.): — call common, de- 
file, pollute, unclean. 

2841. koivuvSu kAlnonAo, koy-no-neh'-o; from 
2844; to share with others (obj. or subj.):— communi- 
cate, distribute, be partaker. 

2842. KOivoivta kAlnonla, Jtog-nohn-ee'-ah; from 
2844; partnership^ i.e. (lit.) participation, or (social) 
intercourse, or (pecuniary) bene/action;— (to) com- 
municate (-ation), communion, (contrl-) distribution, 
fellowship. 

2843. KoivwiKis kAlnonlkAa, koy-no-nee-kos'; 
from 2844; communicative, i.e. (pecuniarily) liberal: — 
willing to communicate. 

2844. KOivuvos kAlnonAa, koy-no-nosf; from 
2830; a sharer, i.e. associate.-— companion, x fellow- 
ship, partaker, partner. 

2845. koCtt] kAlte, koy'-tay; from 2749; a couch; 
by extens. cohabitation; by impl. the male sperm:— 
bed, chambering, x conceive. 

2846. koit&v k Alton, koy-tone'; from 2845; abed- 
room: — (- chamberlain. 

2847. kokkivos kAkklnAs, kok'-kee-nos; from 
2848 (from the fcemeJ-shape of the insect); crimson- 
colored:— scarlet (colour, coloured). 

2848. kjkkos kAkkAa, kdk'-kos; appar. a prim, 
word; a kernel of seed:— corn, grain. 

2849. KoXot<» kAlaxo, kol-ad'-zo; from KoXa« 
kAloa (dwar/); prop, to curtail, i.e. (flg.) to chastise 
(or reserve for infliction).— punish. 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



Keramikos 
Ktahomahee 



43 



3850. KoXaiceCa kAlakAla, kol-ak-i'-ah; from a 
der. of k6Xo£ kdlax (a fawner); flattery:— X flat- 
tering. 

2851. icoXao-is kAlaala, kol'-as4s; from 2849; 
penal infliction; — punishment, torment. 

2852. KoXa<|>0> kAlapblzo, kol-af-id'-zo; from 
a der. of the base of 2849; to rap with the fist:— 
buffet. 

2858. icoXXdw kdllao, kol-lah'-o; from KiXXa 
kdlla (" glue"); to ghte, i.e. (pass, or reflex.) to sticfc 
(flg.):— cleave, join (self), keep company. 

2854. KoXXovpiov kdlldnrldn, kol-loo'-ree-on; 
neut. of a presumed der. of KoXXupa kdllara (a 
cake; prob. akin to the base of 2853); prop, a poul- 
tice (as made of or in the form of crackers), i.e. (by 
anal.) a plaster: — eyesalve. 

$855. KoXXvpW^s kAIlnbletea, kol-loo-bis- 
tace'; from a presumed der. of k<SXXu|3os kdlln- 
fods (a small coin; prob. akin to 2834); a coin- 
dealer:— (money-) changer. 

2856. KoXopoa kdldbdo, kol-ob-5'-o; from a der. 
of the base of 2849; to dock, i.e. (flg.) abridge: — 
shorten. 

2857. KoXoo-o-aC KAlAssal, kol-os-sah'ee; appar. 
fem. plur. of koXoo-o-6s kdlAsaA* ("colossal"); 
Colossoz, a place in Asia Minor:— Colosse. 

2858. KoXoo-o-acvs KdldssaAus, kol-os-sayoos> ; 
fr. zStf; a Colosscean,'i.e. inh. of Colossee: — Colossian. 

2859. koXttos kdlpAa, kol'-pos; appar. a prim, 
word; the bosom; by anal, a bay:— bosom, creek. 

2860. KoXvp.j3do> kdlumbao, kol-oom-bah'-o; 
from k6X«(iPos kAlnmbda (a diver); to plunge 
into water:— swim. 

2861. KoXup.pVj0pa kAIumbetbra, kol-oom-bay'- 
thrah; from 2800; a diving-place, i.e. pond for bath- 
tag (or swimming) :— pool. 

2862. KoXuvIa kdldnta, kol-o-nee'-ah; of Lat. 
or. ; a Eoman " colony" for veterans:— colony. 

2863. KOp.au) kimao, kom-ah'-o; from aa^; to 
wear tresses of hair:— have long hair. 
££64. K^OT kdme, kom'-ay; appar. from the same 
as 286s; the hair of the head (locks, as ornamental, 
and thus differing from 2350, which prop, denotes 
merely the scalp):— hair. 

2865. KO|i(j)o kdmizo, kom-id'-zo; from a prim. 
KOpc'u kAmeo (to tend, i.e. take care of) ; prop, to 
provide tor, i.e. (by impl.) to carry off (as if from 
harm; gen. obtain): — bring, receive. 

2866. KO|j.\|/<T«pov kAmpsAtdrAn, komp-sot'-er- 
on; neut. compar. of a der. of the base of 2863 (mean, 
prop, well dressed, i.e. nice); flg. convalescent: — 
+ began to amend. 

2867. Kovittw kdniao, kon-ee-ah'-o; from kovCo 
kdnia (dust; by anal, lime); to whitewash: — whiten. 

2868. KoviopTOs kAnlArtAa, kon-ee-or-tos' ; from 
the base of 2867 and opvvpi Amumi (to "rouse"); 
pulverulence (as blown about):— dust. 

2869. Koirdjja kApazo, kop-ad'-zo; from 2873; to 
tire, i.e. (flg.) to relax: — cease. 

2870. koimtos kdpetda, kop-et-os'; from 287s; 
mourning (prop. by beating the breast):— lamentation. 

2871. KOirfj kdpe, Imp-ay 1 ; from 287s; cutting, i.e. 
carnage;— slaughter. 

2872. Komda kAplao, kop-ee-ah'-o; from a der. 
012873; to feel fatigue; by impl. to work hard: — (be- 
stow) labour, toil, be wearied. 

2878. koitos kApAa, kop'-os; from 287s; a cut, i.e. 
(by anal.) totf (as reducing the strength), lit. or flg. ; 
by impl. pains:— labour, + trouble, weariness. 
287^. KOirpto kdprla, kop*ree'-ah; from Kiirpos 
kAprAa (ordure; perh. akin to 287s); manure: — 
dung (-hill). 

2875. Kiwro kdpto, kop'-to; a prim, verb; to 
" chop"; spec, to beat the breast in grief :— cut down, 
lament, mourn, (be-) wail. Comp. the base of 5114. 

2876. Kdpa| kdrax, kor'-ax; perh. from 2880; a 
crote (from its voracity) :— raven. 



2877. Kopdoiov kAraalAn, kor-as'-ee-o-i, neut. jf 
a presumed der. of <°C\ kAre (a maiden); a (little) 
girl:— damsel, maid. 

2878. Koppdv kdrban, kor-ban'; and 
Koppavds kdrban as, kor -ban-as'; of Heb. 

and Chald. or. respectively [7133] ; a votive offering 
and the offering; a consecrated present (to the Tem- 
ple fund); by extens. (the latter term) the Treasury 
itself, i.e. the room where the contribution boxes 
stood:— Corban, treasury. 

2879. Kopi Kdre, kor-eh'; of Heb. or. [7H1]; 
Core (i.e. Korach), an Isr. :— Core. 

2880. kooIvvdiu kdrennuml, kor-en'-noo-mee; a 
prim, verb; to cram, i.e. glut or sate. 1 — eat enough, 
full. 

2881. KoptvOios KdrtnthiAs, kor-in'-thee-os; 
from 2882; a Corinthian, i.e. inhab. of Corinth:— Co- 
rinthian. 

2882. KopivBos KdrlnthAs. kor'-in-thos; of un- 
cert. der. ; Corinthus, a city of Greece:— Corinth. 

2883. KopvT|Xios KArnellda, kor-nay'-lee-os; of 
Lat. or. ; Cornelius, a Roman:— Cornelius. 

2884. K4pos kArde, kor'-os; of Heb. or. [3734] ; a 
cor, i.e. a specific measure:— measure. 

2885. Koo-uiu kAamdo, kos-meh'-o; from 2880; to 
put in proper order, i.e. decorate (lit. or fig.); spec, 
to snuff (a wick): — adorn, garnish, trim. 

2886. koo-uikos kAamlkAa, kos-mee-kos' ; from 
288Q (in its secondary sense); terrene (" cosmic"), lit. 
(mundane) or flg. (corrupt): — worldly. 

2887. KO<r|iios kAsmlAa, kos'-mee-os; from 2880 
(in its prim, sense); orderly, i.e. decorous: — of good 
behaviour, modest. 

2888. Koo-|ioKpdT<op kAamAkrator, kos-mok- 
rat'-ore; from 2880 and 2002; a world-ruler, an epi- 
thet of Satan:— ruler. 

2889. Koo-u.05 kAamAa, kos'-mos; prob. from the 
base of 2863; orderly arrangement, i.e. decoration; 
by impl. the world (in a wide or narrow sense, includ. 
its inhab., lit. or flg. [mor.]):— adorning, world. 

2890. Eovapros KAaartAa, koo'-ar-tos; of Lat. 
or. (fourth) ; Quartus, a Chr. :— Quartos. 

2891. kovux kAnmi,fcoo'-mee; of Chald. or. [6966]; 
cumi (i.e. rise!): — cumi. 

2892. KotxrnoSCa kAnetodla. koos-to-dee'-ah; of 
Lat. or. ; " custody", i.e. a Roman sentry: — watch. 

2893. Kov<pCJ> kdnphlzo, koo-ftd'-zo; from 
Koinpos kAnpb.de (light in weight) ; to unload:— 
lighten. 

2894. K(5<p'VOS kAphlnAs, kof-ee-nos; of uncert. 
der. ; a (small) basket: — basket. 

2895. Kpdppai-os krabbatAe, krab'-bat-os; prob. 
of for. or. ; a mattress:— bed. 

2896. Kpdijw krazo, krad'-zo; a prim, verb; prop, 
to " croafc" (as a raven) or scream, i.e. (gen.) to call 
aloud (shriek, exclaim, intreat):— cry (out). 

2897. Kp<uirdXt| kraipale, krahee-pal'-ay; prob. 
from the same as 726: prop, a headache (as a seizure 
of pain) from drunkenness, i.e. (by impl.) a debauch 
(by anal, a glut):— surfeiting. 

2898. KpavCov kranlAn, kran-ee'-on; dimin. of a 
der. of the base of 276*; a skull ("cranium"):— Cal- 
vary, skull. 

2899. KpcunreSov kraap&dAn, kras'-ped-on; of 
uncert. der. ; a margin, i.e. (spec.) a fringe or tas- 
sel:— border, hem. 

2900. Kpo/raios kratalAa, krat-ah-yos' ; from 
2004; powerful:— mighty. 

2901. KparauSw kratalAo, krat-ah-yo'-o; from 
2000; to empower, i.e. (pass.) increase in vigor:— be 
straightened, be (wax) strong. 

2902. Kparia krateo, krat-eh'-o; from 2004; to 
use strength, i.e. seize or retain (lit. or fig.):— hold 
(by, fast), keep, lay hand (hold) on, obtain, retain, 
take (by). 

2903. tcp&Tio-ros kratlstAa, krat'-is-tos; snperl. 
of a der. of 2004; strongest, i.e. (in dignity) very hon- 
orable;— most excellent (noble). 



Kpdros kratda, krat'-os; perh. a prim, 
word; vigor ["great"] (lit. or fig.):— dominion, 
might [-fly], power, strength. 

2905. Kpairy&£<a krangazo, krow-gad'-zo; from 
2006; to clamor:— cry out. 

2906. Kpavy^j krange, krhw-gay'; from 2896; an 
outcry (in notification, tumult or grief) :— clamour, 
cry (-tag). 

2907. Kpe'as kreaa, kreh'-as; perh. a prim, word; 

(butcher's) meat:— flesh. 

2908. Kpeto-ow kreiasAn, krice'-son; neut. of an 
alt. form of 2000; (as noun) better, i.e. greater ad- 
vantage;— better. 

#909. Kpcfa-rav kreitton, krite'-tohn; compar. 
of a der. of 2004; stronger, i.e. (fig.) better, i.e, 
nobler:— best, better. 

2910. Kpt u.dvwu.1 kremannuml, fcrem-an'-noo- 
mee; a prol. form of a prim, verb ; to hang:— hang. 

2911. Kpiip.v6s kremnos, fcrame-nos', - from 2910; 
overhanging, i.e. a precipice;— steep place. 

2912. Kpr|S Kree, fcrace; from 20/^,' a Cretan, 
i.e. inhab. of Crete: — Crete, Cretian. 

2913. Kp^o-KT)s Kreakea, krace'-kace; of Lat. 
or.; growing; Cresces (i.e. Crescens), a Chr.:— Cres- 
cens. 

#9i4- Kp^JTi] Krete, kray'-tay; of uncert. der.; 
Crete, an island in the Mediterranean:— Crete. 

2915. KpiS'fj krithe, kree-thay 1 ; of uncert. der.j 
barley: — barley. 

2916. KpIBivos krlthlnAa, kree'-thee-nos; from 
2QIS; consisting of barley:— barley. 

2917. Kptjia krima, kree'-mah; from 20/0; a deci- 
sion (the function or the effect, for or against 
[" crime"]):— avenge, condemned, condemnation, 
damnation, + go to law, judgment. 

2918. KpCvov krlndn, fcree'-non; perh. a prim, 
word; a lily:— lily. 

2919. KpCvo krlnd, kree'-no; prop, to distinguish, 
i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by impl. to fry, 
condemn, punish: — avenge, conclude, condemn, 
damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue 
at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, 
think. 

2920. Kpfarcs krisls, kree'-sis; decision (subj. or 
obj., for or against); by extens. a tribunal; by impl. 
justice (spec, divine law): — accusation, condemna- 
tion, damnation, judgment. 

2921. Kptinros KrlapAa, kris'-pos; of Lat. or.; 
" crisp"; Crispus, a Corinthian:— Crispus. 

2922. Kpirfjpiov krlterlAn, kree-tay'-ree-on; 
neut. of a presumed der. of 2923; a rule of judging 
(" criterion"), i.e. (by impl.) a tribunal:— to judge, 
judgment (seat). 

2923. Kpvrijs krltea, kree-tacef; from 2919; a 
judge (gen. or spec.):— judge. 

2924. Kpmicds kritikds, krit-ee-kos'; from 2923: 
decisive ("critical "), i.e. discriminative: — discerner. 

2925. Kpovoi krduo, kroo'-o; appar. a prim, verb: 
to rap:— knock. 

2926. Kpuirrfj krnpte, kroop-tay'; fem. of 2927; a 
hidden place, i.e. cellar (" crypt "):— secret. 

2927. KpvrrTos kruptda, kroop-tos'; from 2928; 
concealed, i.e. private:— hid (-den), inward [-ly], 
secret. 

2928. Kpvirru krupto, fcropp'-to; a prim, verb; 
to conceal (prop, by covering):— hide (self), keep se- 
cret, secret [-ly]. 

2929. KpwrraXXCgo krnatalllzo, kroos-taUidf- 
zo; from 2030; to make (i.e. intrans. resemble) ice 
(" crystallize"):— be clear as crystal. 

2930. KpwrraXXos krnatallAa, kroos'-taUlos; 
from a der. of Kpvos kruAa (frost); ice, i.e. (by 
anal.) rock " crystal ":— crystal. 
2981. Kpwjnj krapbe, kroo-fay'; adv. from 2928; 
privately:— in secret. 

2932. KTdop,ai ktaAmal, ktah'-om-ahee; a prim- 
verb; to get, i.e. acquire (by any means; own):— ob- 
tain, possess, provide, purchase. 



Ktaymah 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



KTfj|ia ktema, ktay'-mah; from 2032; an 
acquirement, i.e. estate: — possession. 

2934- ktijvos ktends, ktay'-nos; from 2932; prop- 
erty, i.e. (spec.) a domestic animal:— beast. 

2935. KTiJTWp ktetor, ktay'-tore; from 2032; an 
owner:— possessor. 

2936. KrlXfit ktlzo, ktid'-zo; prob. akin to 2032 
(through the idea of the proprietorship of the manu- 
facturer); to fabricate, i.e. found(form originally):— 
create, Creator, make. 

#937. ktCo-is ktlsls, ktis'Hs; from 2936; original 
formation (prop, the act; by impl. the thing, lit. or 
fig.):— building, creation, creature, ordinance. 

S938. KTfo-jia ktlsma, ktis'-mah; from 203b; an 
original formation (concr.), i.e. product (created 
thing) :— creature. 

2939. ktwtt^s ktlstcs, Mis-face'; from 2036; a 
founder, i.e. God (as author of all things):— Creator. 

2940. Kvfitla. knbela, koo-bi'-ah; from kvPos 
kllbox (a " cube", i.e. die for playing); gambling, 
i.e. (flg.) artifice or fraud:— sleight. 

2941. K«|Kpvil<rts kubernesls, koo-ber' -nay-sis; 
from KuPepvdw k u Ix-ruao (of Lat. or., to steer) ; 
pilotage, i.e. (flg.) directorship (in the church):— gov- 
ernment. 

2942. KvPcpWJTiis knbernetes, koo-ber-nay'- 
tace; from the same as 2941; helmsman, i.e. (by 
impl.) captain:— (ship) master. 

#9,43. Kvic\<i0£v kukldthen, koo-kloth'-en; adv. 
from the same as 204.5; from the circle, i.e. a22 
around: — (round) about. 

kvkXos knklds. See 29<?. 
2944- k«kX6o» kukldo, koo-klo'-o; from the same 
as 2o«t?,' to encircle, i.e. surround: — compass (about), 
come (stand) round about. 

2945. KitcXcp knklo,, fcoo'-fclo; as if dat. of *&- 
kXos kuklfis (a rmg, "cycle"; akin to 2047); i.e. in 
o circle (by impl. of 1722), i.e. (adv.) all around:— 
round about. 

2946. K«Xicr|j.o knllsma, koo'-lis-mah; from 
2947; a wallow (the effect of rolling), i.e. /iltft: — wal- 
lowing. 

2947. kuXiou knllAo, koo-lee-o'-o; from the base 
of 20#? (through the idea of circularity; comp. 204}, 
rjoj); to roll about:— wallow. 

294S. kvXXos kullds, kool-los'; from the same as 

2947; rocking about, i.e. crippled {maimed, in feet or 

hands) : — maimed. 

2949. Kvpa kama. koo'-mah; from Kia kuo 

{to swell [with young], i.e. bend, curve); a billow {as 

bursting or toppling):— wave. 

#950. KvjifSaXov knmbalAn, fcoom'-bal-on,- from 

a der. of the base of 2049; a " cymbal " (as hollow):— 

cymbal. 

2951. kvumiov knmln5n, hoc/ -min-on; of for. or. 
[comp. 8646]; dill or fennel C" cummin"): — cummin. 

2952. Kvvdpiov kunarlon, koo-nar'-ee-on; neut. 
of a presumed der. of 2963; a puppy: — dog. 

2953. Evirpios Kuprlos, koo'-pree-os; from 
2954; a Cyprian {Cypriot), i.e. inhab. of Cyprus:— of 
Cyprus. 

2954- Kiirpos Ku pros koo'-pros; of uncert. or. ; 

Cyprus, an island in the Mediterranean: — Cyprus. 

#955. Kuirrw kupto, koop'-to; prob. from the base 

of 2949; to Send forward:— stoop (down). 

2956. Kvpuvaio? Kurenalug, koo-ray-nah'-yos; 

from 2957,' a Cyrencean, i.e. inhab. of Cyrene:— of 

Cyrene, Cyrenian. 

2957- HLvpr\vr\ Knrene, koo-ray'-nay; of uncert. 

der. ; Cyrene, a region of Africa:— Cyrene. 

2958. Kvp^vios Knrenlftg. koo-ray'-nee-os; of 
Lat. or.; Cyrenius (i.e. Quiriiius), a Roman:— Cy- 
renius. 

2959. Kvpfa Knrla, koo-ree'-ah; fem. of 2962; 
Gyria, a Chr. woman;— lady. 

2960. Kupuucis knrtakds, koo-ree-ak-os' ; from 
2062; belonging to the Lord (Jehovah or Jesus): — 
Lord's. 



2961. Kvpievu kurifiuo, koo-ree-yoo'-o; from 
2962; to rule:— have dominion over, lord, be lord of, 
exercise lordship over. 

2962. Kvpios knrids, koo'-ree-os; from Kupos 
kurds {supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as 
noun) controller; by impl. Mr. (as a respectful 
title):— God, Lord, master, Sir. 

2963. Kvpidri)$ kurldtes, koo-ree-ot'-ace; from 
2062; mastery, i.e. (concr. and coll.) rulers: — domin- 
ion, government. 

2964. Kvpdco kurdo, koo-ro'-o; from the same as 
2962; to make authoritative, i.e. ratify: — confirm. 

2965. kvuv k 11 011 koo'-ohn; a prim, word; a. dog 
[" hound "] (lit. or flg.) :— dog. 

2966. kuXov kdldn, fco'-lon; from the base of 
2849; a limb of the body (as if lopped):— carcase. 

2967. kuXvu koluo, fco-loo'-o; from the base of 
2849; to estop, i.e. prevent (by word or act):— forbid, 
hinder, keep from, let, not suffer, withstand. 

2968. Ktiip/n, kdme, ko'-may; from 2749; a hamlet 
(as if laid down): — town, village. 

2969. Ko)(ioiroXis komdpolls, ko-mop'-ol-is; 
from 2i?6<?and 4172; an unwalled city:— town. 

2970. K«|i0S komfts, ko'-mos; from 2749; a ca- 
rousal (as if a letting loose):— revelling, rioting. 

2971. Kiivwi); konopg, ko'-nopes; appar. from a 
der, of the base of 2739 and a der. 013700; a mosquito 
(from its stinging proboscis):— gnat. 

2972. K(is Koa, fcoce; of uncert. or.; Cos, an isl- 
and in the Mediterranean:— Cos. 

2973. K<uo-dp, Kosam, fco-sam',- of Heb. or. 
[comp. 7081] ; Cosam (i.e. Kosam), an Isr. :— Cosam. 

2974. K«xp<Ss kophds, ko-fos'; from 2873; blunted, 
i.e. (flg.) of hearing (deaf) or speech {dumb):— deaf, 
dumb, speechless. 



2975. Xa7x£vo> lagchano, lano--ftftan'-o,' a prol. 
form of a prim, verb, which is only used as an alt. in 
certain tenses; to lot, i.e. determine (by impl. receive) 
espec. by lot:— his lot be, cast lots, obtain. 

2976. Adijapos Lazards, lad'-zar-os; prob. of 
Heb. or. [499] ; Lazarus (i.e. Elazar), the name of two 
Isr. (one imaginary):— Lazarus. 

2977. Xd0pa lathra, lath'-rah; adv. from 2990; 
privately:— privily, secretly. 

2978. XaiXatj; lallapH. lah'ee-laps; of uncert. der.; 
a whirlwind (squall):— storm, tempest. 

#979. Xo,KT(t,<i> laktlzo, lafc-lid'-zo; from adv. 

Xd£ lax (heelwise); to recalcitrate:— kick. 

#95(7. XaXt'w lalfio, laUeh'-o; a prol. form of an 

otherwise obsol. verb: to talk, i.e. utfler words: — 

preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Comp. 

3004. 

2981. XaXid lalla, lal-ee-ah'; from 2980; talk:— 
saying, speech. 

2982. Xajid lama, lam-ah'; or 

Xap.|j.d lamina lam-mah'; of Heb. or. [4100 
with prep, pref.]; lama (i.e. why):— lama. 

2983. Xap,(3dvw lamband, lam-ban'-o; a prol. 
form of a prim, verb, which is used only as an alt. in 
certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, 
lit and flg. [prop. obj. or act., to get hold of; whereas 
1209 is ratber suhj. or pass., to have offered to one; 
while 138 is more violent, to seize or remove]):— ac- 
cept, 4- be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I 
call, catch, come on (x unto), + forget, have, hold, 
obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up). 

Ad|i6X I>am£cli, lam'-ekh; of Heb. or. 
; Lamech (i.e. Lemek), a patriarch:— Lamech. 
Xa|i(j.d lamma. See 2982. 

2985. Xap/irds lampas, lam-pas'; from 2989; a 
" lamp" or flambeau:— iamp, light, torch. 

2986. Xap/irpds lampros. lam-pros'; from the 
same as 2085; radiant; by anal, limpid; flg. magnif- 
icent or sumptuous (in appearance) :— bright, clear, 
gay, goodly, gorgeous, white. 

2987. Xap/irp6rr]s Iamprdtes, lam-prot'-ace; 
from 2896; brilliancy:— brightness. 



2988. Xap.irpus lampros, lam-proce'; adv. from 
2986; brilliantly ,i.e. (fig.) luxuriously: — sumptuously. 

2989. Xdjiirw lampo, lam'-po; a prim, verb; to 
beam, i.e. radiate brilliancy (lit. or flg.):— give light, 
shine. 

2990. XavOdvw lantliiuio lan-than'-o; a proL 
form of a prim, verb, which is used only as an alt. in 
certain tenses; to lie hid (lit. or flg.); often used adv. 
unwittingly:— be hid, be ignorant of, unawares. 

2991. Xa£cvr6s laxeutos, lax-yoo-tos' ; from a 
comp. of Xds las (a stone) and the base of 3384 (in 
its orig. sense of scraping); rock-quarried: — hewn in 
stone. 

2992. Xa6s lads, lah-os 1 ; appar. a prim, word; a 
people (in gen.; thus differing from 1218, which de- 
notes one's own populace):— people. 

2993. AaoSCxaa Laddlkeia, lah-od-ik'-i-ah; 
from a comp. of 2992 and 1349; Laodicia, a place 
in Asia Minor: — Laodicea. 

2994. AaoSiKevs Laddlkeus, lah-od-ik-yooce' ; 
from 2993; a Laodicean, i.e. inhab. of Laodicia:— 
Laodicean. 

2995. Xdpvyj; larugx, lar'-oongks; of uncert. der. ; 
the throat (" larynx"):— throat. 

2996. Aao-ala Iiasala, las-ah'-yah; of uncert. 
or. ; Lascea, a place in Crete:— Lasea. 

2997. Xd<rx» lascho, las'-kho; a strengthened 
form of a prim, verb, which only occurs in this and 
another prol. form as alt. in certain tenses; to crack 
open (from a fall):— burst asunder. 

2998. Xa/rou&a latdmeo, lat-om-eh'-o; from the 
same as the first part of 2991 and the base of 5114; to 
quarry: — hew. 

2999. XarpeCa latrSla, lat-ri'-ah; from 3000; min- 
istration of God, i.e. worship;— (divine) service. 

3000. Xarptvw latreuo, laU-yoo'-o; from Xdrpis 
la.tr Is (a hired menial); to minister (to God), i.e. 
render religious homage:— serve, do the service, wor. 
ship (-per). 

3001. Xdxavov lachandn, lakh'-an-on; from 
Xa\aCvo> lachalnd (to dig) ; a vegetable:— herb. 

3002. AtPPotos Lebbalds, leb-bah'-yos; of un- 
cert. or.; Le&beeus, a Chr.: — Lebbseus. 

3003. \tytdv legeon, leg-eh-ohn'; of Lat. or.; a 
" legion", i.e. Bom. regiment (fig.):— legion. 

3004- X£y» lego, leg'-o; a prim, verb; prop, to 
' lay" forth, i.e. (flg.) relate (in words [usually of sys- 
tematic or set discourse; whereas 2036 and 534b gen- 
erally refer to an individual expression or speech 
respectively; while 4483 is prop, to break silence 
merely, and 2980 means an extended or random har- 
angue]); by impl. to mean: — ask, bid, boast, call, de- 
scribe, give out, name, put forth, say (-ing, on), shew, 
speak, tell, utter. 

3005. Xap.p.0, lelmma, lime'-mah; from 3007; a 
remainder: — remnant. 

3006. Xetos 16ids, li'-os; appar. a prim, word; 
smooth, i.e. " level ";— smooth. 

3007. XtCiru l&lpo, li'-po; a prim, verb; to leave, 
i.e. (intrans. or pass.) to fail or be absent:— be desti- 
tute (wanting), lack. 

3008. XeiToup-yeoi IMtftnrgeo, li-toorg-eh'-o; from 
3011; to be a public servant, i.e. (by anal.) to perform 
religious or charitable functions (worship, obey, re- 
lieve) : —minister. 

3009. XeiTovp-yCa lelt5nrgla, li-toorg-ee 1 -ah; 
from 3008; public function (as priest [" liturgy"] or 
almsgiver):— ministration (-try), service. 

3010. XciTovpyiKiSs lgitonrgikdg, li-toorg-ik-os 1 ; 
from the same as 3008; functional publicly (" litur- 
gie"), i.e. beneficent: — ministering. 

3011. Xei/roupyos I£lt5nrg5g, li-toorg-os' : from 
a der. of 2992 and 2041; a public servant, i.e. a func- 
tionary in the Temple or Gospel, or (gen.) a worship- 
per (of God) or benefactor (of man):— minister (-ed). 

3012. XivTtov 1< ntion. len'-tee-on; of Lat. or. ; a 
"linen" cloth, i.e. apron: — towel. 

3013. XeirCs Igpls, lep-is'; from X6ir» lepo (to 
peel); a flake:— scale. 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



Ktaymah 
Mathaytreeah 



45 



3014. Xiirpa lepra, lep'-rah; from the same as 
wi$l scaliness, i.e. " leprosy".-— leprosy. 

5015. Xcirpds l«'pr.*>». lep-ros'; from the same as 
3014; scaly. I.e. leprous (a leper):— leper. 

5016. Xcirrov leptAn, lep-ton'; neut. of a der. of 
the same as 3013; something scaled (light), i.e. a 
small coin:— mite. 

SOU. AM Leui, lyoo-ee'; of Heb. or. [8878]; 
Levi, the name of three Isr. :— Levi. Comp. 3018. 

5018. Anns IiSuiis, lyoo-is'; a form of 3017; 
Lewis (i.e. Levi), a Chr.:— Levi. 

5019. Acvtrns L£u'iteg, lyoo-ee'-tace; from 3017; 
a Levite, i.e. desc. of Levi:— Levite. 

50^(?. Aevi-riicos I<£aitlkAg, lyoo-it'-ee-kos; from 

jaro; ieuittc, i.e. relating to the Levites:— Levitical. 

8021. XcvicaCvu leukalno, lyoo-kah'ee-no; from 

5022; to whiten:— make white, whiten. 

50®?. X««kos lfukds, lyoo-kosf; from XvKt) 

lake (" light "); white:— white. 

50^5. Xt<Sv lesn, Jen-oftm'; a prim, word; a 

"lion".'— lion. 

3024- X^8t| leth.5, lay'-tliay; from 2090; forgetful- 

ness: — h forget. 

50^5. Xi|v6s lenAs, lay-nos 1 ; appar. a prim, word; 

a trough, i.e. wtoe-»at: — winepress. 

3026. X-fjpos lerAg, lay'-ros; appar. a prim, word; 

twaddle, i.e. an incredible story:— idle tale. 

8027. Xflo-rns le,stes, lace-tace'; from Xntjo(ioi 
lelzdmal (to plunder); a brigand:— robber, thief . 

8028. Xf)t|ns lepsls, lape'-sis; from 2083; receipt 
(the act):— receiving. 

8029. Xtov llan, Jee'-an; of uncert. affin. ; much 
(adv.):— exceeding, great (-ly), sore, very (+ chiefest). 

8030. Xtftavos llbanAs, lib'-an-os; of for. or. 
0828] J the incense-tree, i.e. (by impl.) incense it- 
self: — frankincense. 

$(35i. Xi|3av«Tds UbanotAs, lib-an-o-tos'; from 

5070; frankincense, i.e. (by eztens.) a censer for 

burning it:— censer. 

3032. AiP«pTivos IdbertlnAs, lib-er-tee'-nos; of 

Lat. or. ; a Rom. freedman: — Libertine. 

8083. Aif&rn ijibae, lib-oo'-ay; prob. from 3047; 

Libye, a region of Africa:— Libya. 

3084. Xieiju llthazo, lith-ad'-zo; from 3037; to 

lapidate:— stone. 

5055. Xfflivos lltblnAs, lith'-ee-nos; from 3037; 
stony, i.e. made of stone:— of stone. 

5056. Xi8op\>Xta UtbAbAleo, Kta-oo-oi-eft'-o; 
from a comp. of 3037 and 906; to throw stones, i.e. 
lapidate.-— stone, cast stones. 

5057. XC6os lltbAg, lee'-thos; appar. a prim, word; 
a (tone (lit. or fig.):— (mill-, stumbling-) stone. 
8038. XiSoo-rpuTOS lltbAstrotAg, lith-os'-tro-tos; 
tTom.3037 and a der. of 470b; stone-strewed, i.e. a tes- 
sellated mosaic on which the Bom. tribunal was 
placed:— Pavement. 
3039. XiKudu llkmao, lik-mah'-o; from OutpAc 
llkmAg, the equiv. of XCkvov liknAn (a winnow- 
ing fan or basket) ; to winnow, i.e. (by anal.) to tri- 
turate:— grind to powder. 

S04O. Xi|ifjv limen, lee-mane'; appar. a prim. 

word; a harbor:— haven. Comp. 2308. 

3041. X£uyr| llmne, lim'-nay; prob. from 3040 

(through the idea of the nearness of shore); a pond 

(large or small):— lake. 

8042. Xifids IlmAs, lee-mos'; prob. from 3007 

(through the idea of destitution); a scarcity of 

food: — dearth, famine, hunger. 

3043. XCvov llnAn, Zee'-non; prob. a prim, word; 

flax, i.e. (by impl.) " linen"."— linen. 

3044- Atvos LlnAs, leef-nos; perh. from 3043; 

Linus, a Chr.: — Linus. 

3045. Xiirapos llparAg, Kp-ar-os'; from Xliros 

lipAs (grease); fat, i.e. (fig.) sumptuous:— dainty. 

8046. Xtrpa litra, Jee'-troA,- of Lat. or. [libra]; a 
pound in weight:— pound. 

8047. Xtyi Up», leeps; prob. from Xttp\» lelbo 
(to pour a '• libation"); the south (-west) wind (as 



bringing rain, i.e. (by eztens.) the south quarter:— 
southwest. 

3048. XoyCa ldgla, log-ee'-ah; from 3056 (in the 
commercial sense) ; a confribuKon.^-collection, gath- 
ering. 

3049. XoyCjjopat lAgizAmal, log-id'-zom-ahee; 
mid. from 3056; to take an inventory, i.e. estimate 
(lit. or fig.): — conclude, (ac-) count (of), + despise, 
esteem, impute, lay, number, reason, reckon, sup- 
pose, think (on). 

8050. Xoyixos ldgikAs, log-ik-os'; from 3036; ra- 
tional (" logical "):— reasonable, of the word. 

3051. Xoyiov lAglAn, log'-ee-on; neut. of 3031; an 
utterance (of God):— oracle. 

3052. Xdyios lAglAs, log'-ee-os; from 3036; fluent, 
i.e. an orator: — eloquent. 

3053. Xoyurpos lAglsmAg, log-is-mos 1 ; from 
304Q; computation, i.e. (flg.) reasoning (conscience, 
conceit):— imagination, thought. 

3054. Xoyopax&t lAgAmachSo, log-om-akh- 
eh'-o; from a comp. of joj6 and 3104; to be disputa- 
tious (on trifles) :— strive about words. 

3055. Xoyop.a\'a lAgAmachla, log-om-akh-ee'- 
ah; from the same as 3054; disputation about trifles 
(" logomachy") :— strife of words. 

3056. Xoyos lAgAs, log'-os; from 3004; something 
said (including the thought) ; by impl. a topic (subject 
of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or 
motive; by extens. a computation; spec, (with the 
art. In John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ): — 
account, cause, communication, X concerning, doc- 
trine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, 
preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say 
(-tog), shew, x speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none 
of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, 
word, work. 

3057. Xiyxn lAgcbe, long'-khay; perh. a prim, 
word; a " lance": — spear. 

3058. XotSope'ci) loldorio, loy-dor-eh'-o; from 
3060; to reproach, i.e. vilify: — revile. 

3069. XoiSopCa lAldArla, loydor-ee'-ah; from 
3000; slander or vituperation;— railing, reproach 
[-fully]. 

3060. XoCSopos lAldArAs, loy'-dor-os; from 
Xoi86s 1 Aid As (mischief); abusive, Le. a black- 
guard;— rafter, revfler. 

3061. XoLU.6s lAlmAs, loy-mos'; of uncert. affin.; 
a plague (lit the disease, or fig. a pest):— pesti- 
lence (-t). 

3062. XoiiroC lAlpAy, loy-poy'; masc. plur. of a 
der. of 3007; remaining ones: — other, which remain, 
remnant, residue, rest. 

3063. Xoiirov lAlpAn, loy-pon'; neut. sing, of the 
same as 3062; something remaining (adv.):— besides, 
finally, furthermore, (from) henceforth, moreover, 
now, + It remaineth, then. 

3064. Xoiirov loipdu. loy-poo'; gen. sing, of the 
same as 3062; remaining time: — from henceforth. 

3065. Aovkos LAukas, loo-kasf; contr. from 
Lat. Lucanus; Lucas, a Chr.:— Lucas, Luke. 

3066. Aovkios LAnklos, loo'-kee-os; of Lat. or.; 
illuminative; Lucius, a Chr.: — Lucius. 

3067. Xovrpdv lAntrAn, loo-tron'; from 306S; a 
bath, i.e. (flg.) baptism:— washing. 

3068. Xovu lAno, loo'-o; a prim, verb; to bathe 
(the whole person ; whereas 3338 means to wet a 
part only, and 4150 to wash, cleanse garments exclu- 
sively):— wash. 

3069. AvSSa Ladda, lud'-dah; of Heb. or. 
Lydda (i,e. Lod), a place in Pal.:— Lydda. 

3070. AvSCa Ijudla, loo-dee'-ah; prop. fern, of 
AvSios LndlAs [of for. or.] (a Lydian, in Asia 
Minor); Lydia, a Chr. woman:— Lydia. 

3071. AuKOOvIa LnkaAnla, loo-kah-on-ee'-ah; 
perh. remotely from 3074; Lycaonia, a region of 
Asia Minor: — Lycaonia. 

3072. AvKOoyurrC LukaAnlstl, loo-kah-on-is- 
tee'; adv. from a der. of 3071; Lycaonistically, i.e. 
to the language of the Lycaonians:— in the speech of 
Lycaonia. 



3078. AvxCa Lukla, loo-kee'-ah; prob. remotely 
from 3074; Lycia, a province of Asia Minor:— Lycia. 

3074. Xvkos Ink As, loo'-kos; perh. akin to the base 
of 3022 (from the whitish hair); a wolf:— wolf. 

3075. Xu|ia(vou,ai lumalnAmat, Zoo-maft'ee- 
nom-ahee; mid. from a prob. der. of 3089 (mean. 
filth); prop, to soil, i.e. (flg.) insult (maltreat):— 
make havock of. 

3076. Xuirfa) lupeo, loo-peh'-o; from J077; to dis- 
tress; reflex, or pass, to be sad:— cause grief, grieve, 
be in heaviness, (be) sorrow (-f ul), be (make) sorry. 

3077. Xvirn lupe, loo'-pay; appar. a prim, word; 
sadness:— grief, grievous, + grudgingly, heaviness, 
sorrow. 

3078. Avo-avCas Lnsanias, loo-san-ee'-as; from 
ja5bandovloanla(trou6ie); grief -dispelling; Ly 
sanias, a governor of Abilene:— Lysanias. 

3079. Auo-las Kiaslas, loo-see'-as; of uncert. af- 
fin.; Lysias, a Rom.:— Lysias. 

3080. Xio-vs lnsls, loo'-sis; from 3089; aloosening, 
i.e. (spec.) divorce:— to be loosed. 

3081. Xv<riTtX«t lusUelel, loo-sit-el-i' ; third pere. 
sing. pres. indie, act. of a der. of a comp. of 3080 and 
3036; impers. it answers the purpose, i.e. is advan- 
tageous:— it is better. 

3082. Awrrpo, Lustra, loos'-trah; of uncert. op.; 
Lystra, a place to Asia Minor:— Lystra. 

3083. XvTpov lutrAn, loo'-tron; from 3080; some- 
thing to ioosen with, i.e. a redemption price (flg. 
atonement): — ransom. 

. Xvrpott) lntr&o, loo-tro'-o; from 3083; to 
ransom (lit. or flg.):— redeem. 

3085. XvTpuo-is lutrosls, loo'-tro-sis; from 3084; 
a ransoming (fig.) : — h redeemed, redemption. 

3086. Xvrperrfis lntrotes, loo-tro-tace 1 ; from 
3084; a redeemer (fig.): — deliverer. 

3087. Xv\vta lnchnla, lookh-nee'-ah; from 3088; 
a Jom-p-stand (lit. or flg.):— candlestick. 

3088. Xuxvos lncbada, lookh'-nos; from the base 
of 3022; a portable lamp or other illuminator (lit. or 
fig.):— candle, light. 

3089. \ialuo, loo'-o; a prim, verb; to "loosen" 
(lit. or fig.):— break (up), destroy, dissolve, (un-) loose, 
melt, put oft. Comp. 4486. 

8090. Auts Lois, lo-ece'; of uncert. or.; Lots, a 
Chr. woman:— Lois. 

3091. A<St tot, lote; of Heb. or. [8876]; Lot, a pa- 
triarch:— Lot. 

M 

3092. Made Maath, mah-ath'; prob. of Heb. or.; 

Maath, an Isr. : — Maath. 

3093. MaySaXd Magdale, mag-daUih'; of 
Chald. or. [comp. 4086]; the tower; Magdala (i.e 
Migdala), a place to Pal.:— Magdala. 
3094- Ma-y8oXi)Wj Magdalene, mag-dal-ay- 
nay'; tern, of a der. 013003; a female Magdalene, i.e. 
inhab. of Magdala:— Magdalene. 

8095. pa-ycCa magMa, mag-i'-ah; from 3006; 
" magic":— sorcery. 

8096. uayevo) magSno, mag-yoo'-o; fromjooy; to 
practice magic: — use sorcery. 
3097. [tdyos magAs, mag'-os; of for. or. [7248]; a 
Jfagz'an, i.e. Oriental scientist; by impl. a magi- 
cian. - — sorcerer, wise man. 

8098. May^y Magog, mog-ogue'; of Heb. or. 
[4081]; Magog, a for. nation, i.e. (fig.) an Antiehris- 
tian party:— Magog. 

8099. MaSidv Madlan, mad-ee-an'; of Heb. or. 
[4080]; Madian (i.e. Midian), a region of Arabia:— 
Madian. 

3100. uaOijTevu mathetSno, mathrayt-yoo'-o; 
from 3101; fatrans. to become a pupil; trans, to dis- 
ciple, Le. enrol as scholar:— be disciple, instruct, 
teach. 

3101. p.a6iyHis mathetes, mathray-tes 1 ; from 
3/29; a learner, i.e. pupil.-— disciple. 

3102. uatWjrpia matbetrla, math-ay'-tree-ah; 
J fem. from 3101; a female pupiJ.-— disciple. 



46 



Mathoosalah 
Metoykeseeah 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



\ 



3103. Ma6owdXa Mathdusala, math-oo-sal'- 
ah; of Heb. or. [4968] ; Mathusala (i.e. Methushelach), 
an antediluvian:— Mathusala. 

3104. Ma'iv&v llunan, maftee-nan',' prob. of 
Heb. or.; Mainan, an Isr.:— Hainan. 

S105. jj.ttivojj.av main6mai, mah'ee-nom-ahee; 
mid. from a prim, p.d<o mad (to long for; through 
the idea of insensate craving); to rave as a " ma- 
niac":— be beside self (mad). 

3106. u,aicapt£« makarlzo, mak-ar-id'-zo; from 
3107; to beatify, i.e. pronounce (or esteem) fortu- 
nate:— call blessed, count happy. 

3107. iMLK&pios makarl5s, mafc-ar'-ee-os; a 
prol. form of the poetical p.dicapmakar (mean, the 
same); supremely blest; by extens. fortunate, well 
off.— blessed, happy (X -Ier). 

3108. uaxapuruds makarismis, mak-ar-is- 
mos'; from 3106; beatification, i.e. attribution of 
good fortune: — blessedness. 

3109. MttKtSovta Mak&dGnla, mak-ed-on-ee'- 
ah; from 3110; Macedonia, a region of Greece: — 
Macedonia. 

3110. MaKcSi&v Ulak fdo 11 , mak-ed'-ohn; of un- 
cert. der. ; a Macedon (Macedonian), i.e. inhab, of 
Macedonia: — of Macedonia, Macedonian. 

3111. (idiccXAov makelloii, mak'-el-lon; of Lat. 
or. [macellum]; a. butcher's stall, meat market or 
provision-shop: — shambles. 

3112. uaKpdv nialtran, mak-ran'; tern. ace. 
sing. 013117 (3SQ8 being implied) ; at a distance (lit. 
or fig.):— (a-) far (off), good (great) way off. 

3113. uoxpoScv makrStheh, mak-roth'-en; adv. 
from 31 it, from a distance or afar: — afar off, from 
far. 

3114. uo.Kpo8up.4e> makrAthnmeo, mak-roth- 
oo-meh'-o; from the same as 311b; to be long-spirited, 
l.e. (obj.) forbearing or (subj.) patient:— bear (suffer) 
long, be longsuffering, have (long) patience, be pa- 
tient, patiently endure. 

3115. p.aKpo8v|x£tt makrfithumla, mak-roth- 
oo-mee'-ah; from the same as 3/16; longanimity, i.e. 
(obj.) forbearance or (subj.) fortitude:— longsuffer- 
ing, patience. 

3116. |uucpo8uu<fc makrithnmos, mofc-rota- 
oo-moce'; adv. of a comp. of 3117 and 3372; with long 
{enduring) temper, i.e. leniently: — patiently. 

3117. uaicpos makrAs, mak-ros'; from 3372; long 
(in place [distant] or time [neut. plur.]): — far, long. 

3118. uxucpoxpovios makrdchrdnldg, mak- 
rokh-ron'-ee-os; from 3117 and 3550; long-timed, i.e. 
long-lived: — live long. 

3119. uoXcucIa malakla, mal-ak-ee'-ah; from 
3120; softness, i.e. enervation (debility): — disease. 

3120. uaXaKos malakos, mal-ak-os'; of uneert. 
affln.j soft, i.e. fine (clothing); flg. a catamite:— ef- 
feminate, soft. 

3121. MaXeXrijX Maleleel, mal-el-eh-ale' ; of 
Heb. or [4111] ; Maleleel (i.e. Mahalalel), an antedilu- 
vian:— Maleleel. 

3122. (idXto-Ta mallgta, mal'-is-tah; neut. plur. 
of the superl. of an appar. prim. adv. udXa mala 
(very); (adv.) most (in the greatest degree) or par- 
ticularly:— chiefly, most of all, (e-) specially, 

3123. udXXov mallAn, mal'-lon; neut. of the 
compar. of the same B&3122; (adv.) more" (in a greater 

degree) or rather: 1- better, x far, (the) more (and 

more), (so) much (the more), rather. 

3124. MdX\os Malchos, mal'-khos; of Heb. or. 
[4429] ; Malchus, an Isr. :— Malchus. 

3125. u,du|rn Diamine ■mam! -may; of nat. or. 
[" mammy"] ; a grandmother:— grandmother. 

3126. ji.auu.ovds mammonas, mam-mo-nas'; of 
Chald. or. (confidence, i.e. flg. wealth, personified); 
mammonas, i.e. avarice (deified): — mammon. 

3127. Mava'fjv manaen, man-ah-ane'; of uneert. 
or.; Manaen, a Chr.: — Manaen. 

3128. Mavatrarrjs Manasses, man-as-sace' ; of 
Heb. or. [4519] ; Manasses (i.e. Menashsheh), an Isr.:— 
Manasses. 



3129. uavSdvu manthano, man-than'-o; prol. 
from a prim, verb, another form of which, uaBeu 
mathed, is used as an alt. in cert, tenses; to learn 
(in any way):— learn, understand. 

3130. uavta mania, man-ee'-ah; tioms'oj; cra- 
ziness:— [+ make] x mad. 

3131. udvva manna, man'-nah; of Heb. or. 
[4478]; manna (i.e. man), an edible gum:— manna. 

3132. p.avT€vop,ai mantfluomal, mant-yoo'-om- 
ahee; from a der. of 310s (mean, a prophet, as sup- 
posed to rave through inspiration); to divine, i.e. 
utter spells (under pretence of foretelling):— by sooth- 
saying. 

3133. uapaCvo) maraino, mar-ah'ee-no; of un- 
eert. affln. ; to extinguish (as Are), i.e. (flg. and pass.) 
to pass away:— fade away, 

3134. uapdv d0a maron atha, mar'-an ath'- 
ah; of Chald. or. (mean, our Lord has come); maran- 
atha, i.e. an exclamation of the approaching divine 
judgment: — Maran-atha. 

3135. uap-yaph-ns margarites, mar-gar-ee'-tace; 
from p.dp'yapos margaros (a pearl-oyster); a 
pearl:— pearl. 

3136. MdpOa Martha, mar'-thah; prob. of 
Chald. or. (mean, mistress); Martha, a Chr. woman: — 
Martha. 

3137. MapCa Maria, mar-eef-ah; or 

Mapidu Mariam, mar-ee-am'; of Heb. or. 
[4813]; Maria or Mariam (i.e. Mirjam), the name of 
six Chr. females:— Mary. 

3138. Mdpras MarkAs, mar'-fcos; of Lat. or.; 
Marcus, a Chr. :— Marcus, Mark. 

3139. jj.app.apos marmaiis, mar'-mar-os; from 
uapuaCpa marmalro (to glisten); marble (as 
sparkling white): — marble. 

udprup mart up. See 3144. 

3140. uapTvpto niarturfio, mar-too-reh'-o; from 
3144; to be a witness, i.e. testify (lit. Or flg.): — charge, 
give [evidence], bear record, have (obtain, of) good 
(honest) report, he well reported of, testify, give 
(have) testimony, (be, bear, give, obtain) witness. 

3141. uupTvpCa martnria, mar-too-ree'-ah; 
from 3144; evidence given (judicially or gen.):— 
record, report, testimony, witness. 

3142. uaprvpiov niartnrlon, mar-too' -ree-on; 
neut. of a presumed der. of 3144; something eviden- 
tial, i.e. (gen.) evidence given or (spec.) the Decalogue 
(in the sacred Tabernacle):— to be testified, testi- 
mony, witness. 

3143. uaprvpoucu marttiromai, mar-too'-rom- 
ahee; mid. from 3144; to be adduced as a witness, i.e. 
(flg.) to obtest (in affirmation or exhortation):— take 
to record, testify. 

3144- udprvs mart (I * mar'-toos; of uneert. affln. ; 
a witness (lit. [judicially] or flg. [gen.]) ; by anal, a 
" martyr";— martyr, record, witness. 

3145. u,ao-o-dop.at massadmal, mas-sah'-om- 
ahee; from a prim. pAnrw maaso (to handle or 
squeeze); to chew: — gnaw. 

3146. ado-n^du mastlgdo, mas-tig-o'-o; from 
314S; to flog (lit. or fig.):— scourge. 

3147. p-aoTiiJeo mastlzd, mas-tid'-zo; from 3149; 
to whip (lit.):— scourge- 

3148. udo-rij; mastlx, mas'-tix; prob. from the 
base of 3145 (through the idea of contact); a whip 
(lit. the Soman flagellum for criminals; fig. a dis- 
ease):— plague, scourging. 

3149. uao-rds mastos, mas-tos 1 ; from the base of 
3145; a (prop, female) breast (as if kneaded up):— 
pap. 

3150. uaraioXo-yCa mataldldgla, mat-ah-yoU 
og-ee'-ah; fromj/yr; random falfc, i.e. babble:— vain 
jangling. 

3151. |iaT<uoX4yos mataldldgos, mat-ah-yol- 
og'-os; from 3152 and 3004; an idle (i.e. senseless or 
mischievous) talker, i.e. a wrangler. - — vain talker. 

3152. uaTcuos mataifts, mat'-ah-yos; from the 
base of 3/33; empty, i.e.(lit.) profitless, or (spec.) an 
idol: — vain, vanity. 



3153. uaTaidrns matalotes, mat-ah-yoP-uce: 
tram 3132; inutility; flg. transientness; mor. deprav- 
ity: — vanity. 

3154. uarauSu matal&d, mat-ah-yo'-o; from 
3152; to render (pass, become) foolish, i.e. (mor.) 
tuiefced or (spec.) idolatrous:— become vain. 

3155. udrijv maten, mat'-ane; accus. of a der. of 
the base of 3143 (through the idea of tentative ma- 
nipulation, i.e. unsuccessful search, or else of punish- 
ment); folly, i.e. (adv.) to no purpose:— in vain. 

3156. MorOatos Matthal&s, mat-thah'-yos; a 
shorter form of 3161; Matthceus (i.e. Matthitjah), an 
Isr. and Chr. :— Matthew. 

3157. MoT0dv Matthan, mat-than'; of Heb. or. 
[4977] ; Matthan (i.e. Maltan), an Isr. :— Matthan. 

3158. MovrfldT Matthat, mat-that'; prob. a 
shortened form of 3161; Matthat (i.e. Mattithjah), 
the name of two Isr.:— Mathat. 

3159. Mar6£as Matthias, mat-thee'-as; appar. a 
shortened form of 3161; Matthias (i.e. Mattithjah), 
an Isr. :— Matthias. 

3160. MarraBd Mattatha, mat-tath-ah'; prob. 
a shortened form of 3/61 [comp. 499;!]; Mattatha 
(i.e. Mattithjah), an Isr.: — Mattatha. 

3161. Marra61a$ Mattathlas, mat-tath-ee'-as; 
of Heb. or. [4993]; Mattathias (i.e. Mattithjah), an 
Isr. and Chr.:— Mattathias. 

3162. udxaipa machalra, makh'-ahee-rah; 
prob. fem. of a presumed der. of 3163; a knife, i.e. 
dirk; flg. war, judicial punishment: — sword. 

3163. p-dxi) mache, makh'-ay; from 3164; a bat- 
tle, i.e. (flg.) controversy:— fighting, strive, striving. 
3164- ndxouai machdmal, makh'-om-ahee; 
mid. of an appar. prim, verb; to tuar, i.e. (flg.) to 
quarrel, dispute:— fight, strive. 

3165. pi m8, meh; a shorter (and prob. orig.) form 
of ibqi; me:— I, me, my. 

3166. u«KaXavx6» mfigalaucheo, meg-al-ow- 
kheh'-o; from a comp. of 3173 and aix*" anch6o 
(to boast; akin to 837 and 2744); to talk big, i.e. be 
grandiloquent (arrogant, egotistic):— boast great 
things. 

3167. iMYoXetos megal£l$s, meg-aUi'-os; from 
3173; magnificent, i.e. (neut. plur. as noun) a con- 
spicuous favor, or (subj.) perfection:— great things, 
wonderful works. 

3168. ue7aXeidTi]s megaleldtea, nteo-al-i-ot'- 
ace; from 3167; snperbness, i.e. glory or splendor: — 
magnificence, majesty, mighty power. 

3169. p-t-yaXo/irpeirifc megal&prepes, meg-al- 
op-rep-ace'; from 3173 and 4241; befitting greatness 
or magnificence (majestic):— excellent. 

3170. ptyakiva megalnno, meg-al-oo'-no; from 
3173; to make (or declare) great, i.e. increase or (flg.) 
extol:— enlarge, magnify, shew great. 

3171. pFydXus megalos, meg-al'-oce; adv. from 
3173; muefc. - — greatly. 

3172. p.6YaXtto-vvi] megalosnne, meg-aUo-soo'- 
nay; from 3173; greatness, i.e. (flg.) divinity (often 
God himself):— majesty. 

3173. uiyas megag, meg'-as [includ. the proL 
forms, fem. ueYdXr] mSgale, plur. p?yaXoi mg. 
galftl, etc.; comp. also .7/76,,?/,^]; big (lit. or flg., in 
a very wide application):— ( + fear) exceedingly, 
great (-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore 
(afraid), strong, X to years. 

3174. ui7«9os m£g£th5g, meg'-eth-os; fromjjTj; 
magnitude (fig.):— greatness. 

3175. |MYMrrdves meglstaneg, meo-is-fa»'-e»; 
plur. bom 3176; grandees:— great men, lords. 

3176. |U-yurTOS meglst5s, meg'-is-tos; superl. of 
3'73t greatest or very great:— exceeding great. 

3177. |u8cpp.i)veuo mSthermeneno, metft-er- 
mane-yoo'-o; from 3326 and 2030; to explain over, 
i.e. translate:— (by) interpret (-ation). 

3178. ui8r) m.Hl»e. meth'-ay; appar. a prim, 
word; an intoxicant, i.e. (by impL) intoxication.-— 
drunkenness. 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



Mathoosalah 
Metoykeseeah 



47 



3179. [tc6(0TT))U methisteml, meth-is'-tay-mee; 
or(l Cor. 13:2) 

(leflioTovs) m£tblstano, meth-is-tan'-o; 
from 332b and 3476; to (rojis/er, i.e. earn/ away, de- 
pose or (fig.) exchange, seduce:— put out, remove, 
"translate, turn away. 

S180. ptSoScCa ntt tbodfia, meth-od-i'-ah; from 
a comp. 01332b and 3303 [qomp. " method "] ; travel- 
ling over, i.e. travesty (trickery):— wile, lie in wait. 

3181. |ie86pios mi'tlio rlos, meth-or'-ee-os; from 
332b and 372s; bounded alongside, i.e. contiguous 
(neut. plur. as noun, frontier):— border. 

818%. |u9v(TK<a mBtbusko, meth-oos'-ko; a prol. 
(trans.) form 0I3184; to intoxicate:— be drunk (-en). 

Si&l pe"0uo-os 111 ft tiu *<:>*, meth'-oo-sos; from 

5/<5V; tipsy, i.e. (as noun) a sot.-— drunkard. 

&?&£. ps6vi» method, meth-oo'-o; from another 

form of 3178; to drink to intoxication, i.e. get 

drunk.-— drink well, make (be) drunk (-en). 

3AS5. petijov inflzon, mide'-zon; neut. of ^/.Sy,- 

(adv.) in a greater degree:— the more. 

3186. liei^OTtpos melzfttSrAs, mide-zot'-er-os; 
continued compar. 0I3187; still larger (fig.):— greater. 

3187. pefijwv mflzon, mide'-zone; irreg. compar. 
0(3173; larger (lit. or fig., spec, in age):— elder, great- 
er (-est), more. 

3188. p&av melan, mel'-an; neut. of 31&) as 
noun; ink: — ink. 

8189. fi«\as nifliij, mel'-as; appar. a prim, word; 
block:— black. 

&/90. McXfds IHSlSas, mel-eh-as'; of uncert. or.; 
jtfefeos, an Isr. : — Meleas. 

uiXci melSi. See 3100. 

3191. uAerau mSletao, mel-et-ah'-o; from a 
presumed der. ot3igo; to take care of, i.e. (by impl.) 
reuojee in the mind:— imagine, (pre-) meditate. 

3192. |i«Xi mill, mel'-ee; appar. a prim, word; 
honey:— honey. 

3193. aeXCo-o-ios {melisglds, mel-is'-see-os; from 
5102: relating to honey, i.e. bee (comb): — honeycomb. 
S194- MtMrn, MSllte, mel-eef-tay; of uncert. or.; 
Melita, an island in the Mediterranean: — Melita. 

3195. uiWo miHlo. mel'-lo; a strengthened form 
of 3100 (through the idea of expectation); to intend, 
i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of per- 
sons or things, espec. events; in the sense of pur- 
pose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesi- 
tation):— about, after that, be (almost), (that which 
is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to 
(be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + re- 
turn, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, after- 
wards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, 
he yet. 

3196. pAos melds, mel'-os; of uncert affln.; a 
limb or part of the body:— member. 

3197. MtXx' JH&lcbl, mel-khee'; of Heb. or. [4428 
with pron. suf., my king] ; Melchi (i.e. Malki), the 
name of two Isr. : — Melchi. 

3198. McXxm&K MelchisSdek, mel-khis-ed- 
eV; of Heb. or. [4442]; Melchisedek (i.e. Malkitsedek), 
a patriarch: — Melchisedec. 

3199. uiXu mSlo, mel'-o; a prim, verb; to 6e of 
interest to, i.e. to concern (only third pers. sing. pres. 
indie, used hnpers. it matters):— (take) care. 
SHOO. ptp|3pdva iiitjiilirana. mem-bran'-ah; of 
Lat. or. ("membrane"); a (written) sheep-skin:— 
parchment. 

3201. ui(i<j>o(ifu memphdmal, mem'-fom-ahee; 
mid. of an appar. prim, verb; to blame: — find fault. 
S20S. pEp.il/Epoipos mempslmAlrAs, mem-psim'- 
oy-ros; from a presumed der. of 3201 and potptt 
mdlra (fate; akin to the base of 3313); blaming 
fate, i.e. querulous (discontented): — complainer. 
3303. |Uv men, men; a prim, particle; prop, indie, 
of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually fol- 
lowed by a contrasted clause with 1161 (this one, the 
former, etc.):— even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. 
Often compounded with other particles in an inten- 
sive or asseverative sense. 



S8O4. pEvoSv^e mendnngS, men-oon'-geh; from 
3303 and 3767 and 1063; so then at least:— nay but, yea 
doubtless (rather, verily). 

3305. fievroi mtiitoi, men'-toy; from 3303 and 
5104.; indeed though, i.e. houietier.— also, but, how- 
beit, nevertheless, yet. 

3306. pevio mend, men'-o; a prim, verb; to stay 
(in a given place, state, relation or expectancy):— 
abide, continue, dwell, endure, be present, remain, 
stand, tarry (for), x thine own. 

3307. p£pt!> merlzo, mer-id'-zo; from 3313; to 
part, i.e. (lit.) to apportion, bestow, share, or (fig.) to 
disunite, differ:— deal, be difference between, dis- 
tribute, divide, give part. 

3308. jj.epip.va merlmna, mer'-im-nah; from 
33°7 (through the idea of distraction); solicitude: — 
care. 

3309. pEpipvdu merlmnao, mer-im-nah'-o; from 
3308; to be anxious about:— (be, have) care (-ful), 
take thought. 

3310. pepts merls, mer-ece'; fem. of 3313; a por- 
tion, i.e. province, share or (abstr.) participation:— 
part (X -akers). 

3311. pEpicrpos mSrlsmAs, mer-is-mos'; from 
3307; a separation or distribution: — dividing asun- 
der, gift. 

3312. pcpurWjs mediates, mer-is-tace'; from 
3307; an apportioned (administrator): — divider. 

3313. pipes merAs, mer'-os; from an obsoL but 
more prim, form of pcCpopai mclromal (to get as 
a section or allotment); a division or share Git. or 
fig., in a wide application):— behalf, coast, course, 
craft, particular (+ -ly), part (+ -ly), piece, portion, 
respect, side, some sort (-what). 
3314- pco-npPpIa mesembria, mes-ame-bree'-ah; 
from 3310 and 2230; midday; by impl. the south:— 
noon, south. 

3315. ueo-ircio mesltAuo, mes-it-yoof-o; bom 
3316; to interpose (as arbiter), i.e. (by impl.) to ratify 
(as surety):— confirm. 

3316. pEo-Crnt mesftes, mes-ee'-tace; from 3319; a 
go-between, i.e. (simply) an internunciator, or (by 
impl.) a reconciler (intercessor): — mediator. 

3317. peo-ovvKTiov mSsftnuktlAn, mes-on-ook'- 
tee-on; neut. of a comp. of 3310 and 3371; midnight 
(espec. as a watch):— midnight. 

3318. Mco-oirorapCa Mesopotamia, mes-op-ot- 
am-ee'-ah; from 33/g and 4215; Mesopotamia (as ly- 
ing between the Euphrates and the Tigris; comp. 763), 
a region of Asia:— Mesopotamia. 

3319. pe'eros mSsds, mes'-os; from 3326; middle 
(as adj. or [neut.] noun):— among, x before them, be- 
tween, + forth, mid [-day, -night], midst, way. 

3320. peo-OTOix°v niesOtdicbdn, mes-ot'-oy- 
khon; from 3319 and J/oo; apartition (fig.):— middle 
wall. 

3321. pEQ-ovpdvnpa meainranema, mes-oo- 
ran'-ay-mah; from a presumed comp. of 331Q and 
3772; mid-sky:— midst of heaven. 

3322. pecrou mesdd, mes-o'-o; tromjjio; to form 
the middle, i.e. (in point of time), to be half-way 
over:— be about the midst. 

3323. Mcavlas messias, mes-see'-as,' of Heb. or. 
[4899]; the Messias (i.e. Mashiach), or Christ:— 
Messias. 

3324. peo-rds mSstds, mes-tos'; of uncert. der.; 
replete (lit. or fig.) :— f ull. 

3325. ptoroa mestdo, mes-to'-o; from 3324; to 
replenish, i.e. (by impl.) to intoxicate:— fill. 

3326. psrd mSta, met-ah'; a prim. prep, (often 
used adv.); prop, denoting accompaniment; "amid" 
(local or causal); modified variously according to the 
case (gen. association, or ace. succession) with which 
it is joined; occupying an intermediate position be- 
tween S7s or IS37 and rj/o or 4314; less intimate 
than 1722, and less close than 4S62):— after (-ward), 
X that he again, against, among, X and, -f- follow, 
hence, Tiereafter, in, of, (up-) on, + our, X and set- 
ting, since, (un-) to, + together, when, with (+ -out). 
Often used in composition, in substantially the same 



relations of participation or proximity, and transfer 
or seguence. 

3327. p«raj3a£v(i> metnbaluo, met-ab-ah'ee-no; 
from 332b and the base of gjg; to change place:— de- 
part, go, pass, remove. 

3828. pprapdMo) metaballo, met-ab-al'-lo; 
from 332b and 906; to throw over, i.e. (mid. fig.) to 
turn about in opinion:— change mind. 



pera.'yw metago, met-ag'-o; from jjsb and 
71; to lead oner, i.e. transfer (direct): — turn about. 
3330. pETaSCScopi mStadldoml, met-od-id'-o- 
mee; from 332b and 1323; to give over, i.e. share: — 
give, impart. 

3831. perdBco-is mStathegis, met-ath'-es4s; 
fxoTa.334b; transposition, i.e. transferred (to heaven), 
disestablishment (of a law):— change, removing, 
translation. 

3332. pETdCpu mStalro, met-afc'ee-ro; from 3326 
and 142; to betake oneself, Le. remove (locally); — 
depart. 

3333. pETaKoX^u mStakaleo, metak-al-eh'-o; 
from j^a6 and 2364; to call elsewhere, i.e. summoii;- 
call (for, hither). 

3334. pETdKivEu mtHablneo, met-ak-ee-neh'-o; 
from 332b and S79J," to stir to a place elsewhere, i.e. 
remove (fig.): — move away. 

^555. peraXttppdvo) metalambano, met-al-am- 

ban'-o; from .2J26 and 293?; to participate; gen. to 

accept (and use):— eat, have, be partaker, receive, 

take. 

3336. pEToVnipis mgtalepsls, met-al'-ape-sis; 

fromja , j , j; participation: — taking, 

8337. p€TaA\d<ro-<i> metallassd, met-aMas'-so," 

from 332b and 23b; to exchange: — change. 

3338. peTap&Xopax metamelldmal, met-am- 
el'-lom-ahee; from 332b and the mid. of 3100; to care 
afterwards, i.e. regret:— repent (self). 

3339. peTapoptpoo) m£tamdrpb.fto, met-am-or- 
fo'-o; from 332b and 3445; to transform (lit. or fig. 
"metamorphose' 1 ):— change, transfigure, transform. 
SSJfl. petclvoew metanded, met-an-o-ehf-o; from 
332b and 3S3q; to t7ii»7i; differently or afterwards, i.e. 
reconsider (mor. /eel compunction): — repent. 
&%.'• pETdvoia jiietaiioia, met-an' -oy-ah; from 
o^#o; (subj.) compunction (for guilt, includ. reforma- 
tion) ; by impl. reversal (of [another's] decision):— 
repentance. 

3342. pEToiju metaxn, met-ax-oo 1 ; from 332b and 
a form of 4862; betwixt (of place or person); (of 
time) as adj. intervening, or (by impl.) adjoining:— 
between, mean while, next. 

3343. pETttirEpiru metapempo, met-ap-emp'-o; 
from 332b and 3qq2; to send from elsewhere, i.e. (mid.) 
to summon or invite: — call (send) for. 

3344. furaa-rpi^a mitastrSpUo, met-as-tref-o; 
from 332b and 47b2; to turn across, i.e. transmute 01 
(fig.) corrupt:— pervert, turn. 

3345. pETCurxnpaTCJtt mStascbematlzo, met- 
askh-ay-mat-id'-zo; from 332b and a der. of 4970; to 
transfigure or disguise; fig. to apply (by accommo- 
dation) : — transfer, transform (self) ; to change. 

3346. pETaTCOnpi nit rati tin ml, met-at-ith'-ay- 
mee; from 332b and 3087; to transfer, i.e. (lit.) trans- 
port, (by impl.) exchange, (reflex.) cftange sides, or 
(fig.) pervert:— carry over, change, remove, trans- 
late, turn. 

3347. psteVeito, meitepelta, met-ep'-i-tah; from 
332b and /*09, - thereafter:— afterward. 

3348. pete'x<» m£t£eho, met-ekh'-o; from 3326 
and 2792; to share or participate; by impl. belong to, 
eat (or drinfc):— be partaker, pertain, take part, use. 

3349. p£TE<i>pCt<i> mfitSorlzo, met-eh-o-rid'-zo; 
from a comp. of 332b and a collat. form of 142 or perh. 
rather of tog (comp. " meteor"); to raise in mid-air, 
i.e. (fig.) suspend (pass, fluctuate or be anarfous):— be 
of doubtful mind. 

3350. pEToiKEO-la m£t51h£sla, met-oy-kes-ee'-ah; 
from a der. of a comp. of 332b and 3624; a change of 
abode, i.e. (spec.) expatriation:— x brought, carried 
(-ying) away (in-) to. 



48 



Metoykidzo 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



S351. |mtouc((u metdiklzd, met-oykid'-zo; 
from the same as 3350; to transfer as a settler or 
captive, ie. colonize or exile:— carry away, remove 
into. 

3352. imtox^ metoclie, met-ofch-aa'; from jg,*?; 
portieipoiion, i.e. intercourse:— fellowship. 

3358. piTOXOS metdclids, met'-okh-os; from 3348; 
participant, i.e. (as noun) a sharer; by impl. an asso- 
ciate;— fellow, partaker, partner. 

3354- (i*rp&» metreo, met-reh'-o; from 335S; to 
measure (i.e. ascertain in size by a fixed standard); 
by impl to admeasure (i.e. allot by rule) ; fig. to esti- 
mate— measure, mete. 

5355. ncTprjrijs metretes mepray-tace'; from 
3354; a measurer, i.e. (spec.) a certain standard meas- 
ure of capacity for liquids:— firkin. 

5356. (MTpioiraStM m&tri&patheo, met-ree-qp- 
ath-eh'-o; from a comp. of the base of 3337 and 380b; 
to be moderate in passion, i.e. gentle (to treat indul- 
gently):— have compassion. 

3357. (icrplus mfitrios, mei-ree'-oce; adv. from a 
der. ot33jS; moderately, i.e. slightly:— a little. 

3358. |i£rpov matron, met'-ron; an appar. prim, 
word; a measure ("metre"), lit. or fig.; by impl. a 
limited portion (degree):— measure. 

3359. uironrov metopdn, met'-o-pon; from 3326 
and &fy ops (the face); the forehead (as opposite 
the countenance):— forehead. 

3360. u^XP 1 mechii, mekh'-ree; or 

|i«XP's mecbrls, mekhns'; from .2372; as 
/ar as, i.e. up to a certain point (as prep, of extent 
[denoting the terminus, whereas Sqr refers espec. to 
the space of time or place intervening] orconj.):— 
till, (un-) to, until. 

3361. u.'ft me, may; a prim, particle of qualified 
negation (whereas 3736 expresses an absolute denial); 
(adv.) not, (conj.) test; also (as interrog. implying a 
neg. answer [whereas 3736 expects an affirm, one]) 
whether:— any, but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, 
+ lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, 
[can-] not, nothing, that not, un [-taken], without. 
Often used in compounds in substantially the same 
relations. See also 5362, 33(3, 3364, 3312, 3373,3373' 
3378. 

5862. lav uvfj San me, eh-an' may; I.e. 1437 and 

3361; if not, i.e. unless:— X before, but, except, if 

no, (if, + whosoever) not. 

3363. fva p,V) ulna me, hin'-ah may; i.e. 2443 and 

3361; in order (or so) that not:— albeit not, lest, that 

no (-t, [-thing]). 

3364- oi pd) dame, 00 may; 1.0.3736 and 3361; 

a. double neg. strengthening the denial; not at all:— 

any more, at all, by any (no) means, neither, never, 

no (at all), in no case (wise), nor ever, not (at all, in 

anywise). Oomp.3373. 

3365. |U)Sau.us medamos, may-dam-oce' ; adv. 

from a comp. of 3361 and o-uos a m5s (somebody); 

by no means:— not so. 

$366. (11)81 medS, may-deh'; from 3361 and ubi; 

but not, not even; in a continued negation, nor: — 

neither, nor (yet), (no) not (once, so much as). 

3367. unSeCs medeis, may-dice'; includ. the irreg. 
fern. u*|ocuXa medemla, may-dem-ee'-ah, and the 
neut. (inoiv meden, may-den'; from 3361 and 1320; 
not even one (man, woman, thing) :— any (man, thing), 
no (man), none, not (at all, any man, a whit), noth- 
ing, + without delay. 

3368. u,t]S£itote inedepotS, may-dep'-ot-eh; from 
336b and 4218; not even ever:— never. 

3369. u,i)S£ma med&po, may-dep'-o; from 3366 
and 4432; not even yet:— not yet 

3370. MfjSos Stedoa, may'-dos; of for. or. [comp. 
4074]; a Median, or inhab. of Media:— Mede. 

3371. u,i)k£ti meketl, may-ket'-ee; from 3361 and 
aoSby no further:— any longer, (not) henceforth, here- 
after, no henceforward (longer, more, soon), not any 
more. 

3373. (ifJKOS mekds, may'-kos; prob. akin to 3173; 
length (lit or fig.):— length. 



3373. iinKvvu meknnd, may-koo'-no; from 3372; 
to lengthen, i.e. (mid.) to enlarge:— grow up. 

3374. (HiWrq melote, may-lo-tay'; from (tfjXov 
melon (a sheep); a sheep-skin: — sheepskin. 

3375. udjv men, mane; a stronger form of 3303; a 
particle of affirmation (only with 2220); assuredly;— 
■+- surely. 

3376. udjv men, mane; a prim, word; a month:— 
month. 

3377. |it)Vvo> menno, may-noo'-o; prob. from the 

same base 883143 and 3413 (i.e. u.o.» mao, to strive) ; 
to disclose (through the idea of mental effort and thus 
calling to mind), i.e. report, declare, intimate: — 
shew, tell. 

3378. (iii °" K me 6 nit, may 00k; i.e. 3361 and 
373b; as interrog. and neg. is it not that?:— neither 
(followed by no), + never, not Comp. 3^4. 

3379. uvfjirOTt mepdte, may'-pot-eh; or 

u,dj irOTe me pott-, may pot'-eh; from 33b! 
and 4218; not ever; also if (or lest) ever (or per- 
haps):— if peradventure, lest (at any time, haply), not 
at all, whether or not. 

3380. (i/fjirw mepo, may'-po; from 3361 and 4432; 
not yet:— not yet 

3381. uyfjirus mepds, may'-poce; or 

(Vq itus me pds, maypoce; from .jjo/and 
^5-.?; Jest somehow:— lest (by any means, by some 
means, haply, perhaps). 

3382. unpos meros, may-ros'; perh. a prim, word; 
a thigh:— thigh. 

35&1 uvrfj-re mete, may'-teh; from 33bi and J0J7; 
not too, i.e. (in continued negation) neither or nor; 
also, not e«en;— neither, (n-) or, so much as. 

3384. (t^Ti]p meter, may'-tare; appar. a prim, 
word; a " mother" (lit. or fig., immed. or remote):— 
mother. 

3385. uWjti metl, mayf-tee; from 3361 and the 
neut. otsioo; whether at all:— not [the particle usu- 
ally not expressed, except by the form of the ques- 
tion], 

3386. uipvyc metlsS, may'-tig-eh; from 338s and 
robs; not at all then, i.e. not to say (the rather 
still):— how much more. 

3387. |i^Tts metis, may'-tis; or 

u/fj TlS me tls, may fis; from 33b! ami 3100; 
whether any: — any [sometimes unexpressed except by 
the simple interrogative form of the sentence]. 
S388. jrrJTpa metra, may'-trah; from 3384; the 
matrix: — womb. 

3389. |»|TpaX</as metralo,as, may-tral-af-as; 
from 3384 and the base of 237; a mother-thresher, i.e. 
matricide.-— murderer of mothers. 

3390. (jn]Tp6iroXis metropolis, may-trop'-ol-is; 
from 3384 and 4172; a mother city, l.e. " metropo- 
lis":— chiefest city. 

8391. uCa luia, mee'-dh; irreg. fern, of 1320; one 
or first:— a (certain), + agree, first, one, x other. 

3392. (ualvu mlalno, me-osh'ee-no; perh. a prim, 
verb; to sully or taint, i.e. contaminate (cer. or 
mor.):— defile. 

3393. u,(ao-u,a miasma, mee'-as-mah; from 35302 
("miasma"); (mor.) foulness (prop, the effect):— 
pollution. 

3394. jiiao-uos mlasmds, mee-as-mos'; from 
jtW2," (mor.) contamination (prop, the act):— unclean- 
ness. 

3595. u.(yua mlgma, mig'-mah; fromjjjofi; a com- 
pound:— mixture. 

3396. u.C-yw|u mlgnnmi, mig'^noo-mee; a prim, 
verb; to mix:— mingle. 

3397. |UKp6v mUtrdn, mik-ron'; masc. or neut. 
sing, of 3308 (as noun); a small space of time or de- 
cree.-— a (little) (while). 

3398. (jiKpos mlkros, mik-ros'; includ. the comp. 
|UKp6r<pos mUcroteros, mik-rot'-er-os; 

appar. a prim, word; small (in size, quantity, number 
or (fig.) dignity):— least, less, little, small. 

3399. MfArrros MUetds, mil'-ay-tos; of uncert 
or.; Miletus, a city of Asia Minor:— Miletus. 



3400. plXiov ml If on, mil'-ee-on; of Lat. or.: a 
thousand paces, i.e. a " mile".-— mile. 

3401. u,iuio|tcu mlm£omai, mim-eh'-om-ahee; 
mid. from 1<£|MS mlmds (a "mimic"); to imi- 
tate:— follow. 

340S. p.iu.'n'Wjs mlmetes, mim-ay-tace' ; from 

3401; an imitator:— follower. 

3403. (Ugiv^o-KW mlmnetko, mim-nace'-ko; a 

prol. form cS.3415 (from which some of the tenses are 

borrowed); to remind, i.e. (mid.) to recoil to mind:— 

be mindful, remember. 

8404. |uo-&> miseo, mis-eh'-o; from a prim, uto-os 

mlsds (hatred); to detest (espec. to persecute); by 

extens. to love less:— bate (-ful). 

3405. |uo-eairo8oo-(a mlsthap5d6sla, mis- 
thap-od-os^e'-ah; from 3406; requital (good or 
bad):— recompence of reward. 

3406. (jno-8airoS6Ti]s mlstnapoddtes, mis-thap- 
odrot'-ace; from 3400 and sqr; a remunerator: — re- 
warder. 

3407. jjXo-Bios mlsthl5s, mis'-thee-os; from 3408; 
a wage-earner:— hired servant. 

3408. |ucr86$ mlsthds, mis-thos 1 ; appar. a prim, 
word; pay for service (lit. or flg.), good or bad:— 
hire, reward, wages. 

3409. |uo-66<i> mistlioo, mis-tho'-o; trom.3408; to 
let out for wages, i.e. (mid.) to hire:— hire. 

3410. uCo-vaua mlsthoma, mis'-fho-mah; from 
34og; a rented building: — hired house. 

3411. (mHtoros mlsthot&s, mis-tho-tos 1 ; from 
340Q; a wage-worker (good or bad):— hired servant, 
hireling. 

341S. MiTvMjvn Mltnlene, mit-oo-layi-nay; for 
|limMjvi) mntllene (abounding in shell-fish); Mir 
tylene (or Mytilene), a town in the island Lesbos:— 
Mitylene. 

3413. Mixa<|\ KUcuael, mifch-ah-ole'; of Heb. 
or. [4317]; Michael, an archangel:— Michael. 

3414. P-va mna, mnah; of Lat. or.; a mna (te, 
mina), a certain weight:— pound. 

3415. (ivoouai mnadmal, mnah'-om-ahee; mid. 
of a der. of 330b or perb. of the base of 3143 (through 
the idea of fixture in the mind or of mental prasp); 
to 6ear in mind, i.e. recollect; by impl. to reward or 
punish:— be mindful, remember, come (have) in re- 
membrance. Comp. 1407. 

3416. Mvdcruv Itlnason, mnah'-sohn; of uncert 
or. ; Mnason, a Chr.:— Mnason. 

8417. (ivtCa mneia, mni'-ah; from 3413 or 3403; 
recollection; by impl. recital: — mention, remem- 
brance. 

3418. u.v%0. mnema, mnay'-mah; from 3413; a 
memorial, i.e. sepulchral monument (burial-place):— 
grave, sepulchre, tomb. 

3419. urnuetov mnem£lon, mna»-mi'-on; from 
3420; a remembrance, i.e. cenotaph (place of inter- 
ment):— grave, sepulchre, tomb. 

3420. |±VTj|iT) mneme, mnay'-may; from 3403; 
memory.-— remembrance. 

3421. p,VT]|iovttitt mnemdneuo, mna»-mon- 
Koo'-o; from a der. of 3420; to exercise memory, ie. 
recollect; by impl. to punish; also to rehearse:— 
make mention, be mindful, remember. 

34£S. avniwoTivov mnemosun5n, mnay-mos'- 
oo-non; from 3421; a reminder (memorandum), i.e. 
record:— memorial. 

3423. |ivi)o-T€V(i) mnesteuo, mnace-tyoo'-o; from 
a der. of 34V! to give a souvenir (engagement pres- 
ent), i.e. betroth: — espouse. 

3424. iio-yiXdAas mogllalos, moo-«-al'-os; from 
3423 and 2080; hardly talking, i.e. dumb (tongue- 
tied):— having an impediment in his speech. 

3425: udyis mogls, mog'-is; adv. from a prim. 
(16-yos mAgfis (toil); with difficulty, ,-— hardly. 

3426. (xoSios mddlfts, mod'-ee-os; of Lat. or.; a 
modius, i.e. certain measure for things dry (the quan- 
tity or the utensil):— bushel. 

3427. uoC mJl, moy; the simpler form of rbgS; to 
me:— I. me, mine, my. 



GEEEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



Metoykidzo 
Naytho 



49 



from 



from 



poixoXCs mAtchalls, moy-khaUis'; a prol. 
form of the fern, of 3432; an adulteress (lit. or fig.):— 
adulteress (-ous, -y). 

3429. potx&u mAlcha5,mo2/-fcfcafc'-o;fromj«?;?; 
(mid.) to commit adultery:— commit adultery. 
$430. fioixcCa niolcheia, moy-khi'-ah; 
3431; adultery:— adultery. 
8431. |U»x<v(» mAleliSuo, moy-khyoo'-o; 
3432; to commit adultery: — commit adultery. 
3If32, )10ix6s mAlchAs, moy-khos'; perh. a prim, 
word; a (male) paramour; fig. apostate:— adulterer. 
S433, udXis molls, mol'-is; prob. by var. for 
3425; with difficulty:— hardly, scarce (-ly), + with 
much work. 

3434. MoXox Moldcll mol-okh'; of Heb. or. 
[4488]; Moloch (i.e. Molek), an idol:— Moloch. 

3435. \u>\4va niolnno, mol-oo'-no; prob. from 
3180; to soil (flg.):— defile. 

3436. p.oXv<rp.ds mAlnsmAs, mol-oos-mos'; from 
3433; a stain, i.e. (fig.) immorality:— filthiness. 

3437. pop,<p^ mAmphe, mom-fay'; from J20/; 
btame, i.e. (by impl.) a fault:— quarrel. 

545S. uwf] mAne, mon-ay'; from jjo6; a staying, 
te. residence (the act or the place) :— abode, mansion. 
5439. (J.ovoy«v^s mAndgenes, mom-og-en-ace'; 
from 3441 and /096; onJ»-oorre, i.e. sote;— only (begot- 
ten, child). 

3440. [idvov mAnAn, mon'-on; neut. of 3441 as 
adv.; meretj/;— alone, but, only. 
8441- |>^ v0 * mAnAs, mon'-os; prob. fromjtjoo; re- 
maining, i.e. sote or single; by impl. mere; — alone, 
only, by themselves. 

8442. p,ov6<j>6aXp.o$ moiiAphthalmAs, mon- 
of'-thal-mos; from 3441 and 37SS; one-eyed:— with 
one eye. 

&£13. povdo mAnAo, mon-o'-o; bora 3441; to iso- 
late, i.e. bereave: — be desolate. 
3444- r V0 P$'h mArphe, mor-fay'; perh. from the 
base of ,j?.y (through the idea of adjustment of 
parts); shape; fig. nature:— form. 
#4^5. |iop4"5o> mArphAo, mor-fo'-o; from the 
same 033444; to fashion (fig.):— form. 
544S. (i6p<|>0Hris mArphogfg, mor'-fo-sis; from 
$#j; /ormation, i.e. (by impl.) appearance (sem- 
blance or [concr.] formula):— form. 
5447. |xo<rxoiroila> mAschApAleo, mos-khop-oy- 
eh'-o; from j#<Sand .^roo; to fabricate the image of 
a buZfocfc:— make a calf. 

£14$. p,<5o-xos mAschAs, mos'-khos; prob. 
strengthened for ooxos AschAs (a shoot); a young 
ftuIJocfc:— calf. 

3449. |i6x8os mAchthos, mokh'-thos; from the 
base of 342s; toil,l.e. (by impl.) sadness:— painful- 
ness, travail. 

3450. jiov mAn, moo; the simpler form of /7<x>; 
of me:— I, me, mine (own), my. 

3451. iaouo-ikos mAnslkAs, moo-sik-os'; from 
Movo-tt MAusa (a lf«se); "musicai", i.e. (as 
noun) a roinstreZ:— musician. 

3452. (ivtXos mnAlAs, moo-el-os 1 ; perh. a prim, 
word; the marrow:— marrow. 

5453. |ive<i> mneo, moo-eh'-o; from the base of 
j#56; to tniKate, i.e. (by impl.) to teacfc:— instruct. 
S454- [JuSBos muthAs, moo'-thos; perh. from the 
same as Jj(£? (through the idea of tuition); a tale, i.e. 
fiction ("mi/tft"):— fable. 

3455. u-vicdojiai makaAmai, moo-kah'-om-ahee; 
from a presumed der. of H^Jw mnzo (to "moo"); 
to bellow (roar):— roar. 

3456. u,VKrnpC|u nmkterlzo, modk-tay-rid'-zo; 
from a der. of the base of 3453 (mean, snout, as that 
whence iotoino proceeds); to mafce moutfts at, i.e. ridi- 
cule; — mock. 

3457. puXucds mullkAs, moo-Ue-kos'; from 345S; 
belonging to a mil!:— mill [-stone]. 

3458. pvXos mulds, moo'-los; prob. ultimately 
from the base of 3433 (through the idea of hardship); 
a "mill", i.e. (by impl.) a grinder (millstone):— mill- 
stone. 



3459. (ivXuv malon, moo'-lone; from 343s; a 
mill-house: — mill. 

3460. Mvpa Blura, moo'-rah; of uncert. der.; 
Myra, a place in Asia Minor:— Myra. 

3461. uvptas murias, moo-ree'-as; from 3463; a 
ten-thousand; by extens. a " myriad " or indefinite 
number:— ten thousand. 

3462. uvp(£<o murizo. moo^rid'-zo; from 3464; to 
apply (perfumed) unguent to:— anoint. 

3463. pvpioi muriol, moo'-ree-oi; plur. of an ap- 
par. prim, word (prop. mean, very many); ten thou- 
sand; by extens. innumerably many:— ten thousand. 
3464- nipov mnrAn, moo'-ron; prob. of for. or. 
[comp. 4753, 4606]; "myrrh", i.e. (by impl.)per/umed 
oil:— ointment. 

3465. Muo-Ca Musla, moo-see'-afc; of uncert. or.; 
Mysia, a region of Asia Minor:— Mysia. 
SIfiS. pAiorTJpiov musterlAn, moos-taj/'-ree-on; 
from a der. of V-vo mud (to shut the mouth); a se- 
cret or " mystery" (through the idea of silence im- 
posed by initiation into religious rites):— mystery. 

3467. |Hi«ird£« mnopazo, moo-ope-ad'-zo; from 
a comp. of the base of 3466 and H* ops (the face: 
from 3700); to shut the eyes, i.e. blink (see indistinct- 
ly):— cannot see afar off. 

3468. p.(iX(in|/ molops, mo'-lopes; from u-wXos 
molds (" moil "; prob. akin to the base 013433) and 
prob. &1» ops (the face; trom370o); amoie ("black 
eye") or blow-mark:— stripe. 

3469. |M>|Ldo|MU niomaomal, mo-mah'-om-ahee; 
from 3470; to carp at, l.e. censure (discredit):— 
blame. 

547°. (jiuh.os momAs, mo'-mos; perh. from jao/; 
ayiau) or blot, i.e. (fig.) disgraceful person:— blemish. 

3471. (j.wpa(v<a moraino, mo-rah'ee-no; from 
J47./,' to become insipid; fig. to mate (pass, act) as a 
simpleton;— become fool, make foolish, lose savour. 

3472. pupta moria. mo-ree'-ah; from j^; silli- 
ness, i.e. absurdity: — foolishness. 

3473. (iupoXo-yCa morAlAgla, mo-rol-og-ee'-ah; 
from a comp. 013474 and 3004; silly talk, i.e. buffoon- 
ery:— foolish talking. 

5474. u-wpds morAs, mo-ros 1 ; prob. from the base 
of J#56; dull or stupid (as if sftut up), i.e. heedless, 
(mor.) blockhead, (appar.) absurd;— fool (-ish, X -isb- 
ness). 

3475. Maxrevs Hfoseus, moce-yoos'; or 
Mwo-fjs Moses, mo-sace'; or 

Mwiio-Tjs MoiiseB, mo-oo-sace'; of Heb. or.; 
[4872] ; Moseus, Moses or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the 
Heb. lawgiver;— Moses. 

N 

3476. Naa«ro-wv Naassou. nafc-as-sone'; of Heb. 
or. [5177]; JTaosson (i.e. JTacftsfton), an Isr.:— Naas- 
son. 

3477. NayyoC Naggal, nanj-gan'ee; prob. of 
Heb. or. [comp. 5052]; Nangcs (i.e. perh. Nogach), an 
Isr. :— Nagge. 

3478. NagapIO Nazareth, nad-zar-eth' '; or 
NaiJapeT Nazaret, nad-zar-et'; of uncert. 

der. ; Nazareth or Nazaret, a place in Pal. :— Nazareth. 

3479. Najjapnvds Nazarends, nad-zar-ay-nos' ; 
from 347S; a Nazarene, i.e. inhab. of Nazareth:— of 
Nazareth. 

3480. Na^upatos Nazorafos, nad-zorah'-yos; 
from 3478; aNazorozan, i.e. inhab. of Nazareth; by 
extens. a Christian:— Nazarene, of Nazareth. 

3481. Na8dv Nathan, nath-an',- of Heb. or. 
[5416]; Nathan, an Isr.:— Nathan. 

8482. NaOavarjX Nathanael, nath-an-ah-ale' ; 
of Heb. or. [5417] ; JVafftanaet (i.e. JVafftaneJ), an Isr. 
and Chr.: — Nathanael. 

3483. vaC nal, nahee; a prim, particle of strong 
affirmation; yes:— even so, surely, truth, verily, yea, 
yes. 

3484. Natv Na'in, nah-im'; prob. of Heb. or. 
[comp. 4999] ; Na'in, a place in Pal.:— Nain. 



3485. vaos naos. nah-os'; from a prim. vaCtt 
natO (to dwell); a fane, shrine, temple;— shrine, 
temple. Comp. 2411. 

3486. Naovp. Naoam, nah-oom'; of Heb. or. 
[5151]; Naum (i.e. Nachum), an Isr.:— Naum. 

3487. vap80s.nard.As, nar'-dos; of for. or. [comp. 
5873]; " nard ":— [spike-] nard. 

8488. NdpKio-o-os NarkissAs, nar'-kis-sos; a 
flower of the same name, from vapKtj narke (stu- 
pefaction, as a " narcotic"); Narcissus, a Roman:— 
Narcissus. 

3489. vavayia nanageo, now-ag-eh'-o; from a 
comp. of 3491 and 71; to be shipwrecked (stranded, 
" navigate"), lit. or fig.:— make (suffer) shipwreck. 

3490. vatPKXi|pos nauklerAs, noW-klay-ros; 
from 34Q1 and zSig (" clerk"); a captain;— owner of a 
ship. 

3491. vavs nans, nowce; from vdu nao or via 
neo (to float) ; a boat (of any size):— ship. 

3492. vavrns nantes, mow'-face; from 341)1; a 
boatman, i.e. seaman: — sailor, shipman. 

3493. Naxc&p Nachor, nafcft-ore'; of Heb. or. 
[5152]; Nachor, the grandfather of Abraham:— 
Nachor. 

3494. v«av(os nSanlas, meft-an-ee'-as; from a 
der. of 3501; a youth (up to about forty years):— 
young man. 

3495. veavfo-Kos neanlskAs, neft-an-fs'-fcos; 
from the same 033404; a youth (under forty):— young 
man. 

8496. NcdiroXvs NeapAUs, neft-op'-ol-is; from 
3501 and 4172; new town; Neapolis, a place in Mace- 
donia:— Neapolls. 

3497. Neeudv Neeman, neh-eh-man'; of Heb. or. 
[5283] ; iVeeman (i.e. JTaaman), a Syrian:— Naaman. 

3498. veKpds nekrds, nek-rosf; from an appar. 
prim. v€kus nekus (a corpse); dead (lit. or fig.; also 
as noun):— dead. 

3499. v£Kp6w nekrAo, nefc-ro'-o; from 3408; to 
deaden, i.e. (fig.) to subdue:— be dead, mortify. 
3600. Wxpuo-is nekrosls, nek'-ro-sis; from 3409; 
decease; fig. impotency:— deadness, dying. 

3501. veos nAAs, neA'-os; includ. the comp. 
vct&TEpos neotArAs, neh-o'-ter-os; a prim. 

word; "new", i.e. (of persons) youthful, or (of 
things) fresh; fig. regenerate:— new, young. 

3502. vcoo-o-os nAAssAs, neh-os-sos'; from 3301; a 
youngling (nestling):— young. 

3503. vc6rqs nAAtes, neft-ot'-ace; ttomssoi; new- 
ness, i.e. youfhfulness:— youth. 

3504. vc6<potos nAAphntAs, neft-o/'-oo-to»; from 
3S°' and a der. of s*S3! newly planted, i.e. (fig.) a 
young convert (" neophyte"):— novice. 

3505. Ncpuv Neron, ner'-ohn; of Lator.; Aeron 
(i.e. Jfero), a Rom. emperor:— Nero. 

3506. vri» neno, nyoo'-o; appar. a prim, verb; to 
" nod ", i.e. (by anal.) to signal:— beckon. 

3507. vcip&i) nephele, nef-el'-ay; from 3300; 
prop, cloudiness, i.e. (concr.) a cloud:— cloud. 
350S. Ne+eoXetp, Nephthalelm, nef-thal-ime'; 
of Heb. or. [5321]; Nephthaleim (i.e. Naphthali), a 
tribe in Pal :— Nephthalim. 

3509. vOpos nephAs, nef-os; appar. a prim, 
word; a cloud: — cloud. 

3510. voppis nephrAs, nef-ros 1 ; of uncert. affln.; 
a kidney (plur.), i.e. (fig.) the inmost mind:— reins. 

3511. veuKdpos neokoros, neh-o-kor>-os; from a 
form of 3483 and K0p&> kAreo (to sweep); a fempte- 
servant, i.e. (by impl.) a votary:— worshipper. 
8512. vcorepiKds neoterlkAs, neft-o-fer'-ifc-os; 
from the comp. of 3301; appertaining to younger 
persons, i.e. juuenile:— youthful. 

vscJ-rtpos neotArAs. 8003301. 

3513. vf\ ne, nay; prob. anintens. form of 3483; a 
particle of attestation (accompanied by the object in- 
voked or appealed to in confirmation); as sure as;— I 
protest by. 

3514. v4j8» netho, nay'-tho; from via n«o (of 
like mean.); to spin: — spin. 



50 



Naypeeadro 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



3515. vniridl,*) neplazo, nay-pee-ad'-so; from 
3516; to act as a babe, i.e. (fig.) innocently:— be a 
child. 

3516. Wjmos iieplos, nay'-pee-os; from an obsol. 
particle Vl|- nS- (implying negation) and 2ojj; not 
speafcing, Le. an infant (minor) ; flg. a simple-minded 
person, an immature Christian:— babe, child (+ -ish). 

35 17. Nijpeis NerSns, nare-yoos'; appar. from a 
der. of the base of 3491 (mean, wet) ; Nereus, a Chr. :— 
Nereus. 

3518. Nijp' Neri, nay*ee", of Heb. or. [5874]; 
Neri (i.e. Nerijah), an Isr.:— Neri. 

5529. vt)<r£ov iieslon, nay-see'-on; dimin. 013320; 
an islet,-— island. 

55^0. vfjeros nes5s, nay'sos; prob. from the base 
0(3401; an island:— island, isle. 
J5&Z. vrjOTtta nesteia, nace-ti'-ah; from jysa; 
abstinence (from lack of food, or voluntary and relig- 
ious); spec, the fast of the Say of Atonement: — 
fast (-ing.) 

$522. vqoTtvB nesteuo, vace-tyoo'-o; from 3333; 
to abstain from food (religiously):— fast. 
#5.23. v^otis nestls, nace'-tis; from the insep. 
neg. particle Vtj- ne- (not) and 2068; not eating, i.e. 
abstinent from food (religiously) :— fasting. 
852Jf. vn<|>d\*os nepbaleos, nay-faV -eh-os; or 

vt)<j>aXs.os nephalios, nay-fal'-ee-os; from 
y53y» softer, i.e. (flg.) circumspect — sober, vigilant. 

3525. vt\$a nephd, nay'-fo; of uncert. aflln.; to 
abstain from wine (keep sober), i.e. (fig.) be discreet:— 
be sober, watch. 

3526. Nl-ytp Niger, neeg'-er; of Lat. or.; btocfc; 
Niger, a Chr.:— Higer. 

35#7. Nindvup Nikanor, nift-an'-ore; prob. from 
3528; victorious; Nicanor, a Chr.:— Nicanor. 

3528. viK&u nlkao, nifc-ah'-o; from .3520; to sub- 
due (lit. or flg.):— conquer, overcome, prevail, get the 
victory. 

3529. vJiei) nike, nee 1 -hay; appar. a prim, word; 
conquest (abstr.), i.e. (flg.) the means of success:— 
victory. 

3530. Nik68i)|A0s Nikodemds, nik-od'-ay-mos; 
from 3S34 and 1218; victorious among his people; 
Nicodemus, an Isr. :— Nicodemus. 
8531. NiieoX.atTi)s Nlkdlaiiteg, nifc-ot-ah-ee'-toce; 
from 3532; a Nicolaite, i.e. adherent of Nicolaiis:— 
Nicolaitane. 

3532. NucdXaos Nikfilads, nik-ol'-ah-os; from 
3534 and 9092; victorious over the people; Nicolaiis, a 
heretic :— Nicola us. 

3533. NuciiroXis Nlkdpolls, nik-op'-ol-is; from 
J334 and 4172; victorious city; Nicopolis, a place in 
Macedonia :— Nicopolis. 

3534-. vikos nikSs,nee'-feos; fromj[j2p;aconguesl 
(concr.), i.e. (by impl.) triumph: — victory. 

3535. Niveut Nlnem, nin-yoo-ee'; of Heb. or. 
[5210]; Ninevi (i.e. Nineveh), the capital of Assyria:— 
Nineve. 

3536. Niv«vtnis Mncuites, nivyyoo-ee'-toxe; 
from jtay; a JFineuite, i.e. inhab. of Nineveh:— of 
Nineve, Ninevite. 

3537. viimfjp nlpter. nip-tare'; from 3338; a 
ewer:— bason. 

3538. vCirf «» nlpto, nip'-to; to cleanse (espec. the 
hands or the feet or the face); cer. to perform ablu- 
tion:— -wash. Comp. 3068. 

8539. voilo n&leo, noy-eh'-o; fromjjjoj; to exer- 
cise the mind (observe), i.e. (fig.) to comprehend, 
heed: — consider, perceive, think, understand. 
3540. v&iyux ndema, no'-ay-mah; from 3330; a 
perception, i.e. purpose, or (by impl.) the intellect, 
disposition, itself .-—device, mind, thought. 
35Jfl. v60os ndthos, noth'-os; of uncert. afirn.; a 
spurious or illegitimate son: — bastard. 
3542. voji-i) udme, nom-ay'; fem. from the same 
as 3331; pasture, i.e, (the act) feeding (fig. spreading 
of a gangrene), or (the food) pasturage:— x eat, pas- 
ture. 



vojj.it"' nomisso, nom-id'-zo; from J5J/; 
prop, to do by iato (usage), i.e. to accustom (pass, be 
usual); by extens. to deem or regard:— suppose, 
think, be wont. 

3544. vO|ukos nomlb<>s. nom-ik-os'; from 3351; 
according (or pertaining) to law, i.e. legal (cer.); as 
noun, an expert in the (Mosaic) Jam;— about the law, 
lawyer. 

vou.Cp.us nomlmos, noni-im'-oce; adv. 
from a der. of 3331; legitimately (spec, agreeably to 
the rules of the lists):— lawfully. 

3546. v<5u.uru.a nomisma, nom'-is-mah; from 
3543; what is reckoned as of value (after the Lat. 
numisma), i.e. current coin:— money. 

3547. vopoSiSdo-KaXos ndmodldaskalos, 

nom-od-id-as'-kajros; from 3331 and 1320; an ex- 
pounder of the (Jewish) law, l.e. a Rabbi:— doctor 
(teacher) of the law. 

3548. vopo6co-Ca ndmdthesla, nom-oth-es-ee'- 
ah; from 3330; legislation (spec, the institution of 
the Mosaic code):— giving of the law. 

3549. vo|M>0ct&> nomotheteo, nom-oth-et-eh'-o; 
fromjsjo; to legislate, i.e. (pass.) to have (the Mosaic) 
enactments injoined, be sanctioned (by them):— es- 
tablish, receive the law. 

3550. vopo96rn,s ndmdthStes, nom-oth-et'-ace; 
from 3331 and a der. 013087; a legislator:— lawgiver. 

3551. vojios ndmds, nom'-os; from a prim, vfyue 
nemo (to parcel out, espec. food or grazing to an- 
imals); tow (through the idea of prescriptive usage), 
gen. (regutation), spec, (of Moses [includ. the vol- 
ume]; also of the Gospel), or flg. (a principle):— law. 

3552. vooria nisei, nos-eh'-o; from 3554; to be 
sick, i.e. (by impl. of a diseased appetite) to hanfcer 
after (flg. to harp upon):— dote. 

3553. v6oT)(j.a ndsema, nos'-ay-ma; fromjay*; an 
ailment:— disease. 

8554- vdo-os nosds, nosf-os; of uncert. aflln.; a 
malady (rarely flg. of mor. disability): — disease, in- 
firmity, sickness. 

3555. voo-o-id. n&ssia, nos-see-oft'; from 3302; a 
brood (of chickens):— brood. 

3556. voovrtov ndssidn, nos-see'-on; dimin. of 
3302; a birdling:— chicken. 

3557. voo-<p(£opai nosphlzdmai, nos-fid'-zom- 
ahee; mid. from voo-ijiC nosphl (apart or clandes- 
tinely); to sequestrate for oneself, i.e. embezzle:— keep 
back, purloin. 

3558. votos ndtds, not'-os; of uncert. aflln. ; the 
south (-west) wind; by extens. the southern quarter 
itself :— south (wind). 

3559. vovSco-Ca ndntbesia, noo-thes-ee'-ah; from 
jyOj and a der. of jaSy; calling attention "to, i.e. (by 
impl.) mild rebufte or warning:— admonition, 
8560. vovflcTta nftutheteo, noo-thet-eh'-o; from 
the same as 3339; to put in mind, i.e. (by impl.) to 
caution or reprove gently :— admonish, warn. 

3561. vovpnvCa nonmenla, noo-may-nee'-ak; 
fem. of a comp. 0I3301 and 3376 (as noun by impL of 
2230); the festival of new moon: — new moon. 

3562. vowcx&S nounechos, noon-ekh-oce'; adv. 
from a comp. of the ace. of 3363 and 2/02; in a mind- 
having way, i.e. prudently:— discreetly. 

3563. vovs n5ns, nooce; prob. from the base of 
1007; the intellect, i.e. mind (divine or human; in 
thought, feeling, or will); by impl, meaning:— mind, 
understanding. Comp. 3300. 

3564. Nvpcpds Nnmphas, noom-fas 1 ; prob. 
contr. for a comp. of 3363 and 1433; nymph-given (i.e. 
-born); Nymphas, a Chr. :— Nymphas. 

3565. vvpijvn nnmphe, noom-fay 1 ; from, a prim, 
but obsol. verb vvirre* nupto (to veil as a bride; 
comp. Lat. "nupto," to marry); a young married 
woman (as veiled), Includ. a betrothed girl; by impl. 
a son's wife:— bride, daughter in law. 
8566. wpipCos nnmpblos, noom-fee'-os; from 
3363; a bride-groom (lit. or fig.):— bridegroom. 
3567. vupijxuv nnmplion, noom-fohn'; from 
jbO/; the bridal room:— bridechamber. 



3568. vvv nun, noon; a prim, particle of present 
time; "now" (as adv. of date, a transition or empha- 
sis) ; also as noun or adj. present or immediate: — 
henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this 
(time). See also 3s6g,3S7o. 

3569. tovvv tanan, tan-oon'; or 

to v8v ta nun, tah noon; from neut. plur. 
of 3588 and 3368; the things now, i.e. (adv.) at pres- 
ent:— {but) now. 

3570. vavl nnnl, noo-nee'; a proL form of 3368 for 
emphasis; just now: — now. 

3572. vv£ nm, noox; a prim, word; "night" (Ut. 
or fig.):— (mid-) night. 

3572. vwo-w nnsso, noos'-so; appar. a prim, word; 
to prick (" nudge"):— pierce. 

3573. vwrd£ci> nustazo, noos-tad'-zo; from a 
presumed der.ofj^oo; to nod, i.e. (by impl.) to fall 
asleep; flg. to delay:— slumber. 

3574- wxB4l'' c P v nuchthemSrftn, nookh- 

thay'-mer-on; from 3371 and 2230; a day-and-night, 
i.e. full day of twenty-four hours:— night and day. 

3575. N«6 N06, no'-eft: of Heb. or. [B146]; Noe, 
(i.e. Nodch), a patriarch:— Noe. 

3576. vaflpos nothr&s, no-thros/; from a der. of 
3341; sluggish, i.e. (lit.) lazy, or (fig.) stupid:— dull, 
slothful. 

3577. vwtos ndtds, no'-tos; of uncert. aflln. ; the 
back:— back. 

H 

3578. gtvCa xSnla, xen-ee'-ah; from 3581; hospi- 
tality, i.e. (by impl.) a place 0/ entertainment:— lodg- 
ing. 

3579. !«vfi> xenlzd, xen-id'-zo; from^j-ar; to be 
a host (pass, a guest) ; by impl. be (make, appear) 
strange:— entertain, lodge, (think it) strange. 

3580. gevoSox&o x£ndddcheo, xemod-okh-eh'-o; 
from a comp. of jj& and 1200; to be hospitable;— 
lodge strangers. 

3581. |evos x£nos, xen'-os; appar. a prim, word; 
foreign (lit. alien, or flg. novel); by impl. a guest or 
(vice-versa) entertainer:— host, strange (-r). 

3582. ^oths xestes, xes'-tace; as if from ^« / 
xS6 (prop, to smooth; by impl. [of friction] to boil 
or heat); a vessel (as fashioned or for cooking) [or 
pern, by corruption from the Lat. sextarius, the 
sixth of a modius, i.e. about a pint], i.e. (spec.) a 
measure for liquids or solids, (by anal, a pitcher):— 
pot. 

3533. gnpaCvu xeralno, xay-rah'ee-no; from 

jjfi^; to desiccate; by impl. to shrivel, to mature;— 

dry up, pine away, be ripe, wither (away). 

3584- £i)p6s zeros, xay-ros 1 ; from the base of 

3582 (through the idea of scorching); arid; by impl. 

shrunken, earth (as opposed to water):— dry, land, 

withered. 

3585. |iiXivos xnllnds, xoo'-lin-os; from 3386; 

wooden:— of wood. 

3536. |vXov xnI5n, xoo'-lon; from another form 

of the base of 3382; timber (aB fuel or material) ; by 

impl. a stick, club or tree or other wooden article or 

substance:— staff, stocks, tree, wood. 

3587. £vpiu> xnrao, xoo-rah'-o; from a der. of the 

same as 3386 (mean, a razor); to shave or " shear" 

the hair:— shave. 






j 



3588. o ho, ho; includ. the fem. 
1 he, hay; and the neut. 

T<5 to, to, in all their inflections; the def . ar 
tide ; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted 
in English idiom)-.— the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc. 

o h8. See 373Q. 

3589. o\So<jkovto ftgdoekdnta, ogdo-ay'-kon- 
tah; troTa.3300; ten times eight: — fourscore. 

3590. 67800s AgdoAs, og'^o-os; from 3638; the 
eighth:— eighth. 

8591. 07x09 ogkds, ong'-kos; prob. from the 
same as 43; a mass (as bending or bulging by ite 
load), i.e. burden (hindrance):— weight. 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



Naypeeadzo 

Homoyomah 



51 



8592. SSt bAd£, hod- -eh; lnclad. the fern. 

rj8c bedS, hay'-deh; and the neut. 

Td8« tAdA, tod'-e; from 35SS and nbi; the 
same, i.e. this or that one (plur. these or those); often 
used as pers. pron.:— he, she, such, these, thus. 

S593. dSevw bAdeuo, hod-yoo'-o; from jgQf; to 
travel:— journey. 

559^. d8iry*«» bAdegeo, hodrayg-eh'-o; tromjsos; 
to show the teas (lit. or flg. [teach]):— guide, lead. 

S595. dStryds bAdegAs, hod-ayg-os' ; from ^w* 

and 2233; a conductor (lit. or flg. [teacher]):— guide, 

leader. 

3596. dSoiiroplu bAdAlpArAo, hod-oy-por-eh'-o; 

from a oomp. of 3308 and #/o£; to be a wayfarer, i.e. 

travel.-— go on a journey. 

55.97. dSoitropttt bAdAlpArla, hod-oy-por-ee'-ah; 

from the same as 350b; travel:— journey (-ing). 

5595. dSds bAdAs, hod-os'; appar. a prim, word; 
a road,' by impl. a progress (the route, act or dis- 
tance); flg. a mode or means;— journey, (high-) way. 

5599. oSovs AdAus, od-ooce ; perh. from the base 
of 206*; a " tooth":— tooth. 

5600. dSvv&o> Adunao, od-oo-nah'-o; from 3601; 
to oriewe:— sorrow, torment. 

3601. d8vvt| Adune, od-oo'-nay; from 1416; grief 
(as dejecting) : — sorrow. 

3602. dSvppds Sdnrmii, od-oor-mos 1 ; from a 
der. of the base of 1416; moaning, i.e. lamentation: — 
mourning. 

56*05. o €OTi bA esti, ho es-tee'; from the neut. of 
3730 and the third pers. sing. pres. tad. of 1310; which 
is:— called, which is (make), that is (to say). 
S6O4. 'OJCas dzlas, od-zee'-as; of Heb. or. [5818]; 
Ozias (i.e. Vzzijah), an Isr. :— Ozias. 

3605. oJ« Azo, od'-zo; a prim, verb (in a strength- 
ened form) ; to scent (usually an ill " odor' ') :— stink. 

3606. O0tv bAtb8n, hoth'-en; from 3731} with the 
directive enclitic of source; from which place or 
source or cause (adv. or con].):— from thence, (from) 
whence, where (-by, -fore, -upon). 

5607. dfldvn AthAne, oth-on'-ay; of uncert. affln. ; 
a linen cloth, i.e. (espec.) a sail:— sheet. 

3608. dfliviov AthAmlAn, oth-on'-ee-on; neut. of 
a presumed der. of 3607; a linen bandage. 1 — linen 
clothes. 

3609. olicctos AlbSlAs, oy-ki'-os; from 3624; do- 
mestic, i.e. (as noun), 1 relative, adherent: — (those) 
of the (his own) house (-hold). 

S610. a\x&rvfi AikSttis, oy-ket'-ace; from jcV/; a 

fellow resident, i.e. menial domestic:— (household) 

servant. 

3611. oticlu AlkSo, ay-keh'-o; from 3624; to occupy 

a house, i.e. reside (flg. inhabit, remain, inhere); by 

impl. to cohabit: -dwell . See also 3623. 

36 15. obrniia Alkeiiia, oy'-kay-mah; from 3611; 
a tenement, i.e. (spec.) Hjail:— prison. 

56A?. olKTjrrfipiov AiketeriAlt, oy-kay-tay>-ree- 
on; neut. of a presume! der. of jo// (equiv. to jore); 
a residence (lit. or flg.): -habitation, house. 

5614. oIkUl Alkfa, oy-kee'-ah; from 3624; prop. 
residence (abstr.), but usually (concr.) an abode (lit 
or flg.); by impl. a family (espec. domestics):— home, 
house (-hold). 

5615. oIkumcos AfklakAs, oy-kee-ak-os 1 ; from 
3614; familiar, i.e. (as noun) relatives:— they (them) 
of (his own) household. 

3616. olKoSeonrorlw AikAd£spAteo, oy-kod-es- 
pot-eh'-o; from .76/7; to oe the head of (i.e. ruie) a 
family:— guide the house. 

5677. oUoSto-irerns AlkAdAspAtes, oy-kod-es- 
pot'-ace; from jfe* and raoj; the head of a family:— 
goodman (of the house), householder, master of the 
house. 

S618. olKoSouia AlkAdAmSo, oy-kod-om-eh'-o; 
from the same as 3619; to he a house-ouiider, i.e. con- 
struct or (flg.) confirm:— (be in) build (-er, -ing, up), 
edify, embolden. 



3619. o!koSo[J.t) AlkAdAme, oy-kod-om-ay' ; fern, 
(abstr.) of a comp. 0I3624 and the base of 1430; archi- 
tecture, i.e. (concr.) a structure; flg. confirmation:— 
building, edify (-ication, -ing). 

3620. olKoSouia AlkAdAmla, oy-kod-om-ee'-ah; 
from the same as 361a; confirmation: — edifying. 

3621. olxovouiw AlkonAm£o, oy-kon-om-eh'-o; 
from 3623; to manage (a house, i.e. an estate):— be 
steward. 

3622. olKOvouio. AlkAnAmla, oy-kon-om-ee'-ah; 
from 3623; administration (of a household or estate); 
spec, a (religious) " economy": — dispensation, stew- 
ardship. 

3623. olKOvdfios AlkAnAmAs, oy-konom'-os; 
from 3624 and the base of 3331; a house-distributor 
(i.e. manager), or overseer, i.e. an employee in that 
capacity; by extens. a fiscal agent (treasurer) ; fig. a 
preacher (of the Gospel):— chamberlain, governor, 
steward. 

3624. oIkos AikAs, oyt-kos; of uncert. affln.; a 
dwelling (more or less extensive, lit. or flg.); by impl. 
a family (more or less related, lit. or flg.):— home, 
house (-hold), temple. 

3625. olKovpivn AlkAnmSne, oy-kou-men'-ay; 
tern. part. pres. pass, of 36// (as noun, by impl. of 
1003); land, i.e. the (terrene part of the) globe; spec, 
the Roman empire: — earth, world. 

3626. oixovpos AikAnrAs, oy-koo-ros 1 ; from 3624 
and ovpos AnrAs (a guard; be"ware"); astayer 
at home, i.e. domestically inclined (a " good house- 
keeper"):— keeper at home. 

3627. otKTcCpu Aiktelro, oyk-ti'-ro; also (in cer- 
tain tenses) prol. 

olKTtpta AlkterAo, oyk-ter-eh'-o; from 
oIktos Alkt As (pity) ; to exercise pity:— have com- 
passion on. 

3628. ot.KTipu.os AlktlrmAs, oyk-tir-mos' ; from 
3627; pity:— mercy. 

3629. olKT(p|M>v Alktlrmon, oyk-tir'-mone; 
from 3627; compassionate.'— merciful, of tender 
mercy. 

otu,ai Almal. See 3633. 

3630. olwirirfis AlnApAtes, oy-nop-ot'-oce; 
trom3b3i and a der. of the alt. of 4003; a tippler.— 
winebibber. 

3631. otvos AlnAs, oy>-nos; a prim, word (or 
perh. of Heb. or. [8196]); " mine" (lit. or flg.):— wine. 

3632. olvo<pX.vy'a AlnAphlngla, oy-nof-loog-ee'- 
ah; troTO.3031 and a form of the base of 3307; an 
overflow (or surplus) of wine, i.e. vinolency (drunk- 
enness):— excess of wine. 

3633. otouai AtAmat, oy'-om-ahee; or (shorter) 
ot|uu Almal, oy'-mahee; mid. appar. from 

3634; to make like (oneself), i.e. imagine (be of the 
opinion):— suppose, think. 

3634. otos bAlAs, hoy'-os; prob. akin to 33SS, 
3739, and 3743; such or what sort of (as a cor- 
rel. or exclamation) ; espec. the neut. (adv.) with neg. 
not so:— so (as), such as, what (manner of), which. 

ot» Alo. See 3342. 

3635. okWu Akneo, ok-neh'-o; from okvos Ak- 
nAs (hesitation); to be slow (flg. loath): — delay, 

3636. oKvupos AknerAe, ok-nay-ros'; from 3633; 
tardy, i.e. indolent; (flg.) irksome:— grievous, sloth- 
ful. 

3637. OKTa<j|i£pos AktaemerAs, ok-tah-ay'-mer- 
os; from 3638 and 2230; an eight-day old person or 
act:— the eighth day. 

3638. oktcS Akto, ols-to'; a prim, numeral; 
"eight":— eight. 

3639. oMpos AlAtbrAs, o"'-eih-r<w,' from a prim. 
dXXvu.1 ollnml (todestroy; a prol. form); ruin, i.e. 
death, punishment:— destruction. 

S64O. dXi-ydinoTOS AligAplstAs, ol-ig-op'-is-tos; 
from 3641 and 4x02; incredulous, i.e. lacking confi- 
dence (in Christ):— of little faith. 
3641. oXtyos AUgAs, ol-ee'-gos; of uncert. affln. ; 
puny (in extent, degree, number, duration or value); 
espec. neut. (adv.) somewhat: — |- almost, brief [-ly], 
few, (a) little, + long, a season, short, small, a while. 



S642. dX.i-y<S<|n>x o s AllgApsuchAs, ol-ig-op'- 
soo-khos; from 364/ and 3300; little-spirited, i.e. faint. 
hearted.'— feebleminded. 

3643. o\i'yup&!> AllgorSo, oUig-o^reh'-o; from a 
comp. of 364/ and «pa 6ra (" care") ; to have little 
regard for, i.e. to disesteem:— despise. 

3644. d\o8peurfjs AlAtbreutes, oUoth-ryoo- 
tace'; from 3643; a ruiner, i.e. (spec.) a venomous 
serpent: — destroyer. 

3645. o\o8pev«a AlAtbrSno, ol-oth-ryoo'-o; from 
3t>39; to spoil, i.e. slay:— destroy. 

3646. oXoKavrufia bdlAkautoma, hol-ok-ow'- 
to-mah; from a der. of a comp. of 3630 and a der. of 
2545; a wholly-consumed sacrifice ("holocaust"):— 
(whole) burnt offering. 

3647. d\oK\i)pCa bAlAklerla, hol-ok-lay-ree'-ah; 
fromjo^J; integrity, i.e. physical wholeness:— perfect 
soundness. 

3648. dXiKVnpos hAlAklerAs, hol-ok'-lay-ros; 
from 3630 and 28iq; complete in every part, l.e. per- 
fectly sound (in body):— entire, whole. 

3649. dX.o\vj> AlAlnzo, oZ-oi-ood'-jo; a redupl. 
prim, verb; to "howl" or "halloo", i.e. shriefc;— 
howl. 

3650. oXos bAlAs, hol'-os; a prim, word; "whole" 
or " all ", i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time of 
degree), espec. (neut.) as noun or adv.:— all, al- 
together, every whit, + throughout, whole. 

3651. o'Xot«X^s bAlAt£len, hot-ot-ei-ace',' from 
3630 and 3036; complete to the end, i.e. absolutely 
perfect:— wholly. 

3652. OXii|iirds Olnmpas, o*-oom-pas'; prob. 
a contr. from 'OX«(i.iri68o>pos OlnmplAdorAs 
(Olympian-bestowed, i.e. heaven-descended); Olym- 
pas, a Chr. :— Olympas. 

3653. dXuvSos AlnntbAs, ol'-oon-thos; of uncert. 
der. ; an unripe (because out of season) ^.'—untimely 
flg. 

8654- oXus bAlos, hol'-oce; adv. from 3030; com- 
pletely, i.e. altogether; (by anal.) euerj/tohere; (neg.) 
not by any means: — at all, commonly, utterly. 
3655. o|ij3pos Ambr As, om'-bros; of uncert. affln. ; 
a thunder storm:— shower. 

8656. 6\u\ia bAmllAo, hom-il-eh'-o; from 3638; 
to be in company with, i.e. (by impl.) to converse;— 
commune, talk. 

3657. o|uX(a bAmllla, hom-itee'-ah; from 3638; 
companionship ("homily"), i.e. (by impl.) inter- 
course:— communication. 

5655. ouxXos hAmllAs, hom'-Uos; from the base 
of 3674 and a der. of the alt. of 138 (mean, a crowd); 
association together, i.e. a multitude:— company. 
8659. ou.|xa Amma, om'-mah; from 3700; a sight, 
i.e. (by impl.) the eye:— eye. 

3660. opvvo Amnuo, om-noo'-o; a prol. form of a 
prim, but obsol. o|u» Amo, for which another prol. 
form (o|i6tt AmAo, omro'-o) is used in certain 
tenses; to swear, ie. take (or declare on) oath:— 
swear. 

3661. d|U>0v|JLCiS6v bAmAthumadAn, hom-oth- 
oo-mod-on'; adv. from a comp. of the base of 3674 
and 2372; unanimously:— with one accord (mind). 

3662. d|«Ha|o) bAmAlazo, hom-oy-ad'-zo; from 
3664; to resemble:— agree. 

3668. duoioiraSfc bAmAlApatbes, Jwm-oy-op- 
ath-oce'; front 3664 and the alt. of 3038; similarly af- 
fected:— of (subject to) like passions. 
8664. 5|ioios bAmAlAs, hom'-oy-os; from the base 
of 3074; similar (in appearance or character):— like, 
4. manner. 

3665. d|ioi6Ti|s bAmAlAtes, hom-oy-ot'-ace; 
from 3664; resemblance:— -like as, similitude. 

8666. ouoidu bAmAlAo, hom-oy-o'-o; from 3664; 
to assimilate, i.e. compare; pass, to become sim- 
ilar:— he (make) like, (in the) liken (-ess), resemble. 

8667. d|M>[o>|Mi bAmAloma, oom-o^'-o-mah; 

from366b; a. form; abstr. resemblance:— made like to, 
likeness, shape, similitude. 






52 



Homoyoce 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



dpoCcos hAmoioa, hom-oy'-oce; adv. from 
$664; similarly:— -likewise, so. 

SG69. ojtolaxris hAnaAiosls, hom-oy'-o-sis; from 
3666; assimilation, i.e. resemblance:— similitude. 

3670. o|j.o\oy&o bAmAlAgSo, hom-ol-og-eh'-o; 
from a comp. of the base of 3674 and 303b; to assent, 
i.e. co«enom(, acknowledge:— con- (pro-) fess, confes- 
sion is made, give thanks, promise. 

8671. dfioXo-yta bomologla, hom-ol-og-ee'-ah; 
from the same as 3670; acknowledgment:— con- (pro-) 
fession, professed. 

3672. dp.oXo-yovp,ev<i>s bomologonmeiios, 

iwm-ol-ogow-men'-oce; adv. of pres. pass. part, of 
3670J confessedly:— without controversy. 

8673. d(i6Ttxvos homotechnds, hom-ot'-ekh- 
nos; from the base of j67^and jro7<?.' a/eHow-orWJl- 
cer:—ot the same craft. 

567^. djiov bAmon, hom-oo'; gen. of opx5s 
taAmos (the same; akin to 260) as adv.; at the same 
place or time:— together. 

8675. d(id<j)pii>v hAmAphron, hom-of-rone; 
from the base of 3674 and 5424; like-minded, i.e. har- 
monious: — of one mind. 

djj.6» » 11160. Seej66o. 

8676. ojuds bomos, hom'-oce; adv. from the base 
of 3674; at the same time, i.e. (conj.) notwithstand- 
ing, yet still:— and even, nevertheless, though but. 

3677. ovap onar, on'-ar; of uncert. der.; a 
dream: — dream. 

3678. dvdpiov onarldn, on-ar'-ee-on; neut. of a 
presumed der. of 3688; a little ass:— young ass. 

dvdo) Anao. SeesMs- 
8679. dvei8£i> AnMdlzo, on-i-did'-zo; from 36S1; 
to defame, i.e. rail at, chide, taunt: — cast in teeth, 
(suffer) reproach, revile, upbraid. 
3680. dveiSwrpds Oiifidisiiios, on-i-dis-mos' ; 
fromj^o,' contumely: — reproach. 

8681. dvaSos AneldAs, on'-i-dos; prob. akin to 
the base of 36S6; notoriety, i.e. a taunt (disgrace):— 
reproach. 

8682. 'OWjo-i|ios dneslmAg, on-ay'-sim-os; from 
3683; profitable; Onesimus, a Chr.: — Onesimus. 

3683. 'Ovno-tyopos dneslpbArAs, on-ay-sif- 
or-os; from a der. of 3683 and 3411; profit-bearer; 
Onesiphorus, a Chr.:— Onesiphorus. 

3684. ovikos AnlbAg, on-ik-os'; from 368S; belong- 
ing to an ass, i.e. large (so as to be turned by an 
ass):— millstone. 

3685. ovCvt|[h oninemi, on-in'-ay-mee; a prol. 
form of an appar. prim, verb 

(ovopm inimal, to slur); for which an- 
other prol. form (ovdco 6nao) is used as an alt. in 
some tenses [unless indeed it be identical with the base 
of 308b through the idea of notoriety] ; to gratify, i.e. 
(mid.) to derive pleasure or advantage from:— have 
joy. 

3686. ovoua AnAma, on'-om-afc; from a presumed 
der. of the base of 1007 (comp. 368s); a " name" (lit. 
or fig.) [authority, character] :— called, (4- sur-) name 
(-d). 

3687. ovofM/a AnAmazo, on-om-ad'-zo; from 
3686; to name, i.e. assign an appellation,' by extens. 
to utter, mention, profess:— call, name. 

3688. ovos 6 11 As, on'-os; appar. a prim, word; a 
donkey: — ass. 

3689. dVrttS Autos, on'-toce; adv. of the oblique 
cases of 3607; really:— certainly, clean, indeed, of a 
truth, verily. 

3690. dfjos AxAs, oti-os', from 36Q1; vinegar, i.e. 
sour wine:— vinegar. 

3691. dg«s Axus, ox-oos'; prob. akin to the base of 
188 p aciti "] ; keen; by anal, rapid:— sharp, swift. 

3692. oiri] ope, op-ay'; prob. from 5700; a ftoZe (as 
ff for light), i.e. cavern; by anal, a spring (of 
water):— cave, place. 

3693. 3mo-8«v Aplsthen, op'-is-then; from dins 
Apis (regard; from 3700) with enclitic of source; 
from the rear (as a secure aspect), i.e. at the 6acfc 



(adv. and prep, of place or time):— after, backside, 
behind. 

otrUra Aplsd, op-is'-o; from the same as 
3603 with enclitic of direction; to the 6acfc, i.e. aback 
(as adv. or prep, of time or place; or as noun):— 
after, back (-ward), (+ get) behind, + follow. 

3695. dirXt£<0 hoplizo, hop-lid'-zo; from 3606; to 
eguip (with weapons [mid. and flgj):— arm self. 

3696. dirXov boplon, hop'-lon; prob. from a 
prim, ei™ h£po (to be busy about); an implement 
or utensil or tool (lit. or fig., espec. offensive for 
war):— armour, instrument, weapon. 

3697. dirotos hopAlAg, hop-oy'-os; from 3739 and 
4ibq; of what kind that, i.e. how (as) great (excellent) 
(spec, as indef. correl. to anteced. def. 3/08 of qual- 
ity):— what manner (sort) of, such as, whatsoever. 

3698. dirdre bopote, hop-ot'-eh; from 3739 and 
4218; what (-ever) then, i.e. (of time) as soon as:— 
when. 

3659. dirov hApAu, hop'-oo; from 3730 and 4223; 
whatever) where, i.e. at whichever spot: — in what 
place, where (-as, -soever), whither (+ soever). 
8700. dirrdvopai Aptaiiomai, op-tan' -om-ahee; 
a (mid.) prol. form of the prim, (mid.) 

truTojuu Optomai, op'-tom-ahee, which is 
used for it in certain tenses; and both as alt. of 3708; 
to gaze (i.e. with wide-open eyes, as at something re- 
markable; and thus differing from qqi, which denotes 
simply voluntary observation; and from 141)2, which 
expresses merely mechanical, passive or casual 
vision; while 2300, and still more emphatically its in- 
tens. 2334, signifies an earnest but more continued in- 
spection; and 4648 a watching from a distance):— 
appear, look, see, shew self. 

3701. dirrao-Ca optasia, op-tas-ee'-ah; from a 
presumed der. of 3700; visuality, i.e. (concr.) an ap- 
parition : — vision. 

dirTojiOU. optomal. See .3700. 
8702. dirrds AptAs, op-tos'; from an obsol. verb 
akin to cipu bepgo (to "steep"); cooked, i.e. 
roosted:— broiled. 

3703. oircSpa Apora, op-o'-rah; appar. from the 
base 0I3706 and jdio; prop, even-tideot the (summer) 
season (dog-days), i.e. (by impl.) ripe fruit:— fruit. 
3704- dirws hApos, hop'-oce; from 3739 and 4459; 
what (-ever) how, i.e. in the manner that (as adv. or 
conj. of coincidence, intentional or actual):— because, 
how, (so) that, to, when. 

3705. dpapa bdrama, hor'-am-ah; from 3708; 
something gazed at, i.e. a spectacle (espec. super- 
nat.):— sight, vision. 

3706. dpaors li 6 ranis hor'-as-is; from 3708; the 
act of gazing, i.e. (external) an aspect or (intern.) an 
inspired appearance: — sight, vision. 

3707. dpards horat&s, hor-at-os'; from 3708; 
gazed at, i.e. (by impl.) capable of being seen.— 
visible. 

3708. dpdw b&rao, ftor-aft'-o; prop, to stare at 
[comp. 3700], i.e. (by impl.) to discern clearly (phys. 
orment.); byextens. to attend to; by Hebr. to ex- 
perience; pass, to appear:— behold, perceive, see, take 
heed. 

3709. opyf) &rge, or-gay'; tiOTa.3713; prop, desire 
(as a reaching forth or excitement of the mind), i.e. 
(by anal.) violent passion (ire, or [justifiable] abhor- 
rence); by impl. punishment:— anger, indignation, 
vengeance, wrath. 

3710. dp-yCJw Arglzo, or-gid'-zo; from 3709; to 
provoke or enrage, i.e. (pass.) become exasperated:— 
be angry (wroth). 

3711. op'yCX.os orgil&s, org-ee'-los; from J700; 
irascible:— soon angry. 

3712. dpyvid Argnla, org-wee-ah'; from 3713; 
a stretch of the arms, i.e. & fathom: — fathom. 

3713. op£yop.ai oregomai, ar-eg 1 -om-ahee; mid. 
of appar. a prol. form of an obsol. prim. [comp. 3735] ; 
to stretch oneself, i.e. reach out after (Jong for): — 
covet after, desire. 

3714- opeivos AreinAs, or-i-nos 1 ; from 3733; 
mountainous, i.e. (fern, by impl. of 3361) the High- 
lands (of Judaea):— hill country. 



3715. dpe£is or6xis, or'-ex-is; from 3713; excite- 
ment of the mind, i.e. longing after: — lust. 

3716. opfioiroSe'oi ortbopodeo, or-tftop-od-eft'-o; 
from a comp. of 3717 and 4228; to be straight-footed, 
i.e. (fig.) to go directly forward:— walk uprightly. 

3717. dp6ds ArtbAs, or-thos'; prob. from the base 
ot373S; right (as rising), i.e. (perpendicularly) erect 
(fig. honest), or (horizontally) level or direct:— 
straight, upright. 

3718. dpBoTOpAn ArtbAtAmeo, or-thot-om-eh'-o) 
from a comp. 013717 and the base of 3114; to make » 
straight cut, i.e. (fig.) to dissect (expound) correctly 
(the divine message):— rightly divide. 

3719. dpflptjw Artbrlzo, or-thrid'-zo; from 3722, 
to use the dawn, i.e. (by impl.) to repair betimes:— 
come early in the morning. 

3720. dpflpivds ArtbrinAs, or-thrin-os 1 ; from 
3722; relating to the dawn, i.e. matutinal (as an epi- 
thet of Venus, espec. brilliant in the early day):— 
morning. 

8721. dpOpios ArtbrlAs, or'-three-os; from 3722; 
in the dawn, i.e. up at day-break:— early. 

3722. dpflpos orthros, or'-thros; from the same 
as 3735; dawn (as sun-rise, rising of light); by ex- 
tens, morn.— early in the morning, 

37#3. op8u$ Artbos, or-thoce'; adv. from 3717; 
in a straight manner, i.e. (flg.)correc%(alsomor.):— 
plain, right (-ly). 

3724. dpCj> bArizo, hor-id'-zo; from 3723; to 
mark out or bound (" horizon"), i.e. (fig.) to appoint, 
decree, specify:— declare, determine, limit, ordain. 

37^5. dpiov bArlAn, hor'-ee-on; neut. of a der. of 
an appar. prim, dpos bArAs (a bound or limit); a 
6o«ndan/-line, i.e. (by impl.) a frontier (region):— 
border, coast. 

3726. dpKii> bArklzo, hor-kid'-zo; from 3727; to 
put an oath, i.e. make swear; by anal, to solemnly 
enjoin:— adjure, charge. 

3727. dpKOS bArkAs, hor'-kos; from cpKos bSr- 
kSs (a fence; perh. akin to 3723); a limit, i.e. (sa- 
cred) restraint (spec. oatA):— oath. 

3728. dpKoijioo-ttt bArbomAsla, hor-ko-mos-eef- 
ah; from a comp. 013727 and a der. of 3660; assever- 
ation on oath: — oath. 

3729. dppdu hormad. fcor-mafc'-o; from 3730; to 
start, spur or urge on, i.e. (reflex.) to dash or 
plunge: — run (violently), rush. 

3730. dp|jrfj bonne, har-may'; of uncert. affln.; 
a violent impulse, i.e. onset: — assault. 

3731. dppnpa hormema, hor'-may-mah; from 
3730; an attack, i.e. (abstr.) precipitancy: — violence* 

3732. dpvcov ArnAAn, or'-neh-on; neut. of a pre- 
sumed der. 013733; a birdling:— bird, fowl. 

3733. opvis Arnls, or'-m's; prob. from a prol. 
form of the base 013733; a bird (as rising in the air), 
i.e. (spec.) a hen (or female domestic fowl):— hen. 

3734. dpo8«rta bArAtbesla, 7ior-otfc-es-ee'-aft; 
from a comp. of the base of 3723 and a der. of 3087; 
a limit-placing, i.e. (coner.) boundary-line:— bound. 

3735. opos ArAs, or'-os; prob. from an obsol. Spa 
Aro (to rise or "rear"; perh. akin to 142; comp. 
3733) ', a mountain (as lifting itself above the plain): — 
hill, mount (-ain). 

8736. opiia-a-a Arnsgo, or-oos'-so; appar. a prim, 
verb; to " burrow" in the ground, i.e. dig:— dig. 

3737. opcjmvos ArpbanAs, or-fan-os'; of uncert 
affln.; bereaved (" orphan"), i.e. parentless: — com- 
fortless, fatherless. 

3738. opxeouat orcheomat, or-kheh' -om-ahee; 
mid. from op\os ArcbAs (a row or ring); to dance 
(from the ranklike or regular motion):— dance. 

3739. ds bos, ftos; includ. fem. 
t) lie, %ay,' and neut. 
o ho, ho; prob. a prim, word (or perh. a 

form of the art. 3388) ; the rel. (sometimes demonstra- 
tive) pron., who, which, what, that: — one, (an-, the) 
other, some, that, what, which, who (-m, -se), etc. 
See also,j7j7. 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



Homoyoce 
Pagece 



53 



3740. do-dms hosakls, hos-<ik'-is; multiple adv. 
from 3739; how (i.e. with 302, so) many times as:— as 
oft (-en) as. 

8741. dVios Uosios, hos'-ee-os; of uncert. affln.; 
prop, right (by intrinsic or divine character; thus dis- 
tinguished from 1342, which refers rather to human 
statutes and relations; from 3413, which denotes 
formal consecration; and from 40, which relates to 
purity from defilement), i.e. hallowed (pious, sacred, 
sure):— holy, mercy, Shalt be. 

374S. do-ifrrns hdsldtes, hos-ee-ot'-ace; from 
3741; piety:— holiness. 

3748. oVCus Uonlos, hos-ee-oce'; adv. from 3741; 
piously :— holily. 

3744- oo"|i<j 6ame, os-may'; from 3605; fragrance 
(lit. or eg.):— odour, savour. 

8745. ocros U«s«s, hos'-os; by redupl. from 3730; 
as (much, great, long, etc.) as:— all (that), as (long, 
many, much) (as), how great (many, much), [in-] as- 
much as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those 
things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, where- 
withsoever, which, x while, who (-soever). 

374S. oVwp hosper, hos'-per; from 3739 and 

4007; who especially:— whomsoever. 

3747. oorfov dst6on, os-teh'-on; or contr. 

oo-tovv ustoun, os-toon'; of uncert. affln. ; 
a bone:— bone. 
S748. ootis hostls, hos'-tis; includ. the fern. 

tJtis betls, hay'-tis; toad, the neut. 

o,ti lio,tl, hot'-ee; from 3730 and 5100; 
which some, i.e. any that; also (def.) which same:— 
X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, 
what (-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who (-so- 
ever). Comp. 3754. 

3749. otrrpdKLvos Sstraklnos, os-tra'-kin-os; 
from oo-rpoKOV dstrakAn [" oyster"] (a tile, i.e. 
terra cotta); eartften-ware, i.e. clayey; by impl. 
frail;— ot earth, earthen. 

3750. oV+pno-is dsphresis, os'-fray-sis; from a 
der. 0I3C05; smell (the sense):— smelling. 

3751. dcr<j>vs dgphns, os-foos'; of uncert. affln.; 
the loin (extern.), i.e. the hip; intern, (by extens.) 
procreative power;— loin. 

3752. orav liotan, hot' -an; from 3733 and 302; 
whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncer- 
tainty); also caus. (conj.) inasmuch as;— as long 
(soon) as, that, + till, when (-soever), while. 

3753. ore bote, hot'-eh; from j7jo and 5037; at 
which (thing) too, i.e. when:— after (that), as soon as, 
that, when, while. 

o ( tc h5,te, ho,t'-eh; also fern. 

T|,Te ne,te\ hay'-teh; and neut 

t6,t* t fi,t6, tot'-eh; simply the art. 3588 fol- 
lowed by 3037; so written (in some editions) to distin- 
guish them from 3752 and 511Q. 
3754- on lidti. hot'-ee; neut. of 374S as conj.; 
demonst. that (sometimes redundant); caus. be- 
cause:— as concerning that, as though, because (that), 
for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why. 

3755. otou li<H6u. hot'oo; for the gen. of 3748 
(as adv.) ; during which same time, i.e. whilst .'—whiles. 

3756. oi 6n, 00; also (before a vowel) 

ovk dnk, ooh; and (before an aspirate) 
ovx ftnch, ookh; a prim, word; the absol. 
neg. [comp. 3361] adv.; no or not: — f- long, nay, 
neither, never, no (x man), none, [can-] not, 
+ nothing, + special, un ([-worthy]), when, + with- 
out, + yet but. See also 3364, 3372, 

3757. ov hSn, hoo; gen. 0I3730 as adv. ; at which 
place, i.e. where:— where (-in), whither ([-soever]). 

8758. o4A Sua, oo-ahf; a prim, exclamation of 
surprise; "ah":— ah. 

8759. ouaC Anal, oo-oh'ee; a prim, exclamation of 
grief: "woe":— alas, woe. 

8760. o£8a|u»s indamos, oo-oam-oae 1 ; adv. 
from (the fem.) 013762; by no means:— not. 

8761. oiH ftudS, oo-deh'; from 3736 and 1161; not 
however, i.e. neither, nor. not even:— neither (indeed). 



never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) 
not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as. 

3762. ovSe£s dudels, oo-dice 1 ; includ. fem. 
ovSfpfa dudejnia, oo-dem-ee'-ah; and neut. 
oioiv ttuden, oo-den'; from 3761 and 1520; 

not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, no- 
body, nothing:— any (man), aught, man, neither any 
(thing), never (man), no (man), none (4- of these 
things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought. 

3763. ouS&rore 5udep5t6, oo-dep'-ot-eh; from 
3761 and 4218; not even at any time, i.e. never at 
all:— neither at any time, never, nothing at any time. 
3764- oioiiea dudepo, oo-dep'-o; from 3761 and 
44S2; not even yet;—aB yet not, never before (yet), 
(not) yet. 

3765. ovk^ti duketi ook-et'-ee; also (separately) 
o«k en Suit StI, ooh et'-ee; from 3736 and 

zoSg; not yet, no longer;— after that (not), (not) 
any more, henceforth (hereafter) not, no longer 
(more), not as yet (now), now no more (not), yet 
(not). 

3766. ovkovv oukoun. ook-oon'; from 375b and 
3767; is it not therefore that, i.e. (affirm.) hence or 
so:— then. 

3767. ovv Sun, oon; appar. a prim, word; (adv.) 
certainly, or (conj.) accordingly:— and (so, truly), 
but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, 
verily, wherefore. 

3763. owire> 5upo, oo'-po; from 373b and 4432; not 

jet;— hitherto not, (no . . .) as yet, not yet. 

3769. oipd dura, oo-rah'; appar. a prim, word; a 

tail:— tail. 

377C. ovpdvios duranldg, oo-ran'-ee-os; from 

3772; celestial, i.e. belonging to or coming from the 

sky:— heavenly. 

3771. oipovdflcv duranothen, oo-ran-oth'-en; 
from 3772 and the enclitic of source; from the sky:— 
from heaven. 

3772. oipavds onranos, oo-ran-os 1 ; perh. from 
the same as 373s (through the idea of elevation); 
the sky; by ertens. heaven (as the abode of God); by 
impl. happiness, power, eternity; spec, the Gospel 
(Christianity):— -air, heaven ([-ly]),'sky. 

3773. OipPavos durbandg, oor-ban-os'; of Lat. 
or.; Urbanus (of the city, "urbane"), aChr.:— Ur- 
banus. 

3774. OipCas durlas, oo^ree'-as; of Heb. or. 
[283]; Urias (i.e. Urijah), a Hittite:— Urias. 

3775. ovs 6us, ooce; appar. a prim, word; the ear 
(phys. or ment.):— ear. 

3776. ovo-Ca ftusla, oo-see'-ah; from the fem. of 
3607; substance, i.e. property (possessions):— goods, 
substance. 

3777. ovrt oute. oo'-teh; from 373b and 3037; not 
too, i.e. neither or nor; by anal, not even:— neither, 
none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing. 

3773. ovtos houtos, hoo'-tos; includ. nom. masc. 
plur. 

ovroi IioutoX hoo'-toy; nom. fem. sing. 

ovitt) haute, how'-tay; and nom. fem. plur. 

ovTai liiiutal. how'-tahee; from the art. 
3588 and 84b; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often 
with art. repeated):— he (it was that), hereof, it, she, 
such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, wo- 
man), which, who. 

3779. oiitu bduto, hoo'-to; or (before a vowel) 
ovT«is hdutog, hoo'-toce; adv. from 3778; 

in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):— 
after that, after (in) this maimer, as, even (so), for all 
that, like (-wise), no more, on this fashion (-wise), so 
(in like manner), thus, what. 

3780. o4\' 6«chl, oo-khee'; intens. of 3736; not 
indeed:— nay, not. 

3781. o(j>»X£rn$ opb&tlSteg, of4-leV-ace; from 
3784; an ower, i.e. person indebted; fig. a delinquent; 
mor. a transgressor (against God) :— debtor, which 
owed, sinner. 

3782. o<j>ei\T] oph£lle, of4-lay'; from 3784; in- 
debtedness, i.e. (concr." a sum owed; tig. obligation, 
i.e. (conjugal) duty:— debt, due. 



3783. o<pe£Xti(ia AphSUema, of-i'-lay-mah; from 
(the alt. of) 3784; something owed, i.e. (fig.) a due; 
mor. a fault:— debt. 

8784. d«j>£f\» dpheilo, of-i'-lo; or (in cert, tenses) 
its prol. form 
0<j>Ei\&i> opUelleo. of-i-leh'-o; prob. from 
the base of 378b (through the idea of accruing); to 
owe (pecuniarily); fig. to be under obligation (ought, 
must, should); mor. to fail in duty:— behove, be 
bound, (be) debt (-or), (be) due (-ty), be guilty (in- 
debted), (must) need (-s), ought, owe, should. See 
also 378s. 

3785. CKpeXov opbeldn, of-el-on; first pers. sing, 
of a past tense 013784; I ought {.wish), i.e. (interj.) oh 
that!:— would (to God.) 

3786. ocpcXos ttpnelAs, of-eUos; from d<j>eXXo> 
opbfello (to heap up, i.e. accumulate or benefit); 
gain.-— advantageth, profit. 

8787. d<p6a\H.o8ov\E(a opbtbalmodduleta, 

of-thal-mod-oo-li'-ah; from 3788 and 1307; sight- 
labor, i.e. that needs>watching (remissness):— eye-ser- 
vice. 

3788. o<j>eoX|i6s ophthalmog, of-ihaUmoi?; 
from 3700; the eye (lit. or fig.); by impl. vision; fig. 
envy (from the jealous side-glance):— eye, sight, 

3789. 0<|>iS dpbls, of -is; prob. from 3700 (through 
the idea of sharpness of vision) ; a snake, fig. (as a 
type of sly cunning) an artful malicious person, 
espec. Satan: — serpent. 

3790. o<j>pv$ Spurns, ofroos'; perh. from 3700 
(through the idea of the shading or proximity to the 
organ of vision); the eye-" brow" or forehead, i.e. 
(fig.) the brink of a precipice:— brow. 

379X o\\ia ftchleo, okh-leh'-o; from 3703; to 
mob, i.e. (by impl.) to harass:— vex. 

3792. i\\omUa 6chl5p51eo, okh-lop-oy-eh'-o; 
from 37Q3 and 4ibo; to make a crowd, ie. raise a pub- 
lic disturbance:— gather a company. 

3793. oxXos dchlds, okh'-los; from a der. of 
2iq2 (mean, a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by 
impl. the rabble; by extens. a class of people; fig. a 
riot:— company, multitude, number (of people), peo- 
ple, press. 

379^. dx<lp(i>|j.a iiclionlraa. okh-oo'^ro-mah; 
from a remote der. of 2192 (mean, to fortify, through 
the idea of holding safely); a castle (fig. argument):— 
stronghold. 

3795. dxJHXpiov dpgarlon, op-sar'-ee-on; neut. of 
a presumed der. of the base of 3702; a reKsft to other 
food (as if cooked sauce), i.e. (spec.) fish (presumably 
salted and dried as a condiment):— fish. 

3796. otyi dpsS, op-seh'; from the same as 3604 
(through the idea of backwardness); (adv.) late in the 
day; by extens. after the close of the day:— (at) 
even, in the end. 

3797. ctytu-os opslmos, op'-sim-os; from 3706; 
later, i.e. vernal (showering):— latter. 

8798. oi|>Cos ttpsifts, op'-see-os; from 3706; late; 
fem. (as noun) afternoon (early eve) or nightfall 
(later eve):— even (-ing, [-tide]). 

3799. o<|»is 6psis, op'-sis; from 3700; prop, sight 
(the act), i.e. (by impl.) the visage, an external 
show:— appearance, countenance, face. 

3800. o<|nbviov dpgonldn, op-so'-mee-on; neut. of 
a presumed der. of the same as 3703; rations for a 
soldier, i.e. (by extens.) his stipend or pay:— wages. 

3801. 6 &v Ka£ d ijv icaC d £pxd|MVOS lid on kal 
nd en kal h5 erchomends, ho own kahee ho 
ane kahee ho er-khom'-enos; a phrase combining 
jj<R?with the pres. part, and imperf. of 1310 and the 
pres. part, of 2064 by means of 2332; the one being 
and the one that was and the one coming, i.e. the 
Eternal, as a divine epithet of Christ:— which art (is, 
was), and (which) wast (is, was), and art (is) to come 
(shalt be). 



iro^iSevw pagfd£no, pag-id-yoo'-o; from 
3803; to ensnare (fig.) : — entangle. 

ira-yCs pasta, pag-ece'; from 4078; a trap 



54 



Pathaymah 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



(as fastened by a noose or notch); fig. a trick or 
stratagem (temptation): — snare. 
Ild-yas Pagos. See 657. 

3804. irdfliuia pathema, path'-ay-mah; from a 
presumed der. of 3806; something undergone, i.e. 
hardship ot pain; subj. an emotion or influence:— 
affection, affliction, motion, suffering. 

3805. irafltjTOS patbetds, path-ay-tos 1 ; from the 
same as 3804; liable (i.e. doomed) to experience 
pain;— suffer. 

3806. irdflos pathos, path'-os; from the alt. of 
3038; prop, suffering (" pathos""), i.e. (subj.) a pas- 
sion (espec. concupiscence) :— (inordinate) affection, 
lust. 

irdflw patbo. SeejojS. 

3807. wai8a-Y«ryos paldagdgde, pahee-dag-o- 
gas 1 ; from 3S16 and a redupl. form of 71; a boy-leader, 
i.e. a servant whose office it was to take the children 
to school; (by impl. [flg.] a tutor £" pcedagogue"]):— 
instructor, schoolmaster. 

3808. ircuo&piov paldari&n, pahee-dar'-ee-on; 
neut. of a presumed der. of 381b; a little boy;— child, 
lad. 

3809. waifitla paldeia, pahee-di'-ah; from 3811; 
tutorage, i.e. education or training; by impl. disci- 
plinary correction: — chastening, chastisement, in- 
struction, nurture. 

3810. waiBorrfis paldeutes, pahee-dyoo-tace' ; 
from 3811; a trainer, i.e. teacher or (by impl.) disci- 
pliner:— which corrected, instructor. 

3811. iraiScvu paldeud, pahee-dyoo'-o; from 
3816; to train up a child, i.e. educate, or (by impl.) 
discipline (by punishment):— chasten <-ise), instruct, 
learn, teach. 

3812. ircuSidflev paldidthen, pahee-dee-oth'-en; 
adv. (of source) from 3S13 ; from infancy:— ot a child. 

3813. iraiSCov paldl&n, pahee-dee'-on; neut. di- 
min. 013816; a childling (of either sex), i.e. (prop.) an 
infant, or (by extens.) a half -grown boy or girl; fig. 
an immature Christian:— (little, young) child, damsel. 
S814- irtuSCo-KT) paldiske, pahee-dis'-lcay; fern, 
dimin. of 3816; a girl, i.e. (spec.) a female slave or 
servant:— bondmaid (-woman), damsel, maid (-en). 

3815. iraC£<a palzo, paheed'-zo; from 3810; to 
sport (as a boy):— play. 

3816. irats pals, paheece; perh. from ^J/7, # a boy 
(as often beaten with impunity), or (by anal.) a girt, 
and (gen.) a child; spec, a slave or servant (espec. a 
minister to a king; and by eminence to God)-,— child, 
maid (-en), (man) servant, son, young man. 

3817. irafo) paid, pah'-yo; a prim, verb; to hit (as 
if by a single blow and less violently than 5180); spec, 
to sting (as a scorpion):— smite, strike. 

3818. IlaKOTiaWi Pakatlane, pak-at-ee-an-ay' ; 
(em. of an ad], of uncert. der. ; Pacatianian, a sec- 
tion of Phrygia:— Pacatiana. 

3819. ir&Xai palal, pal'-ahee; prob. another form 
tor 382s (through the idea of retrocession); (adv.) 
formerly, or (by rel.) sometime since; (ellipt. as adj.) 
ancient:— any while, a great while ago, (of) old, in 
time past. 

3820. -raXaios palalds, pal-ah-yos 1 ; from 38/g; 
antique, i.e. not recent, worn out: — old. 
3801. iro\ai6TT]s palaldteg, pal-ah-yot'-ace; 
1x0x03820; antiquatedness: — oldness. 

3822. iraXtudu palaioo, pal-ah-yo'-o; from 
3820; to make (pass, become) worn out, or declare ob- 
solete:— decay, make (wax) old. 

3823. itoXti pale, pal'-ay; from irdXXw pallo 
(to vibrate; another form for 006); un-esflingv— 
+ wrestle. 

8824. au\i-yYCV«r(d paliggenesia, paling- 
ghen-es-ee'-ah; from 3825 and 1078; (spiritual) rebirth 
(the state or the act), i.e. (fig.) spiritual renovation; 
spec. Messianic restoration:— regeneration. 
3825. irdXtv paiiu. pal'-in; prob. from the same 
as 3813 (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); 
(adv.) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, 
or (conj.) furthermore or on the other hand:— again. 



iro|iirXi]8eC pampletbSl, pam-play-thi' ; 
dat. (adv.) of a comp. of 305b and 4128; in full multi- 
tude, te. concerfedly or simultaneously:— all at once. 

382 7. irduiroXvs pampolus, pom. -poUooce; from 
305b and 4183; full many, i.e. immense:— very great. 

3828. IlaiKfniXta Pamphulla, pam-fool-ee'-ah; 
from a comp. 013036 00x13443; every-tribal, i.e. ftefer- 
ogeneous (33b/ being impl.); Pamphylia, a region of 
Asia Minor :— Pamphylia. 

3829. iravSoxefov pandochgldn, pan-dokh-i'- 
on; neut. of a presumed comp. o£ 393b and a der. of 
i2oq; all-receptive, i.e. a public lodging-place {cara- 
vanserai or khan):— inn. 

3830. iravSoxevs panddcheus, pan-dokh-yoos' ; 
from the same as 3829; an innkeeper (warden of a 
caravanserai):— host. 

3831. awriftvpis pancgurls, pan-ay 1 -goo-ris; 
from 3036 and a der. of ;8; a mass-meeting, i.e. (fig.) 
universal companionship:— general assembly. 

8832. iravoucC pandlkl, pan-oy-kee'; adv. from 
3036 and 3624; with the whole family:— with all his 
house. 

8833. iravoirXta pandplla, pan-op-lee' -ah; from 
a comp. ot 3036 and 3606; full armor (" panoply"):— 
all (whole) armour. 

3834. iravoupYla pandurgla, pan-oorg-eef-ah; 
from 3833; adroitness, i.e. (in a bad sense) trickery 
or sophistry:— (cunning) craftiness, subtilty. 

3835. iravovpyos panourgds, pan-oor'-gos, 
from 303b and 2041; all-working, i.e. adroit 
(shrewd) : — crafty. 

3836. iravrax<S0EV pantacbotben, pan-takh- 
oth'-en; adv. (of source) from 3837; from all direc- 
tions:— from every quarter. 

3837. irovraxov pantachou, pan-takh-oo' ; 
gen. (as adv. of place) of a presumed der. of 3036; 
universally: — in all places, everywhere. 

3838. irovTtX^s pantiles, pan-telace'; from 
3036 and 3036; full-ended, i.e. entire (neut. as noun, 
completion): \- in [no] wise, uttermost. 

3839. irdvnj panto, pan'-tay; adv. (of manner) 
from 303b; wholly:— always. 

3840. iravr<58«v pantdthen, pan-toth'-en; adv. 
(of source) from 3036; from (i.e. on) all sides:— on 
every side, round about. 

3841. iravTOKpdrop pantdkrator, pan-tok-rat'- 
ore; from 3q3b and 3004; the all-ruling, i.e. God (as 
absolute and universal sovereign) :— Almighty, Om- 
nipotent. 

3842. irdvTOTS pant5tS, pan'-tot-eh; from 3036 
and 3733; every when, i.e. at all times:— alway (-s), 
ever (-more). 

3843. irdvTWs pantos, pan'-toce; adv. from 3956; 
entirely; spec, at all events, (with neg. following) in 
no event:— by all means, altogether, at all, needs, no 
doubt, in [no] wise, surely. 

3844- iropa para, par-ah'; a prim. prep. ; prop. 
near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with 
dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with 
ace.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or 
opposed to] or causal [on account of]): — above, 
against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, 
from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had, 
X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, 
side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with. 
In compounds it retains the same variety of applica- 
tion. 

3845. irapa(3a£v<» parabalno, par-ab-ak'ee.no; 
from 3844 and the base 0I030; to go contrary to, i.e. 
violate a command:— (by) transgress (-ion). 

3846. irapapdXXo pura hallo, par-ab-al'-lo; 
from 3844 and 906; to throw alongside, i.e. (reflex.) 
to reach, a place, or (fig.) to liken:— arrive, compare. 

3847. irapdpWis parabasls, par-ab'-as-is; 
from 384s; violation:— breaking, transgression. 
8848. irapafSdrns parabates, par-ab-at'-ace; 
from 3845; a violator;— breaker, transgress (-or). 
3849. Trapapid{o)iai parablazomai, par-ab-ee- 
ad'-zom-ahee; from 3844 and the mid. of 07/; to 
forcecontrary to (nature), i.e. compel (by entreaty):— 
constrain. 



3850. irapapoX^ p&iabdle, par-ab-ol-ay' ; from 
I similitude ("parable"), i.e. (symbol.) fictitious 

narrative (of common life conveying a moral), apo- 
th gm or adage;— comparison, figure, parable, prov- 
erb. 

3851. irapapVniXevouat parabdulgndmal, 
par-ab-ool-yoo'-om-ahee; from 3844 and the mid. of 
ion; to misconsuW, i.e. disregard:— not (to) regard 
(-ing). 

3852. irapayyeXia paraggeiia, par-ang-gel-ee'- 
ah; from 3833; a mandate;— charge, command. 

3853. irapayy&Xci) paraggello, par-ang-gel'-lo; 
110x0.3844 and the base of 32; to transmit a message, 
i.e. (by impl.) to enjoin;— (give in) charge, (give) 
command (-ment), declare. 

3854- vapa.'yCvop.ai paraglnomal, par-ag-in'- 
om-ahee; troxa.3844 and loqb; to become near, i.e. ap- 
proach (have arrived) ; by impL to appear publicly.— 
come, go, be present. 

3855. irap&yu parago, par-ag'-o; from 3844 and 
71; to lead near, i.e. (reflex, or intrans.) to go along 
or away;— depart, pass (away, by, forth). 

3856. iro.pa8tiYti.aTlj> paradelgmatlzo, par- 
ad-igue-mat-id'-zo; from 3844 and 1163; to show 
alongside (the public), i.e. expose to infamy;— tasks 
a public example, put to an open shame. 

3857. irapdScuros paradeisds, par-ad' -i-sos; 
of Oriental or. [comp. 6508] ; a park, i.e. (spec.) an 
Eden (place of future happiness, "paradise"):— 
paradise. 

3858. irapa8^x°l'' al paradgcbdmal, par-od- 
ekh'-om-ahee; 1x0023844 and i2oq; to accept near, i.e. 
admit or (by impl.) delight in:— receive. 

3859. irapaSuvrpifHj paradlatrlbe, par-ad-ee- 
at-ree-bay'; from a comp. of 3844 and 1304; misem- 
ployment, i.e. meddlesomeness; — perverse disputing. 

3860. irapaSCSuui paradldoml, par-ad-id'-o- 
mee; from 3844 and 1323; to surrender, i.e. yield up, 
intrust, transmit:— betray, bring forth, cast, commit, 
deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, 
recommend. 

8861. irapoSo|o; parad5x5g, par-ad' -ox-os; 
from 3844 and 13QZ (in the sense of seeming) ; contrary 
to expectation, i.e. extraordinary ("paradox"):— 
strange. 

3862. irapd8oo-is paradAsls, par-ad'-os-is; from 
3800; transmission, i.e. (concr.) a precept; spec, the 
Jewish traditionary law: — ordinance, tradition. 

3863. irapafnXow parazeldo, par-ad-zay-lo'o; 
from 3844 and 22«6; to stimulate alongside, i.e. excite 
to rivalry:— provoke to emulation (jealousy). 
3864- irapaBaXdcro-ios paratbalasslds, par- 
ath-al-as'-see-os; from 3844 and 2281; along the sea, 
i.e. maritime (lacustrine):— upon the sea coast. 

3865. irapaStupcci) paratbeoreo, par-ath-eh-o 
reh'-o; from 3844 and 2334; to overlook or disregard:— 
neglect 

3866. iraptt8rJKt) paratbeke, par-ath-ay'-kay; 
from 3008; a deposit, i.e. (fig.) trust:— committed 
unto. 

8867. irapaivio paraineo, par-ahee-neh'-o; from 
3844 and 134; to mispraise, i.e. recommend or advise 
(a different course):— admonish, exhort. 

8868. irapai«'o(j.ai paraltComal, par-ahee-teh'- 
om-ahee; from 3844 and the mid. of 154; to beg off, 
i.e. deprecate, decline, shun: — avoid, (make) excuse, 
intreat, refuse, reject. 

3869. irapaKaSCgci) parakatbizo, parak-ath-M'- 
zo; from 3844 and 2323; to sit down near:— sit. 

3870. irapaicaX&> parakaleo, par-afc-al-eh'-o; 
from 3844 and 2364; to call near, i.e. invite, invoke 
(by implorafion, hortation or consolation):— beseech, 
call for, (be of good) comfort, desire, (give) exhort 
(-ation), intreat, pray. 

3871. irapaKaXvirra parakalnpto, par-afc-al- 
oop'-to; from 3844 and 2372; to cover alongside, Lb. 
veil (fig.):— hide. 

3872. irapaKOTae^Kri parakatatbeke, par-ale- 
at-ath-ay'-kay; from a comp. 013844 and 2608; some- 
thing put down alongside, i.e. a deposit (sacred 
trust):— that (thing) which is committed (un-) to 
(trust). 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



Pathaymah 
Paroymeeah 



55 



3873. irapdiceiuai parakMmai, par-ak'-i-mahee; 
1^0013844 and 2749; to lie near, i.e. be at hand (fig. be 
prompt or easy):— be present. 

3874- irap&KXt]<ris paraklesis, par-aid -lay-sis; 
f rom 3870; imploration, hortation, solace:— comfort, 
consolation, exhortation, intreaty. 

3875. irapa.KXt]Tos parakletos, par-ak'-lay-tos; 
an intercessor, consoler:— advocate, comforter. 

3876. irapaKo^j parakoe, par-ak-o-ay' ; from 
3878; inattention, i.e. (by impl.) disobedience: — dis- 
obedience. 

3877. irapaKoXovflt'co parakdlduthed, par-ak- 
ol-oo-theh' -o : from 3844 and rqo; to follow near, i.e. 
(fig.) attend (as a result), trace out, conform to:— at- 
tain, follow, fully know, have understanding. 



3898. irapairXr|o'£a>s parapiesios, par-ap-lay- 
see'-oce; adv. from the same as 3807; in a manner 
near by, i.e. (fig.) similarly: — likewise. 



irapairopcvop.ai p;irapvrtuouial. par- 
ap-or-yoo' -om-ahee; from 3844 and 4/08; to travel 
near:— go, pass (by). 



irapaKovo parakduo, par-ak-oo'-o; from 
$844 and 191; to mishear, i.e. (by impl.) to disobey: — 
neglect to hear. 

3879. irapaKiirTO) parakupto, par-ak-oop'to; 
from 3844 and 2033; to bend beside, i.e. lean over (so 
as to peer within):— look (into), stoop down. 

3880. irapaXap.(3dv<i> paralambano, par-al-am- 
ban'-o; from 3844 and 2983: to receive near, i.e. asso- 
ciate with oneself (in any familiar or intimate act or 
relation); by anal, to assume an office; fig. to learn: — 
receive, take (unto, with). 

3881. irapaXeyopai paralegdmal, par-al-eg'- 
om-ahee; from 3844 and the mid. of 3004 (in its orig. 
sense); (spec.) to lay one's course near, i.e. sail 
past: — pass, sail by. 

3882. irapdXios paralius. par-al'-ee-os; from 
3844 and 231 ; beside the salt (sea), i.e. maritime: — sea 
coast. 

3883. irapaXXaY^j parallage, par-al-lagay'; 
from a cotnp. of 3844 and 23b; transmutation (of 
phase or orbit), i.e. (fig.) fickleness: — variableness. 

3884- irapaXoYttopai paralogizomal, par-al- 
og-id'-zom-ahee; from 3844 and 3040: to misreckon, 
i.e. delude:— beguile, deceive. 

3885. -rrapaXvTiKos paralutlkos, par-al-oo-tee- 
kos'; from a der. of 388b; as if dissolved, i.e. "para- 
lytic":— that had (sick of) the palsy. 

3886. irapaXvu paralno, par-al-oo'-o; from 3844 
03103089; to loosen beside, i.e. relax (perf. pas. part. 
paralyzed or enfeebled):— feeble, sick of the (taken 
with) palsy. 

3887. irapapivw parameno, par-am-en'-o; from 
3844 and 330b; to stay near, i.e. remain (lit. tarry; or 
fig. be permanent, persevere):— abide, continue. 

S888. 1ropap.vW011.01 paramuthedmai, par- 
am-oo-theh' -om-ahee; from 3844 and the mid. of a 
der. of 3454; to relate near, i.e. (by impl.) encourage, 
console: — comfort. 

3889. irapap.v6Ca paramuthia, par-am-oo- 
thee'-ah; from 3888; consolation (prop, abstr.):— 
comfort. 

3890. 1rapap.ii8i.ov parauiutliton, par-am-oo'- 
thee-on; neut. of 388q; consolation (prop, concr.): — 
comfort. 

3891. iropavopi<i) parantfnieo. par-an-om-eh'-o; 
from a comp. of 3844 and 3531; to be opposed to law, 
i.e. to transgress: — contrary to law. 

8892. irapavouCa parandmla. par-an-om-ee'- 
ah; from the same as 3801; transgression:— iniquity. 
3893. irapairiKpaCvoi parapikralnd, par-ap-ik- 
rah'ee-no; ivOTO.3844 and 4087; to embitter alongside, 
i.e. (fig.) to exasperate:— provoke. 

8894. irapairiKpatrpos parapikrasmds, par- 
ap-ik-ras-mos' ; from^ty; irritation: — provocation. 

8895. irapairtirro parapipto, par-ap-ip'-to; 
from 3844 and 4og8; to fall aside, i.e. (fig.) to aposta- 
tize:— fall away. 

3896. irapairXeoi paraplfio, par-ap-leh'-o; from 
3844 and 4126; to sail near:— sail by. 

3897. irapairX'fja-iov paraplesion, par-ap-lay'- 
see-on; neut. of a comp. of 3844 and the base of 4139 
(as adv.); close by, i.e. (fig.) almost:— nigh unto. 



TrapaiTTtafia paraptoma, par-ap'-to-mah: 
from 3893; a side-slip [lapse or deviation), i.e. (unin- 
tentional) ei-ror or (wilful) transgression:— fall, fault, 
offence, sin, trespass. 

3901. irapappWo) pararrhued, par-ar-hroo- 
eh'-o; from 3844 s,n& the ait. of 4482; to flow by, i.e. 
(fig.) carelessly pass (miss):— let slip. 

59&2. irapdo-npos parasemds, par-as'-ay-mos; 

from j,Kfc! and the base of 4301; side-marked, i.e. 

labelled (with a badge [figure-head] of a ship):— 

sign. 

3903. irapao~KCvd£a> paraskeuazo, par-ask- 

yoo-ad'-zo; from 3844 and a der. of 4032; to furnish 

aside, i.e. oei ready:— prepare self, be (make) ready. 

3904- irapao"K«t)rj paraskeue, par-ask-yoo-ay' ; 
as if from 3003; readiness:— preparation. 

3905. irapareCvo) paratelno, par-at-i'-no; from 
3844 and TtCvo) telno (to stretch); to extend along, 
i.e. prolong (in point of time):— continue. 

3906. irapaTqpew paratered, par-at-ay-reh'-o; 
from jcS^jt and .503?; to inspect alongside, i e. noJe 
insidiously or scrupulously:— observe, watch. 

5907. irapaT^pniris parateresls, par-at-ay' -ray- 
sis; from j'ooo; inspection, i.e. ocuZar evidence: — 
observation 

3908. irapaT(0ijp.i paratitlieml, par-at-ith'-ay- 
mee; from j<?^ aud 50^,' to place alongside, i.e. 
present (food, truth); by impl. to deposit (as a trust 
or for protection):— allege, commend, commit (the 
keeping of), put forth, set before. 

3909. irapaTuYxdvw paratugchano, par-at 
oong-khan' -o; from 3844 and J/77; ^JO chance near, i.e. 
/aM m with;— meet with. 

39.Z0. irapaDTCKa parautlka, par-ow-tee'-kah; 
from .?<££/ and a der. of 846; at the very instant, i.e. 
momentary:— but for a moment. 

59/i. irapa<plpo> paraphero, par-af-er'-o; from 
j<S« and 3342 (includ. its alt. forms) ; to bear along or 
aside, i.e. carry off (lit. or fig.); by impl. to avert:— 
remove, take away. 

3912. irapaippoveu paraplironeo, par-af-ron- 
eh'-o; from 3844 and 3426; to misthink, i.e. be insane 
(silly):— as a fool. 

3913. irapacj>povCa paraphrenia, par-af-ron- 
ee'-ah; from J0/2; insanity, i.e. foolhardiness:— mad- 
ness. 

39X4. irapax«p.dj;<i> paracheimazo, par-akh-i- 
mad'-zo; from j^v and 5^02,* towinter near, i.e. stay 
with over the rainy season : —winter. 

3915. irapax«4*acr£a parachelmasla, par-akh- 
i-mas-ee f ~ah; from 3014; & wintering over: — winter 
in. 

8916. irapaxpiip.a parachrema, par-akh-ray'- 
mah; from 3844 and 333b (in its orig. sense) ; at the 
thing itself, i.e. instantly: — forthwith, immediately, 
presently, straightway, soon. 

3917. irdpSaXis pardalis, par'-dal-is; leva, of 
irdpSos pardon (a panther) ; a leopard:— leopard. 

3918. irdpeipi parelml, par'-i-mee; from 3844'a.ud 
T310 (includ. its various forms); to be near, i.e. at 
hand; neut. pres. part, (sing.) time being, or (plur.) 
property:— come, X have, be here, + lack, (be here) 
present. 

3919. irapcura'ytt par£isago, par-ice-ag'-o; from 
3844 and 1321; to lead in aside, i.e. introduce surrep- 
titiously:— privily bring in. 

3920. irapetoraKTOs parCIsaktos, par-ice'-ak- 
tos; from 3Q19; smuggled in:— unawares brought in. 



irapeicrSvvu pareisduno, par-ice-doo'-no; 
from 3844 and a comp. of 1319 and 1416; to settle in 
alongside, i.e. lodge stealthily: — creep in unawares. 



irap€icr^pxop.ai pareiserchfimal, par-ice- 
er'-khom-ahee; from 3844 and 1323; to come in along- 
side, i.e. supervene additionally or stealthily: — come 
in privily, enter. 

3923. irapeicrcpEpw parelspherd, par-ice-fer'-o; 
from 3844 and 1333', to bear in alongside, i.e. intro- 
duce simultaneously: — give. 

3924. irapEKTds parektds, par-ek-tos'; from 3844 
and ib22; near outside, i.e. besides: — except, saving, 
without. 

3925. irapcpPoXr] parembole, par-em-bol-ay' ; 
from a comp. 0^3844 and ib83; a throwing in beside 
(juxtaposition), i.e. (^oec.) battle-array, encampment 
or barracks (tower Antonia):— army, camp, castle. 

3926. irapevoxXew parendchleo, par-en-okh- 
leh'-o; from 3844 and 1776; to harass further, i.e. 
annoy:— trouble. 

3927. irapcrrCStiuos parepldgmds, par-ep-id'- 
ay-mos; from 3844 and the base of IQ27; an alien 
alongside, i.e. a resident foreigner:— pilgrim, 
stranger. 



iraptpxopai parercliomai, par-er'-khom- 
ahee; from 3844 and 2064; to come near or aside, i.e. 
to approach (arrive), go by (or away), (fig.) perish or 
neglect, (caus.) overt:— come (forth), go, pass (away, 
by, over), past, transgress. 



irapco-is paresis, par'-es-is; from 3935! 
pretermission, i.e. toleration: — remission. 

3930. irap4x<o parficho, par-ekh'-o; from 3844 
and 2JQ2; to hold near, i.e. present, afford, exhibit, 
furnish occasion:— bring, do, give, keep, minister, 
offer, shew, + trouble. 

3931. irapr|YOp£a paregdrla, par-ay-gor-ee'-ah: 
from a comp of 3S44 and a der. of 38 (mean, to har- 
angue an assembly); an address alongside, i.e. (spec.) 
consolation: — comfort. 

3932. irapBcvta parthenta, par-then-ee'-ah; from 
3033; maidenhood: — virginity. 

3933. irapSevos parthends, par-then 1 -os; of un- 
known or.: a maiden; by impl. an unmarried daugh- 
ter: — virgin. 

ITapSos ParthOs, par'-thos; prob. of for. 
a Parthian, i.e. inhab. of Parthia: — Parthian. 
irapiT|jj,i partem!, par-ee' -ay-mi; from 

3844 and 'iTip,i liieini (to send); to let by, i.e. 
relax:— hang down. 

3936. irapto-TT|pi parlsteml, par-is' -tay-mee; or 
prol. irapioravu parlstano, par-is-tan'-o; from 
jcSV^and 247b; to stand beside, i.e. (trans.) to exhibit, 
proffer, (spec.) recommend, (fig.) substantiate; or 
(intrans.) to be at hand (or ready), aid: — assist, 
bring before, command, commend, give presently, 
present, prove, provide, shew, stand (before, by, here, 
up, with), yield. 

3937. IlapUEvds Parmenas, par-men-as'; prob. 
by contr. for IIapu.evi8»]s Parmenldes (a der. 
of a comp. of 3844 and 3300); constant; Parmenas, a 
Chr.;— Parmenas. 

3938. irdpoSos parodos, par'-od-os; from 3844 
and 3308; a by-road, i.e. (act.) a route: — way. 

8939. irapoiKCu paroiked, par-oy-keh'-o; from 
3844 and 3011; to dwell near, i.e. reside as a for- 
eigner:— sojourn in, be a stranger. 

3940. irapoixCa pardlkla, par-oy-kee'-ah; from 
3941; foreign residence:— sojourning, x as strangers. 



irapoiKOs pardikos, par'-oy-kos; from 3844 
and 3b24; having a home near, i.e. (as noun) a by- 
dweller (alien resident):— foreigner, sojourn, 
stranger. 



irapoipCa pardimia, par-oy-m.ee '-ah; from 
a comp. of 3844 and perh. a der. of 3633; appar. a 
state alongside of supposition, i.e. (concr.) an adage; 



56 



Paroynos 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



spec, an enigmatical or fictitious illustration:— par- 
able, proverb. 

3943. irdpoivos parAlnAs, par'-oy-nos; from 
3844 and 3031; staying near wine, ie. tippling (a 
toper):— given to wine. 

£&££. irapoXxopcu parAlcbAmal, par-oy'-khom- 
ahee; from ,J<8# and otx.o|MH AlcbAmal (to 
depart); to eocope along, i.e. be gone;— past. 

S945. irapO|JLOid|u parAmAlazo, par-om-oy-ad'- 
zo; from 3g.fi; to resemble:— he like unto. 

59^6. irapi|M>ios parAmAlAs, par-om'-oy-os; 

tiotn.3844 and 3664; alike nearly, i.e. similar:— like. 

#9.47. ««po|«vc» parAxnno, par-ox-oo'-no; from 
;<5& and a der. of j6o/; to sharpen alongside, i.e. 
(flg.) to earasperafe:— easily provoke, stir. 

3948. irapo|vo-|i.6s parftxnsmfts, par-ox-oos- 
mos'; trom3Q47 ("paroxysm") ; incitement (to good), 
or dispute (in anger): — contention, provoke unto. 

3949. irapopYCt" parArglzo, par-oi-g^'d'-zo; 
from 3844 and J7.ro, - to anger alongside, i.e. enrage: — 
anger, provoke to wrath. 

3950. irapopYio-uos parArglsmAs, parorg-is- 
mosf; from.yw ; rage:— wrath. 

3951. irapoTpvv«> pardtrano, par-ot-roo'-no; 
from 3844 and orpvvo* Atruno (to spur); to urge 
along, i.e. stimulate (to hostility): — stir up. 

3952. irapowrta parousla, par-oo-see'-ah; from 
the pres. part, of 3918; a being near, Le. advent 
(often, return; spec, of Christ to punish Jerusalem, or 
finally the wicked); (by impl.) phys. aspect:— coming, 
presence. 

3953. irapoi|/Cs par Apsis, par-op-sis'; from 3844 
and the base of 379s; a side-dish (the receptacle):— 
platter. 

395If. irajipT|crlo, parrbesla, par-rhay-see'-ah; 
from 305b and a der. of 4483; all out-spofceramess, l,e. 
frankness, bluntness, publicity; by impl. assurance: — 
bold (X -ly, -ness, -ness of speech), confidence, 
X freely, X openly, x plainly (-ness). 

3955. irap^i)<ri&£o|UU parrbeslazAmal, par- 
hray-see-ad'-zom-ahee; mid. from 3034; to be frank 
in utterance, or confident in spirit and demeanor:— be 
(wax) bold, (preach, speak) boldly. 

3956. iros pas, pas; includ. all the forms of de- 
clension; appar. a prim, word; all, any, every, the 
whole:— all (manner of, means), alway (-s), any (one), 
X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no 
(-thing), X throughly, whatsoever, whole, whoso- 
ever. 

3957. ir&irxa. pascba, pas'-khah; of Chald. or. 
[comp. 6463] ; the Passover (the meal, the day, the 
festival or the special sacrifices connected with it):— 
Easter, Passover. 

3958. te&ir\o pascbA, pas'-kho; includ. the forms 
ir&8w (patbo, path'-o) and 

irfv8» (p£ntho, pen'-tho), used only in cer- 
tain tenses for it; appar. a prim, verb; to experience 
a sensation or impression (usually painful):— feel, 
passion, suffer, vex 

3959. n&rapa Patara, pat'-ar-ah; prob. of for. 
or. ; Patara, a place in Asia Minor:— Patara. 

3960. iroTdctrw patasso, pat-as'-so; prob. prol. 
from 3817; to knock (gently or with a weapon or fa- 
tally):— smite, strike. Comp.j/<5b. 

S961. •na.ria patSo, pat-eh'-o; from a der. prob. 
of 3817 (mean, a "path"); to trample (lit. or flg.):— 
tread (down, under foot). 

89b2. irttrfip pater, pat-ayr 1 ; appar. a prim, 
word; a "father" (lit. or flg., near or more re- 
mote):— father, parent. 

3963. II&T|ios PatmAs, pat'-mos; of uncert. 
der.; Patmus, an Met in the Mediterranean:— Pat- 
mos. 

3964. irorpoXipas patralo t as, pa*-ra!-o'-as; 
from 3962 and the same as the latter Jpart of 338a; a 
parricide:— murderer of fathers. 



3965. irarpid patrla, pat^ree-ah'; as if fem. of a 
der. of 3962; paternal descent. Le. (concr.) a group of 
families or a whole race (nation):— family, kindred, 
lineage. 

3966. iraTpi&pxiS pat>*larcbes, pat-ree-arkh'- 
ace; from 3903 and 737; a progenitor (" patriarch"):— 
patriarch. 

3967. irarpucos patrlkAs, pat-ree-kos 1 ; from 
3962; paternal, i.e. ancestral: — of fathers. 

3968. irarpCs patrls, pat-rece'; from 3962; a 
father-land, i.e. native town; (flg.) heavenly 
home:— (own) country. 

3969. IlaTpopas Patrobag, pat-rob'-as; perh. 

contr. for IlaTpopios PatrAblAg (a comp. of 
3962 ami 079); father's life; Patrobas, aChr.:— Pat- 
robas. 

3970. irarpoiraoaSoTos patrAparadAtAs, pat- 
rop-ar-ad'-ot-os; from 3062 and a der. of 3800 (in the 
sense of handing over or down); traditionary: — 
received by tradition from fathers. 

3971. irarpioos patrd,As, pat-ro'-os; from 3962; 
paternal, i.e. hereditary:— of fathers. 

3973. IIovXos Paul As, p6w'4os; of Lat. or.; 
(little; but remotely from a der. of 3073, mean, the 
same); Paulus, the name of a Bom. and of an 
apostle:— Paul, Paulus. 

3973. iratico patio, pow'-o; a prim, verb ("pause"); 
to stop (trans, or intrans.), l.e. restrain, quit, desist, 
come to an end: — cease, leave, refrain. 

3974- llanos PapbAs, paf-os; of uncert. der.; 
Paphus, a place in Cyprus:— Paphos. 

3975. ira\\Pvo» pacbuno, pakh-oo'-no; from a 
der. of 4078 (mean, thick); to thicken, i.e. (by impl.) 
to fatten (fig. stupefy or render callous) :— wax gross. 

#976". irffir) pgde, ped'-ay; ultimately from 4228; a 
shackle for the feet:— fetter. 

3977. ireSivos pAdlnAg, ped-ee-nos'; from a der. 
of 4228 (mean, the ground); level (as easy for the 
feet):— plain. 

3978. mXfiim pezeno, ped-zyoo'-o; from the same 
6133079; to foot a journey, i.e. travel by land:— go 
afoot. 

3979. irt£j) pfeze,, ped-zay"; dat. fem. of a der. of 
4228 (as adv.); foot-wise, i.e. by walking:— a- (on) 
foot. 

3980. irei8apx&» peltbarcbeo, pi-tharkh-eh'-o; 
from a comp. of 3982 and 737; to be persuaded by a 
ruler. I.e. (gen.) to submit to authority; by anal, to 
conform to advice:— hearken, obey (magistrates). 

398 1. ireiSos pAltbAs, pi-thos 1 ; trom.3982; persua- 
sive:— enticing. 

3982. irc(8o> p&ltbo, pi'-tho; a prim, verb; to con- 
vince (by argument, true or false); by anal, to pacify 
or conciliate (by other fair means); reflex, or pass, 
to assent (to evidence or authority), to rely (by in- 
ward certainty) :— agree, assure, believe, have confi- 
dence, be (wax) conflent, make friend, obey, persuade, 
trust, yield. 

8983. irciv&u p81uao,pt-naft'-o; from the same 
as 3993 (through the idea of pinching toil; "pine"); 
to famish (absoL or comparatively); flg. to craue:— 
be an hungered. 

3984- irctpo p81ra,pi'-rafc; from the base of 4008 
(through the idea of piercing); a test, i.e. attempt, 
experience:— assaying, trial 

3985. itup&tfa pglrazo, pi-rod'-zo; tcom.3984; to 
test (obj.), ie. endeavor, scrutinize, entice, disci- 
pline:— assay, examine, go about, prove, tempt (-er), 
try. 

3986. Tre1pa.0-5j.6s peirasmAs, pi-ros-mos'; from 
3985; a putting to proof (by experiment [of good], 
experience [of evil], solicitation, discipline or provo- 
cation); by impl. adversity:— temptation, X try. 

3987. impdco peirao, pi-rah'-o; from 3084; to 
test (subj.). i.e. (reflex.) to attempt: 



3988. treto'ji.ovij pAlsmAne, pice^mon-ay 1 ; from 
a presumed der. of 3982; persuadableness, i.e. cre- 
dulity;— persuasion. 

3989. irAa-yos pelagAg, pel'-ag-os; of uncert. 
affin. ; deep or open sea, i.e. the main;— depth, sea. 

3990. ireXsK£Jw peleklzo, pel-ek-id'-zo; from a 
der. of 4141 (mean, an axe); to chop off (the head), i.e. 
truncate:— behead. 

8991. irlpin-os pSmptAs, pemp'-tos; from 4002; 
fifth.-— fifth. 

3992. it^(j.ir<i> pgmpo, pem'-po; appar. a prim, 
verb; to dispatch (from the subj. view or point of de- 
parture, whereas Inn* hlemi [as a stronger form 
of et|i* <*liul refers rather to the obj. point or ter- 
minus ad quern, and 4724 denotes prop, the orderly 
motion involved), espec. on a temporary errand; also 
to transmit, bestow, or wield: — send, thrust in. 

3993. irivns penes, pe»'-ace; from a prim, triva 
peno (to toil for daily subsistence); starving, i.e. 
indigent:— poor. Comp. 4434. 

3994. irev6tpd penthera, pen-ther-ah'; fem. of 
3993; a wife's mother:— mother in law, wife's mother. 

3995. ircvBcpos pentberAs, pen-ther-os>; of un- 
cert, affin.; a wife's fatlier;— father in law. 

3996. irev6cci> p£ntbeo, pen-theh'-o; fTova.3097; te- 
grieve (the feeling or the act):— mourn, (be-) wail. 

3997. irlvBos p£nthAs, pen'-thos; strengthened 
from the alt. 013938; grief:— mourning, sorrow. 

3998. irtvTixpos pentlcbrAs, pen-tikh-ros- ; prol. 
from the base 013903; necessitous: — poor. 

3999. irevTaicts p£ntakls, pen-tak-ece' ; mult, 
adv. from 4002; five times: — five times. 

4000. iKVTa.Kur\l\ioi pentaklscblUAi, pen- 

tak-is-khil'-ee-oy; from 3999 and 3507; five times a 
thousand: — five thousand. 

4001. irevroKOo-ioi pentakAslAl, pen-tafcos'-ee- 
oy; from 4002 and 1340; five hundred:— five hundred. 

4002. vivrt piiitt-, pen'-teh; a prim, number; 

"five": — five. 

4003. irevTenaiSe'icaTos pent£kald£katAs, pen- 
tek-ahee-dek' -at-os; from 4002 and 2332 and 1182; five 
and tenth:— fifteenth. 

4004. irevnfjicovra pentekAnta, pen-taj/./ion- 
faft; mult, of 4002; fifty:— fifty. 

4005. ireVTTiKOcrrti pentekAste, pen-tay-kos- 
tay'; fem. of the ord. of 4004; fiftieth (2230 being im- 
plied) from Passover, i.e. the festival of "Pente- 
cost ": — Pentecost. 

4006. ireiroCenois pepAitherfs, pep-oy'-thay-sis; 
from the perf. of the alt. of 3038; reliance:— confi- 
dence, trust. 

4007. ircp pSr, per; from the base of 4008; an en- 
clitic particle significant of abundance (thorough- 
ness), i.e. emphasis; much, very or ever:— [whom-] 
soever. 

4008. iWpav peran, per'-an; appar. ace. of an ob- 
sol. der. of iretpoi p.'-iro (to "pierce"); through (as 
adv. or prep.), i.e. across:— beyond, farther (other) 
side, over. 

4009. tripas p£ras, per 1 -as; from the same as 4008; 
an extremity: — end, ut- (ter-) most part. 

4010. IIep-ya|j.os P£rgamAg, per'-gam-os; from 
4444; fortified; Pergamus, a place in Asia Minor:— 
Pergamos. 

4011. IKpYn PSrge, perg'-ay; prob. from the 
same as 4010; a tower; Perga, a place In Asia 
Minor:— Perga. 

4012. irept perl, per-eef; from the base of 4008; 
prop, through (all over), i.e. around; flg. with respect 
to; used in various applications, of place, cause or 
time (with the gen. denoting the subject or occasion 
or superlative point; with the ace. the locality, cir- 
cuit, matter, circumstance or general period):— 
(there-) about, above, against, at, on behalf of, x and 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



Paroynos 
Paylos 



57 



bis company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, 
X how it will go with, ([there-, where-]) of, on, over, 
pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-) state, (as) touching, 
[where-] by (in), with. In comp. it retains substantially 
the same mean, of circuit (around), excess (beyond), 
or completeness (through). 

4013. iKpid-yw perlago, per-ee-ag'-o; from 4012 
and 71; to take around (as a companion) ; reflex, to 
walk around;— compass, go (round) about, lead 
about. 

4014- ir€piaip€<i> perlalr£o, per-ee-ahee-reh'-o; 
from 4012 and 138 (incl. its alt.); to remove all around, 
i.e. unveil, cast off (anchor); flg. to expiate;— take 
away (up). 

4015. 1ttp1a.1rroa.VTi>> pgriastrapto, per-ee-as- 
trap'-to; from 4012 and 707; to flash all around, i.e. 
envelop in light:— shine round (about). 

4016. irepvpdXXw pSrlballo, per-ee-bal'-lo; from 
4012 and gob; to throw all around, i.e. invest (with a 
palisade or with clothing):— array, cast about, clothe 
(-d me), put on. 

4017. iKpiPXfir» pfirlblCpo, per-ee-blep'-o; from 
4012 and ggi; to look all around:— look (round) about 
(on). 

4018. irtpi|36Xaiov peribolalon, per-ib-ol'-ah- 
yon; neut. of a presumed der. of 401b; something 
thrown around one, i.e. a mantle, veil: — covering, 
vesture. 

4019. ircpiSlu pgrideo, per-ee-deh'-o; from 40/2 
and «^o; to bind around one, i.e. enwrap; — bind 
about. 

iKpiSpcpo p£rldr£mo. See,»4?. 
irepUXXu perlello. See 4014, 
irtpiA8<a perleltho. See 4022. 

4020. 1rcpup7d.toii.ai pgrie>gaz6mat, per-ee- 
er-gad'-zom-ahee; from 4012 and 2038; to wwfc all 
around, i.e. bustle about (meddle):— be a busybody. 

4021. ircphp'yos p£ri3rgds, per-ee'-er-gos; from 
^oj« and 2041; working all around, i.e. officious (med- 
dlesome, neut. plur. magic):— busybody, curious arts. 

4022. irepiipxou,ai p£rlerchftmal, per-ee-er 1 - 
khom-ahee; from 4012 and 206^ (includ. its alt.); to 
come all around, I.e. stroll, vacillate, veer;— fetch a 
compass, vagabond, wandering about. 

40&?. ir£pitx<» pfiriScb.5, per-ee-ekh'-o; from 
^0/2 and 2102; to Aotd all around, i.e. include, clasp 
(fig.): f- astonished, contain, after [this manner]. 

4024. irepiJ<5vW|U, ptrizoiiuumi, per-id-zone'- 
noo-mee; from 4012 and 2224; to gird all around, i.e. 
(mid. or pass.) to fasten on one's belt (lit. or flg.):— 
gird (about, self). 

4025. ircp(6eo-is pSrlthfisIs, per-ith'-es-is; from 
4060; a putting all around, i.e. decorating oneself 
with:— wearing. 

4026. ircpi'to-rnu* p6rilstemi,per-ee-is'-ta»-mee, - 
from 4012 and 247b; to stand all around, i.e. (near) to 
be a bystander, or (aloof) to keep away from:— avoid, 
shun, stand by (round about). 

4027. ircpiKd6app,a p< rlkatluiriiia per-ee- 
kath'-ar-mah; from a comp. of 4012 and 2308; some- 
thing cleaned off all around, i.e. refuse (flg.):— filth. 

4028. ittpiKaXiirro perikalupto, per-ee-kal- 
oop'-to; from 4012 and 2372; to cover all around, i.e. 
enitreJu (the face, a surface):— blindfold, cover, over- 
lay. 

4029. iKptKEipav pgrikelmal, per-ik'-i-mahee; 
from 40/2 and 2740,* to lie all around, i.e. inclose, en- 
circle, hamper (lit. or flg.) :— be bound (compassed) 
with, hang about. 

40S0. mpiKtfyaXala p£rikephalaia, per-ee-kef- 
al-ah'-yah; fem. of a comp. of 4012 and 2776; encir- 
clement of the head, i.e. a helmet; — helmet. 

4031. irepiKpaTTjs pfrikrates, per-ee-krat-ace' ; 
from 4012 and 29a?; strong all around, i.e. a master 
(manager): f- come by. 

4032. irepiKpvirru pgrikrupto, per-ee-kroop'-to; 
from 40/2 and 2028; to conceal all around, i.e. en- 
tirely:— hide. 

<£&?<?. ircpiKVKXdu pgrikukloo, per-ee-fcoo- 
klo'-o; from #>/2 and 29^; to encircle all around, i.e. 
blockade completely:— compass round. 



irepi.Xdu.irti) pSrllampo, per-ee-lam'-po; 
from #V2 and 20.?o; to illuminate all around, i.e. in- 
vest with a halo:— shine round about. 

4035. irepiXetirw pgrll&lpo, per-ee-Ji'-po; from 
#j/2 and J007; to leave all around, i.e. (pass.) sur- 
vive—remain. 

4036. iKpCXviros perilupds, per-il'-oo-pos; from 
4012 and 3077; grieved all around, i.e. intensely sad: — 
exceeding (very) sorry (-owful). 

4037. irtpiuivu perimend, per-ee-men'-o; from 
^0/2 and 330b; to s<ay around, i.e. await: — wait for. 

4038. irtpiij perlx, per'-ix; adv. from 4012; all 
around, i.e. (as adj.) circumjacent;— round about. 

4039. irepioiKta p£ri6ik£d, per-ee-oy-keh'-o; 
from 40/2 and joj/; to reside around, i.e. be a neigh- 
bor:— dwell round about. 

■£&£0. ircpCoiKos perldlkfis, per-ee'-oy-kos; from 
40^2 and jo2^; housed around, i.e. neighboring (ellipt. 
as noun) :— neighbour. 

4&£.Z. irepiowrios pSrlduslds, per-ee-oo'-see-os; 
from the pres. part. fem. of a comp. of 4012 and ijio; 
being beyond usual, i.e. special (one's own):— pe- 
culiar. 

404%. ir«piox^ pgrldche, per-ee-okh-ay' ; from 
4023; a being Tield around, i.e. (concr.) a passage (of 
Scripture, as circumscribed): — place. 
4043. irtpnraria perlpat£o, per-ee-pat-eh'-o; 
from 4012 and J967; to tread all around, i.e. waZfe at 
large (espec. as proof of ability); flg. to live, deport 
oneself, follow (as a companion or votary):— go, be 
occupied with, walk (about). 

4044- irepiir«Cp» pfiripgiro, per-ee-pi'-ro; from 
4012 and the base of 4008; to penetrate entirely, i.e. 
transfix (fig.):— pierce through. 

4045. irepiirtirrw perlpipto, per-ee-pip'-to; from 
4012 and 4008; to fall into something that is all 
around, i.e. light among or upon, be surrounded 
with:— tall among (into). 

4046. iMpi.iroiiou.ai. peilpAlcjdmal, per-ee-poy- 
eh'-om-ahee; mid. from 4012 and 4100; to mote 
around oneself, i.e. acquire (buy):— purchase. 

4(?47. irtpnToCipTis pfiripolesls, per-ee-poy'-ay- 
sis; from 4046; acquisition (the act or the thing) ; by 
extens. preservation:— obtain (-tag), peculiar, pur- 
chased, possession, saving. 

404S. irepipp^-yvvfii pgrlrrhegnumt, per-ir- 
hrayg'-noo-mee; from 4012 and 448b; to tear all 
around, i.e. completely away: — rend off. 

4049. iKpunrdai perlspad, per-ee-spah'-o; from 
4012 and <(6<Jf ; to drag all around, i.e. (fig.) to distract 
(with care):— cumber. 

4050. ircpicrorcCa pgrisggla, per-is-si 1 -ah; from 
4032: surplusage, i.e. superabundance; — abundance 
(-ant, [-ly]), superfluity. 

4051. irfpbrorevua pe>lgs£uma, per-is'-syoo- 
mah; from 4032; a surplus, or superabundance- 
abundance, that was left, over and above. 

4052. ir€pur<rcvci> pgrisg&ud, per-is-syoo'-o; from 
^yj; to superabound (in quantity or quality), be in 
excess, be superfluous; also (trans.) to cause to super- 
abound or excel: — (make, more) abound, (have, have 
more) abundance, (be more) abundant, be the better, 
enough and to spare, exceed, excel, increase, be left, 
redound, remain (over and above). 

4053. ir€pi<ro-6s perlssds, per-is-sos'; from 4012 
(in the sense of beyond); superabundant (in quantity) 
or superior (in quality); by impl. excessive; adv. 
(with 1337) violently; neut. (as noun) preeminence:— 
exceeding abundantly above, more abundantly, ad- 
vantage, exceedingly, very highly, beyond measure, 
more, superfluous, vehement [-ly]. 

4054- irepuro-drepov perissdtgrdn, per-is-sot'- 
er-on; neut. of 4055 (as adv.); in a more superabun- 
dant way:— more abundantly, a great deal, far more. 

4055. irepuro-tircpos pSrissdtSros, per-is-sot'- 
er-os; comp. of 4033; more superabundant (in num- 
ber, degree or character): — more abundant, greater 
(much) more, overmuch. 

4056. irepio-o-OT€pcos p£rlss6t£rds, peris-sot- 
er'-oce; adv. from 4055; more superabundantly:— 



more abundant (-ly), X the more earnest, (more) ex- 
ceedingly, more frequent, much more, the rather. 
4057. ircpurcrws perissos, per-is-soce' ; adv. from 
4053; superabundantly: — exceedingly, out of meas- 
ure, the more. 

58. irepio-i-epd p£rist£ra, per-is-ter^M; ofun- 
cert. der.; a pigeon:— dove, pigeon. 

4059. irept/re'u,v<» peritemno, per-ee-tem'-no; 
from 4012 and the base of 3114; to cut around, i.e. 
(spec.) to circumcise: — circumcise. 

4060. irepi/rtenui peritlthemi, per-ee-tith'-ay- 
mee; from 4012 and 3087; to place around; by impl. 
to present;— bestow upon, hedge round about, put 
about (on, upon), set about. 

4061. ircpiTOuJj perltdme, per-it-om-ay'; from 
40J0; circumcision (the rite, the condition or the peo- 
ple, lit. or fig.):— X circumcised, circumcision. 

4062. ircpirpcirci) p£rltr£po, per-ee-trep' -0; from 
4012 and the base otjijT, to turn around, i.e. (ment.) 
to craze: [- make mad. 

4063. irepiTpexu perltreeho, per-ee-frefcfe'-o; 
from 4012 and 5143 (includ. its alt.); to run around, 
i.e. traverse:— run through. 

4064- irepKpepo* p£rlph£ro, per-ee-fer'-o; from 
4012 and 3342; to convey around, i.e. transport hither 
and thither:— bear (carry) about. 

4065. irepuppsv&D p&rlphrdneio, per-ee-/ron- 
eh'-o; from 4012 and 542b; to think beyond, i.e. depre- 
ciate (contemn):— despise. 

4066. ircpCxopos perlcbords, per-ikh'-o-ros; 
from 4012 aodjjbi; around the region, i.e. circumja- 
cent (as noun, with 1003 impl. vicinity):— country 
(round) about, region (that lieth) roundabout. 

4067. irtph|ni>u,a perlpsoma, per-ip'-so-mah; 
from a comp. of 4012 and <|<d» psao (to rub) ; some- 
thing brushed all around, i.e. off-scrapings (flg. 
scum) :— off scouring. 

4068. ircpirepEvo|iai p6rp3r6«dmai, per-per- 
yoo'-om-ahee; mid. from irtpirepos pcirperfts 
(braggart; perh. by redupL of the base of 4008) ; to 
boast:— vaunt itselr. 

4069. Ilepo-Cs P&rsls, per-sece'; a Persian wo- 
man; Per sis, a Chr. female:— Persis. 

4070. irepvo-i pernsl, per'-oo-si; adv. from 4000; 
the by-gone, i.e. (as noun) tost year: f- a year ago. 

ircrdop,ai pjtaomai. See 4072. 

4071. irercivdv p£tgln£n, pet-i-non'; neut. of a 
der. of 4072; a, flying animal, i.e. bird;— bird, fowl. / 

4072. ircVouxu pitomai. pet'-om-ahee; or pro]. 

irei-douai p£tadmal, pet-ah'-om-ahee; or 

contr. irrdop.ai ptadmal, ptaA'-om-aAee; mid. of 
a prim, verb; to fly:— fly (-tag). 

4073. irtVpa. pStra, pet'-ra; fem. of the same as 
4074; a (mass of) rocfc (lit. or flg.):— rock. 

4074. IKrpos Petros, pet'-ros; appar. a prim, 
word; a (piece of) rock (larger than 3037); as a name, 
Petrus, an apostle:— Peter, rock. Comp. 27.95. 

4075. ir6Tpw8i)9 pStrodes, petro'-dace; from 
4073 and 1401; rock-like, i.e. rocky:— stony. 

4076. irtfjyavov peganon, pay'-gan-on; from 
^07*; rue (from its thick or fleshy leaves):— rue. 

4077. irri7<i pege, pay-gay'; prob. from 4078 
(through the idea of gushing plumply); a fount 
(lit. or flg.), i.e. source or supply (of water, blood, en- 
joyment) (not necessarily the original spring) :— foun- 
tain, well. 

4078. irij-ywu.1 pegnnmi, payg'-noo-mee; a prol. 
form of a prim, verb (which in its simpler form op 
curs only as an alt. in certain tenses); to fix ("peg"), 
i.e. (spec.) to set up (a tent):— pitch. 

4079. irnSdXiov pedalion, pay-dal'-ee-on; neut, 
of a (presumed) der. of irnSov peddn (the blade of 
an oar; from the same as ^076); a "pedaJ", Le. 
helm:— rudder. 

4080. irnXCicos pellkAs, pay-lee' -kos; a quantita- 
tive form (the fem.) of the base of 422s; how much (as 
tadef .), i.e. in size or (flg.) dignity:— how great (large). 

4081. irnXos pel5s, pay-los'; perh. a prim, word; 
clay:— clay. 



Payrah 
Potidzo 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



4082. irrfjpa pera, pay'-rah; of uncert. affln. ; a 
wallet or leather pouch for food:— scrip. 

4083. irfjxvs pectus, pay'-khoos; of uncert 
affln.; the fore-arm, i.e. (as a measure) a cubit:— 
cubit. 

4&££. inat,» plazo, pee-ad'-zo; prob. another 
form of 071; to squeeze, i.e. seize (gently by the hand 
[press], or officially [arrest], or in hunting [cap- 
ture]):— apprehend, catch, lay hand on, take. Comp. 
408s. 

4085. irifjw plezo, pee-ed'-zo; another form for 
4084; to pack:— press down. 

4<2£6. -mOavoXoyla plthandldgla, pith-an-ol- 
og-ee'-ah; from a comp. of a der. of 3082 and 3050; 
persuasive language:— enticing words. 

4087. inKpaCvo plkralnd, pik-rah'ee-no; from 
4089; to embitter (lit. or flg.):— be (make) bitter. 

4088. iriKpia plkria, pik-ree'-ah; from 4080; ac- 
ridity (espec. poison), lit. or flg.:— bitterness. 

4089. iriKpds plkrdg, pik-ros 1 ; perb. from 4078 
(through the Idea of piercing); sharp (pungent), i.e. 
acrid (lit. or flg.):— bitter. 

4090. mKpws plkros, pik-roce'; adv. from 4089; 
bitterly, i.e. (flg.) violently:— bitterly. 

4091. IIiXdTOS Pllatos, pil-at'-os; of Lat. or.; 
close-pressed, i.e. firm; Pilatus, a Bom.:— Pilate. 

irC|iirXi)}u plmpleml. See 4130. 

4092. irCuirpr]|U pimpremi, pim'-pray-mee; 
a redupl. and prol. form of a prim. 

irp&» preo, preh'-o (which occurs only as an 
alt. in certain tenses) ; to fire, i.e. burn (Sg. and pass, 
become inflamed with fever):— be (X should have) 
swollen. 

4093. irivaxCSiov plnakldldn, pin-ak-id'-ee-on; 
dlmin. of 4004; a tablet (for writing on) :— writing 
table. 

4094- irtva| plnax, pin'-ax; appar. a form of 
4109; e. plate:— charger, platter. 

4095. wtv<» plno, pee'-no; a prol. form of 

irto plo, pee'-o, which (together with another 
form ir6» poo, po'-o) occurs only as an alt. in cert, 
tenses; to imbibe (lit. or flg.): — drink. 

4096. moTijs piotes, pee-ot'-ace; from irtwv 
plon (fat; perh. akin to the alt. of 4095 through the 
idea of repletion); plumpness, i.e. (by impl.) rich- 
ness (oiliness):— fatness. 

4097. irurpdo-KW plprasko, pip-rasf-ko; a redupl. 

and pro], form of 
irpdu pr ad, prah'-o (which occurs only as an 
cBt. in cert, tenses); contr. from irepdw perao (to 
traverse; from the base of 4008); to traffic (by travel- 
ling), i.e. dispose of as merchandise or into slavery 
(lit. or flg.):— sell. 

4098. irCirr«» plptd, pip' -to; a redupl. and contr. 
form of irirw petd, pet'-o (which occurs only as an 
alt. in cert, tenses) ; prob. akin to 4072 through the idea 
of alighting; to fall (lit or flg,):— fail, fall (down), 
light on. 

4099. Ilio-iSCa Plsfdla, pis-id-ee'-ah; prob. of 
for. or.; Pisidia, a region of Asia Minor:— Pisidia. 

4100. irurreiitt plstend, pist-yoo'-o; from 4102; 
to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person 
or thing), i.e. credit; by lmpl. to entrust (espec. one's 
spiritual well-being to Christ):— believe (-r), commit 
(to trust), put in trust with. 

4101. iriOTiKos pistlkds, pis-tik-os'; from 4102; 
trustworthy, i.e. genuine (unadulterated): — spike- 
nard], 

410S. irbrris plstls, pis'-tis; from 3082; persua- 
sion, i.e. credence; mor. conviction (of religious 
truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious 
teacher), espec. reliance upon Christ for salvation; 
abstr. constancy in such profession; by extens. the 
system of religious (Gospel) truth itself :— assurance, 
belief, believe, faith, fidelity. 
4103. irurros plstds, pis-tos'; from 3082; obj. 
trustworthy; subj. trustful:— believe (-ing, -r), faith- 
ful (-ly), sure, true. 



4104. iturria plstdo, pis-to'-o; from 4103; to as- 
sure;— assure of. 

4105. irXavuu) planad, plan-ah'-o; from 4106; to 
(prop, cause to) roam (from safety, truth, or vir- 
tue) :— go astray, deceive, err, seduce, wander, be out 
of the way. 

4106. irX&vij plane, plan'-ay; fern, of 4108 (as 
abstr.); obj. fraudulence; subj. a straying from or- 
thodoxy or piety:— deceit, to deceive, delusion, error. 

4107. irXa-WiTns planetes, plan-ay'-tace; from 
4108; a rover ("planet"), i.e. (flg.) an erratic 
teacher : — wandering. 

4108. irXdvos pianos plan'-os; of uncert. affln. ; 
roving (as a tramp), i.e. (by impl.) an impostor or 
misleader:— deceiver, seducing. 

4109. irX&fj plax, plax; from 4111; a moulding- 
board, i.e. flat surface ("plate", or tablet, lit. or 
flg.):— table. 

4110. irXdo-pa plasma, plas'-mah; from 4111; 
something moulded:— thing formed. 

4111. irX&mrw plassd, plas'-so; a prim, verb; to 
mould, i.e. shape or fabricate: — form. 

4112. irXeurros plastos, plas-tos 1 ; from 4111; 
moulded, i.e. (by impl.) artificial or (flg.) fictitious 
(false):— feigned. 

4113. irXareta plat&la, plat-i'-ah; fern, of 4116; a 
wide "plat " or "place", i.e. open square:— street. 

4114. irXoros platds, plat'-os; from 4116; 
width:— breadth. 

4115. irXorilvw platnnd, plat-oo'-no; from 4116; 
to widen. (lit. or flg.):— make broad, enlarge. 

41 16. irXa/rus j>latufi, plat-oos' ; from 4111; spread 
out "flat " (" plot "), i.e. broad:— wide. 

4117. irX£y|ia plegma, pleg'-mah; fiom 4120; a 
plait (of hair):— broidered hair. 

irXetov pl£ldn . See 4irg. 

4118. irXeto-TOS pleistds, plice'-tos; irreg. superl. 
01 4183; the largest number or very large:— very 
great, most. 

4119. irXcfuv pleion, pli -own; neut 
irXeiov plcidn, pli'-on; or 

irXfov pl£An, pleh'-on; compar. of 4183; 
more in quantity, number, or quality; also (in plur.) 
the major portion;— x above, + exceed, more ex- 
cellent, further, (very) great (-er), long (-er), (very) 
many, greater (more) part, -f- yet but. 

4120. itXIko pleko, plek'-o; a prim, word; to 
twine or braid: — plait. 

irXs'ov pleon. See 4119. 

4121. irXeovdJw plednazo, pleh-on-ad'-zo; from 
4tiq; to do, make or be more, i.e. increase (trans, or 
intrans.); by extens. to superabound:— abound, 
abundant, make to increase, have over. 

4122. irXeoveKTlw pl«6nekted, pleh-on-ek-teh'-o; 
from 4123; to be covetous, i.e. (by impl.) to over- 
reach:— get an advantage, defraud, make a gain. 

4123. irXeoveKTijs plednektes, pleh-on-ek'-tace; 
from 4iig and 21Q2; holding (desiring) more, i.e. 
eager for gain (avaricious, hence a defrauder):— 
covetous. 

4124. irXeove£ta plednexla, pleh-on-ex-ee'-dh; 
from 4123; avarice, i.e. (by impl.) fraudulency, ex- 
tortion:— -covetous (-ness) practices, greediness. 

4125. irXcvpd plgnra, plyoo-rah'; of uncert. af- 
fln. ; a rib, i.e. (by extens.) side:— side. 

4126. irXio pled, pleh'-o; another form for 
irXevu pleno, plyoo'-o, which is used as an 

alt. in certain tenses; prob. a form of 4130 (through 
the idea of plunging through the water); to pass in a 
vessel:— sail. See also 4130. 

4127. irXTflr/) plege, play-gay'; from 4T41; a stroke; 
by impl. a wound; flg. a calamity.-— plague, stripe, 
wound (-ed). 

4128. irXfjflos plethos, play'-thos; from 4130; a 
fulness, i.e. a large number, throng, ponulace: — bun- 
dle, company, multitude. 

4129. irXnOilvw plethnno, play-thoo'-no; from 
another form of 4128; to increase (trans, or in- 
trans.):— abound, multiply. 



4130. irX^Su plethd, play'-tho; a prol. form of a 
prim. irX&» pled, pleh'-o (which appears only as an 
alt. in certain tenses and in the redupl.form irlnirXnjJti 
plmpleml); to "fill" (lit. or flg. [imbue, influence, 
supply]); spec, to fulfil (time):— accomplish, full 
(. . . come), furnish. 

4131. irX-fJKTiis plektes, plake'-tace; from 4141; 
a smiter, i.e. pugnacious (quarrelsome): — striker. 

4132. irXijuu-vpa plemmnra, plame-moo'-rah; 
prol. from 4130; flood-tide, i.e. (by anal.) a freshet:— 
flood. 

4133. is\{\v plen, plane; from 4iig; moreover 
(besides), i.e. albeit, save that, rather, yet: — but 
(rather), except, nevertheless, notwithstanding, save, 
than. 

4134. irX'/jprp pleres, play'-race; from 4130; re- 
plete, or covered over; by anal, complete:— full. 

4135. irXi)po<j>opeai pleroplioreo, play-rof-or- 
eh'-o; from 4134 and 3400; to carry out fully (in evi- 
dence), i.e. completely assure (or convince), entirely 
accomplish:— most surely believe, fully know (per- 
suade), make full proof of. 

4136. irXnpo<j>op(a plerdphdrla, play-rof-or-ee'- 
ah; from 4133; entire confidence:— (full) assurance. 
41S7. irXnpow plerdd, play*6'-o; from 4134; to 
make replete, i.e. (lit.) to cram (a net), level up (a hol- 
low), or (flg.) to furnish (or imbue, diffuse, influence), 
satisfy, execute (an office), finish (a period or task), 
verify (or coincide with a prediction), etc.:— accom- 
plish, X after, (be) complete, end, .expire, fill (up), 
fulfil, (be, make) full (come), fully preach, perfect, 
supply. 

4138. Tr\T)p«(ia plerdma, play'-ro-mah; from 
4137; repletion or completion, i.e. (subj.) whatsis (as 
contents, supplement, copiousness, multitude), or 
(obj.) what is filled (as container, performance, pe- 
riod):— which is put in to fill up, piece that filled up, 
fulfilling, full, fulness. 

4139. irXqo-bv pleslAn, play-see'-on; neut. of ft 
der. of 1WX0S pelas (near); (adv.) close by ; as noun, 
a neighbor, i.e. fellow (as man, countryman, Chr. or 
friend):— near, neighbour. 

4140. irXn<r|ioWj plesmdne, place-mon-ay' ; from 
a presumed der. of 4130; a filling up, i.e. (flg.) grati- 
fication:— s&tlstjlag. 

4141. irX^)o-<r» plesso, place'-so; appar. another 
form of 4111 (through the idea of flattening out); to 
pound, i.e. (fig.) to inflict with (calamity) :— smite. 
Comp. 5180. 

414®. wXoidpiov pldlarl6l»,pIo^-ar'-ee-on, - neut. 
of a presumed der. of 4143; a boat:— boat, little 
(small) ship. 

4143. irXotov pldldn, ploy'-on; from 4126; a 
sailer, i.e. vessel:— ship (-ping). 

4144. «Xoos plods, pl5'-os; from 412b; a sail, i.e. 
navigation:— course, sailing, voyage. 

414°"- irXowrios plAnslds, ploo'-see-os; from 4141)', 
wealthy; flg. abounding with:— rich. 

4145. irXovo-tws plAuslos, ploo-see'-oce; adv. from 
4145; copiously:— abundantly, richly. 

4147. irXovr&i pi&nteo, ploo-teh'-o; from 4148; 
to be (or become) wealthy (lit. or flg.):— be increased 
with goods, (be made, wax) rich. 

4148. irXovrtgo pldntizd, ploo-tid'-zo; from 
414Q; to make wealthy (flg.):— en- (make) rich. 
4I4S. irXoOros plout 6s, ploo'-tos; from the base 
of 4130; wealth (as fulnesx), i.e. (lit.) money, posses- 
sions, or (flg.) abundance, richness, (spec.) valuable 
bestowment: — riches. 

4150. irXvvu piano, ploo'-no; a prol. form of an 
obsol. irXvw plud (to "flow"); to "plunpe", I.e, 
launder clothing:— wash. Comp. 3068, 3338. 

4151. irv(0(i.o pnenma, pnyoo'-mah; from 4134; 
a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by 
anal, or fig. a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, 
(by impl.) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or 
(superhuman) an angel, dmmon, or (divine) Bod, 
Christ's spirit, the Holy Spirit:— ghost, life, spirit 
(-ual, -ually), mind. Comp.j^^o. 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



Payrah 
Potidzo 



59 



IflBS. im«(«iTiK<Ss pn£nmatlk&B, pnyoo-mat- 
ik-os 1 ; from 4151; non-carnal, i.e. (humanly) ethereal 
(as opposed to gross), or (demoniacally) a spirit 
(coner.), or (divinely) supernatural, regenerate, re- 
ligious.-— spiritual. Comp. 3391. 

Ifl53. wvcvpaTiKUS pneumatlkos, pnyoo-mat- 

ik-oce'; adv. from 4152; non-physically, i.e. divinely, 
figuratively:— spiritually. 

4.154. irW» pnSo, pneh'-o; a prim, word; to 
breathe hard, i.e. breeze:— blow. Comp. 3394. 

4155. irvfry** pnlgo, pnee'-go; strengthened from 
4134; to wheeze, i.e. (caus. by impl.) to throttle or 
strangle (drown):— choke, take by the throat. 

4156. irviKTos pnlktdg, pnik-tos'; from 4155; 
throttled, i.e. (neut. concr.) an animal choked to 
death (not bled):— strangled. 

4157. irvo^ pnAe, pno-ay 1 ; from 4154; respira- 
tion, a breeze: — breath, wind. 

4158. iroS^pris pdderes, pod-ay'race; from 4228 
and another element of uncert. affln. ; a dress (2066 
implied) reaching the ankles:— garment down to the 
foot. 

4159. ir6Qev jiotlirii. poth'-en; from the base of 
4213 with enclitic adv. of origin; from, which (as 
interrog.) or what (as rel.) place, state, source or 
cause: — whence. 

4160. iroU» pAleo, poy-eh'-o; appar. a prol. form 
of an obsol. prim. ; to make or do (in a very wide ap- 
plication, more or less direct):— abide, + agree, ap- 
point, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + be- 
wray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + con- 
tent, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do 
(ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, 
X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, 
make X mean, 4- none of these things move me, ob- 
serve, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, pur- 
pose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, x shoot out, 
spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. 
Comp. 4138- 

4161. wolniia pAlema, poy'-ay-mah; from 4160; 
a product, i.e. fabric (lit. or fig.):— thing that is made, 
workmanship. 

4162. irohnris pdlegls, poy'-ay-sis; from 4100: 
action, i.e. performance (of the law):— deed. 

4163. ironrrljs pAletea, poy-ay-tace' ; from 4100: 
aperformer; spec, a "poet"; — doer, poet. 

4164- iroilcCXos pAlkllAs, poy-kee'-los; of uncert. 
der. ; motley, i.e. various in character:— divers, mani- 
fold. 

4165. irOi|iatv«» pAlmalno, poy-mah'ee-no; from 
4166; to tend as a shepherd (or fig. superviser):— 
feed (cattle), rule. 

4166. iroin^v pAlmen, poy-mane'; of uncert. 
affln. ; a shepherd (lit. or fig.):— shepherd, pastor. 

4167. iroC|ivi] pAlmne, poym'-nay; contr. from 
416s; a flock (lit. or fig.):— flock, fold. 

4168. irot|J.viov pAlmnlAn, poym'-nee-on; neut. 
of a presumed der. of 4107; a. flock, i.e. (fig.) group (of 
believers):— flock. 

4169. irotos pAlAs, poy'-os; from the base of 422b 
and 3634; individualizing interrog. (of character) 
what sort of, or (of number) which one:— what (man- 
ner of), which. 

4170. iroXcpiw pAIAmeo, pol-em-eh'-o; from 4171; 
to be (engaged) in warfare, i.e. to battle (lit. or flg.):— 
fight, (make) war. 

4171. ir6X«|ios pAlSmAs, pol'-em-os; from ir&o- 
|iOi pAlAmal (to bustle); warfare (lit. or fig.; a 
single encounter or a series):— battle, fight, war. 
417S. irfXis pdlls, pol'-is; prob. from the same as 
4171, or peril, from 4183; a town (prop, with walls, of 
greater or less size):— city. 

4173. iroXirdpxns pAUtarcbes, pdUt-ar'-khace; 
from 4172 and 7/7; a fou>ri-o/Rcer, i.e. magistrate: — 
ruler of the city. 

4174. iroXlTtto pAltteta, pol-ee-ti'-ah; from 4177 
{"polity"): citizenship; concr. a community: — com- 
monwealth, freedom. 



4175. iroMT«iu,a pAlitAuma, pol-it'-yoo-mah; 
from 4170; a community, i.e. (abstr.) citizenship 
(fig.):— conversation. 

4176. iro\iTevou.<u pAlit6uAmai,poW«-jK>o'-om- 
ahee; mid. of a der. of 4177; to behave as a citizen 
(fig.):— let conversation be, live. 

4177. iroX£Tt|S pAUtes, pol-ee'-tace; from 4172; a 
townsman:— citizen. 

4178. iroXXdxis pAUakls, pol-laW-is; mult. adv. 
from 4183; many times, i.e. frequently:— oft (-en, -en- 
times, -times). 

4179. iroXXairXao-Cuv pAllaplaslon, pol-lap- 
las-ee'-ohn; from 4183 and prob. a der. of 4120; man- 
ifold, i.e. (neut. as noun) very much more: — manifold 
more. 

4180. iroXuXcyia pAluIAgla, pol-oo-log-ee'-ah; 
from a comp. of 4183 and 3036; loquacity, i.e. prolix- 
ity:— much speaking. 

4181. iroXvuipus pAlnmeroB, pol-oo-mer'-oce; 
adv. from a comp. of 4183 and 3313; in many portions, 
i.e. variously as to time and agency (piecemeal):— at 
sundry times. 

4182. -iroXuirobciXos pdlupAikllAs, pol-oo-poy'- 
kil-os; from 4183 and 4164; much variegated, i.e. 
multifarious:— manifold. 

4183. iroXvs pAlus, pol-oos'; lnclud. the forms 
from the alt. iroXXos polios; (sing.) much (in any 
respect) or (plur.) many; neut. (sing.) as adv. largely; 
neut. (plur.) as adv. or noun often, mostly, largely: — 
abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, 
spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, 
many, much, oft (-en [times]), plenteous, sore, strait- 
ly. Comp. 4118, 4T10. 

4184. iroXvcnrXa7XV09 pAlusplagchnAi., pol- 
oo'-splankh-nos; from 4183 and 4698 (fig.) ; extremely 
compassionate: — very pitiful. 

4185. iroXvreX^js pAluteles, pol-oo-tel-ace' ; 
from 4183 and 3056; extremely expensive: — costly, 
very precious, of great price. 

4186. iroXvTiu,os pAlutlmAs, pol-oot'-ee-mos; 
from 4183 and 5092; extremely valuable:— very costly, 
of great price. 

4187. iroXwrpdircDS polutr Apos, pol-oot-rop'-oce; 
adv. from a comp. of 4183 and 3138; in many ways, 
i.e. variously as to method or form:— in divers man- 
ners. 

4188. ir«S|j.a puma, pom'-ah; from the alt. of 4003; 
a beverage: — drink. 

4189. irovnpCa pAnerla, pcm-ay-ree'-ah; from 
4100; depravity, i.e. (spec.) malice; plur. (concr.) 
plots, sins:— iniquity, wickedness. 

4190. irovT]p6s pAnerAs, pon-ay^ros'; from a der. 
of 4102; hurtful, i.e. evil (prop, in effect or influence, 
and thus differing from 233b, which refers rather to 
essential character, as well as from 4530, which indi- 
cates degeneracy from original virtue); flg. calami- 
tous; also (pass.) ill, i.e. diseased; but espec. (mor.) cul- 
pable, i.e. derelict, vicious, facinorous; neut. (sing.) 
mischief, malice, or (plur.) guilt; masc. (sing.) the 
devil, or (plur.) sinners:— bad, evil, grievous, harm, 
lewd, malicious, wicked (-ness). See also 4191. 

4191. irovnpoT«pos pAnerAterAs, pon-ay-rot'-er- 
os; compar. of 4190; more evil: — more wicked. 

4192. iroVos pAnAs, pon'-os; from the base of 
3003; toil, i.e. (by impl.) anguish:— pain. 

4193. IIovtik6s PAntlkAs, pon-tik-os'; from 
4103; a Pontican, i.e. native of Pontus:— born in 
Fontus. 

4194. IKvtios PAntl A», pon'-tee-os; of Lat. or.; 
appar. bridged; Pontius, a Eom.:— Pontius. 

4195. IKvtos Pout As, pon'-tos; a sea; Pontus, a 
region of Asia Minor:— Pontus. 

4196. IloirXios PApUAs, pop'-lee-os; of Lat. or. ; 
appar. "popular"; Poplius (i.e. Publius), a Rom.:— 
Publius. 

4197. iropeta pArela, por-i'-dh; from 4108; travel 
(by land); flg. (plur.) proceedings, i.e. career:— Jour- 
ney [-tag], ways. 

4198. iropEvou,<u pArAnAmal, por-yoo'-om-ahee; 
mid. from a der. of the same 8,33084; to traverse, i.e. 
travel (lit. or fig.; espec. to remove [flg. die], live, 



etc.) ;— depart, 40 (away, forth, one's way, up), (make 
a, take a) journey, walk. 

4199. irop8e'u> pArthSo, por-theh'-o; prol. from 
ir^pSu pfirtho (to sack); to ravage (flg.):— destroy, 
waste. 



iropio-u,6s pArismAs, por-is-mos'; from a 
der. of iropos pAr As (a way, i.e. means) ; furnish- 
ing (procuring), i.e. (by impl.) money-getting (acqui- 
sition):— gain. 

4201. Ildpiaos PArklAs, por'-fcee-os; of Lat. or.; 
appar. swinish; Porcius, a Eom.:— Porcius. 

4202. wopveia pAraAia, por-ni'-ah; from 4203; 
harlotry (includ. adultery and incest); flg. idol- 
atry:— fornication. 



iropvcvo pAraguo, porn-yoo'-o; 170104204; 
to act the harlot, i.e. (lit.) indulge unlawful lust (ot 
either sex), or (flg.) practise idolatry:— commit (for- 
nication). 

4204. iropvi] pArne, por'-nay; fem. of 4203; a 
strumpet; flg. an idolater:— harlot, whore. 

4205. iropvos pArnAa, por'-nos; from irlpvt]|u 
pernemi (to sell; akin to the base of 4007); a (male) 
prostitute (as venal), i.e. (by anal.) a debauchee (lib- 
ertine):— fornicator, whoremonger. 

4206. w<Spp<o pArrho, por'-rho; adv. from 4233; 
forwards, i.e. at a distance; — far, a great way off. 
See also 4207. 

4207. Tr<ppo6ev pArrbotb£n, por'-rho-then; 
from 4206 with adv. enclitic of source; from far, or 
(by impl.) at a distance, i.e. distantly:— afar off. 

4208. irobfruripa pArrbotero, por-rho-ter'-o; 
adv. compar. of 4206; farther, i.e. a greater dis- 
tance:— further. 

4209. irop4>vpa pArpbnra, por-foo'-rah; of Lat. 
or.; the "purple" mussel, i.e. (by impl.) the red-blue 
color itself, and finally a garment dyed with it:— 
purple. 

4210. irop<j>upovs pArpbnrAns, por-foo-rooce' '; 
from 4200; purpureal, i.e. bluish red:— purple. 
4$11. irop^vpouoiXis pArphurApolls, por-foo- 
rop'-o-lis; fem. of a comp. of 4200 and 4433; a. female 
trader in purple cloth:— seller of purple. 

4212. «wd,Kis pdsakls, pos-ak'-is; mult, from 
4214; how many times: — how oft (-en). 

'. irocris p Asia, pos'-is; f rom'the alt. of 4003: 

drinking (the act), i.e. (concr.) a draught:— drink. 

. ir6o-os pAsAa, pos'-os; from an obsol. iro$ 

■p6a(who, what) and 3739; interrog. pron. (of amount) 

how much (large, long or [plur.] many) :— how great 

(long, many), what. 

4215. irerau6s pAtamAs, pot-anils'; prob. from 
a der. of the alt. of 4003 (comp. 4224) ; a current, brook 
or freshet (as drinkable), i.e. running water:— flood 
river, stream, water. 

4216. irOTO(io<p6pijTos pAtamAphAretAs, pot- 
am-of-or'-ay-tos; from 4215 and a der. of 3409; river- 
borne, i.e. overwhelmed by a stream:— carried away 
of the flood. 

4217. irorairos pAtapAs, pot-ap-os'; appar. from 
4219 and the base of 422b; interrog. whatever, i.e. of 
what possible sort: — what (manner of). 

42 18. irori pAtfi, pot-eh'; from the base of 4223 
and 5037; indef. adv., at some time, every- afore- (any, 
some-) time (-s), at length (the last), (+ n-) ever, in the 
old time, in time past, once, when. 

4219. ir&rt pAtS, pot'-eh; from the base of 422b 
and 3037; interrog. adv., at what time: — (- how long, 
when. 

4220. irortpov pAterAn, pot'-er-on; neut. of a 
compar. of the base of 422b; interrog. as adv., which 
(ot two), i.e. is it this or that:— whether. 

4221. iro'rijpiov pAterlAn, pot-ay 1 -ree-on; neut. 
of a der. of the alt. of 4093; a drinking-vessel; by ex- 
tens, the contents thereof, i.e. a cupful (draught); 
flg. a lot or fate:— cup. 

4222. irorCgo pAtizo. pot-id'-zo; from a der. of 
the alt. of 4093; to furnish drink, irrigate:— give 
(make) to drink, feed, water. 



Poteeoloy 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



?. IIotCoXoi PStioloi, pot-ee'-ol-oy; of Lat. 
or.; little wells, i.e. mineral springs; Potioli (i.e. 
Puteoli), a place in Italy:— Puteoli. 

4224. itotos pdt&s, pot'-os; from the alt. of 4095; 
a drinking-bout or carousal:— banqueting. 

4225. irov pda, poo; gen. of an indef. pron. iris 
pSs (some) otherwise obsol. (comp. 4214) ; as adv. 
of place, somewhere, i.e. nearly:— about, a certain 
place. 

4226. irov pda, poo; gen. of an interrog. pron. 
iris pfls (ojfta<) otherwise obsol. (perb. the same as 
4225 used with the rising slide of inquiry); as adv. of 
place; at (byimpl. io)«j7ia*locality:— where, whither. 

Ift27. IIov8i]S Poudcs, poo'-dace; of Lat. or.; 
modest; Pudes (i.e. Pudens\ a, Chr.:— Pudens. 
{$28. irovs pirns, pooce; a prim word; a," foot" 
(flg. or lit.):— foot (stool). 

4229. irpd^jjia pragma, prag'-mah; from 4138; a 
deed; by impl. an affair; by extens. an object (ma- 
terial):— business, matter, thing, work. 

4^30. ■KpayfLarda pragmatela, prag-mat-i'-ah; 
from 4231; a transaction, i.e. negotiation:— aSair. 

4231. irpa7|i,aT€VO|j.ai pragmateudmal, prag- 
mat-y 00' -om-ahee; from ^229; to busy oneself with, 
1.6. to trade:— occupy. 

J$32. irpai/nipiov praltorl&n, prahee-to'-ree- 
on; of Lat. or. ; the prostorium or governor's court- 
room (sometimes includ. the whole edifice and 
camp):— (common, judgment) hall (of judgment), 
palace, prsetorium. 

4%33. 7rp&KT(i>p praktor, prdk'-tore; from a der. 
014238; apractiser, i.e. (spec.) an official collector:— 
Officer. 

JJ234- irpo£is praxis, prax'-is; from 4238; prac- 
tice, i.e. (concr.) an act; by extens. a function:— 
deed, office, work. 

4235. irpdos pra,8s, prah'-os; a form of 423a, used 
in cert, parts; gentle, i.e. humble:— meek. 

4236. irpaoTns prajdtes, prah-ot'-ace; from 4233; 
gentleness; by impl. humility:— meekness. 

4237. irpcurid prasla, pras-ee-ah'; perh. from 
•jrpdurov prasdn (a leek, and so an onion-patch) ; a 
garden-plot, i.e. (by impl. of regular beds) a row (re- 
peated in plur. by Hebr. to indicate an arrange- 
ment):— in ranks. 

4238. irpd<r<r(» prasso, pras'-so; a prim, verb; to 
" practise", i.e. perform repeatedly or habitually 
(thus differing from 4760, which prop, refers to a 
single act); by impl. to execute, accomplish, etc.; 
spec, to collect (dues), fare (personally):— commit, 
deeds, do, exact, keep, require, use arts. 

4239. irpavs praiis. prah-ooce'; appar. a prim, 
word; mild, i.e. (by impl.) humble:— meek. See also 
4233- 

4240. irpODTtjs praiit.es, prah-oo'-tace; from 
4230; mildness, i.e. (by impl.) humility: — meekness. 

4241. irp£ir<a prepo,prep'-o; appar. a prim, verb; 
to tower up (be conspicuous), i.e. (by impl.) to be suit- 
able or proper (third pers. sing, pres. indie , often 
used tapers., it is fit or right):— become, comely. 

4242. irpeo-peCa presbeia, pres-bi'-ah; from 4243; 
seniority (eldership), i.e. (by impl.) an embassy 
(concr. ambassadors):— ambassage, message. 

4243. irpeo-fitia pr£sbeuo, pres-byoo'-o; from 
the base of 4243; to be a senior, i.e. (by impl.) act as 
a representative (flg. preacher): — be an ambassador. 

4244. Trpjo-pvT^ptov presbuterion, pres-boo- 
ter'-ee-on; neut. of a presumed der. of 4243; the 
order of elders, i.e. (spec.) Isr. Sanhedrim or Chr. 
"presbyter y" .'—(estate of) elder (-s), presbytery. 

4245. irpe<rP«T«pos presbuterds, pres-boo'-ter- 
os; compar. of irpeVPus presbus (elderly); older; 
as noun, a senior; spec, an Isr. Sanhedrist (also flg. 
member of the celestial council) or Chr. "pres- 
byter":— elder (-est), old. 

4246. wp«rP«T!)s presbutes, pres-boo'-tace; 
from the same as 4245; an old man;— aged (man), old 
man. 



. irpeo-ptiTis presbutls, pres-boo'-tis; tern. 
of 4246; an old woman: — aged woman. 
irpi\6a pretho. See 4002. 

424S. irpmvfjs prenes, pray-nace'; from 4233; 
leaning (falling) forward ("prone"), i.e. head fore- 
most:— headlong. 

4249. irpiijw prlzo, prid'-zo; a strengthened form 
of a prim. irp(o> prio (tosate); to saw in two:— saw 
asunder. 

4250. irpCv prln, prin; adv. from 4233; prior, 
sooner:— before (that), ere. 

4251. npto-Ka Priska, pris'-kah; of Lat. or.; 
fem. of Priscus, ancient; Priska, a Chr. woman:— 
Prisca. See also 4252. 

4252. IIpCcKiWa Prlscilla, pris'-cil-lah; dimin. 
of 4231; Priscilla (i.e. little Prisca), a Chr. woman:— 
Priscilla. 

4253. irp6 prft, pr5; a prim, prep.; "fore", i.e. in 
front of, prior (flg. superior) to:— above, ago, before, 
or ever. In comp. it retains the same significations. 

4254. irpodY« proago. prb-ag'-o; from 4233 and 
71; to lead forward (magisterially); intrans. to pre- 
cede (in place or time [part, previous]):— bring (forth, 
out), go before. 

4255. irpoaipfopat. prdairedmai, pro-ahee-reh'- 
om-ahee; from 4233 and 138; to choose for oneself 
before another thing ( prefer), i.e. (by impl.) to pro- 
pose (intend):— purpose. 

4256. irpoaiTidopai pr5altlaomal, pro-ahee- 
tee-ah' -om-ahee; from 4233 and a der. of 13b; to ac- 
cuse already, i.e. previously charge:— prove before. 

4257. irpomcovw proak&no, pro-ak-oo'-o; from 
4233 and igi; to hear already, i.e. anticipate: — hear 
before. 

4258. irpoap,apT&v«> proamartano, prb-am- 
ar-tan'-o; from 4233 and 264; to sin previously (to 
conversion) :— sin already, heretofore sin. 

4259. irpoavXiov prtfaulion, pro-ouY-lee-on; 
neut. of a presumed comp. of 4233 and 833; a fore- 
court, i.e. vestibule (alley-way):— porch. 

4260. irpoPa(vci) probalno, prob-ah'ee-no; from 
4233 and the base of ojo; to walk forward, i.e. ad- 
vance (lit. or in years): (- be of a great age, go 

farther (on), be well stricken. 

4261. irpopdAXto proballo, prob-al'-lo; from 
4233 and qo6; to throw forward, i.e. push to the front, 
germinate:— put forward, shoot forth. 

4262. irpoPa/riKOs prdbatlkog, prob-at-ik-os' ; 
from 4203; relating to sheep, i.e. (a gate) through 
which they were led into Jerusalem:— sheep (market). 

4263. irpopaTov pro baton, prob'-at-on; prop, 
neut. of a presumed der. of 4260; something that 
walks forward (a quadruped), i.e. (spec.) a sheep (lit. 
or fig.):— sheep ([-fold]). 

4264. irpopipdjd) probtbazo, prob-ib-ad'-zo; 
from 4233 and a redupl. form of 971; to force for- 
ward, i.e. bring to the front, instigate: — draw, be- 
fore instruct. 

4265. irpopXeVw problepo, prob-lep'-o; from 
4233 and qgi; to look out beforehand, i.e. furnish in 
advance:— provide. 

4266. irpoy(von<H prdglndmal, prog-in'-om- 
ahee; from 4233 and toqb; to be already, i.e. have 
previously transpired:— be past. 

4267. irpOYiv<i<rK0> prdglnoskd, prog-in-oce'-ko; 
from 4233 and logy; to know beforehand, i.e. fore- 
see:— foreknow ( ordain), know (before). 

4268. irpo-yviDcris prognosis, prog'-no-sis; from 
4267; forethought:— foreknowledge. 

4269. irpd-yovos progoiids, prog'-on-os; from 
4266; an ancestor, (grand-) parent:— forefather, 
parent. 

4270. irpoypd(p<D prdgrapho, prog-raf'-o; from 
4233 and 1123; to write previously; flg. to announce, 
prescribe:— before ordain, evidently set forth, write 
(afore, aforetime). 

4271. irpoSnXos prddelos, prod'-ay-los; from 
4233 and i2!2; plain before all men, i.e. obvious:— 
evident, manifest (open) beforehand. 



4272. irpoStSa>|U prddldoml, prod-id'-o-mee; 
from 4233 and 1323; to give before the other party has 
given:— first give. 

4273. irpoSoTns proddtes, prod-ot'-ace; from 
4272 (in the sense of giving forward into another's 
[the enemy's] hands); a surrender:— betrayer, traitor. 

irpo8pe(iu prodremo. See 4300. 

4274. irpdSpop.os prodromes, prod'-rom-os; 
from the alt. of 4300; a runner ahead, i.e. scout (fig. 
precursor):— forerunner. 

4275% irpoeCSw prdeldo, pro-i'-do; from 4233 and 
1492; foresee: — foresee, saw before. 

irpociptto prdelreo. See^o. 
4276. irpoe\ir(£<D proelplzo, pr6-el-pid'-zo; from 
4233 and ib7q; to hope in advance of other confirma- 
tion: — first trust. 

4277- irpoe'irw prdepo, pro-ep'-o; from 4233 and 
203b; to soy already, to predict;— forewarn, say 
(speak, tell) before. Comp. 4280. 

4278. irpoevdpxou.a> proenarclidnial, pro-en- 
ar'-khom-ahee; from 4233 and 1728; to commence al- 
ready:— begin (before), 

4279. irpoeira/yy&Xonat proepaggellomal, 
pro-ep-ang-ghel '-lom-ahee; mid. from 4233 and iSbi; 
to promise of old: — promise before. 

4280. irpocpe'u prdereo, pro-er-eh'-o; from 4233 
and 2046; used as alt. of 4277; to say already, pre- 
dict:— foretell, say (speak, tell) before. 

4281. irpo«'pX ( ial prderchomal, pro-er'-fcftom- 
ahee; from 4233 and 2064 (includ. its alt.); to go on- 
ward, precede (in place or time): — go before (farther, 
forward), outgo, pass on. 

4282. irpo€Toip.d|(D proetdlmazo, pro-et-oy- 
mad'-zo; from 4233 and 2oqo; to fit up in advance (lit. 
or fig.):— ordain before, prepare afore. 

4283. irpocva'Y'ycX^op.aL proeuagg£llz6mal, 
pro-yoo-ang-ghel-id'-zom-ahee; mid. from 4233 and 
2007; to announce glad news in advance: — preach 
before the gospel. 

4284- irpoexo|*<u proechomai, pro-ekh -om- 
ahee; mid. from 4233 and 2192; to hold oneself before 
others, i.e. (flg.) to excel:— be better. 

4285. irpoi]7Cop,at prdegeomal, pro-ay-geh'- 
om-ahee; from 4233 and 2233; to lead the way for 
others, i.e show deference: — prefer. 

4286. irpo6«ris prdtbesis, proth'-es-is; from 
4388; & setting forth, i.e. (flg.) proposal (intention); 
spec, the sftow-bread (in the Temple) as exposed be- 
fore God: — purpose, shew [-bread], 

4287. irpoSicriuos prdtliesmids, proth-es'-mee- 
os; from 4233 and a der. of 50*7; fixed beforehand. 
i.e. (fem. with 2230 impl.) a designated day :— time ap- 
pointed. 

4288. irpo6u|j.Ca protbumia, proth-oo-mee'-afc; 
from 4289; predisposition, i.e. alacrity: — forward- 
ness of mind, readiness (of mind), ready (willing) 
mind. 

4289. irp60v|ios prothumos, proth'-oo-mos; 
from 4233 and 2372; forward in spirit, i.e. predis- 
posed," neut. (as noun) alacrity:— ready, willing. 

4290. Trpo8vu.us prothumos, proth-oo'-moce; 
adv. from 428Q; with alacrity:— willingly. 

4291. irpotcrTijpi proisteml, pro-is' -tay-mee; 
from 4253 and 2470; to stand before, i.e. (in rank) to 
preside, or (by impl.) to practise: — maintain, be over, 
rule. 

4292. irpOKaXlopai, prokaledmal, prok-al-eh'- 
om-ahee; mid. from 4233 and 2364; to call forth to 
oneself (challenge), i.e. (by impl.) to irritate:— pro- 
voke. 

4293. irpoKaTayy&Xco prokataggello, prok- 
at-ang-ghel'-lo; from 4233 and 26057 to aimoimce be- 
forehand, i.e. predict, promise:— foretell, have notice 
(shew) before. 

4294. irpoicaTapTCiJw prAkatartlzo, prok-at-ar- 
tid'-zo; from 4233 and 2673; to prepare in advance:— 
make up beforehand. 

4295. irpdKap.ai prdketmal, prok'-i-mahee, 
from 4233 and 2749; to lie before the view, i.e. (flg.) to 
be present (to the mind), to stand forth (as an exam- 
ple or reward):— be first, set before (forth). 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



Poteeoloy 
Prospinos 



61 



4296. irpoKTipOinro prAkeriiMo, prok-ay-rooce'- 
eo; from 4253 and 2784; to herald (i.e. proclaim) in 
advance:— before (first) preach. 

4297. irponoirfj prAkdpe, profc-op-asr'; from 4208; 
progress, i.e. advancement (aubj. or obj.):— further- 
ance, profit. 

4298. irpOK6irru prAkApto, proh-op'-to; from 
4253 and 2875; to drive forward (as if by beating), i.e. 
(fig. and intrans.) to advance (in amount, to grow; in 
time, to be well along) :— increase, proceed, profit, be 
far spent, wax. 

4299. irpoKpijid prAkrlma, proW-ree-mah; from 
a comp. of 4253 and 2qiq; a prejudgment {prejudice), 
1.6. prepossession; — prefer one before another. 

4200. irpoKvpow prfikurAo, prok-oo-ro'-o; from 
^2£? and 2004; to ratify previously: — confirm before. 

4301. irpoXanP&vu prAlambano, proUam- 
ban'-o; from ^jj and 29<??; to /afce in adva7ice, i.e. 
(lit.) eat before others have an opportunity ; (fig.) to 
anticipate, surprise: — come aforehand, overtake, 
take before. 

4302. irpoXfyw prAlego, prol-eg'-o; from #23 
and 3004; to saj/ beforehand, i.e. predict, forewarn:— 
foretell, tell before. 



irpojj.a.pTvpojj.a.1 prAmartnr&mal, prom- 
«r-4oo'-rom-ahee; from 4233 and j/<y; to 6e a witness 
in advance, i.e. predict:— testify beforehand. 
4304- wpO|w\*rA» prAliafiletao, prom-el-et-ah'-o; 
from #2.£? and j/o/; to premeditate:— meditate be- 
fore. 

4.305. irpoucpiu.va«> pr&merlmnao, prom-er- 
im-nah'-o; from 4233 and j^oo; to care (anxiously) in 
advance:— take thought beforehand. 

4306. irpovo&» prAnAgo, pron-6-eh'-o; from 4253 
and 3539) to consider in advance, i.e. Joofc out for be- 
forehand (act. by way of maintenance for others; 
mid. hy way of circumspection for oneself):— provide 
(for). 

4307. irpdvoia proiiola, pron'-oy-ah; from 4306; 
forethought, i.e. provident care or supply:— provi- 
dence, provision. 

4305. irpoopda prAArao, pro-or-ah'-o; from ^25^ 
and J70(SV to behold in advance, i.e. (act.) to notice 
(another) previously, or (mid.) to fteep in (one's own) 
view:— foresee, see before. 

4309. irpooptja prAArlzo, prb-or-id'-zo; from 
4253 and J724,' to limit in advance, i.e. (fig.) prede- 
termine: — determine before, ordain, predestinate. 

4310. irpoiraVxw prApasebo, prop-as'-kho; 
from 4233 and 305 8; toundergohaxdshippreviously:— 
suffer before. 

4311. irponiu,ir«» prApSmpo, prop-em'-po; from 
4553 and 3QQ2; to send forward, i.e. escort or aid in 
travel:— accompany, bring (forward) on journey 
(way), conduct forth. 

43i#. irpoireWjs prAp£tes, prop-et-ace' ; from a 
comp. of 4253 and 4008; falling forward, i.e. ftead- 
long (fig. precipitate):— heady, rash [ly]. 
4313. trpoiropevopcu prApArguAmal, prop-or- 
yoo'-om-ahee; from 4233 and 4108; to precede (as 
guide or herald):— go before. 

4314- irpos prAs, pros; a strengthened form of 
4253I * prep, of direction; forward to, i.e. toward 
(with the genit. ffte side of, i.e. pertaining to; with 
the dat. 62/ the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the 
accus. the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is 
the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for 
which it is predicated):— about, according to, against, 
among, at, because of, before, between, ([where-]) by, 
for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, 
which pertain to, that, to (the end that), + together 
to ([you]) -ward, unto, with (-in). In comp. it denotes 
essentially the same applications, namely, motion to- 
wards, accession to, or nearness at. 

4315. irpoo-d|3|3aTOV pr Asabbat An, pros-ao'-6at- 
on; from 4253 and 4521; a fore-sabbath, i.e. the Sab- 
bath-eve: — day before the sabbath. Comp. 3004. 

4316. irpoero/yopevci) prAsagArSuo, pros-ag-or- 
yoo'-o; from 4314 and a der. of 58 (mean, to har- 
angue); to address, i.e. salute by name:— call. 



4317. irpoco/yw prAsago, pros-ag'-o; from 4314 
and 71; to lead towards, i.e. (trans.) to conduct near 
(summon, present), or (intrans.) to approach:— bring, 
draw near. 

4318. irpoo-aywY^i prAsagoge, pros-ag-ogue-ay' ; 
from 4317 (comp. 72); admission: — access. 

4319. irpoo~aiT€<i» prAsalt£o pros-ahee-teh'-o; 
from 4J14 and 154; to ask repeatedly (importune), i.e. 
solicit:— beg. 

4320. irpoo-avaf3atvw prAsanabalno, pros-an- 
ab-ah'ee-no; from 4314 and 305; to ascend farther, 
i.e. 6e promoted (take an upper [more honorable] 
seat):— go up. 

4321. irpoo-avaXCo-Ku prftsanallsko, pros-an- 
al-is'-ko; from 4314 and 355; to expend further:— 
spend. 

4322. irpotravairXnpow prAganaplerAo, pros- 
an-ap-lay-ro'-o; from 4314 and 378; to Jill up further, 
i.e. furnish fully :— supply. 

4323. irpo<ravar(8ii|u prAsanatltheml, pros- 
an-at-ith'-ay-mee; from 4314 and j^,* to lay up in 
addition, i.e. (mid. and fig.) to impart or (by impl.) to 
consult. - — in conference add, confer. 

4324. irpoo-aiKiXiai prAsapgllSo, pros-ap-i- 
leh'-o; from 4?.^ and JV6; to menace additionally: — 
threaten further. 

4325. irpo<rSairava<i> prAsdapanao, pros-dap- 
an-ah'-o; from 4314 and 1150; to eapend additional- 
ly:— spend more. 

4326. irpoo-Seo|iai [>r<>sd< omul, pros-deh'-om- 
ahee; from 4314 and //<?<?,' to require additionally, 
i.e. want further:— need. 

•4^7. irpocr8€XO(iai prosdechamal, pros-dekh'- 
om-ahee; from 4?/./ and /20O; to admit (to inter- 
course, hospitality, credence or [fig.] endurance); by 
impl. to await (with confidence or patience): — accept, 
allow, look (wait) for, take. 

4328. irpoo-SoKau prAsdAkao, pros-dok-ah'-o; 
from 4314 and ooKtw dAkAud (to luafcft); to an- 
ticipate (in thought, hope or fear); by impl. to 
await:— (be in) expect (-ation), look (for), when 
looked, tarry, wait for. 

4329. irpoo-SoKta prdsddkla, pros-dok-ee'-ah; 
from 4328; apprehension (of evil); hy impl. infliction 
anticipated:— expectation, looking after. 

irpotrSpe'jiio prAsdr£mo. See 4370. 

4330. irpocredo prosead, pros-eh-ah'-o; from 
4314 and i43g; to permit further progress:— suffer. 

4331. irpo<r£YyCt,ci> prAsgggtzo, pros-eng-ghid'- 
zo; from 4314 and 1448; to approach near:— come 
nigh. 

4332. irpo<re8pEV(o prosfidreuo, pros-ed-ryoo'-o; 
from a comp. of 4314 and the base of 1476; to sit near, 
i.e. attend as a servant: — wait at. 

4333. irpo<repY&£o|i.ai prAse>gazAmal, pros-er- 
gad'-zom-ahee; from 4314 and 2038; to work addition- 
ally, i.e. (by impl.) acquire besides;— gain. 

4$&l. irpo<ripxou,<n prAserchAmal, pros-er'- 
khom-ahee; from 4314 and 2064 (includ. its alt.); to 
approach, i.e. (lit.) come near, visit, or (fig.) worship, 
assent to;— (as soon as he) come (unto), come there- 
unto, consent, draw near, go (near, to, unto). 

4335. irpoo-cvx^j prAsAuche, pros-yoo-khay' ; 
from 4336; prayer (worship); by impl. an oratory 
(chapel) :— x pray earnestly, prayer. 

4336. irpoo-cuxo|iai prAsAncbAmat, pros-yoo' 
khom-ahee; from 4314 and 2172; to pray to God, i.e 
supplicate, worship:— pray (X earnestly, for), make 
prayer. 

4337. , n , po<rix < » prAsAcho, pros-ekh'-o; from ^/^ 
and 2z<p2; (fig.) to hold the mind ( 3563 impl.) towards, 
i.e. pay attention to, be cautious about, apply one- 
self to, adhere to:— (give) attend (-ance, -ance at, 
-ance to, unto), beware, be given to, give (take) heed 
(to, unto) have regard. 

4338. irpo<rn\6(i> prAselfto, pros-ay-lo'-o; from 
4314 and a der. of 2247; to peg to, i.e. spifce fast:— nail 
to. 

4?59. irpo<Wj\uTos prAaelntAs, pros-ay 1 -loo-tos; 
from the alt. of 4334; an arriver from a foreign re- 



gion, i.e. (spec.) an acceder (convert) to Judaism 
(" proselyte"):— proselyte. 

4340. irpoo-KCupos prAskalrAs, pros'-fcaTiee-ros," 
from 4314 and 2540; for the occasion only, i.e. tempo- 
rary:— dur- [eth] for awhile, endure for a time, for 
a season, temporal. 

4341. irpoo-KaXc'o|iai prAskalAAmal, pros-kaU 
eh'-om-ahee; mid. from 43/4 and 2564; to caiJ toward 
oneself, i.e. summon, invite:— call (for, to, unto). 

43^2. irpoo-KapTepe'w prdskarterSo, pros-kar- 
ter-eh'-o; from 4314 &nd 2594; to be earnest towards, 
i.e. (to a thing) to persevere, be constantly diligent, 
or (in a place) to attend assiduously all the exercises, 
or (to a person) to adhere closely to (as a servitor):— 
attend (give self) continually (upon), continue (in, in- 
stant in, with), wait on (continually). 

4343. irpo<TKopT^pt]o-is prdskarterests, pros- 
kar-ter' -ay-sis; from 4342; persistency:— persever- 
ance. 

4344- irpo<rKe<j>A\oiov prdskephalaldn, pros- 
kef -al'-ahee-on; neut. of a presumed comp. of 4314 
and 277b; something for the head, i.e. a cushion:— 
pillow. 

4345. irpo<rK\T|p6« prdsklerdo, pros-klay-ro'-Oj 
from 4314 and 2820; to give a common lot to, i.e. (fig.) 
to associate with:— consort with. 

4346. irpdo-KXuris prdskllsls, pros' '-klis-is; from 
a comp. of 4314 and 2827; a leaning towards, i.e. (fig.) 
proclivity (favoritism) : — partiality. 

4347. irpoo-KoXXdw pr5sk61Iao, pros-kol-lah'-o; 
from 4114 and afy; to oiite to, i.e. (fig.) to adhere:— 
cleave, join (self). 

4348. irp6o-K0(ip.a prftgkdmma, pros'-kom- 
mah; from 4350; a stub, i.e. (fig.) occasion of apos- 
tasy:— offence, stumbling (-block, [-stone]). 

^5^9. irpoo-Koirf) prAskdpe, pros-kop-ay'; from 
4250,' a stumbling, i.e. (fig. and concr.) occasion of 
sin:— offence. 

^550. irpoo-K6irra> prdskdpto, pros-fcop'-to; 
from 4?/4< and 2875; to strike at, i.e. surge against (as 
water); spec, to stw& on, i.e. trip up (lit. or fig.):— 
beat upon, dash, stumble (at). 

4351. irpoo-KvXCw prdskullo, pros-koo-lee'-o; 
from 4314 and 2047; to roK towards, i.e. oiocft 
against:— roll (to). 

4352. trpoo-Kvyfo rprftskaned, pros-ftoo-nefc'-o; 
from 4314 and a prob. der. of 2065 (mean, to kiss, like 
a dog licking his master's hand); to fawn or crouch 
to, i.e. (lit. or fig.) prostrate oneself in homage (do 
reverence to, adore); — worship. 

4353. irpoo-KVKnr(js prdskumetes, pros-fcoo- 
nay-tace'; from 4352; an adorer:— worshipper. 

4354. irpoo-XaXe'u prdslaleo, pros-lal-eh'-o; 
from 4314 and apito, - to talk to, i.e. conuerse with;— 
speak to (with). 

4355. vpoa-Xaufiavu pr&slambano, pros-lam- 
ban'-o; from 4314 and 2083 ; to tafce to oneself, i.e. use 
(food), lead (aside), admit (to friendship or hospital- 
ity):— receive, take (unto}. 

4356. irp6o-XTn|»tSj prdslepsls, pros'-lape-sis; 
from 4355; admission:— receiving. 

4357. irpoo"uiv» prAsmeno, pros-men'-o; from 
4374 and 3306; to stay further, i.e. remain in a place, 
with a person; fig. to adhere to, persevere in: — abide 
still, be with, cleave unto, continue in (with). 

4358. irpoo-opu.Cr,a> prAsArmlzo, pros-or-mid'- 
zo; from 4314 and a der. of the same as 3730 (mean, 
to tie [anchor] or lull); to moor to, i.e. (by impl.) 
land at:— draw to the shore. 

4359. irpoo-odSeCXw prAsAphello, pros-of-i'4o; 
from 4314 and 3784; to be indebted additionally:— 
over besides. 

4360. irpoo-oxeCJffl prAsAcbthlzo, pros-oWi- 
thid'-zo; from <?/^ and a form of oxB&o Achtb£5 
(to 6e vexed with something irksome); to feel indig- 
nant at:— be grieved with. 

4361. irpoo-imvos prAspelndg, pros'-pi-nos; 
from 4314 and the same as 3083; hungering further* 
i.e. intensely hungry:— -very hungry. 



Prospaygnoomee 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



irpo<nriJY vv l"' prdspegnuml, pros-payg 1 - 
rtoo-mee; from 4314 and 4078; to fasten to, i.e. (spec.) 
to impale (on a cross):— crucify. 

4363. irpocnrtirra pr&splpto, pros-pip'-to; from 
4314 and 4098; to fall towards, i.e. (gently) prostrate 
oneself (in supplication or homage), or (violently) to 
rush upon (in storm):— beat upon, fall (down) at (be- 
fore). 

4364. irpo(nroUo(iai prospdiedmai, pros-poy- 
eh'-om-ahee; mid. from 4314 and 4160; to do forward 
for oneself, i.e. pretend (as if about to do a thing):— 
make as though. 

4365. irposirop£wo(i.ai prosp5r£uomal, pros- 
por-yoo'-om-ahee; from 4314 and 4198; to journey to- 
wards, i.e. approach [not the same as 4313]:— go 
before. 

4366. irpo(Tfrij7VU(H. prdsregnaml, pros-rayg'- 
noo-mee; from 4314 and 448b; to tear towards, i.e. 
burst upon, (as a tempest or flood) :— beat vehemently 
against (upon). 

4367. irpoordoTra) prdstasso, pros-tas'-so; 
from 4?/.* and jos/; to arrange towards, i.e. (fig.) en- 
join: — bid, command. 

4368. irpotrrdTis prdstatls, pros-tat'-is; tern. 
of a der. of 4291; a patroness, i.e. assistant:— suc- 
courer. 

4369. irpoortBuui prostltbeml, pros-tith'-ay- 
mee; from 4314 and 3087; to place additionally, i.e. 
toy beside, annex, repeat:— add, again, give more, 
increase, lay unto, proceed further, speak to any 
more. 

4370. irpQcrrp!x« prdstrecbo, pros-trekh'-o; 
from 4314 and 3143 (includ. its alt.); to run towards, 
i.e. hasten to meet or join:— run (thither to, to). 

4371. irpoo-oSd-yiov prdspfaaglon, pros-fag'-ee- 
on; neut. of a presumed der. of a comp. of 4314 and 
5313; something eaten in addition to bread, i.e. a 
relish (spec, fish; comp. 3703):— meat. 

4#7#. irp6o-«|)OTOS prdgphatds, prob'-fat-os; 

from 130 and a der. of 4069; previously (recently) 

slain ( fresh), i.e. (flg.) lately made:— new. 

^575. irpoir<j>dT<«s prospbatog, pros-/at'-oce, - 

adv. from 4772; recently:— lately. 

^74. irpo<r<|>^pc» prdspbero, pros-fer'-o; from 

rt?Z0t and jj 1 ^ (includ. its alt.); to bear towards, i.e. 

lead to, tender (espec. to God), treat:— bring (to, 

unto), deal with, do, offer (unto, up), present unto, 

put to. 

4375. irpocnjuX^js progphlleg, pros-fee-lace'; 
from a presumed comp. of 4314 and 3308; friendly 
towards, i.e. acceptable:— lovely. 

4376. irpoo-<J>opd prdgpbdra, pros-for-ah'; from 
4374; presentation; concr. an oblation (bloodless) or 
sacrifice: — offering (up). 

4377. irpoo-cpavlu prospboneo, pros-fo^neh'-o; 
from 4314 and 3433; to sound towards, i.e. address, 
exclaim, summon:— call unto, speak (un-) to. 

4378. irp6o-\wis proscbusls, pros' '-khoo-sis; 
from a comp. of 4314 and X^° cbeo (to pour); a 
shedding forth, i.e. affusion:— sprinkling. 

4379. wpooTJraio* prdgpgauo, pros-psow'-o; from 
«!?/#and <|raiPco psaao (to touch); to impinge, i.e. 
tot/ a finger on (in order to relieve):— touch. 

4##0. irpoo-wiroXiyirWu prdgopdlepteo, pros-o- 
pol-ape-teh'-o; from 4?<?/," to favor an individual, 
i.e. sftoto partiality:— have respect to persons. 
4&M. irpoo-uiroX'rfjimis prdsopoleptes, pros-o- 
pol-ape'-tace; from <(?<& and 20&; an accepter of a 
/ace (individual), i.e. (spec.) one exhibiting partial- 
tty:— respecter of persons. 

4382. irpoo-a>iroXi)i r 'Ca prdsopdlepsla, pros-o- 
pol-ape-see'-ah; from 4381; partiality, i.e. favorit- 
ism:— respect of persons. 

tf383. -irpio-wirov prdsopen, pros'-o-pon; from 
^74! and "Xr" ops (the visage; from 3700); the /ront 
(as being towards view), i.e. the coMnfenance, aspect, 
appearance, surface ; by imp], presence, person:— 
(outward) appearance, x before, countenance, face, 
Fashion, (men's) person, presence. 



;. irpOTdo-o-u protasso, prot-as'-so; from 
4233 and 3021; to pre-arrange, i.e. prescribe:— before 
appoint. 

4385. irpoTEtvw prottino, prot-i'-no; from 4253 
and xetvu teluo (to stretch); to protend, i.e. tie 
prostrate (for scourging):— bind. 

43S6". irpdrcpov prdt€ron, prof'-er-on; neut. of 
<?<S7 as adv. (with or without .the art); previously: — 
before, (at the) first, former. 

4387. irportpos prdterds, prof-er-os; compar. of 
4333; prior or previous: — former. 

4388. vpori&tjiai prdtlthemal, prot-ith'-em- 
ahee; mid. from 4253 and 3087; to ptoce before, i.e. 
(for oneself) to exhibit; (to oneself) to -propose (de- 
termine): — purpose, set forth. 

4389. irpoTp£irop,ai prdtrepomal, prot-rep'-om- 
ahee; mid. from 4233 and the base of 5157; to turn 
forward for oneself, i.e. encourage: — exhort. 

4390. vporpA\a protrecbo, prot-rekh'-o; from 
^zjjand 3143 (includ. its alt.); to run forward, i.e. 
outstrip, precede: — outrun, run before. 

4391. irpovirapxM prdiipai-chd, pro-oop-ar'- 
kho; from 4233 and 5223; to exist before, i.e. (adv.) to 
be or do something previously: — I- be before (time). 
439S. irpo<|>ao-is prdphasls, prof'-as-is; from a 
comp. of 4233 and.33/6; an outward showing, i.e. pre- 
text:— cloke, colour, pretence, show. 

4393. irpo(f>epa> propbSro, prof-er'-o; from 4233 
a.nas342; to bear forward, i.e. produce:— bring forth. 
-£?9.£. irpocjnyreta prdpbetela, prof-ay-ti'-ah; 
from 4796 ("propftecy"); prediction (scriptural or 
other):— prophecy, prophesying. 

4395. vpotyiyreva propbeteuo, prof-ate-yoo'-o; 
from 4396; to foretell events, divine, speak under in- 
spiration, exercise the prophetic office:— prophesy. 

4396. irpoc r "/JTns propheteg, prof-ay'-tace; from 
a comp. of 4233 and jj^6; a foreteller ("prophet "); 
by anal, an inspired speaker; by extens. a poet:— 
prophet. 

^597. irpo<j>i)Ti.K<5s prSphet«koB,pro/-ajy-tifc-os'; 
from 4196; pertaining to a foreteller (" prophetic") : — 
of prophecy, of the prophets. 

4398. irpo<j><)Tt$ prdpbettg, prof-ay'-tis; fern, of 
4396; a female foreteller or an inspired woman:— 
prophetess. 

4399. irpoijiSdvai propbtbano, pro/-i7ian'-o; 
from 4233 and 3348; to get an earlier start of, i.e. an- 
ticipate: — prevent. 

4400. ffpox«p(?,op,(n proclielrizomal, prokh-i- 
nd'-zom-ahee ; mid. from 4233 and a der. of 3403; to 
handle for oneself in advance, ie. (flg.) to purpose: — 
choose, make. 

4401. irpoxeipOTOvsw pr5cbeirdtdn£d, prokh- 
i-rot-on-eh'-o; from 4233 and 3300; to elect in ad- 
vance: — choose before. 

440S. npdxopos Proeboros, prokh'-or-os; from 
4233 and. 3323; before the dance; Prochorus, a Chr.:— 
Prochorus. 

4403. irpvuva prumna. proom'-nah; fern, of 
irp«|ivvs prumnns (hindmost); the stern of a 
ship:— hinder part, stern. 

4404- wpwt proi,pro-ee', - adv. from^j^, - atdawn, - 
byimpl. the day-break watch:— early (in the morn- 
ing), (in the) morning. 

4405. irputa proia, pro-ee'-ah; fem. of a der. of 
4404 as noun; day-dawn:— early, morning. 

4406. irpuiuos proimos, pro'-ee-mos; from 4404; 
dawning, i.e. (by anal.) autumnal (showering, the 
first of the rainy season):— early. 

4407. irpa'Cvog proinds, pro-ee-nos'; from 4404; 
pertaining to the dawn, i.e. matutinal:— morning. 

4408. irpiJpa prora, pro>-ra; fem. of a presumed 
der. of 4233 as noun; the prow, i.e. forward part of a 
vessel:— forepart (-ship). 

4409. irpwTtva proteno, profe-j/oo'-o; from 4413; 
to be first (in rank or influence):— have the preemi- 
nence. 

4410. irpuTOKaeeSpCa protdkatbedrla, pro-tok- 
ath-ed-ree'-ah; from 4413 and 2313; a sitting first (in 



the front row), i.e. preeminence in council :— cluef 
(highest, uppermost) seat. 

4411. trpuroKXio-Ca protdkllsla, pro-tok-Us-eef- 
ah; from 4413 and 2828; a reclining ^irst (in the place 
of honor) at the dinner-bed, i.e. preeminence at 
meals:— chief (highest, uppermost) room. 

441S. irpwTov proton, pro' -ton; neut. of 4413 as 
adv. (with or without 3588); firstly (in time, place, 
order, or importance):— before, at the beginning, 
chiefly, (at, at the) first (of all). 

4413. irpwros protos, pro'-tos; contr. superl. 
of 4233; foremost (in time, place, order or impor- 
tance):— before, beginning, best, chief (est), first (of 
all), former. 

4414- irpamxrrdrris protdstates, pro-tos-tat'- 
ace; from 4413 and 247b; one standing first in the 
ranks, i.e. a captain (champion):— ringleader. 

4415. -irpuToroKia protdtokla, pro-fot-ofc'-ee- 
ah; from 441b; primogeniture (as aprivilege):— birth- 
right. 

4416. irpMTOTOKOS prototdkds, pro-tot-ok'-os; 
from 4413 and the alt. of 3088; first-born (usually as 
noun, lit. or fig.):— firstbegotten (-born). 

4417 • irrata ptalo, ptah'-yo; a form of 4098; to 
trip, i.e. (fig.) to err, sin, fail (of salvation):— fall, of- 
fend, stumble. 

4418. irx^pvo pterna, pter'-mafc,* of uncert. der.; 
the heel (fig. y— heel. 

4419- TCpu'Yiov pteruglon, pter-oog'-ee-on; 

neut. of a presumed der. of 4420; a winglet, i.e. (flg.) 

extremity (top corner): — pinnacle. 

4420. irrepv| pterux, pter'-oox; from a der. of 

4072 (mean. & feather); a wing:— wing. 

4481. irrnviv ptendn, ptay-non'; contr. for 

4071; a bird:— bird. 

4422. -maia pt5eo, pto-eh'-o; prob. akin to the 
alt. of 4098 (through the idea of causing to fall) or to 
4072 (through that of causing to fly away); to scare. 1 — 
frighten. 

4423. irr6n,cris ptoesls, pto'-ay-sis; from 4422; 
alarm: — amazement. 

4424. nroXeuots Ptolemals, ptoUem^ah-is'; 
from H/roXtnatos Ptdl§maids (Ptolemy, otter 
whom it was named) ; Ptolemais,& place in PaL: — 
Ptolemals. 

44%5. imiov ptnon, ptoo'-on; from 4429; a toot- 
nowing-fm-k (as scattering like spittle):— fan. 
4426. irrbpa pturo, ptoo'-ro; from a presumed 
der. of 4429 (and thus akin to 4422); to frighten:— 
terrify. 

44%7. irriierjia ptusma, ptoos'-mah; from 4429; 

saliva: — spittle. 

44^3. irrwa-o) ptnsso, ptoos'-so; prob. akin to 

•fferdwuiu petanntmni (to spread; and thus ap- 

par. allied to 4072 through the idea of expansion, and 

to 4429 through that of flattening; comp.jpo/); to 

fold, i.e. furl a scroll:— close. 

44%9- irrioj ptud. ptoo'-o; a prim, verb (comp. 

4428); to spit:— spit. 

4430. irrw(j,a ptoma, pto'-mah; from the alt. of 
4098; a ruin, i.e. (spec.) lifeless body (corpse, car- 
rion): — dead body, carcase, corpse. 

4431. irrwo-is ptosis, pto'-sis; from the alt. of 
4098; a crash, i.e. downfall (lit. or flg.):— fall. 

4432. ttts>x«Co ptocbela, pto-khi'-dh; from 4433; 
beggary, i.e. indigence (lit. or fig.):— poverty. 
.fl&9. irrwxrfa ptocbeno, pto-khyoo'-o; from 
(S^; to be a beggar, i.e. (by impl.) to become indigent 
(fig.):— become poor. 

4434- itmxos ptocbos, pto-khosf; from irr&- 
o-o-o) ptosso (to crouch; akin to 4422 and the alt. of 
4098); a beggar (as cringing), i.e. pauper (strictly de- 
noting absolute or public mendicancy, although also 
used in a qualified or relative sense; whereas 3093 
prop, means only straitened circumstances in pri- 
vate), lit. (often as noun) or flg. (distressed):— beggar 
(-ly), poor. 

4435. iroyuij pngme, poog-may'; from a prim. 
iriiS pux(the./isf as a weapon); the clenched hand. 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



Prospaygnoomee 
Hroopareeah 



63 



le. (only in flat, as adv.) with the fist (hard scrub- 
bing):— oft. 

4436. IIvBuv Pnthdn, poo'-thone; from IIiiOiJ 
Putho (the name of the region where Delphi, the 
seat cf the famous oracle, was located) ; a Python, 
i.e. (by anal, with the supposed diviner there) inspi- 
ration {soothsaying):— divination. 

4437. iruKVOs puknds, pook-nos'; from the same 
SS46JS! clasped (thick), i.e. (fig.) frequent; neut. plur. 
(as adv.) frequently: — often (-er). 

4438. iruKT&tf pukt£o, pook-teh'-o; from a der. of 
the same as 443s; to 60a: (with the fist), i.e. contend 
(as a boxer) at the games (flg.):— fight. 

4439. irvXn pale, poo'-lay; appar. a prim, word ; 
a gate, i.e. the leaf or wing of a folding entrance (lit. 
or flg.)-.— gate. 

4440- iruX<Sv pulon, poo-lone'; from 4430; a gate- 
way, door-way of a building or city; by impl. a portal 
.or vestibule:— gate, porch. 

4441- iruv8dvo|iai punthandmal, poon-than'- 
om-ahee; mid. prol. from a prim. irv8o> pntho 
(which occurs only as an alt. in certain tenses); to 
question, i.e. ascertain by inquiry (as a matter of in- 
formation merely; and thus differing from sobs, 
which prop, means a request asafavor; andfrom/54, 
which is strictly a demand of something due; as well 
as from 2212, which implies a search for something 
hidden; and from 1189, which involves the idea of 
urgent need); by impl. to learn (by casual intelli- 
gence): — ask, demand, enquire, understand. 

4442 • 1r 'P pur, poor; a prim, word; "fire" (lit. or 
flg., spec, lightning): — fiery, fire. 
444$- i™p* pura, poo-rah'; from 4442; a fire 
(concr.):— Are. 

4444- irwp'yos purgos, poor'-gos; appar. a prim, 
word (" burgh"); a tower or castle: — tower. 

4445- irupeV<ri» puressd, poo-res'-so; from 4443; 
to be on fire, i.e. (spec.) to have_a fever: — be sick of a 
fever. 

444@' irvptr6s pnr£tds, poo-ret-os'; from 444s; 
inflamed, i.e. (by impl.) feverish (as noun, fever): — 
fever. 

4447- irfipivos purines, poo'-ree-nos; from 4443; 
fiery, i.e. (by impl.) flaming:— of fire. 
444%' irup6w purdo, poo-ro'-o; from 4442; to 
kindle, i.e. (pass.) to be ignited, glow (lit.), be refined 
(by impl.), or (fig.) to be inflamed (with anger, grief, 
lust):— burn, fiery, be on fire, try. 
444^- iruppdja) purrliazo, poor-hrad'-zo; from 
4450; to redden (intrans.):— be red. 
4450. iruppds purrhds, poor-hros'; from 4442; 
fire-like, i.e. (spec.) flame-colored: — red. 
4451- irvpuo-is porosis, poo'-ro-sis; from 4448; 
ignition, i.e. (spec.) smelting (fig. conflagration, ca- 
lamity as a test):— burning, trial. 
44&%- ■*■<* "po, po; another form of the base of 
4458; an enclitic particle of indefiniteness; yet, even; 
used only in comp. See 3369, 3380, 3704,3708, 44SS- 
4453. iroXf'w polSo, po-leh'-o; prob. ultimately 
from ir«Xo(ioi peldmai (to be busy, to trade); to 
b-~ter (as a pedlar), i.e. to sell:— sell, whatever is 
sold. 

4454- irwXos polos, po'4os; appar. a prim, word; 
a "foal " or "filly", i.e. (spec.) a young ass:— colt. 

4455. iriiirore popotS, po'-pot-e; from ##2 and 
4218; at any time, i.e. (with neg. particle) at no 
time:— at, any time, + never (. . . to any man), -f yet 
never man. 

4456. iriopoiD porSo, po-ro'-o; appar. from irwpos 
pords (a kind of stone); to petrify, i.e (fig.) to in- 
durate (render stupid or callous):— blind, harden. 

4457. iriSpowts porosis, po'-ro-sis; from 4436; 
stupidity or callousness: — blindness, hardness. 
4458* -wins *pos, pace; adv. from the base of 4223; 
an enclitic particle of indefiniteness of manner; 
somehow or anyhow; used only in comp.:— haply, by 
any (some) means, perhaps. See 1313,3381, Comp. 
4459- 

4459. wws pos, poce; adv. from the base of 422b; 
an intorrog. particle of manner; in what wayt (some- 



times the question is indirect, how?); also as excla- 
mation, how much I:— how, after (by) what manner 
(means), that. [Occasionally unexpressed in Eng- 
lish.] 



4460. 'Padp Bhaab, hrah-ab'; of Heb. or. [7343]; 
Baab (i.e. Bachab), a Canaanitess:— Rahab. See also 
4477- 

4461. pappC rhabbl, hrab-bee'; of Heb. or. [7227 
with pron. suffix] ; my master, i.e. Rabbi, as an offi- 
cial title of honor:— Master, Rabbi. 

4462. pappovt rhabbonl. hrab-bon-ee' ; or 
pafjpouvC rhabbounl, hrab-boo-nee' ; of 

Chald. or. ; corresp. to 4461:— Lord, Rabboni. 

4463. papSCiJw rhabdizo, hrab-did'-zo; from 
4464; to strike with a stick, i.e. bastinado: — beat (with 
rods). 

4464- pdP&os rhabdds, hrab'-dos; from the base 

of 4474; a stick or wand (as a cudgel, a cane or a 

baton of royalty):— rod, sceptre, staff. 

4465. pap8ov\os rhabddnchds, hrab-doo'- 

khos; from 4464 and 5/92; a rod- (the Lat. fasces) 

holder, i.e. a Rom. iictor (constable or executioner):— 

Serjeant. 

4^66. 'Pa^oB Rhagan, hrag-ow'; of Heb. or. 

[7466]; Ragau (i.e. Beii), a patriarch:— Ragau. 

4467. pa.SiovpY'1N La rba t dldurgema, hrad-ee- 
oorg'-ay-mah; from a comp. of pg.81.os rha,di6s 
(easy, i.e. reckless) and 2041; easy-going behavior, i.e. 
(by extens.) a crime: — lewdness. 

4468. paSioup-yta rha,di<5urgla, hrad-ee-oorg- 
ee'-a; trom the same as 4467; recklessness, i.e. (by 
extens.) malignity: — mischief. 

4469. pttKtt rhaka. rhak-ah'; of Chald. or. [comp. 
7386] ; O empty one, i.e. thou worthless (as a term of 
utter vilification):— Raca. 

4470. pdicos rhak6s, hrakf-os; from 4486; a 
" raa," i.e. piece of cloth: — cloth. 

4471- 'Pau-d Rliama. hram-ah'; of Heb. or. 
[7414]; Bama (i.e. Bamah), a place in Pal.:— Rama. 
447%. pavrtjw rhantlzo, hran-tid'-zo; from a 
der. of patvui rhalno (to sprinkle); to render fce- 
sprinkled, i.e. asperse (cer. or fig.):— sprinkle. 
.4.47t?. pavTi<T|i<5s rhantismos, hran-tis-mos'; 
from <£#2, - aspersion (cer. or fig.):— sprinkling. 
4474- pairtjw rhaplzo, /i-rap-id'-so; from a der. 
of a prim. P^iru rhepo (to let fall, "rap"); to 
slap:— smite (with the palm of the hand). Comp. 
5180. 

4475. pdiri(ru,a rhaplsma, hrap'-is-mah; from 
4474; a slap:— (+ strike with the) palm of the hand, 
smite with the hand. 

4476. pa<j>Cs rbaphls, hraf-ece'; from a prim, 
pdirrw rbaptd (to se?ii; perh. rather akin to the 
base of 4474 through the idea of puncturing); a 
neea7e:— needle. 

4477. 'Pa\dp Rhachab, hrakh-ab'; from the 
same as 4460; Bachab, a Canaanitess: — Rachab. 

4478. 'Pax^X Rhachel, hrakh-ale'; of Heb. or. 
[7354]; Bachel, the wife of Jacob:— Rachel. 

4479. 'P«P&cica Rheb£kka, hreb-bek'-kah; of 
Heb. or. [7259]; Bebecca (i.e. Bibka h), the wife of 
Isaac: —Rebecca. 

4480. pe'Sa rlifda, hred'-ah; of Lat. or. ; a rheda, 
i.e. four-wheeled carriage (wagon for riding):— 
chariot. 

•445-7. 'P«u.<j>dv Rlx "niplian hrem-fan'; by in- 
correct transliteration for a word of Heb. or. [3594]; 
Bemphan (i.e. Kijun), an Eg. idol:— Remphan. 
^.fSS. piv> rb.60, hreh'-o; a prim, verb; for some 
tenses of which a prol. form 

pcil(i> rhfino, hryoo'-o, is used; to flow 
("run", as water):— flow. 

•44&?. p«o> rheo, hreh'-o; for certain tenses of 
which a prol. form 

lp£u> £r£d, er-eh'-o, is used; and both as alt. 
for 203b; perh. akin (or ident.) with 4482 (through the 



idea of pouring forth); to utter, i.e. speak or say: — 
command, make, say, speak (of). Comp. 3004. 

4484- 'P^Yiov Rhegion, hrayg'-ee-on; of Lat, 
or.; Bhegium, a place in Italy:— Rhegium. 

4485. pf)Y|ia rhegma, hrayg'-mah; from 4486; 
something torn, i.e. a fragment (by impl. and abstr. 
a fall) :— ruin. 

4486. pTJYW|u rhegnnml, hrayg'-noo-mee; or 
pijcrt™ rhessd, hrace'-so; both prol. forms 

of jrf\K» rheko (which appears only in certain 
forms, and is itself prob. a strengthened form of 
d-yvvin agnumt [see in 2608]); to " break", 
" wreck" or " crack", i.e. (espec.) to sunder (by sep- 
aration of the parts; 2608 being its intensive [with 
the prep, in comp.], and 2332 a shattering to minute 
fragments; but not a reduction to the constituent 
particles, like 3o8g) or disrupt, lacerate; by impl. to 
convulse (with spasms); fig. to give vent to joyful 
emotions: — break (forth), burst, rend, tear. 

4487. p'fjp.ct rhema, hray'-mah; from 4483; an ut- 
terance (individ., collect, or spec); by impl. a matter 
or topic (espec. of narration, command or dispute); 
with a neg. naught whatever: — \- evil, -+- nothing, 
saying, word. 

4488. 'Pijo-d Rhesa, hray-sah'; prob. of Heb. or. 
[appar. for 7509]; .Resa (i.e. Bephajah), an Isr.: — 
Rhesa. 

4489. pr)Twp rhetor, hray'-tore; from 4483; a 
speaker, i.e. (by impl.) a forensic advocate:— orator. 

4490. pt)T»s rhetos, hray-toce'; adv. from a der. 
of 4483; outspokenly, i.e. distinctly: — expressly. 

4491. p(Jtt rhlza, hrid'-zah; appar. a prim, word; 
a "root" (lit. or fig.):— root. 

4495. piljoio rhlzdo, rhid-zo'-o; from 441)1; to 
root (flg. become stable): — root. 

4493. piirij rhlpe, hree-pay 1 ; from ^96; a jerk (at 
the eye, i.e. [by anal.] an instant) :— twinkling. 
4494- piir(Jo> rblplzo, hrip-id'-zo; from a der. 
of 4#>6 (mean, a/an or bellows); to breeze up, i.e. (by 
anal.) to agitate (into waves) :— toss. 
■£4°5. piirr&a rhlptfio, hrip-teh'-o; from a der. of 
^96; to toss up:— cast off. 

4496. p(irT(i> rblpto, hrip'-to; a prim, verb (perh. 
rather akin to the base of 4474, through the idea of 
sudden motion); to fling (prop, with a quick toss, 
thus differing from 006, which denotes a deliberate 
hurl; and from retvw t£ino [see in 1614], which in- 
dicates an extended projection); by qualification, to 
deposit (as if a load); by extens. to disperse:— cast 
(down, out), scatter abroad, throw. 

44^7. 'PoPodp. Rhoboam, hrob-o-am'; of Heb. 
or. [7346]; Boboam (i.e. Bechabam), an Isr.:— Rob- 
oam. 

4498. 'PdSii Rhode, hrod'-ay; prob. for po8<j 
rhdde (a rose) ; Bode, a servant girl:— Rhoda. 

4499. 'PdSos Rhddds, hrod'-os; prob. from 
pdSov rhoddn (a rose); Rhodus, an island of the 
Mediterranean : —Rhodes. 

4500. poignSov rholzeddn, hroyd-zay-don' ; adv. 
from a der. of pottos rhdlzos (a whir); whizzingly, 
i.e. with a crash: — with a great noise. 

4501. pop.(pa(a rbdmphala, hrom-fah'-yah; 
prob. of for. or. ; a sabre, i.e. a long and broad cutlass 
(any weapon of the kind, lit. or fig.):— sword. 

4502. "PouP'fjv Rhduben, hroo-bane'; of Heb. or. 
[720S]; Buben (i.e. Beuben), an Isr. :— Reuben. 

4503. 'Pov9 Rhdnth, Zirootft; of Heb. or. [7327]; 
ifrrfA, a Moabitess:— Ruth. 

4504. "Pow|>os Rhduphds, ftroo'-Zos; of Lat. or.; 
red; Bufus, a Chr.:— Rufus. 

4505. pvp.11 rhume, hroo'-may; prol. from #00 
in its orig. sense; an alley or avenue (as crowded):— 
lane, street. 

4506. pvou.al rhaSmal, rhoo'-om-ahee; mid. of 
an obsol. verb, akin to 4482 (through the idea of a 
current; comp. 4311) ; to rush or draw (for oneself), 
i.e. rescue:— deliver (-er). 

4507. puirapta rim part a hroo-par-ee'-ah; from 
4508; dirtiness (mor.):— filthlness. 



Rhooparos 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



4608. pAmapos rbuparAs, rhoo-par-os' ; from 
4300; dirty, i.e. (reU cheap or shabby; mor. wicked;— 
Tile. 

4609. pviros rbnpAg, hroo'-pos; of uncert, affln. ; 
dirt, i.e. (mor.) depravity .'—filth. 

4610. pvirow rhupAo, rhoo-p&'-o; from ^joo; to 
aofi, i.e. (intrans.) to become dirty (mor.):— be filthy. 

4511. pvtris rim sis, hroo'-sis; from ^3-06 in the 
sense of its congener ^&; a flux (of blood) :— issue. 

4512. pvrCs rbutis, hroo-tece'; from «ycx5; a /oW 
(as drawing together), i.e. a wrinkle (espec. on the 
face):— wrinkle. 

4513. Po>(ia'iK<5s Rboma'ifeAs, rho-mah-ee-kos' ; 
from 4514! Romaic, i.e. Latin:— Latin. 

4514. P«|iatos RbomalAs, hro-mah'-yos; from 
((5-^6; flomcean, i.e. Soman (as noun):— Roman, of 
Rome. 

4515. 'PwiiaurrC Rbomaistl, hro-mah-is-tee' ; 
adv. from, a presumed der. of 4516; Romaistically, 
i.e. in the Latin language:— Latin. 

4516. 'P(ip,T| Bhime, hro'-may; from the base of 
4317; strength; Soma, the capital of Italy:— Rome. 

4517. p<»wu|H rbonnnmi, hrone'^noo-mee; prol. 
from p»0|«u. rboAmai (to dart; prob. akin to 
4306); to strengthen, i.e. (imper. pass.) have health 
(as a parting exclamation, good-bye):— farewell. 

2 

4618. o-aPaxSavC sabacbtbanl, sab<ikh-than- 
ee'; of diald. or. [7663 with pron. suff .] ; thou hast 
left me; sabachthani (i.e. shebakthani), a cry of dis- 
tress:— sabachthant 

4619. o-tt(3a<J>9 sabaoth, sab-ah-owtR'; of Heb. 
or. [6635 in fern, plur.]; armies; sabaoth (i.e. tseba- 
oth), a military epithet of God: — sabaoth. 

4520. o-aPPaTi<rp.6s sabbatlsmAs, sab-bat-is- 
mos'; from a der. of 4521; a " sabbatism", i.e. (fig.) 
the repose of Christianity (as a type of heaven):— 
rest. 

4521. o-dppaTov sabbatAn, sab'-bat-on; of Heb. 
or. [7676] ; the Sabbath (i.e. Shabbath), or day of 
weekly repose from secular avocatious (also the ob- 
servance or institution itself) ; by extens. a se'nnight, 
i.e. the interval between two Sabbaths; likewise the 
plur. in all the above applications:— sabbath (day), 
week. 

4522. ira-y/jvi) sagene, sag-ayf-nay; from a der. 
of <rd.TT« gatto (to eguip) mean, furniture, espec. 
a pack-saddle (which in the East is merely a bag of 
netted rope); a " seine" for fishing:— net. 

4523. SaSSovxatos SaddAakalAs, sad-doo- 
kah'-yos; prob. from 4524; a Sadduccean (i.e. Tsado- 
kian), or follower of a certain heretical Isr.:— Saddu- 
cee, 

4524. SaSwK Saddle, sad-dke'; of Heb. or. [6659]; 
Sadoc (i.e. Tsadok), an Isr. : — Sadoc. 

4625. <ra£vo> salno, sah'ee-no; akin to 4570: to 
wag (as a dog its tail f awningly), i.e. (gen.) to shake 
(fig. disturb):— move. 

4626. o-Akkos sakkAs, sak'-kos; of Heb. or. [8248]; 
" sack"-cloth, i.e. mohair (the material or garments 
made of it, worn as a sign of grief):— sackcloth. 
4521. SoXd gala, sal-afc ; of Heb. or. [7974]; Sola 
(i.e. Shelach), a patriarch:— Sala. 

4528. 2aXa8i-fi.X Salathiel, sal-ath-ee -ale'; of 
Heb. or. [7697]; Salathiel (Le. Shealtiel), an Isr.:— 
Salathiel. 

4529. ScXafiCs Sal amis, sal-am-sce'; prob. from 
4S3S (from the surge on the shore); Salamis, a place 
in Cyprus:— Salamis. 

4630. 2a\e£n SalAlm, sal-ime'; prob. from the 
same as 41?/; Salim, a place in Pal. :— Salim. 

4531. 0-aXeva salAno, sal-yoo'-o; from ,-«•#,• to 
wa»er, I.e. agitate, rock, topple or (by impl.) destroy; 
flg. to dtst«r6, incite;— move, shake (together), which 
can [-not] be shaken, stir up. 

4532. SaXf> Salem, sal-ame 1 : of Heb. or. [8004]; 
Salem (i.e. Shalem), a. place in Pal.:— Salem. 



'. ZaX-ju&v Salmon, sal-mone 1 ; of Heb. or. 
[8013] ; Salmon, an Isr. :— Salmon. 

4534. 2aX(i»VT] Salmone, sal-mo'-nay; perh. of 
similar or. to 4520; Salmone, a place in Crete: — Sal- 
mone. 

4535. o-dXos salds, sal'-os; prob. from the base of 
4525; a vibration, i.e. (spec.) billow:— wave. 

4636. o-dXiri/yi; galplgx, sal'-pinx; perh. from 
4S3S (through the idea of quavering or reverberation): 
a trumpet; — trump (-et). 

4637. <roXiriJ» salpizo, sal-pid'-zo; from 4536; to 
trumpet, i.e. sound a blast (lit. or flg.): — (which are 
yet to) sound (a trumpet). 

4538. <raXirurrijs salplstes, sot-pis-foee'; from 
4537! a trumpeter:— trumpeter. 

4639. ZaXt&p] Salome, sal-o'-may; prob. of Heb. 
or. [f em. from 7965] ; Salome (i.e. Shelomah), an Is- 
raeli tess:— Salome. 

4640. Sajiapeia SmnarSii, sam-ar'-i-ah; of 
Heb. or. [8111]; Samaria (i.e. SAomeron), a city and 
region of Pal.:— Samaria. 

4541. Sanapetrns Samar'Hts. sam-ar-i'-tace; 
from ^ry^o; a Samarite, i.e. inhab. of Samaria:— Sa- 
maritan. 

4542. Safiapitris SamarAltls, sam-ar-i'-tis; 
fern, of 4J.#7 a Samaritess, i.e. woman of Samaria: — 
of Samaria. 

4543. 2a|M>9p<-uc-i| Sam5tbra|ke, sam-oth-rak'- 
ay; from #<«£ and ®paicn Thra,ke (Thrace); 
Samo-thrace (Samos of Thrace), an island in the Med- 
iterranean :— Samothrac-' 

46 '44- Sdp.os Sam As, sam'-os; of uncert. affln.; 
Samus, an island of the Mediterranean:— Samos. 
4545. Sa|«>vf|\ SamAnel, sam-oo-ale'; of Heb. 
or. [8050]; Samuel (i.e. Shemuel), an Isr.:— SamueL 
454S. 2ap|«iv Sampson, samp-sone'; of Heb. 
or. [8123]; Sampson (i.e. Shimshon), an Isr.:— Sam- 
son. 

^547. <ravSdXiov sandallAn, san-dal'-ee-on; 
neut. of a der. of <rdvBaXov gandalAn (a " san- 
dal"; of uncert. or.); a. slipper or sole-pad:— sandal. 

4548. <rov£s sanls, san-ece'; of uncert. affln. ; a 
plank:— board. 

4549. SaovX SaAal, sah-ooV; of Heb. or. [7S86]; 
Saul (i.e. Shaill), the Jewish name of Paul: — Saul. 
Comp. 4360. 

4550. o-awpos sap P As, sap-ros'; from ^j'; rotten, 
i.e. worthless (lit. or mor.):— bad, corrupt. Comp. 
4190. 

4651. Sair<)»CpT| SapphAtre, sap-fi'-ray; tern, of 

4SS2; Sapphire, an Israelitess:— Sapphira. 

4552. <rdir<p«pos sapphAlrAs, sap'-fi-ros; of 

Heb. or. [5601]; a "sapphire" or lapis-lazuli gem: — 

sapphire. 

4563. a-aoydvi) sargane, sar-gan'-ay; appar. of 

Heb. or. [8276] ; a basket (as TOteraoren. or wicker- 

work):— basket. 

4664. SdpSeis SardAls, sar'-diee; plur. of un- 
cert. der.; Sardis, a place in Asia Minor:— Sardis. 

4555. o-dpSivos sardlnAs, sar'-dee-nos; from the 
same as 455b; sardine (3037 being impl.), i.e. a gem, 
so called:— sardine. 

4556. cdpSios sardlAs, sar'-dee-os; prop. adj. 
from an uncert. base; sardian (3037 being impl.), ie. 
(as noun) the gem so called:— sardius. 

4557. <rapSdvu£ sardAnnx, sar-don'-oox; from 
the base of 435b and owj Annx (the nail of a 
finger; hence the "onyx" stone); a " sardonyx", i.e. 
the gem so called:— sardonyx. 

4658. Sdpeirra SarApta, sar'-ep-tah; of Heb. or. 
[6886] ; Sarepta (i.e. Tsarephath), a place in Pal. : — 
Sarepta. 

4659. o-apieiKos sarklkAs, sar-kee-kos' ; from 
4361; pertaining to flesh, i.e. (by extens.) bodily, tem- 
poral, or (by impl.) animal, unregenerate;— carnal. 



4560. crdpKi.V0S sarklnAs, sar'-kee-nos; from 
4jt>i; similar to flesh, i.e. (by anal.) soft:— fleshly. 



4561. trdp| sarx, sarx; prob. from the base oi 
4503; flesh (as stripped of the skin), i.e. (strictly) the 
meat of an animal (as food), or (by extens.) the body 
(as opposed to the soul [or spirit], or as the symbol 
of what is external, or as the means of kindred), or 
(by impl.) human nature (with its frailties [phys. or 
mor.] and passions), or (spec.) a human being (as 
such) :— carnal (-ly, 4- -ly minded), flesh ([-ly]). 

4562. Sapov\ SarAncb, sar-ooch'; of Heb. or. 
[8286]; Saruch (i.e. Serug), a patriarch :— Saruch. 

4663. <rap6<i> sarAo, sar-o'-o; from a der. of craU 
P<» salro (to brush ott ; akin to 4931) mean, a broom; 
to sweep.*— sweep. 

4664. Sdppa Sarrba, sar'-hrah; of Heb. or. 
[8283]; Sarra (i.e. Sarah), the wife of Abraham:— 
Sara, Sarah. 

4566. Sdpwv Saron, sar'-one; of Heb. or. [8289] 
Saron (i.e. Sharon), a district of Pal. :— Saron. 

4566. Sardv Satan, sat-an'; of Heb. or. [7854] 
Satan, i.e. the devil:— Satan. Comp. 4367. 

4567. Saravds Satanas, sat-an-as'; of Chald. or. 
corresp. to 4306 (with the def . affix); the accuser, i.e. 
the devil:— Satan. 

4568. o-otov satAn, sat'-on; of Heb. or. [5429]; a 
certain measure for things dry: — measure. 

4569. SavXos SaulAs, sow'-los; of Heb. or., the 
same as 4349; Saulus (i.e. Shaiil), the Jewish name 1 
Paul:— Saul. 

o-auToO gantAn, etc. See 4572. 

4570. vfiivvv}U, sbAnnuml, sben'-noo-mee; a 
prol. form of an appar. prim, verb; to extinguish (lit. 
or fig.):— go out, quench. 

4571. <ri sA, seh; accus. sing, of 4771; thee:— thee, 
thou, X thy bouse. 

4572. o-cavroO sAantAn, seh-ow-too'; gen. from 

4371 and 846; also dat. of the same, 

cetuiTw sAautOj, seh-ow-to'; and ace. 

creovrov sAanton, seliruw-ton '; likewise 
contr. tovtoS santAn, sow-too 1 ; 

a-avrif santoi, sow-to'; and 

erawJv santAn, sow-ton'; respectively; of 
(with, to) thyself:— thee, thine own self, (thou) thy 
(-self). 

4573. o-cpd|o|i.ai sAbazAmal, seb-ad'-zom-ahee: 
mid. from a der. of 4376; to ceuerate, i.e. adore: — 
worship. 

4574. o--ipao-p,a sAbasma, seb'-as-mah; from 
4573! something adored, i.e. an object of worship 
(god, altar, etc.): — devotion, that is worshipped. 

4575. c-ePao-Tos sAbast As, seb-as-tos'; from 4573; 
venerable (august), i.e. (as noun) a title of the Rom. 
Emperor, or (as adj.) imperial:— Augustus (-'). 

4576. tre'pojtai sAbAmat, seb'-om-ahee; mid. of 
an appar. prim, verb; to revere, i.e. adore: — devout, 
religious, worship. 

4577. o-eipa sAlra, si-rah'; prob. from 4051 through 
its congener «fpe> Alro (to fasten; akin to 138); a 
chain (as binding or draining):— chain. 

4578. o-€ier|ids sAlsmAs, sice-mas'; from 4370; a 
commotion, i.e. (of the air) a gale, (of the ground) an 
earthquake: — earthquake, tempest. 

4579. villa sAlo, si'-o; appar. a prim, verb; to rocil: 
(uibrote, prop, sideways or to and fro), i.e. (gen.) to 
agitate (in any direction; cause to tremble); flg. to 
throw into a tremor (of fear or concern):— move, 
quake, shake. 

4580. SeKoBvSos SAkAnndAs, sek-oon'-dos; of 
Lat. or.; "second"; Secundus, aChr.: — Secundus. 

4581. StXeuKfta SAlAnkAla, sel-yooW-i-ah; from 
Z&evKOs SAlAn.fa.As (Seleucus, a Syrian king); Se- 
leuceia, a place in Syria: — Seleucia. 

4582. o-cX^vt] sAlene, sel-ay'-nay; from ertSXos 
sAlas (brilliancy; prob. akin to the alt. of 138, 
through the idea of attractiveness); the moon: — 
moon. 

4583. (reX-nvidJo-jiav sAlenlazAmal, sel-ay-nco- 

ad'-zom-ahee; mid. or pass, from a presumed der. of 
4582; to be moonstruck, l.e. crazy:— be lunatic. 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



Rhooparos 
Skolaykobrotos 



65 



4. 2«|iet SSmei, sem-eh-ee'; of Heb. or. 
Semei (i.e. Shimi), an Isr. :— Semei. 

4585. o-ejiiSaXis sriiiiilalis sem-id'-al-is; prob. 
of for. or. ; flue wheaten flour:— fine flour. 

4586. <T6|iv6s semnos, sem-nos', - from 4576; «e»- 
eraWe, i.e. honorable:— grave, honest. 

4587. (TE|iv6Ti]s s<5mndtes, sem-not'-ace; from 
^ry^o; venerableness, i.e. probity:— gravity, honesty. 

45£S. Se'pY'°S S6rgl6s, serg'-ee-os; of Lat. or.; 
Sergius, a Rom. :— Sergius. 

4559. S^jO Setk, sayth; of Heb. or. [8352]; Seth 
(i.e. Sheth), a patriarch:— Seth. 

4590. 2% Sem, some; of Heb. or. [8035]; Sem 
(l.e. Shem), a patriarch:— Sem. 

^59i. <ri]|iaCvc» gemalno, say-mah'ee-no; from 
0"^[xa sema (a mark; of uncert. der.); to indi- 
cate:— signify. 

4595. ot)|«!ov sem£16n, say-mi'-on; neut. of a 
presumed der. of the base of #59/; an indication, 
espec. cer. or supernat.:— miracle, sign, token, won- 
der. 

4593. <nniei6u sem£ido, say-mi-o'-o; from #oj; 
to distinguish, i.e. mori: (for avoidance):— note. 

4594. «rfj|«pov semfirou, say'-mer-on; neut. (as 
adv.) of a presumed comp. of the art. 3388 (t changed 
to <r) and £250,' on the (i.e. Wit's) day (or night cur- 
rent or just passed); gen. now (i.e. at present, hither- 
to):— this (to-) day. 

^595. a4\-tta sepo, say'-po; appar. a prim, verb; 
toputre/y, i.e. (fig.) perish:— be corrupted. 

4596. trnpiKOS gerlkdg, say-ree-Tcos' ; from S'rfjp 
Ser (an Indian tribe from whom silk was procured; 
hence the name of the silk-worm); Seric, i.e. silken 
(neut. as noun, a silky fabric): — silk. 

4697. <rf|S ses, sace; appar. of Heb. or. [5580]; a 
moth: — moth. 

4598. 0T]T6ppii)T0S setdbrotos, say-tob'-rc-tos; 
from 4J97 an( l a aeT - °^ 977 1' moth-eaten: — motheaten. 
^599. o-Oevow stll.noo, sthen-o'-o; from orfltvos 
stliinos (bodily vigor; prob. akin to tbe base of 
2470); to strengthen, i.e. (fig.) confirm (in spiritual 
knowledge and power):— strengthen. 

4600. may&v slagom, see-ag-one 1 ; of uncert. 
der. ; the jaw-bone, i.e. (by impl.) the cheek or side of 
the face:— cheek. 

4601. triy&a glgaii, see-gah'-o; from 4602; to keep 
silent (trans, or intrans.):— keep close (secret, silence), 
hold peace. 

4602. <rifl\ glge, see-gay'; appar. from crtiju slzo 
(to hiss, i.e. hist or hush); silence;— silence. Comp. 
4023. 

4603. o-tSrjpeos slderSds, sid-ay'-reh-os; from 
4604; made of iron;— (of) iron. 

4604. <riSt]pos siderds, sid'-ay-ros; of uncert. 
der.; iron; — iron. 

£605. ZiStiv sidon, sid"-one'; of Heb. or. [6721]; 
■Sidon (i.e. Tsidon), a place in Pal.:— Sidon. 

4606. SiSwvios Sldonlds, sid-o'-nee-os; from 
460s; a Sidonian, i.e. inhab. of Sidon:— of Sidon. 

4607. o-iKopios sikarios, sik-ar'-ee-os; of Lat. 
or. ; a dagger-man or assassin; a freebooter (Jewish 
fanatic outlawed by the Romans):— murderer. 
Comp. 340b. 

4608. o-CKcpa sib era, sik'-er-ah; of Heb. or. [7941] ; 
an intoxicant, i.e. intensely fermented liquor:— strong 
drink. 

4609. StXas Silas, see'-las; contr. for 4610; Silas, 
a Chr.:— Silas. 

4610. SiXouctvds Silouanog, sil-oo-an-os'; of 
Lat. or.; " sii«on"; Silvanus, a Chr.:— Silvanus. 
Comp. <«6o9. 

46.Z.Z. SvXwdp, SUdam, sil-o-am'; of Heb. or. 

[7975]; Siloam (i.e. Shiloach), a pool of Jerus.:— 

Siloam. 

46A2. o-ijiiKivfliov glmlkinthlon, sim-ee-hin'- 

thee-on; of Lat. or. : a semicinctium or half-girding, 

l.e, narrow covering (apron): — apron.; 



46i3. S£p,«v Simon, see'-mone; of Heb. or. [8095] ; 
Simon (i.e. Shimon), the name of nine Isr.:— Simon. 
Comp. 4826. 

4614. Sivd Sin a, see-nah'; of Heb. or. [5514]; 
Sina (i.e. Sinai), a mountain in Arabia:— Sina. 

4615. cCvotti sinapi, sin'-ap-ee; perh. from crtvo- 
p.ai ginoinai (to hurt, i.e. stingr); mustard (the 
plant) :— mustard. 

4616. o-tvSiiv sindon, sin-done'; of uncert. (perh. 
for.) or.; byssos, i.e. bleached tinen (the cloth or a 
garment of it):— (fine) linen (cloth). 

4617. <rivid£» giniazd, sin-ee-ad'-zo; from <ri- 
vtov siuion (a sieve); to riddle (fig.):— sift. 

o-tTd slta. See 4621. 

4618. <riT«jT<Ss sltentAs, sit-yoo-tos' '; from a der. 
of 4621; grain-fed, i.e. fattened:— fatted. 

4619. ciTwrrds gltlstos, sit-is-tos'; from a der. of 
4621; grained, i.e. fatted:— fatling. 

4620. <rwo>£Tpov sitdnietrdn, sit-om'-et-ron; 
from 4621 and 3358; a grain-measure, i.e. (by impl.) 
ration (allowance of food):— portion of meat. 

4621. (tItos sltds, see'-tos; plur. irreg. neut. 
crfTa slta, see'-tah; of uncert. der. ; grain, 

espec. wheat: — corn, wheat. 

462$. SwSv Sion, see-own'; of Heb. or. [6726]; 
Sion (i.e. Tsijon), a bill of Jerus. ; fig. the Church (mil- 
itant or triumphant):— Sion. 

4623. (ruoiracii giopad, see-o-pah'-o; from o-iwiHl 
slope (silence, i.e. a hush; prop, muteness, i.e. m- 
voiuntary stillness, or inability to speak; and thus 
differing from 46a?, which is rather a voluntary 
refusal or indisposition to speak, although the terms 
are often used synonymously); to be dumb (but not 
dea/ also, like 2074 prop.) • fig. to be calm (as gniet 
water): — dumb, (hold) peace. 

4624. o-KavSaXU> skandallzo, skan-dal-id'-zo 
("scandalize"); from 462s ; to entrap, i.e. trip up 
(fig. stumble [trans.] or entice to sin, apostasy or dis- 
pleasure) : — (make to) offend. 

4625. o-K&vSaXov skandalon, skan'-dal-on 
("scandal"); prob. from a der. of 2378; a, trap-stick 
(bent sapling), i.e. snare (fig. cause of displeasure or 
sin):— occasion to fall (of stumbling), offence, thing 
that offends, stumblingblock. 

4626. o-k&ittw skaptd, skap'-to; appar. a prim, 
verb; to dig:— dig. 

4627. o-K&<|>i) skaphe, skaf-ay; a." skiff" (as if 
dug out), or yawl (carried aboard a large vessel for 
landing):— boat. 

4628. o-KtXos gkelos, skel'-os; appar. from criceX- 
Xto gkello (to parch; through the idea of leanness) ; 
the leg (as lank) :— leg. 

4629. o-Keiracr|J.a gkSpasma, skep'-as-mah; from 
a der. of mceiras sk&pas (a, covering; perh. akin to 
the base of 4649 through the idea of noticeableness) ; 
clothing: — raiment. 

4630. Zkevos She n as skyoo-as'; appar. of Lat. 
or.; left-handed; Scevas (i.e. Sccevus), an Isr.:— 
Sceva. 

4631. iTKtvr[ skSoe, skyoo-ay'; from 403s; furni- 
ture, i.e. spare tackle: — tackling. 

4632. crK€vos skeuos, skyoo'-os; of uncert. affin. : 
a vessel, implement, equipment or apparatus (lit. or 
fig. [spec, a wife as contributing to the usefulness of 
the husband]):— goods, sail, stuff, vessel. 

4633. <tki]v^ Skene, shay-nay'; appar. akin to 
4632 and 4b3q; atent or cloth hut (lit. or fig.):— habita- 
tion, tabernacle. 

4634- o - Ki]voin)'y£a gkenopegla, skay-nop-ayg- 
ee'-ah; from 463b and 4078; the Festival of Taberna- 
cles (so called from the custom of erecting booths 
for temporary homes):— tabernacles. 

4635. <TKT|voiroi6s skendpoids, skay-nop-oy-os' ; 
from 4633 and 4160; a manufacturer of tents:— tent- 
maker. 

4636. o-kt]VOS skenog, skay'-nos; from 4633; a 
hut or temporary residence, i.e. (fig.) the human body 
(as the abode of the spirit):— tabernacle, 



4637. <tkt\v6& skendo, skay-no'-o; from 4036; to 
tent or encamp, i.e. (fig.) to occupy (as a mansion) or 
(spec.) to reside (as God did in the Tabernacle of old, 
a symbol of protection and communion):— dwell. 

4638. CKTJvwjia skenoma, skay'-no-mah; from 
4637; an encampment, i.e. (fig.) the Temple (as God's 
residence), the body (as a tenement for the soul):— 
tabernacle. 

4639. o-kCo, skia, skee'-ah; appar. a prim, word; 
" shade" or a shadow (lit. or fig. [darkness of error 
or an adumbration]): — shadow. 

4640. o-Kiprdu skirt ao, skeer-tah'-o; akin to 
c-KCHpa> skalro (to skip); to jump, i.e. sympathet- 
ically move (as the quickening of a foetus):— leap (for 

joy)- 

4641. (TKXtipoKapSCa sklerokardla, sklay-rok- 
ar-dee'-ah; fern, of a comp. of 4042 and 2388; hard- 
heartedness,'i.e. (spec.) destitution of (spiritual) per- 
ception.'— hardness of heart. 

464S. <TKXi)pos sklerds, sklay-ros'; from the base 
014628; dry, i.e. hard or tonoft (fig. harsh, severe):— 
fierce, hard. 

4643. ornXTjpoTns sklerotes, sklay-rot'-ace; from 
4642; callousness, i.e. (fig.) stubbornness: — hardness. 
4644- o-KXnpoTpdxilXos sklerotrachelos, 

sklay-rot-rakh' -ay-los; from 4642 and 3137; hard- 
naped, i.e. (fig.) obstinate:— stiffnecked. 

4645. cricX'npvvw sklemno, sklay-roo'-no; from 
4642; to indurate, i.e. (fig.) render stubborn:— harden. 

4646. o-KoXids skdlios, skol-ee-os 1 ; from the base 
of 4628; warped, i.e. winding; fig. pertierse.-— crooked, 
froward, untoward. 

4647. ctk6Xo<|< skdldps, skol'-ops; perh from the 
base of 4628 and 3700; withered at the front, i.e. a 
point or prickle (fig. a bodily annoyance or disabil- 
ity):— thorn. 

46\£f?. o-KOireoi skopgo, skop-eh'-o; from <r6,#>; to 
take aim at (spy), i.e. (fig.) regard:— consider, take 
heed, look at (on), mark. Comp. 3700. 

4649. o-Koiris skdpds, skop-os' ("scope"); from 
o-K«irTO|jiai sk£pt5mal (to peer about [" skeptic"]; 
perh. akin to 4626 through the idea of concealment; 
comp. 4629) ; a watch (sentry or scout), i.e. (by impl.) a 
goal:— mark. 

4650. <TKopirC£<» skorplzo, skor-pid'-zo; appar, 
from the same as 4631 (through the idea of penetrat- 
ing) ; to dissipate, i.e. (fig.) put to flight, waste, be 
liberal:— disperse abroad, scatter (abroad). 

4651. o-Kopirlos skorplds, skor-pee'-os; prob. 
from an obsol. cncepirtt skerpo (perh. strength- 
ened from the base of 464Q and mean, to pierce); a 
"scorpion" (from its sting):— scorpion. 

4652. o-Koreivds skoteinos, skat-twos'; from 
4633; opaque, i.e. (fig.) benighted:— dark, full of dark- 
ness. 

4653. o-kotEo. skOtia, skot-ee'-ah; from 4633; dim- 
ness, obscurity (lit. or fig.): — dark (-ness). 

4654- ctkotCJu skotizo, shot-id -zo; from 4633; to 
obscure (lit. or fig.):— darken. 

4655. ctk6tos skdtSs, skot'-os; from the base of 
463Q; sliadiness, i.e. obscurity (lit. or fig.):— darkness 

4656. o-kot6o> skdtoo, shot-o'-o; from 4633; to 
obscure or blind (lit. or fig.):— be full of darkness. 

4657. o-Kv|3aXov sknbaldn, skoo'-bal-on; neut. 
of a presumed der. of 131a and 2Q63 and 90b; what is 
thrown to the dogs, i.e. refuse (ordure): — dung. 

4658. 2kv8t)s Skuthes, skoo'-thace; prob. of for. 
or.; a Scythene or Scythian, i.e. (by impl.) a savage: — 
Scythian. 

4659. <rKu9p(Mros skuthropds, skoo-thro-pos 1 ; 
from o-KuSpds skuthros (sullen) and a der. of 
3700; angry-visaged, i.e. gloomy or affecting a mourn- 
ful appearance:— of a sad countenance. 

4660. o-kvXXu sknllo, skool'-lo; appar. a prim, 
verb; to flay, i.e. (fig.) to harass:— trouble (self). 

4661. o-kvXov skulon, skoo'-lon; neut. from 4660; 
something stripped (as a hide), i.e. booty:— spoil. 

4662. o-KuXTjKoppwTos skolekobrotos. sko-lay- 
hob'-ro-tos; from ^66j and a der. of 077; worm-eaten, 
i.e. diseased wit/i maggots: — eaten of worms. 



66 



Skolakes 
Sookomorahyah 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



4663. <rK<&X.T]£ sKolex, sho' -lakes; of uncert. der. ; 
a grub, maggot or earth-worm;— worm. 

4664. o-papd-ySivos gmaragdindg, smar-ag'- 
dee-nos; from 4665; consisting of emerald:— emerald. 

4665. 0-p.dpa-ySos gmaragddg, smar'-ag-dos; of 
uncert. der.j tbe emerald or green gem so called:— 
emerald. 

4666. <rpvpva smarna, smoor'-nah; appar. 
strengthened for 3464; myrrh:— myrrh. 

4667. Z|ivpva Sinn iiia, smoor'-nah; the same as 
#666; Smyrna, a place in Asia Minor:— Smyrna. 

4668. 2|u>pvaios Snuirnaios, smoor-nah'-yos; 
from 4667; a Smyrnozan:— in Smyrna. 

4669. <r|M)pvC£o> gmurnlzo, smoor-nid'-zo; from 
4667; to tincture with myrrh, i.e. embitter (as a nar- 
cotic):— mingle with myrrh. 

4670. SoSofia Sodoma, sod'-om-ah; plur. of 
Heb. or. [5467]; Sodoma (i.e. Sedom), a place in 
PaL:— Sodom. 

467i. <rot s6t, soyf dat. of #77/; to thee:— thee, 

thine own, thou, thy. 

4672. 2oXo|«Sv or So\o|*fflv SdlSmon, so!-om- 

one'; of Heb. or. [8010] ; Solomon (i.e. Shelomoh), the 

Bon of David:— Solomon. 

4675. (ropds adrftg, sor-os 1 ; pron. akin to the base 

Of #<?<S7; a funereal receptacle (urn, coffin), i.e. (by 

anal.) a bier:— bier. 

4674- vis sfis, sos; from 477/; thine:— thine (own), 

thy (friend). 

4675. crov g5u, soo; gen. of 4771; of thee, thy:— 
X home, thee, thine (own), thou, thy. 

4676. o-ov8dpiov gdadarldn, soo-dar'-ee-on; of 
Lat. or.; a sudarium (sweat-cloth), i.e. towel (for 
wiping the perspiration from the face, or binding the 
face of a corpse):— handkerchief, napkin. 

^677. Sowrdvvtt Sousaima, soo-san'-nah; of 
Heb. or. [7799 fern.]; lily; Susannah (Le.Shoshannah), 
an Israelitess:— Susanna. 

467S. <ro<pCa gttpbia, sof-ee'-ah; from 4680; wis- 
dom (higher or lower, worldly or spiritual) :— wisdom. 

4679. a-od^Cf/a gdpblzo, sof-id'-zo; from 4680; to 
render wise; in a sinister acceptation, to form "soph- 
isms", i.e. continue plausible error: — cunningly de- 
vised, make wise. 

4680. cro<pos sopb«5s, sof-os'; akin to cracks 
sapbes (clear); icise (in a most gen. application):— 
wise. Comp. 542a. 

4681. Siravla Spaiila, span-ee'-ah; prob. of for. 
or.; Spania, o region of Europe:— Spain. 

4682. jnrap&nrM gparaggo, spar-as'-so; prol. 
from inraCpw spalro (to gasp; appar. strengthened 
from 468s through the idea of spasmodic contraction) ; 
to mangle, i.e. convulse with epilepsy.— rend, tear. 

4683. <nrap-yavd<i> gparganfid, spar-gan-5'-o; 
from inrdp'YOVOv gpargan&n (a strip; from a 
der. of the base of 4082 mean, to strap or wrap with 
strips); to swathe (an infant after the Oriental cus- 
tom):— wrap in swaddling clothes. 

4684. inroToXdu gpatalao, spat-aUah'-o; from 
(nrardXi) gpatale (luxury); to be voluptuous:— 
Bve in pleasure, be wanton. 

4685. <rerd» gpao, spah'-o; a prim, verb; to 
draw:— draw (out). 

4686. <nre!pa spStra, sp?-rah; of immed. Lat. 
or., but ultimately a der. of 138 in the sense of its 
cogn. 1507; a coil (spira, " spire"), >-e. (fig.) a mass of 
men (a Horn, military cohort; also [by anaL] a squad 
ot Levitical janitors):— band. 

4657. <nrtCp«) gpglro, spi'-ro; prob. strengthened 
from 4685 (through the idea of extending); to scatter, 
i.e. sow (lit. or fig.):— sow (-er), receive seed. 

4688. (TireKOtiXoTwp gp&kdnlator, spek-oo-lat'- 
ore; of Lat. or.; a speculator, i.e. military scout (spy 
or [by extens.l life-guardsman) : — executioner. 

4689. cnrsv8e> sp&ndo, spen'-do; appar. a prim, 
verb; to pour out as a libation, i.e. (fig.) to devote 
(one's life or blood, as a sacrifice) (" spend ");— (be 
ready to) be offered. 



4690. crire'p|xa spSrina, sper'-mah; from 4687; 
something sown, i.e. ceed (includ. the male " sperm"); 
by impl. offspring ; spec, a remnant (fig. as if kept 
over for planting):— issue, seed. 

4691. o-jrcpiioXd-yos spermologdg, sper-moJ-og'- 
os; from 4bgo and 3004; a seed-picker (as the crow), 
i.e. (fig.) a sponger, loafer (spec, a gossip or trifler in 
talk):— babbler. 

4692. o-iretiSca gpgndo, spyoo'-do; prob. strength- 
ened from 4228; to " speed " (" study"), i.e. urge on 
(diligently or earnestly); by impl. to await eagerly :— 
(make, with) haste unto. 

4693. arirfjXcuov spelaiftn, spay'-lah-yon; neut. 
of a presumed der. of o-irs'os spfios (a grotto); a 
cavern; by impl. a hiding-place or resort:— cave, 
den. 

4694. <nriXds spilas, spee-Ias"; of uncert. der.; a 
ledge or reef of rock in the sea:— spo* [by confusion 
with 4bqb\. 

4695. o-irtXdo) gpllftd, spee-lo'-o; from 4606; to 
stain or soil (lit. or fig.): — defile, spot. 

4696. (rirCXos gpilos, spee'-los; of uncert. der. ; a 
stain or blemish, i.e. (fig.) defect, disgrace:— spot. 

4697. o-irXa-yxv'tonai splagcbnizomai, 
splangkh-nid'-zom-ahee; mid. from #V?,' to have the 
boivels yearn, i.e. (fig.) /eej sympathy, to pity:— have 
(be moved with) compassion. 

4695. orrXd'Yxvov gplagcbnon, splangkh'-non; 
prob. strengthened from o-irX^jv splen (the 
"spleen"); an intestine (plur.); fig. pity or sympathy: — 
bowels, inward affection, + tender mercy. 

4699. trtrdyyoi gpdggds, spong'-gos; perh. of for. 
or.; a " sponge" :— spunge. 

4700. o-iroSds gpddds, spod-os'; of uncert. der.; 
ashes: — ashes. 

4701. orropd spora, spor-ah'; from 4687; a soto- 
ing, i.e. (by impl.) parentage:— seed. 

470#. o-ir6pi(j.os gpdrim&g, spor'-ee-mos; from 
<<7q?; sown, i.e. (neut. plur.) a planted field:— corn 
(-field). 

47&?. o-iropos gpdrdg, spor'-os; from <r6<57; a scai- 
ieriwfir (of seed), i.e. (concr.) seed (as sown):— seed 
(X sown). 

4704. (TirovSdija) spoudazd, spoo-dad'-zo; from 
4710; to use speed, i.e. to make effort, be prompt or 
earnest:— do (give) diligence, be diligent (forward), 
endeavour, labour, study. 

4705. tnrovSaios gpoudaios, spoo^iah'-yos; 
from 4710; prompt, energetic, earnest: — diligent. 

4706. o-irovScud-rtpov gp5ndal5t£r5n, spoo- 
dah-yot'-er-on; neut. of 4707 as adv. ; more earnestly 
than others), i.e. very promptly: — very diligently. 

4707. o-irovSauSrcpos gpdudaidtSrdg, spoo- 
dah-yot'-er-os; compar. of 4703; more prompt, more 
earnest:— more diligent (forward). 

4708. o-irovSaiOT«'pws gpoadaifttSrog, spoo- 
dah-yot-er'-oce; adv. from 4707; more speedily, i.e. 
sooner than otherwise:— more carefully. 

4709. O'ttouScuus gpoudaios, spoo-dah'-yoce; 
adv. from 4703; earnestly, promptly:— diligently, in- 



47i0. tnrovS^ gpdnde, spoo-day 1 ; from 4002; 
" speed ", i.e. (by impl.) despatch, eagerness, earnest- 
ness:— business, (earnest) care (-fulness), diligence, 
forwardness, haste. 

4711. orrupte gpnrlg, spoo-rece'; from 4687 (as 
woven); a hamper or iunch-receptacZe:— basket. 

4712. oraSiov gtadldn, stad'-ee-on; or masc. (in 
plur.) ordSios gtadlds, stad'-ee-os; from the base 
of 2476 (as fixed); a stade or certain measure of dis- 
tance; by impl. a stadium or race-course:— furlong, 
race. 

4713. ordfivos gtamndg, stam'-nos; from the 
base of 2476 (as stationary) ; ajar or earthen tank:— 
pot. 

4724. <rrd<ris stasis, stas'-is; from the base of 
2476; a standing (prop, the act), i.e. (by anal.) posi- 
tion (existence); by impl. a popular uprising; fig. 
controversy;— dissension, insurrection, X standing, 
uproar. 



4715. o-TtvHjp stater, stat-air'; from the base or 
2746; a stander (standard of value), i.e. (spec.) a 
stater or certain coin:— piece of money. 

47 16. orcuipos gtanrog, stow-ros'; from the base 
of 2476; a stake or post (as set upright), l.e. (spec.) a 
poie or cross (as an instrument of capital punish- 
ment); fig. exposure to death, i.e. self-denial; by 
impl. the atonement of Christ: — cross. 

4717. oravpow stanroo, stow-ro'-o; from 4716; to 
impale on the cross; fig. to extinguish (subdue) pas- 
sion or selfishness:— crucify. 

4718. oratpuX^ gtaphnle, staf-oo-lay' ; prob. 
from the base of 4733; a cluster of grapes (as if inter- 
twined) :— grapes. 

4719. ora^us stacbns, stakh'-oos; from the 
base of 2476; a head of grain (as standing out from 
the stalk):— ear (of corn). 

4720. Sra\vs Stacbns, stakh'-oos; the same as 
4719; Stachys, a Chr.:— Stachys. 

4721. ore^T] stege, steg'-ay; strengthened from a 
prim. Tl-yos tegog (a " thatch" or" decfc" of a build- 
ing) ; a roof:— roof. 

47^. o-re-yw gtego, steg'-o; from 4721; to roof 
over, i.e. (fig.) to cover with silence (endure patient- 
ly):— (for-) bear, suffer. 

4723. crrcCpos stelrog, sti'-ros; a contr. from 4731 
(as stiff and unnatural); " sterile":— barren. 

4724. ot&Xw sttllo stel'-lo; prob. strengthened 
from the base of 2476; prop, to set fast (" stall "), i.e. 
(fig.) to repress (reflex, abstain from associating 
with):— avoid, withdraw self. 

4725. 0-Tc'p.pa sttmma, stem'-mah; from the base 
of 473Si a wreath for show:— garland. 

47W. o-reva-yfios stenagmAg, sten-ag-mos' ; 
from #727; a sigh: — groaning. 

4727. <rrtv6X,a stenazo, sten-ad'-zo; from 4728; 
to moAe (intrans. oe) in straits, i.e. (by impl.) to 
sigh, miimiir, pray inaudibly: — with grief, groan, 
grudge, sigh. 

4728. errors gtendg, sten-os'; prob. from the 
base of 2476; narrow (from obstacles standing close 
about):— strait. 

4729. crrevoxupeo) stenochdr£d, sten-okh-o- 
reh'-o; from the same as 4730; to hem in closely, i.e. 
(fig.) cramp: — distress, straiten. 

4730. trnvo\apla st£noehoria, sten-okh-oree'. 
ah; from a comp. of 4728 and 3361; narrowness of 
room, i.e. (fig.) calamity: — anguish, distress. 

4731. o-T€p€os st£r£og, ster-eh-os'; from 2476; 
stiff, i.e. solid, stable (lit. or fig.):— stedfast, strong, 
sure. 

4732. <TTcpedo> stSrSSo, ster-eh-d'-o; from 47J/; to 
solidify, Ue. confirm (Tit. or fig.): — establish, receive 
strength, make strong. 

4733. (rrcp&ap.a sti'rfoma, ster-eh'-o-mah; from 
4732; something established, i.e. (abstr.) confirma- 
tion (stability) :— stedfastness. 

4734. STttpavds Stephanas, stef-an-as'; prob. 
contr. for <TTe<p avtl,T 6s st£phanotog (crowned; 
from 4737~); Stephanas, a Chr.:— Stephanas. 

4755. o-T€<j>ttvos gtephan5g, stef-an-os; from an 
appar. prim. <rr&|>o> gtgpho (to twine or wreathe); 
a chaplet (as a badge of royalty, a prize in the public 
games or a symbol of honor gen. ; but more conspic- 
uous and elaborate than the simple fillet, 1&8), lit. or 
fig. : — crown. 

4736. ZT&pavos Stephanog, stef-an-os; the 
same as 4135; Sfephanus, a Chr. : — Stephen. 

4737. OTEfpavdsi) stepbando, stef-an-o'-o; from 
4735', to adorn with an honorary wreath Git. or fig.): — 
crown. 

4738. o-rfjOos stetbos, stay'-thos; from 2476 (as 
standing prominently); the (entire extern.) bosom, 
i.e. chest: — breast. 

4739. o-t^ko) steko, staj/'-fco; from the pert 
tense of 247b; to be stationary, i.e. (fig.) to perse- 
vere:— stand (fast). 

4740. oTTipvyu.ds sterigmos, stay-rig^mos,'; from 
4J41; stability (fig.) :— stedfastness. 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



Skolakes 
Sookomorahyah 



£741. crnpttw sterlzo, stay-rid'-zo; from a pre- 
sumed der. of 2^76 (like 473'); to set fast, i.e. (lit.) to 
turn resolutely in a certain direction, or (fig.) to con- 
firm:— ta, (e-) stablish, stedfastly set, strengthen. 

1(74%. o-Tfyfia stigma, stig'-mah; from a prim. 
(rr({tt stlzo 'to" stick", i.e. prick); a mark incised 
or punched (for recognition of ownership), i.e. (flg.) 
tear of service:— mark. 

Iftlfi. oTi'ypii stlgme, stig-may'; fem. of 4742; a 
point of time, i.e. an instant: — moment. 

4744. <rrtXp<a stllbo, stil'-bo; appar.aprim. verb; 
to gleam, i.e. flash intensely:— shining. 

4745. ©"rod st 5a, st5-ah'; prob. from 2476; aeoJ- 
onnade or interior piazza:— porch. 

4746- otoi(J&s stoibas. stoy-bas 1 ; from a prim. 
<rrc(f3a> stelbo (to "step" or "stojnp"); a. spread 
(as if tramped flat) of loose materials for a couch, i.e. 
(by impl.) a bough of a tree so employed:— branch. 

4747. oroixtiov atdlcheldii, stoy-khi'-on; neut. 
of a presumed der. of the base of 4748; something or- 
derly in arrangement, i.e. (by impl.) a serial (basal, 
fundamental, initial) constituent (lit.), proposition 
(flg.):— element, principle, rudiment. 

4748. a^oi\ia gtoicb&o, stoy-kheh'-o; from a 
der. of <rrilx<* steicbo (to range in regular line); 
to march in (military) rank (keep step), i.e. (flg.) to 
conform to virtue and piety:— walk (orderly). 

4749. <rro\f[ st die, stol-ay'; from 4724; equip- 
ment, i.e. (spec.) a "stole" or long-fitting gown (as a 
mark of dignity);— long clothing (garment), (long) 
robe. 

4750. <rr6(i,o HtSma, stom'-a; prob. strengthened 
from a presumed der. of the base of 5114; the mouth 
(as if a gash in the face); by impl. language (and its 
relations) ; flg- an opening (in the earth) ; spec, the 
front or edge (of a weapon):— edge, face, mouth. 

4751. o-ropaxos Bt5macb5s, stom'-akh-os; from 
4750; an orifice (the gullet), i.e. (spec.) the " stom- 
ach":— stomach. 

475S. oTpaxeCa atratela, strat-i'-ah; from 47S4', 
military service, i.e. (fig.) the apostolic career (as one 
of hardship and danger):— warfare. 

4753. 0Tpdr£V|ia atrateama, strat'-yoo-mah; 
from 47S4', an armament, i.e. (by impl.) a body of 
troops (more or less extensive or systematic):— army, 
soldier, man of war. 

4754. <TTpa,T«iio|i(H stratSuftmal, strat-yoo'-om- 
ahee; mid. from the base of 4736; to serve in a mili- 
tary campaign; flg. to execute the apostolate (with 
its arduous duties and functions), to contend with 
carnal inclinations:— soldier, (go to) war (-fare). 

4755. <rTp«mvy6s atrategSa, strat-ay-gosf; from 
the base of 4750 and 71 or 2233; a general, i.e. (by 
impl. or anal.) a (military) governor (prostor), the 
chief (pravfect) of the (Levitical) temple-wardens:— 
captain, magistrate. 

4756. <rrpar(a stratla, strat-ee'-ah; fem. of a 
der. of oTparos strattts (an army; from the base 
of 4706, as encamped) ; camp-Ji/ceness, i.e. an army, 
i.e. (flg.) the angels, the celestial luminaries:— host. 

4757. arpan&np stratlotes, strat-ee-o'-tace; 
from a presumed der. of the same as 4736; a camper- 
out, i.e. a (common) warrior (lit. or flg.):— soldier. 
4755. arpOLTohtyia stratdl&geo, strat-ol-og- 
eh'o; from a comp. of the base of 4750 and 3004 (in 
its orig. sense); to gather (or select) as a warrior, Le. 
«n!£st in the army :— choose to be a soldier. 

4759. oTparoireSiipxis gtratope'darcbes, 
strat-op-ed-ar'-khace; from 4760 and 7/7; a ruler of 
an army, i.e. (spec.) a Praetorian prozfect;— captain 
of the guard. 

4760. <rrp*r6irtoov stratopgdon, strat-op'-ed- 
on; from the base of 4750 and the same as 3077; a 
camping-ground, Le. (by impl.) a body of troops: — 
army. 

4761. o-TptpXo© etreblfto, sfreMo'-o; from a der. 
of 4762; to wrench, i.e. (spec.) to torture (by the 
rack), but only flg. to pervert:— wrest. 

4763. <rrp&pu atrepbd, stref-o: strengthened 
from tbe base 015157; to twist, i.e. turn quite around 



or reverse (lit. or fig.):— convert, turn (again, back 

again, self, self about). 

4763. OTpnvidu strenlao, stray-nee-ah'-o; from 

a presumed der. of 4764; to be luxurious:— live deli- 

ciously. 

4764- orpfjvos strends. stray'-nos; akin to 4731; 
a " straining", " strenuousness" or " strength", i.e. 
(flg.) luxury (voluptuousness):— delicacy. 

4765. orpovOCov strdatbldn, stroo-thee'-on; 
dimtn. of orpovBos strduthds (a sparrow); a 
little sparrow:— sparrow. 

4766. <rrp<&VW|U stronnumi, strone'-noo-mee; 

or simpler 
(rrpuvvvw atrdnnud, strone^noo'-o; prol. 

from a still simpler 
orpow 8tr5o, stro'-o (used only as an alt. in 
certain tenses; prob. akin to 4731 through the idea of 
positing); to "strew", i.e. spread (as a carpet or 
couch):— make bed, furnish, spread, strew. 

4767. OTvyvnrds atugnetos, stoog-nay-tos'; 
from a der. of an obsol. appar. prim, arvyw stago 
(to hate); hated, i.e. odious:— hateful. 

4768. o-TiryvdJu stugnazo, stoog-nad'-zo; from 
the same as #767; to render gloomy, i.e. (by impl.) 
glower (be overcast with clouds, or sombreness of 
speech):— lower, be sad. 

4769. orvXos atulds, stoo'-los; from o-rvo> stuo 
(to stiffen; prop, akin to the base of 2476); a post 
(" style"), i.e. (flg.) support:— pillar. 

4770. Stohkos Stoiikds, sto-ik-os'; from ^7<(j,' a 
" Stoic" (as occupying a particular porch in Athens), 
i.e. adherent of a certain philosophy :— Stoick. 

4771. <rv an, soo; the pers. pron. of the sec. pers. 
sing. ; thou:— thou. See also 4371, 4071, 467s; and for 
the plur. 5200, 5210, 3213, 3216, 

4773. o-UYY^vem auggSnela, soong-ghen'4-ah; 
from 4773; relationship, i.e. (concr.) relatives;— 
kindred. 

4773. o-uyyevfjs snggenea, soong-ghen-ace' ; 
from 4802 and /a#; a relative (by blood) ; by extens. 
a fellow countryman:— cousin, kin (-sfolk, -sman). 

4774. <nryyv<&u.ii anggnome, soong-gno'-may; 
from a rajmp. of 4S62 and 1007; fellow knowledge, i.e. 
concession:— permission. 

4775. <nryKd8n|i<u angkatbemal, soong-kath'- 
ay-mahee; from 4862 and 2521; to scat oneself in com- 
pany with; — sit with. 

4776. oTryKoOtJo) sagkatbizo, soong-kath4d'-zo; 
from ^Sfe and 2323; to gi»e (or fake) o seot in com- 
pany with:— (make) sit (down) together. 

4777. <ruYnaKoira66» sugkakftpatbeo, soong- 
kak-op-ath-eh'-o; from 4862 and ajrjy," to suffer hard- 
ship in company with:— be partaker of afflictions. 
477S. «rvyKaKovx&i> angkakdnebeo, soong- 
kak-oo-kheh'-o; from 4*2 and 25-5*; to maltreat in 
company with, i.e. (pass.) endure persecution to- 
gether:— softer affliction with. 

4779. enryKaX&» sngkaleo, soong-kal-eh'-o; from 

4862 and 2jo^, - to convoke:— call together. 

4750. mryKaXfarra augkalupto, soong-feaJ-oop'- 

to; from ^852 and 2372; to conceal altogether:— cover. 

475.Z. <nryKdu/irT<i> augkampto, soong-kamp'-to; 

from 4*2 and 2j7<f/ to bend together, i.e. (flg.) to 

afflict:— bow down. 

47£2. <rvyKaTaPaCv» angkatabalno, soong- 

kat-ab-ah'ee-no; from ^62 and 2307; to descend in 

company with:— go down with. 

47&?. (nryKOTdfleins augbatathesla, soong- 

kat-ath'-es-is; from 47<5V; a deposition (of sentiment) 

in company with, i.e. (flg.) accord with:— agreement. 

4784. <nryKaTaTtec|uu sngkatatithemai, 

soong-lcat-at-ith'-em-ahee; mid. from 4863 and 2608; 

to deposit (one's vote or opinion) in company with, 

i.e. (flg.) to accord with:— consent 

47*5. <nryn(iT<M|rn<j>£i;<» augkatapgepblzo, 

soong-kat-aps^iy-fid'-zo; from #Sfe and a comp. of 

2506 and ,J5*>,' to count down in company with, Le. 

enroll among:— number with. 

47S6. mryicepdvvv|j.i angkerannnml, soong. 

ker-an'-noo-mee; from 4802 and 2767; to commingle, 



67 

mix with, temper 



i.e. (flg.) to combine or assimilate:- 
together. 

47S7. otryKiveco sngklnfio, soong-fcin-eh'-o; from 
4082 and 279/; to move together, i.e. (spec.) to excite 
as a mass (to sedition) :— stir up. 

4788. o-vyK\clci> sngkleto, soong-Hi'-o; from 
4862 and 2<Sb<5y to shut together, i.e. include or (flg.) 
embrace in a common subjection to:— conclude, in- 
close, shut up. 

4789. o-vyKXnpov6u.os sugkler&ndmds, soong- 
klay-ron-ovi'-os; from 4S62 and 281S; a co-heir, i.e. 
(by anal.) participant in common;— fellow (joint) 
-heir, heir together, heir with. 

4790. e-iryKoivuve'w HngkAlnonSo, soono-fcoj/- 
no-neh'-o; from ^62 and 2if#/; to share in company 
with, i.e. co-participate in:— communicate (have fel- 
lowship) with, be partaker of. 

4791. mryKoivovds sugkdlnonds, soong-koy- 
no-nos 1 ; from 4802 and 2844; a co-participant:— com- 
panion, partake (-r, -r with). 

479^. c-iryKou,fi> sngkdmlzo, soong-fcom-id'-2o; 
from 4862 and £vS^,' to convey together, i.e. collect or 
bear away in company with others:— carry. 

4793. <nryKptvo sngkrlno, soong-kree'-no; from 
4<fc2 and 29/9; to judge of one thing in connection 
with another, i.e. combine (spiritual ideas with ap- 
propriate expressions) or collate (one person with an- 
other by way of contrast or resemblance):— compare 
among (with). 

4794. oiryKtiirTM sngknpto, soong-koop'-to; from 
4862 and 20.55; to stoop altogether, i.e. be completely 
overcome by:— bow together. 

4795. o-vyxvpCa eagkarla, soonsr-fcoo^ee'-oh; 
from a comp. of 4862 and Kvpia kurf o (to light or 
happen; from the base of 2962) ; concurrence, Le. ac- 
cident: — chance. 

4796. onryxaCpa sugcbalro, soong-khah'ee-ro; 
from 4862 and 5403; to sympathize in gladness, con- 
gratulate:— rejoice in (with). 

4797. <rvy\(a sngcbeo, soong-kheh'-o; m 

<rvy\iva angchnno, soong-khoo'-no; 

from ^562 and X^ w ch8o (to pour) or its alt ; to 
commingle promiscuously, i.e. (flg.) to throw (an as- 
sembly) info disorder, to perplex (the mind):— con- 
found, confuse, stir up, be in an uproar. 

4798. o-vyxP»°( lttl sugcbradmal, soong-khrah'- 
om-ahee; from 4862 and 5530; to use jointly, i.e. (by 
impl.) to hold intercourse in common:— have dealings 
with. 

4799. <r&y\vws sugchnsis, soong'-khoo-sis; 
from 4707; commixture, Le. (flg.) riotous disturb- 
ance;— confusion. 

4800. o-v£d<D gnzao, sood-zah'-o; from 4862 and 
3108; to continue to live in common with, Le. co-sur- 
uiue (lit. or flg.):— live with. 

4S0.A <ruJt*Yvup.i snz£ngnnml, sood-zyoog'-noo. 
mee; from 48b2sca& the base of 220/; to yoke together, 
i.e. (flg.) conjoin (in marriage):— join together. 
4502. OTiJirWM suzeteo, sood-zay-teh'-o; from 
#i&2 and 22727 to investigate jointly, Le. discuss, con 
irotrert, caw'L - — dispute (with), enquire, question 
(with), reason (together). 

4803. <n>i$Ti]<n.s snzetesls, sood-zay'-tay-sis; 
from 4802; mutual questioning, Le. discussion:— His 
putation (-ting), reasoning. 

4804- o-ufcnTnrfjs snzetetes, sood-zay-tay-tace'; 
from 4802; a disputant, i.e. sophist: — disputer. 
4805. <r«J«70s snzngds, sood'-zoo-gos; from ^for; 
co-yoked, i.e. (flg.) as noun, a colleague; prob. rather 
as prop, name; Syzygus, a Chr.:— yokefellow. 
4#06. OTi£<!>oiroi.&> suzoopoigo, sood-zo-op-oy- 
eh'-o; from #S&2 and 2227; to reanimate conjointly 
with (flg.):— quicken together with. 

4807. truKapivos snkamlnog, soo-kam'-ee-nos; 
Of Heb. or. [82B6] in imitation of 480Q; a sycamore-fig 
tree:— sycamine tree. 

4808. eoiKiJ soke, soo-kay'; from 4810; a JSff- 
tree:— flg tree. 

4S09. iniKouapata sukAmoraia, soo-Som-e- 
rah'-yah; from 4&0 and |iopov mArdn (the mul- 



68 



Sookon 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



berry); the " sycamore" -fig tree:— sycamore tree. 
Comp. 4&ff- 

4810. tr«KOV sukdu, soo'-kon; appar. a prim, 
word; a fig:— fig. 

4811. (TUKO<|>aVT&> sukdpbanteo, soo-kof-an- 
teh'-o; from a oomp. of 4810 and a der. of 5310; to be 
a fig-informer (reporter of the law forbidding the ex- 
portation of figs from Greece), "sycophant", i.e. 
(gen. and by extens.) to defraud {exact unlawfully, 
extort):— accuse falsely, take by false accusation. 

4812. oTj\a'Y<iiY&D snlagdggo, soo-lag-ogue-eh'-o; 
from the base of 48/3 and (the redupl. form of) 71; to 
Zead away as booty, i.e. (flg.) seduce: — spoil. 

4813. cruXdco gulao, soo-lah'-o; from a der. of 
<rvXX<o solid (to strip; prob. akin to 138; comp. 
466/); to despoil: — rob. 

4814- avKkdkia sullalSo, sool-lal-eh'-o; from 
4862 and 2980; to talk together, i.e. converse; — com- 
mune (confer, talk) with, speak among. 

4815. eroXXaupdvio enllambana, sool-lam- 
ban'-o; from 4862 and 2983; to clasp, i.e. seize (arrest, 
capture); spec, to conceive (lit. or flg.); by impl. to 
aid:— catch, conceive, help, take. 

4816. cruXXe'-yw sullego, sool-leg'-o; from 4862 
and 3004 in its orig. sense; to collect:— gather (to- 
gether, up). 

4817. <rv\\o'y(i;o|Uii sulldglzdmal, sool-log-id'- 
zom-ahee; from 4862 and 3040; to reckon together 
(with oneself), i.e. deliberate:— reason with. 

4818. o-uXXuire*!) sullupeo, sool-loop-eh'-o; from 
4862 and 3076; to afflict jointly, i.e. (pass.) sorrow at 
(on account of) some one: — be grieved. 

4819. <rvu.pa(v<i>, snnibaliio, soom-bah'ee-no; 
from 486s and the base of 93Q; to walk (fig. transpire) 
together, i.e. concur (take place):— be (-fall), happen 
(unto). 

4820. <ru|ij3aX\o> snmballo, soom-baZ'-Zo; from 
4862 and 906; to combine, i.e. (in speaking) to con- 
verse, consult, dispute, (mentally) to consider, (by 
impl.) to aid, (personally) to join, attack:— confer, 
encounter, help, make, meet with, ponder. 

4821. o-V|iftatriXevu silmbasilfuo, soom-bas-il- 
yoo'-o; from 4862 and 936; to be co-regent (flg.):— 
reign with. 

4822. <ru|i(3i.f3d£<i> sumblbazo, soom-btb-ad'-zo; 
from 4862 and Pipd£<i> blbazo (to force; caus. [by 
redupl.] of the base of Q3Q); to drive together, i.e. 
unite (in association or affection), (mentally) to infer, 
show, teach:— compact, assuredly gather, instruct, 
knit together, prove. 

4823. <rup.pouX«v» snmbduleuo, soom-bool- 
yoo'-o; from 4862 and rou ; to give (or take) advice 
jointly, i.e. recommend, deliberate or determine: — 
consult, (give, take) counsel (together). 

4824- <ruiiPovXi.ov snmbdulidn, soom-boo'-lee- 
on; neut. of a presumed der. of 4823; advisement; 
spec, a deliberative body, i.e. the provincial assessors 
or lay-court:— consultation, counsel, council. 
4826. o-vu-PovXos suinboulos, soom'-boo-los; 
from 4862 and 1012; a consultor, i.e. adviser: — coun- 
sellor. 

4826. 2v|M<Sv Summon, soom-eh-one' ; from the 
same as 4613; Symeon (i.e. Shimon), the name of five 
1st. :— Simeon, Simon. 

4827. o-v|mio.6titt|s Bummatbetes, soom-math- 
ay-tace'; from a comp. of 4862 and 3129; a co-learner 
(of Christianity):— fellowdisciple. 

4828. <rvti|i.apTvpe'w snmmartiireo, soom-mar- 
too-reh'-o; from 4862 and j-^o; to testify jointly, i.e. 
corroborate by (concurrent) evidence:— testify unto, 
(also) bear witness (with). 

4.5^9. <ru|j.u,cpC£o|Jiai gummerlzomai, soom- 
wier-id'-zom-a/iee,* mid. from 4862 and JJ07; to share 
jointly, i.e. participate in: — be partaker with. 
4&?0. o-vjiuexoxos sninnietdchos, sobm-met'- 
okh-os; from .^Ste and 3333; a co-participant:— par- 
taker. 



4831. a-vu.uiLvri'Hjs snmmimetes, soom-mzm- 
ay-tace'; from a presumed comp. of 4862 and j^/,* a 
co-imitator, i.e. fellow votary: — follower together. 

4832. on>|j.(j.op<(>05 summdrpbds, soom-mor-fos' ; 
from jrftte and j^«; jointly formed, i.e. (flg.) simi- 
lar:— conformed to, fashioned like unto. 

4833. o-vu.(j,op<j>da> summdrpbdo, soom-mor- 
fo'-o; from 4832; to rentier like, i.e. (fig.) to assimi- 
late:— make conformable unto. 

4834- <rvf.itaSio snmpatbgo, soom-path-eh'-o; 
team. 483s; to feel " sympathy" with, i.e. (by impl.) to 
commiserate:— have compassion, be touched with a 
feeling of. 

483 5. <rv|iira8^js sumpatbes, soom-path-ace' ; 
from 4841; having a fellow-feeling (" sympathetic"), 
i.e. (by impl.) mutually commiserative;— having com- 
passion one of another. 

4836. o-v(iirapa-y(vo(iai smnparaglndmal, 
soom-par-ag-in'-om-ahee; from 4862 and 3834; to be 
present together, i.e. to convene; by impl. to appear 
in aid:— come together, stand with. 

4&J7. <ru|j.irapaicaX&» sumparakaleo, soom- 
par-ak-al-eh'-o; irom 4862 and 3870; to console joint- 
ly:— comfort together. 

4838. <rvv.irapa\av.pav<>) gnmparalamband, 
soom-par-al-am-ban'-o; from 4862 and 3880; to take 
along in company: — take with. 

4839. <ru|iirapa|jiv<o samparameno, soom-par- 
am-en'-o; from 4862 and 3887; to remain in company, 
i.e. still live:— continue with. 

4840. a-vu.irdpei|U sumparelml, soom-par'-i- 
mee; from 4862 and jo/^; to be at Ziand together, i.e. 
now present:— be here present with. 

4841. <ni|J.ira<rx«> sumpascbd, soom-pas'-kho; 
from 4862 and 3038 (includ. its alt.); to experience 
pain jointly or of the same kind (spec, persecution; 
to " sympathize"):— suffer with. 

4842. <rvu.1reu.1rw sumpempd, soom-pem'-po; 
from 4862 and 3002; to despatch in company: — send 
with. 

4843. <ru|«r€piXo|ipdv<i) sumperilambano, 
soom-per-ee-lam-ban'-o; from 4802 and a comp. of 
4012 and 29<&; to take by inclosing altogether, i.e. 
earnestly throw the arms about one: — embrace. 
4844- wpalvta sumplmd, soom-pee' -no; from 
4862 and 4005; to partake a beverage in company:— 
drink with. 

4845. <ru|iirXT|p6« sumplcrSo, soom-play-ro'-o: 
from 4862 and 4137; to implenish completely, i.e. (of 
space) to swamp (a boat), or (of time) to accomplish 
(pass, be complete):— (fully) come, fill up. 

4846. <ruu,irvC'Y» snmpnlgo, soom-pnee'-go; 
from 4862 and ^/j^, - to strangle completely, i.e. (lit.) 
to droren, or (flg.) to crowd: — choke, throng. 

4847. crviiiroXfrrns sumpolites, soom-poUee'- 
tace; from 4862 and 4177; a native of the same town, 
i.e. (fig.) co-religionist (fellow-Ghristiari):— fellow- 
citizen. 

4848. o-uuiropevoum snmpdrSndmai, soom- 
por-yoo'-om-ahee; from 4862 and 4108; to journey to- 
gether; by impl. to assembZe:— go with, resort. 

4849. <rv|i.irdcri,ov suiiapdsioii, soom-pos'-ee-on; 
neut. of a der. of the alt. of 4844; a drinJtmo-party 
(" symposium"), i.e. (by extens.) a room of guests: — 
company. 

4850. <ruu,irpEcrpvTepos sampresbnterds, 
soom-pres-boo'-ter-os; from 4862 and 4245; a eo-p?-es- 
byter:— presbyter, also an elder. 

cruucpdYU sumpbago. See 4006. 

4851. <nj|i.cpepw snmphero, soom-fer'-o; from 
4862 and 3342 (includ. its alt.); to bear together (con- 
tribute), i.e. (lit.) to collect, or (flg.) to conduce; es- 
pec. (neut. part, as noun) adtrantaoe. - — be better for, 
bring together, be expedient (for), be good, (be) pro- 
fit (-able for). 

4852. crvu-epnux sumpbemi, soom'-fay-mee; 
from 4862 and 534b; to say jointly, i.e. assent to:— 
consent unto. 

4853. cru|j.<fiuXeTrjs sumphul£tes, soom-foo-let'- 
ace; from 4862 and a der. of 5443; a co-tribesman, i.e. 

I native of the same country:— countryman. 



4854. cHi|i<S>vTos sumpliutos, soom'-foo-tos; 
from 4862 and a der. of 3433; grown along with (con- 
nate), i.e. (fig.) closely united to:— planted together. 

4855. o-vucpva) sumpbuo, soom-foo'-o; from 486s 
and 3433; pass, to grow jointly:— spring up with. 

4856. o-uucpuvc'to suiupboneo, soom-fo-neh'-o; 
from 4839; to be /larmoutous, i.e. (fig.) to accord (be 
suitable, concur) or stipulate (by compact): — agree 
(together, with). 

4857. o-vfi<p(lvT)cn.s sumpbonesis, soom-fo 1 - 
nay-sis; from 4836; accordance:— concord. 

4858. crv[Acj>on'£a sampbonia, soom-fo-nee'-ah; 
from #%•<?,' unison of sound (" symphony"), i.e. a con- 
cert of instruments (harmonious note):— music. 

4859. crvpcpuvos sumpbonds, soom'-fo-nos; 
from <rffe and 3436; sounding together (alike), i.e. 
(fig.) accordant (neut. as noun, agreement):— con- 
sent. 

4860. <rv|H|/r)cpCi;<i> sumpsephlzo, soom-psay-fid'- 
zo; from 4862 andj-j<?f,' to compute jointly: — reckon. 

4861. <ruLi.<|ruxo$ snmpsucbds, soom'-psoo-khos; 
from 4862 and 3300; co-spirited, i.e. similar in senti- 
ment:— like-minded. 



otV sun, soon; a prim. prep, denoting 
union; with or together (but much closer than j>j^6 
or 3844), i.e. by association, companionship, process, 
resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition 
etc. :— beside, with. In comp. it has similar applica- 
tions, includ. completeness. 

4863. o-vvct-yw sunago, soon-ag'-o; from 4862 and 
71; to lead together, i.e. collect or convene; spec, to 
entertain (hospitably):— + accompany, assemble 
(selves, together), bestow, come together, gather 
(selves together, up, together), lead into, resort, take 
in. 

4864. OTiv«ryary<j sunagoge, soon-ag-o-gay' ; 
from (the redupl. form of) 4863; an assemblage of 
persons; spec, a Jewish "synagogue" (the meeting 
or the place); by anal, a Christian church:— assem- 
bly, congregation, synagogue. 

4865. <ruva-y<i)v£Jop.ai sanagonlzdmal, soon- 
ag-o-nid' '-zom-ahee; from 4862 and 73; to struggle in 
company with, i.e. (flg.) to be a partner (assistant):— 
strive together with. 

4866. a-uvaSiKim snnatbleo, soon-ath-leh'-o; 
from 4862 and 118; to wrestle in company with, i.e. 
(flg.) to seek jointly:— labour with, strive together for. 

4867. crwa6poCi> sranatbrdizo, soon-ath-royd'- 
zo; from 4862 and dSpoflJw atbr&izo (to hoard); 
to convene: — call (gather) together. 

4868. cruvaCpw suiiutro, soon-ah'ee-ro; from 
4862 and -r^2,' to make up together, i.e. (fig.) to com- 
pute (an account): — reckon, take. 

4869. o-wtux|idX»Tos sunalcbmalot&s. soo»- 
aheekh-mal'-o-tos; from 4862 and 164; a co-captive:— 
fellowprisoner. 

4870. trwaKoXovBe'w snnakdldntbeo, soon-ak- 
ol-oo-theh'-o; from 4862 and /oo; to accompany :— 
follow. 

$?7i. cT)vaX(^o) snnallzo, soon-al-id'-zo; from 
4862 a&& aXC|i» ballz5 (to tferong); to accumulate, 
i.e. convene:— assemble together. 
4?7#. crovctvaPaCvo simamabalno, soon-an-ab- 
ah'ee-no; from #5&2 and joj; to ascend in company 
with;— come up with. 

#?7<1 <ruvavdKEiu.cu sunanak£imai, soon-an- 
ak'-i-mahee; from ^2 and 343! to recline in com- 
pany with (at a meal):— sit (down, at the table, to- 
gether) with (at meat). 

4874- o-uvavaiifYVvui snnanamignnmi, soon- 

an-am-ig' -noo-mee; from 4862 and a comp. of 303 and 
JJ96; to mi* up together, i.e. (flg.) associate with:— 
(have, keep) company (with). 

4875. cruvavaxavouai sunanapaudmat, soon- 
an-ap-ow'-om-ahee; mid. from 4862 and J7^,' to 
recruit oneself in company with;— refresh with. 
4#76. crvvavTacD sunantao, soon-an-tah'-o; 
from 4862 and a der. of 473; to meet with; flg. to 
occur;— befall, meet. 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



Sookoii 
Soonoopoorgeho 



69 



4877. <rvvdvri](ri5 sunantesls, soon-cm'-tay-sis; 
from 481b; a meeting with:— meet. 

4878. <n»vavTtXojj.pdvojiat sanantllambaii6> 

mal, soon-an-tee-lam-ban'-omrahee; from 4862 and 
482; to take hold of opposite together, i.e. co-operate 
(assist):— help. 

4879. <rvvair&yci> snnapago, soon-ap-ag'-o; from 
4862 and j2o; to take off together, i.e. transport with 
{seduce, pass, yield):— carry Qead) away with, con- 
descend. 

4880. o-uvawoflvfjcrKG) gunapdtbnesko, soore- 
ap-oth-nace'-ko; from ^2 and ^99; to decease (lit.) 
in company with, or (flg.) similarly to;— be dead (die) 
with. 

4881. o-vvairdXXi>|J.i simapolliimi, soon-ap-ol'- 
loo-mee; from 4862 and 622; to destroy (mid. or pass, 
fre slain) in company with." — perish wit&. 

488%. <n>vairo(rr&\» sunapdstello, soon-op-os- 
tel'-lo; from 4862 and 649," to despatch (on an errand) 
in company with: — send with. 

4888. «rvvap|ioXo7&» sunarm&ldggo, soon-ar- 
mol-og-eh'-o; from ^ffe and a der. of a comp. of 779 
and 3004 (in its orig. sense of laying); to render close- 
jointed together, i.e. organize compactly:— be fitly 
framed (joined) together. 

4884. arwapfirc\t,a sunarpazo, soon-ar-pad'-zo; 
from 4862 and 72b; to snatcA together, i.e. seise; — 
catch. 

4885. <n:vav£dvai sanaazano, soon-dura-am'-o; 
from 4862 and <£?7; to increase {grow up) together: — 
grow together. 

4886. ctivoWuos «uud('nni«*, soon'-des-mos; 
from 4862 and J/99,' a joint tie, i.e. ligament, (flg.) 
uniting principle, control: — band, bond. 

4887. <mvMo> sundSo, soon-deh'-o; from 4862 and 
/■2/0; to Mnd with, i.e. (pass.) oe a fellow-prisoner 
(fig.):— be bound with. 

4888. cruvSogdga) anndAxazo, soon-dox-ad'-zo; 
from 4562 and ^92; to ea;a!t to dignity in company 
(i.e. similarly) with:— glorify together. 

4889. o-vvSovXos sunddulSs, soort'-doo-ios; from 
48b2 and 1401', a co-sZave, i.e. servitor or ministrant 
of the same master (human or divine):— fellowser- 
vant. 

o-t)v8p£|jui> KundrCmo. See 403b. 

4890. <rvv8pou,"tf| gimdrdme, soon-drom-ay' ; 
from (the alt. of) 403b; a running together, i.e. (riot- 
ous) concourse:— run together. 

4891. o-vve-yetpM snn£g£iro, soon-eg-i'-ro; from 
4>5$2 and /.jyj,' to rouse (from death) in company 
with, i.e. (fig.) to revivify (spiritually) in resemblance 
to: — raise up together, rise with. 

4892. omWSpiov simidrldn, soom-ed'-ree-on; 
ceut of a presumed der. of a comp. of 48b2 and the 
base of 147b; a joint session, i.e. (spec.) the Jewish 
Sanhedrim; by anal, a subordinate tribunal: — 
council. 

4893. <ruveC8T)<rts gim$idesis, soon-i'-day-sis; 
from a prol. form of 4894; co-perception, i.e. moral 
consciousness: — conscience. 

4894. <ruveC8w sunSldo, soon-i'-do; from 48b2 
and 14Q2; to see completely; used (like its prim.) only in 
two past tenses, respectively mean, to understand or 
become aware, and to be conscious or (clandestinely) 
informed of:— consider, know, be privy, be ware of. 

4895. o-ivei|u Nuuilmi, soon'-i-mee; from 48b2 
and 1310 (includ. its various inflections) ; to be in com- 
pany with, i.e. present at the time:— be with. 

4896. o-vveijii gunSlml, soon.'-i-roee; from 48b2 
and et|m. £lmi (to go); to assemble:— gather to- 
gether. 

4897. o-urao-epxo|i(u gunSIgSrchdmai, soon- 
ice-er'-khom-ahee; from #562 and 1325; to enter in 
company with:— go in with, go with into. 

4898. (tw£kSi]|ios snnSkdemds, soo»-eft'-cfoy- 
mos; from 48b2 and the base of 1333; a co-absentee 
from home, i.e. /eKoro-traueHer:— companion in 
travel, travel with. 

4899. ctvvckXckt6s sim£kl£b:t5g, socra-efc-Iefe- 
toe'; from a comp. of 4802 and 158b; chosen in com- 



pany with, i.e. collect {fellow Christian):— elected 
together with. 

4300. eruveXttuvw innilaono, soon-el-ow'-no; 
from #5&2 and /6<jj; to drive together, i.e. (flg.) exhort 
(to reconciliation): — (- set at one again. 

4901. 0T)veiri|J.ttpTup60) gun$pimartni-£o, soom- 
ep-ee-mar-too-reh'-o; from 48b2 and J0J7: to testify 
further jointly, i.e. unite i» adding evidence:— also 
bear witness. 

^90^. <niWiro|iat gun£p<5mat, soon-ep'-om-ahee; 
mid. from 4*2 and a prim, cirw b£po (to follow); 
to attend {travel) in company with:— accompany. 
4903. oruvcp'yeo 8un('rg('i«"i, soon-erg-eh'-o; from 
4904; to 6e a fellow-worker, i.e. co-operate;— help 
(work) with, work (-er) together. 
.£9<%. o-vvep7<5s gun£rg5g, soon-er-gos' ; from a 
presumed comp. of #562 and the base of 2041; a co- 
laborer, i.e. coadjutor:— companion in labour, (fel- 
low-) helper (-labourer, -worker), labourer together 
with, workfellow. 

4905. o-w«pxop.tu sumercbomal, soon-er'-khom- 
ahee; from 48b2 and 2064; to convene, depart in com- 
pany with, associate with, or (spec.) cohabit (conju- 
gally):— accompany, assemble (with), come (together), 
come (company, go) with, resort. 

4906. <ruveo-6l(>> gnn£stbl5, soon-es-thee'-o; from 
4862 and 2obS (includ. its alt.); to take food in com- 
pany with: — eat with. 

4907. orvvttris sungglg, soon'-es-is; from 4020; a 
mental putting together, i.e. intelligence or (concr.) 
the intellect: — knowledge, understanding. 

4908. o-vv«tos simiHos, soon-et'-os; from 4020; 
mentally put (or putting) together, i.e. sagacious: — 
prudent. Comp. J42Q, 

4909. <rvvevSoKl<i> (.uniinlokfo, soon-yoo-dok- 
eh'-o; from 48b2 and 210b; to think well of in common, 
i.e. assent to, feel gratified with: — allow, assent, be 
pleased, have pleasure. 

4910. <ruvevu\ia gungnochSo, soon-yoo-o- 
kheh'-o; from 4862 and a der. of a presumed comp. 
of 2005 and a der. of 21Q2 (mean, to be in good condi- 
tion, i.e. [by impl.] to fare well, or feast); to enter- 
tain sumptuously in company with, i.e. (mid. or 
pass.) to revel together: — feast with. 

4911. crvv«|>£a-Tn|J,i sniiephlstemi, soon-ef-is 1 - 
tay-mee: from 48b2 and 2186; to stand up together, 
i.e. to resist (or assault) jointly;— rise up together. 
491S. o-uvi\a gungcbo, soon-ekh'-o; from 48b2 
and 2792/ to hold together, i.e. to compress (the ears, 
with a crowd or siege) or arrest (a prisoner); flg. to 
compel, perplex, afflict, preoccupy: — constrain, hold, 
keep in, press, lie sick of, stop, be in a strait, straiten, 
be taken with, throng. 

4913. o-vWjSou.cu annedimai, soon-ay' -dom- 
ahee; mid. from 48b2 and the base of 2237; to rejoice 
in with oneself, i.e. feel satisfaction concerning: — de- 
light. 

4S14- orvv^Otia snnetbSla, soon-ay' -thi-ah; 
from a comp. of 48b2 and 223Q; mutual habituation, 
i.e. usage: — custom. 

4915. oT)VT|XiKuiTns gunellkloteg, soon-ay-lik- 
ee-o'-tace; from 4862 and a der. of 2244; a co-aged 
person, i.e. alike in years: — equal, 

4916. o-uvBdirro gimthapto, soon-thap'-to; from 
48b2 and 2200; to inter in company with, i.e. (flg.) to 
assimilate spiritually (to Christ by a sepulture as to 
sin) : — bury with. 

4917. <ruv8Xdu sunthlao, soon-thlah'-o; from 
#852 and flXdw tblao (to crush); to das/i together, 
i.e. shatter: — break. 

.£9i<?. o-uv6Xtp» gnntblibo, soon-thlee'-bo; from 
4<?62 and 234b; to compress, i.e. crowd on all sides: — 
throng. 

4919. o-uvSpvirrw gnntbrnpto, soon-throop'-to; 
from 48b2 and Opuirrto tbrupto (to crumote); to 
crush together, i.e. (flg.) to dispirit:— break. 

4920. otivCt|ux gnnieml, soon-ee'-ay-mee; from 
48b2 and tr\p.i bleml (to send); to put together, i.e. 
(mentally) to comprehend; by impl. to act piously: — 
consider, understand, be wise. 



awurria 



gnnlstao, soon-is-tah'-o; or 
(strengthened) 
owurravw gunistano, soon-is-tan'-o; or 
crvvto-n]|JU gunlgtemi, soon-is'-tay-mee; 
from 4802 and 2476 (includ. its collat. forms) ; to set 
together, i.e. (by impl.) to introduce (favorably), or 
(flg.) to exhibit; intrans. to stand near, or (flg.) to 
constitute: — approve, commend, consist, make, stand 
(with). 

o-uvoSevu gunfidSnd, soon-od-yoo'-o; from 
48b2 and 3593; to travel in company with:— journey 
with. 

a-vvoSla. snnddla, soon-od-ee'-ah; from a 
comp. of 4862 and 3508 (" synod"); companionship 
on a journey, i.e. (by impl.) a caravan:— company. 

o-vvoik&o gniidlkSo, soon-oy-keh'-o; from 
4862 and 3011; to reside together (as a family):— dwell 
together. 

c-uvoiKoSofieM san51]i5d5m£o, soon-oy- 
kod-om-eh'-o; from 48b2 and 3bi8; to construct, i.e. 
(pass.) to compose (in company with other Christians, 
.) :— build together. 

'. o-uvo|uX&i> simdmtlSo, soon-om-il-eh'-o; 
from 48b2 and ,?6y6; to converse mutually :— talk with. 

4927. o-wo|a.ope'<u Nuuoin.irfd, soon-om-or-eh'-o; 
from 48b2 and a der. of a comp. of the base of 3674 
and the base 013723; to border together, i.e. adjoin:— 
join hard. 

'. OTivd\'n sanAcbe, soon-dkh-ay 1 ; from 4912; 
restraint, i.e. (flg.) anxiety:— anguish, distress. 



OTivraoro-w guntasso, soon-tas-so; from 
48b2 and 5021; to arrange jointly, i.e. (fig.) to direct:— 
appoint. 

4950. o-wrlXao stmt616ia, soon-tel'-i-ah; from 
40?/; entire completion, i.e. consummation (of a dis- 
pensation) :— end. 

^9«. oTJVTcXfa Bunteleo, soon-tel-eh'-o; from 
4K2 and 5055; to complete entirely; gen. to execute 
(lit. or fig.):— end, finish, fulfil, make. 

4932. on)VT«'|iVi» suntemno, soon-tem'-no; from 
4<5&2 and the base of 5/74; to contract by cutting, i.e. 
(flg.) do concisely {speedily): — (cut) short. 

4933. o-DVTnpew smiter&d, soon-tay-reh'-o; from 
#5&2 and Ja55; to fceep closely together, i.e. (by impl.) 
to conserve (from ruin); ment. to remember (and 
o6e«):— keep, observe, preserve. 

4934. o-vvtC8e|j,<u KiinilUiK'mal. soon-tith'-em- 
ahee; mid. from 48b2 and 3087; to place jointly, i.e. 
(fig.) to consent {bargain, stipulate), concur:— agree 
assent, covenant. 

4935. oT)VTop,(i>s inntSmoa, soon-torn' -oce; adv. 
from a der. of 4032; concisely {briefly): — a few words. 

4936. OTivrp^x" suntrecbo, soon-trekh'-o; from 
48b2 and 3143 (includ. its alt.) ; to rush together (has- 
tily assemble) or headlong (flg.):— run (together, with). 

4937. o-uvrpCp» smitribo, soon-tree' -bo; from 
48b2 and the base of 3147; to crush completely, ie. to 
shatter (lit. or flg.):— break (in pieces), broken to 
shivers (+ -hearted), bruise. 

4938. 0-vvTpip.p.a suntrlmma, soon-trim' -mah, 
from 4037; concussion or utter fracture (prop, 
concr.), i.e. complete ruin:— destruction. 

4939. <ri vrpo<j>os smitrdpb&s, soon'-trof-os; 
from 48b2 and sib2 (in a pass, sense); a fellow-nurs- 
ling, i.e. comrade:— brought up with. 

4940. omvTiryxa.M' eantngcbano, soon-toong- 
khan'-o; from 4862 and 3177; to chance together, i.e. 
meet with (reach):— come at. 

.494.Z. SwrvXT] Snntucbe, soon-too'-khay; from 
49jKp, - an accident; Syntyche, a Chr. female:— Syn- 
tyche. 

494S. oT)vviroKptvo(j.at enunpdkrlndmal, 
soon-oo^pok-rin'-om-ahee; from 48b2 and 527/; to act 
hypocritically in concert with:— dissemble with. 
4948. <rwvirovp7&i> sunnp&iirggo, soon-oop- 
oorg-eh'-o; from 4*62 and a der. of a comp. of 3239 
and the base of 2041; to be a co-auxiliary, i.e. as- 
sist:— help together. 



Soonodeeno 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



4944. OTiv<i)8tv<o sunodtno, soon-o-dee'-no; from 
4862 and 3005; to have (parturition) pangs in company 
(concert, simultaneously) with, i.e. (fig.) to sympa- 
thize (in expectation of relief from suffering):— travail 
in pain together. 

4945. mivafUMrio. gunomAsia, soon-o-mos-ee'- 
ah, from a comp. of 4862 and 3060; a swearing 
together, i.e. (by impl.) a plot:— conspiracy. 

JfiJfi. 2vp&Kovo-cu Suraliousai, soo-rak'-oo- 

sahee; plur. of uncert. der. ; Syracuscs, the capital of 

Sicily:— Syracuse. 

4547. SvpCtt Snrla, soo-ree'-ah; prob. of Heb. or. 

[6865] ; Syria (i.e. Tsyria or Tyre), a region of Asia:— 

Syria. 

Jj94$. Svpos SnrAs, soo'^ros; from the same as 

$047; a Syran (i.e. prob. Tyrian), a native of Syria:— 

Syrian. 

4549. SvpoijioCvunra SurAphAlnlgga, soo-rof- 

oy'-nis-sah; fern, of a comp. of 4948 and the same as 

?#y; a Syro-phcenician woman, i.e. a female native 

of Phoenicia in Syria:— Syrophenician. 

4950. crvpTis surtts, soor'-tis; from 40//; a shoal 
(from the sand drawn thither by the waves), i.e. the 
Syrtis Major or great bay on the N. coast of Africa:— 
quicksand*. 

4951. irvpu euro, soo'-ro; prob. akin to 13S; to 
trail:— drag, draw, hale. 

455®. oTHnrapdo-OTO gnsparaggo, soos-par-as'- 
to; from *5fe and #6&; to rend completely, i.e. (by 
anal.) to convulse violently:— throw down. 
J/953. <rv<r<niu,ov lussemon, soos'-say-mon; neut. 
of a comp. of 4862 and the base of 45Q/; a sign in 
common, i.e. preconcerted signal:— token, 
49B4. <r*<r<ro>|iios sussomds, soos'-so-mos; from 
4802 and 4083; of a joint body, i.e. (fig.) a fellow-mem- 
ber of the Christian community.— of the same body. 
J/955. m>OTa<ria(mrjs sustasiastes, soos-tas-ee- 
as-tace'; from a comp. of <t»2 and a der. of 4714; a 
fellow-insurgent:— make insurrection with. 
4956. <nKTT«iTiK6s sustatlkAs, soos-tat-ee-kos 1 ; 
from a der. of 4921; introductory, i.e. recommenda- 
tory.'— of commendation. 

J/B57. cvoravpdw sustaurAo, soos-tow-ro'-o; 
from 4*62 and 47'7, - t° impale in company wttft. (lit. 
or flg.):— crucify with. 

J/958. otmttsXXm sustfello, soos-iel'-Io; from 4*2 
and 4724', to se?id (draw) together, i.e. enwrap (en- 
shroud a corpse for burial), contract (an interval):— 
short, wind up. 

49.59. oTiOTevd^w gastenazo, soos-ten-ad'-zo; 
from 4Sb2 and 4727; to moan jointly, i.e. (fig.) experi- 
ence a common calamity:— groan together. 
4960. o-uaTOix^* gugtAlcbeo, soos-toy-kheh'-o; 
from 4J&2 and 47^57 to ^Je together (as soldiers in 
ranks), i.e. (flg.) to correspond to:— answer to. 
496'7. oTMTTpaTiiSTns sustratiotes, soos-trat-ee- 
o'-tace; from #S&2 and #7J7," a co-campaigner, i.e. 
(flg.) an associate in Christian toil:— fellowsoldier. 
49&2. <rwTp&j><» sustr£pbo, soos-tref'-o; from 
^S)2 and 4762; to (wis* together, Le. collect (a bundle, 
a crowd) :— gather. 

496V?. <m<rrpOi(><i sustrApbe, soos-trof-ay' ; from 
4962; a twisting together, i.e. (flg.) a secret coaZzfion, 

riotous crowd: (- band together, concourse. 

4964- <rt)crxi)(iiaTt|<i) gngcbematlzo, soos-khay- 
mat-id' -zo; from 4*2 and a der. of 4976; to fashion 
alike, i.e. conform to the same pattern (flg.):— 
conform to, fashion self according to. 
J/965. 2i>xdp Suchar, soo-khar'; of Heb. or. 
[7941] ; Sychar (i.e. Shekar), a place in Pal. :— Sychar. 
J/966. 2vxl|i SucbAm, soo-khem'; of Heb. or. 
[7937] ; Syehem (i.e. Shekem), the name of a Canaanite 
and of a place in Pal.:— Syehem. 
4967. ir^ayfi gpbage, sfag-ay'; from 4qbq; butch- 
ery (of animals for food or sacrifice, or [flg.J of men 
[destruction]):— slaughter. 

J/968. o-<j>d , yiov gpbagiAn, sfag'-ee-on; neut. of a 
der. of 4067; a victim (in sacrifice):— slain beast. 
J/969. o*<|>d£ci> spbazo, sfad'-zo; a prim, verb; to 
butcher (espec. an animal for food or in sacrifice) or 



(gen.) to slaughter, or (spec.) to maim (violently):— 
kill, slay, wound. 

J/970. cnjJoSpa gpbAdra, sfod'-rah; neut. plur. of 
o-ifioSpos sphAdrAg (violent; of uncert. der.) as 
adv. ; vehemently, i.e. in a high degree, much:— ex- 
ceeding (ly), greatly, sore, very. 
4971. <r4>o8pSs spbAdros, sfod-roce'; adv. from 
the same as 4970; very much: — exceedingly. 
J/972. o-<ppa-yC£o> spbragizo, sfrag-id'-zo; from 
4Q73; to stamp (with a signet or private mark) for 
security or preservation (lit. or fig.); by impl. to keep 
sea-et, to attest: — (set a, set to) seal up. 
4975. trippa/yCs sphraglg, sfrag-ece'; prob. 
strengthened from 3420; a signet (as fencing in or 
protecting from misappropriation); by impl. the 
stamp impressed (as a mark of privacy, or genuine- 
ness), lit. or flg.:— seal. 

4974- 0"4>«p6v gpbnrAn, sfoo-ron'; neut. of a 
presumed der. prob. of the same as o-<|>atpo gpbal- 
ra (a ball, " sphere"; comp. thefem. <r(pvpa 8 pit li- 
ra, a hammer) ; the ankle (as globular): — ancle bone. 
J/975, crxeSdv scbAdAn, skhed-on'; neut. of a pre- 
sumed der. of the alt. of 219s as adv.; nigh, i.e. 
nearly:— almost. 

<rx«'« sebAo. See 2/92. 
J/976, oyfyy.0. schema, skhay'-mah; from the alt. 
of 21Q2; a figure (as a mode or circumstance), i.e. (by 
impl.) external condition: — fashion. 
1/977. o-x££» scblzo, skhid'-zo; appar. a prim, 
verb; to split or setier (lit. or fig.).— break, divide, 
open, rend, make a rent. 

497S. crx'o-rU 1 scblsma, skhis'-mah; from 4977; a 
split or gap ("schism"), lit. or flg.: — division, rent, 
schism. 

4979. o-xoivtov solioiiiii.il skhoy-nee'-on; di- 
min. of (rxoivos gcbAiiiAs (a rush or j!ag-plant; of 
uncert. der.) ; a rushlet, i.e. grass-withe or tie (gen.):— 
small cord, rope. 

4980. <r\o\al<o scbAlazo, skhol-ad'-zo; from 
4081; to take a holiday, i.e. be at leisure for (by impl. 
devote oneself wholly to); flg. to be vacant (of a 
house):— empty, give self. 

4981. o-xoV*] scbole, skhol-ay'; prob. fem. of a 
presumed der. of the alt. of 2/92; prop, loitering (as 
a withholding of oneself from work) or leisure, i.e. 
(by impl.) a " school " (as vacation from phys. em- 
ployment) :— school. 

4982. o-(Sjj<i> sozo, sode'-zo; from a prim. o-»s sog 
(contr. for obsol. «rdos saAg, "safe"); to save, I.e. 
deliver or protect (lit. or flg.):— heal, preserve, save 
(self), do well, be (make) whole. 

4983. <ru|ia soma, so'-maft; from 4082; the body 
(as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, 
lit. or fig. :— bodily, body, slave. 

4984. o-upaTiicds somatikAs, so-mat-ee-kos' ; 
from 41)83; corporeal or physical:— bodily, 

4985. 0-mu.otikws gomatlkog, so-mai-ee-fcoce'; 
adv. from 41)84; corporeally or physically:— bodily. 
1/986. SwirctTpos SopatrAg, so'-pat-ros; from the 
base of 4082 and .5962; of a safe father; Sopatrus, a 
Chr. :— Sopater. Comp. 4089. 

4987. o-upevo gorjno, sore-yoo'-o; from another 
form of 4673; to pile up (lit. or flg.):— heap, load. 

4988. 2o><r8lvT|s Sosth&neg, soce-<fcen'-nce; from 
the base of 4082 and that of 4309; of safe strength; 
Sosthenes, a Chr.:— Sosthenes. 

4989. SwcrbraTpos SogipatrAg, so-sip'-at-ros; 
prol. for 4986; Sosipatrus, a Chr.:— Sosipater. 

4990. o-airrjp gdter, so-tare'; from 4982; a deliv- 
erer, i.e. God or Christ:— saviour. 

4991. o-e>rnp£a goterla, so-tay-ree'-ah; fem. of a 
der. of 4990 as (prop, abstr.) norm; rescue or safety 
(phys. or mor.):— deliver, health, salvation, save, 
saving. 

4992. o-uT^piov goterlAn, so-tay'-ree-on; neut. 
of the same as 4991 as (prop, concr.) noun; defender 
or (by impl.) defence:— salvation. 

4993. cr<i><{>pov&) sophrSnJo, so-fron-ek'-o; from 
4998; to be of sound mind, i.e. sane, (flg.) moderate:— 
be in right mind, be sober (minded), soberly. 



. o-ucppovCJjo sophronlzo, so-fron-id'-zoi 

from 4098; to make of sound mind, i.e. (fig.) to difi, 
cipline or correct:— teach to be sober. 

4995. o-oxjipovi.o-u.ds gopbrAnigmAg. so-fron-is- 
mos'; from 4094; discipline, i.e. self-control:— sound 
mind. 



. <7<o<f>povws sophrAnog, so-fron'-oce; adv. 
from 4998; with sound mind, Le. moderately:^ 
soberly. 

4997. o-wi|>po<rvvTi gopbrAsnne, so-fros-oo'-nay; 
from 4998; soundness of mind, i.e. (lit.) sanity or 
(fig.) self-control:— soberness, sobriety. 

4998. o-u<|>pcDv sopbrdn, so' -f rone; from the base 
of 4982 and that of 3424; safe (sound) in mind, i.e. 
self-controlled (moderate as to opinion or passion): — 
discreet, sober, temperate. 



rd ta. Beess88. 

4999. TaP^pvoi Tabernal, tao-er'-nafcee; plur. 
of Lat. or.; huts or wooden-walled buildings; Taber- 
nee: — taverns. 

5000. TaPiBd Tabitba, tdb-ee-thah' ; of Chald. 
or. [comp. 6646] ; the gazelle; Tabitha (Le. Tabjetha), 
a Chr. female: — Tabitha. 

5001. T&-yu,a tagma, tag'-mah; from 502/; some- 
thing orderly in arrangement (a troop), i.e. (flg.) a 
series or succession: — order. 

5002. toktos taktAg, tak-tos'; from josr; ar- 
ranged, i.e. appointed or stated: — Set. 

5003. TaXaiirwpe'u talalporeo, tal-ahee-po- 
reh'-o, from 3003; to be wretched, Le. realize one's 
own misery: — be afflicted. 

5004. TaXaiirupla talaiporla, tal-ahee-po- 
ree'-ah; from 3003; wretchedness, i.e. calamity:— 
misery. 

5005. ToXaCirwpos talalporAs, tal-ah'ee-po-ros; 
from the base of 3007 and a der. of the base of 3984; 
enduring trial, i.e. miserable: — wretched. 

5006. ToXovTiotos talantlalAg, talan-tee-ah'- 
yos; from 3007; talent-like in weight:— weight of a 
talent. 

5007. tcLXovtov talantAn, tal'-an-ton; neut. of 
a presumed der. of the orig. form of rXdu tlao (to 
Sear; equiv. to 3342); a balance (as supporting 
weights), i.e. (by impl.) a certain weight (and thence a 
coin or rather sum of money) or " talent ": — talent. 

5008. ToXt9d talltlia, tal-ee-thah' ; of Chald. or. 
[comp. 2924] ; the fresh, Le. young girl; talitha (O 
maiden): — talitha. 

5009. Tapciov tam£lAn, tam-i'-on; neut. contr. 
of a presumed der. of Tauias tamlas (a dispenser 
or distributor; akin to Tejiva ii'iiiu.V to c«i); a 
dispensary or magazine, i.e. a chamber on the 
ground-floor or interior of an Oriental house (gen. 
used for storage or privacy, a spot for retirement): — 
secret chamber, closet, storehouse. 

ravvv lunnu See 3368. 

5010. to|is taxis, tax' -is; from 3021; regular ar- 
rangement, i.e. (in time) fixed successio?i (of rank or 
character), official dignity:— order. 

5011. Taimvds tapeinds, tap-i-nosf; of uncert. 
der.; depressed, Le. (fig.) humiliated (in circum- 
stances or disposition):— base, cast down, humble, of 
low degree (estate), lowly. 

5012. xoir£ivo<|>pocruVT) tapelnApbrAgnne, 
tap^i-nof-ros-oo' -nay ; from a comp. of 3011 and the 
base of 3424; humiliation of mimi, Le. modesty: — 
humbleness of mind, humility (of mind), low- 
liness (of mind). 

5013. Toireivdo tapelnAo, tap-i-no'-o; from 
3011; to depress; flg. to humiliate (in condition or 
heart):— abase, bring low, humble (self). 

5014. TaireCvoicis tapiinosis tap-t'-no-sts, - from 
J073; depression (in rank or feeling):— humiliation, be 
made low, low estate, vile. 

5015. rapd<r<ro> taragso. tar-as'-so; of uncert. 
affin.; to stir or agitate (roil water):— trouble. 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



Soonodeeno 
Tithaymee 



71 



5016. Tapax^ taracbe, tar-akh-ay'; fern, from 
joj-j; disturbance, i.e. (of water) roiling, or (of a 
mob) sedition.'— trouble (-tag). 

6017. Tdpa\09 taracbds, tar'-akh-os; masc. 
from 5015; a disturbance, i.e. (popular) tumult:— stir. 
601S. Toptreis Tar Be us, tar-syoos'; from jo/o; a 
Tarsean, i.e. native of Tarsus:— of Tarsus. 

6019. Tap<n$s Tar s6s, tar-sos'; perh. the same as 
Tapo-6s targftg (a flat basket); Tarsus, a place in 
Asia Minor:— Tarsus. 

6020. xapxapdw tartarSo, tarJar-o'-o; from 
TdpTapos Tartarog (the deepest abyss of Hades); 
to incarcerate in eternal torment:— cast down to hell. 
5021. T<uro*<i> taggd, tas'-so; a prol. form of a prim, 
verb (which latter appears only in certain tenses); to 
arrange in an orderly manner, i.e. assign or dispose 
(to a certain position or lot):— addict, appoint, deter- 
mine, ordain, set. 

602%. ratipos taurdg, tow'-ros; appar. a prim. 
word [comp. 8450, "steer"]; a bullock:— bull, ox. 
5023. toOto tauta. tow'-tah; nom. or ace. neut. 

plnr. of 3778; these things: 1- afterward, follow, 

-|- hereafter, x him, the same, so, such, that, then, 
these, they, this, those, thus. 

6024. roira tauta, tow-tah'; neut. plnr. of 3388 
and 846 as adv.; in the same way:— even thus, (man- 
ner) like, so. 

6025. ravTCiis tautaig, tow'-toheece; and 
TavTas tautas, tow'-tas; dat. and ace. fern. 

plur. respectively of 3778; (to or with or by, etc.) 
these:— hence, that, then, these, those. 

6026. Taurrj tautej, tow'-tay; and 
rairrpi tauten, tow'-tane; and 
ravrns tauteg, tow'-tace; dat, ace. and 

gen. respectively of the fem. sing, of 3778; (towards 
or of) this:— her, + hereof, it, that, + thereby, the 
(Bame), this (same). 

5027. ia.tyt\ tapbe, taf-ay 1 ; fem. from ago; burial 
(the act):— X bury. 

5028. Td<j>os tapbog, taf'-os; masc. from 2200; 
a grave (the place of interment): — sepulchre, tomb. 

5029. T&xa tacba, takh'-ah; as if neut. plur. of 
5036 (adv.); shortly, i.e. (flg.) posst'ofy:— perad venture 
(-haps). 

5030. Tax«'»S tacbeog, takh-eh'-oce; adv. from 
S036; briefly, i.e. (in time) speedily, or (in manner) 
rapidly:— hastily, quickly, shortly, soon, suddenly. 
6031. raxivos tachinos, takh-ee-nos' ; from 
;034; curt, i.e. impending:— shortly, swift. 

5032. Td\iov tacbiftn, takh'-ee-on; neut. sing, of 
the compar. of 3036 (as adv.) ; more swiftly, i.e. (in 
manner) more rapidly, or (in time) more speedily: — 
out [run], quickly, shortly, sooner. 

5033. t&xutto. tacblsta, takh'-is-tah; neut. 
plur. of the superl. of 303b (as adv.); most quickly, 
i.e. (with 3613 pref.) as soon as possible: — |- with all 
speed. 

6034- t&xos taebdg, takh'-os; from the same as 
303b; a brief space (of time), i.e. (with 1722 pref.) in 
haste: — \- quickly, + shortly, + speedily. 

5035. rwjuy taebu, takh-oo'; neut. sing, of 3036 
(as adv.); shortly, i.e. without delay, soon, or (by 
surprise) suddenly, or (by impl. of ease) readily, 
lightly, quickly. 

5036. toxvs tacbug, takhroos 1 ; of uncert affln.; 
fleet, i.e. (flg.) prompt or ready:— swift. 

5037. T£ tB, teh; a prim, particle (enclitic) of con- 
nection or addition; both or also (prop, as correl. of 
2532):— also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often 
used in comp., usually as the latter part. 
50S8. T6t\os teicboa, ti'-khos; akin to the base of 
3088: a wall (as formative of a house):— wall. 

6039. T£Ku%iov tekmerion, tek-may'-ree-on; 
neut. of a presumed der. of TCKp&p tekmar (a 
goal or fixed limit); a token (as defining a fact), i.e. 
criterion of certainty.— infallible proof. 

6040. tckvCov teknl&n, tek-nee'-on; dimin. of 
3043; an infant, i.e. (plur. flg.) darlings (Christian 
converts):— little children. 



5041. ™cvo , vov&i> tebndgdneo, tek-nog-on-eh'-o; 
from a comp. of 3043 and the base of ioqb; to be a 
child-bearer, i.e. parent (mother):— heal children. 

TEKiwyovCa teknogdnia, tek-iiog-on-ee'- 
ah; from the same as 3041; childbirth (parentage), 
i.e. (by impl.) maternity (the performance of ma- 
ternal duties): — childbearing. 

5043. tskvov tekndn, teW-non; from the base of 

5 8 8 ; a child (as produced) :— child, daughter, son. 
5044- T€KVOTpoep€<i> tekndtrdpheo, tek-not-rof- 
eh'-o; from a comp. ot 3043 ema 3142; to be a child- 
rearer, i.e. fulfil the duties of a female parent:— 
bring up children. 

5045. T&Tcnv tekton, tek'-tone; from the base of 
3088; an artificer (as producer of fabrics), i.e. (spec.) 
a craftsman in wood: — carpenter. 

5046. ■WXeios teleldg, tel'-i-os; from 3030; com- 
plete (in various applications of labor, growth, 
mental and moral character, etc.); neut. (as noun, 
with 3388) completeness:— of full age, man, perfect. 
6047. T£\ei6TT]S teleldtes, tel-i-ot'-ace; from 
3046; (the state) completeness (ment or mor.):— per- 
fection (-ness). 

5048. tcXeioco teleido, teH-o'-o; from 3046; to 
complete, i.e. (lit.) accomplish, or (flg.) consummate (in 
character) : — consecrate, finish, fulfil, (make) perfect. 

5049. Ttkitas teleldg, tel-i'-oce; adv. from 3046; 
completely, i.e. (of hope) without wavering:— to the 
end. 

5050. TtXsCoxris teleiosis, tel-i'-o-sis; from.3448; 
(the act) completion, i.e. (of prophecy) verification, 
or (of expiation) absolution:— perfection, perform- 
ance. 

5051. tcXeudt^JS teleloteg, tel-i-o-tace' ; from 
3048; a completer, i.e. consummater: — finisher. 

5052. TtKta-fyopia telesphor£o, tel-es-for-eh'-o; 
from a comp. of 303b 00.6.3342; to be a bearer to com- 
pletion (maturity), i.e. to ripen fruit (fig.):— bring 
fruit to perfection. 

5053. TeXorrdu teleutao, tel-yoo-tah'-o; from a 
presumed der. of 3033; to finish life (by impl. of 070), 
i.e. expire (demise): — be dead, decease, die. 

5054. TeXevrtj teleute, tel-yoo-tay 1 '; from 3033; 
decease:— death. 

5055. tcXco tSleo, teUeh'-o; from 5056; to end, i.e. 
complete, execute, conclude, discharge (a debt): — ac- 
complish, make an end, expire, fill up, finish, go over, 
pay, perform. 

5056. re'Xos telSg, tel'-os; from a prim. tsXXw 
tello (to set out for a definite point or goal); prop, 
the point aimed at as a limit, i.e. (by impl.) the con- 
clusion of an act or state (termination [lit., fig. or 
indef.], result [immed., ultimate or prophetic], pur- 
pose); spec, an impost or levy (as paid): h con- 
tinual, custom, end (-tag), finally, uttermost. Comp. 
34"- 

5057. TtXiSvijs telones, tej-o'-nace; from 3036 and 
3608; a tax-farmer, I.e. collector of public revenue:— 
publican. 

5058. TtXi&viov telonldn, telo'-nee-on; neut. of 
a presumed der. of 3037; a tax-gatherer's place of 
business:— receipt of custom. 

5059. rtpas teras, ter'-as; of uncert. affln.; a 
prodigy or omen: — wonder. 

6060. Ttprios Tertios, ter'-tee-os; of Lat. or.; 
third; Tertius, a Chr.:— Tertius. 

5061. Te'pTwXXos Tertnllos, ter'-tool-los; of un- 
cert. der.; Tertullus, a Rom.:— Tertullus. 

TeWapa tSssara. See 3064. 

5062. Tecro-apttKOVTO. tegsarakdnta, tes-sar-ak'- 
on-tah; the decade 013064; forty:— -forty. 

5063. TEoro-apaKovTaerrjS tessarakdntaeteg, 
tes-sar-ak-on-tah-et-ace' ; from 3062 and 2004; of forty 
years of age:— (4- full, of) forty years (old). 
5064- TeV(rap(S teggareg, tes'-sar-es; neut. 

TeWapa tessara, ies'-sar-ah; a plur. num- 
ber; four:— four. 

5066. Tctro-apco-KaiScKaTos teggaregkaideka»- 
tos, tes-sar-es-kahee-dek'-at-os; from 3064 and 2332 
and 1182; fourteenth: — fourteenth. 



5066. TCTapraSos tet art aids, tet-ar-tah'-yos; 
tram 3064; pertaining to the fourth day:— four days. 

5067. Terapros tttart os, tet'-ar-tos; ord. from 
3064; fourth:— tow: (-th). 

5068. TeTpd^uvos tetragonds, fef-rag'-o-nos; 
from 3064 and 1137; four-cornered, i.e. square;— 
foursquare. 

5069. TtTpd&iov tetradion, tet-rad'-ee-on; neut 
of a presumed der. of TtVpas tetras (a tetrad; 
from 3064); a quaternion or squad (picket) of four 
Bom. soldiers:— quaternion. 

5070. TtTpaKurxCXioi tetrakiscbilidl, tet-rak- 
is-khil'-ee-oy; from the mult. adv. of 3064 and 3307; 
four times a thousand:— tour thousand. 

5071. TeTpaK6<rioi l.'trak <>sioi. tet-rak-os'-ee-oy; 
neut. T£TpaK6<ria tetrakdsia, tet-rak-os'-ee-ah; 
plur. from 3064 and 1340; four hundred:— tow hun- 
dred. 

507.2. T£Tpdp.iivov tStramendn, tetoam'-ay-non; 
neut. of a comp. of 3064 and 3376; a four months' 
space: — four months. 

5073. T£TpairX6os tetrapldos, tet-rap-W-os; 
from 3064 and a der. of the base of 4118; quadruple: — 
fourfold. 

5074- TtTpdirous tetrapdus. tet-rap'-ooce; from 
3064 and 4228; a quadruped:— fourf ooted beast. 

5075. T£TpapX£<i> tetrarcbeo, tet-rar-kheh'-o; 
from 507b; to be a tetrarch:—(be) tetrarch. 

5076. T£Tpdpxn,S tetrarches, tet-rar'-khaoe; 
from 3064 and 737; the ruler of a fourth part of a 
country (" tetrarch"):— tetrarch. 

T£t>x<* teucho. Seej777. 

5077. rifyaia tfpliruo, tef-ro'-o; from rf+pa 
tepbra (as/ies); to incinerate, Le. consume."— turn 
to ashes. 

5075. T^xvn teebne, tekh'-nay; from the base of 
/as?,' ori (as productive)^ i.e. (spec.) a trade, or (gen.) 
skill:— art, craft, occupation. 

5079. T6Xv£tt|s teebnites, tekh~n.ee' -tace; from 
jo7<f; an artiso»; flg. a founder (Creator):— builder, 
craftsman. 

5080. -Hjku teko, tay'-ko; appar. a prim, verb; 
to liquefy:— melt. 

50Si. TTjXavyus telaages, tay-lhw-goce' ; adv. 
from a comp. of a der. of 303b and .X37; in afar-chin- 
ing manner, i.e. plainly; — clearly. 

5082. thXikovtos tellkdutda, tay-lik-oo'-tos; 
fem. i-nXiKavrri tellkaute, tay-lik-ow'-tay; 
from a comp. of 3588 with 2243 and 3778; such as this, 
i.e. (in [fig.] magnitude) so vast:— so great, so mighty. 

5083. Ttipew tereo, tay-reh'-o; from Tn,p6s teros 
(a watch; perh. akin to sj 1 ^); to guard (from loss or 
injury, prop, by keeping the eye upon; and thus dif- 
fering from 3442, which is prop, to prevent escaping; 
and from 28g2, which implies a fortress or full mili- 
tary lines of apparatus), i.e. to note (a prophecy; flg. 
to fulfil a command) ; by impl. to detain (in custody; 
fig. to maintain); by extens. to withhold (for per- 
sonal ends; flg. to keep unmarried):— hold fast, keep 
(-er), (ob-, pre-, re) serve, watch. 

5084- TfjpT|<ns teresis, tay'-ray-sis; from 3083; a 
watching, i.e. (flg.) ooseruance, or (concr.) a prison:— 
hold. 

ty\ tS,, T<iv ten, rfls teg. See 3388. 

5085. TiPepids Tiberias, tib-er-ee-as'; from 
308b; Tiberias, the name of a town and a lake in 
Pal. :— Tiberias. 

5086. TiPepios Tiberloa, tib-er'-ee-os; of Lat or.; 
prob. pertaining to the river Tiberis or Tiber; 
Tiberius, a Rom. emperor:— Tiberius. 

5087. rl8t[\u. tltbeml, tith'-ay-mee; a prot form 
of a prim. 

9(a tbeo, theh'-o (which is used only as alt. 
in cert, tenses) ; to place (in the widest application, 
lit. and flg. ; prop, in a passive or horizontal posture, 
and thus different from 247b, which prop, denotes an 
upright and active position, while 2741) is prop, reflex- 
ive and utterly prostrate): 1- advise, appoint, bow, 

commit, conceive, give, x kneel down, lay (aside. 



72 



Tikto 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), 
settle, sink down. 

5088. t(kt«> tikto, tik'-to; a strengthened form of 
a prim. tIkw tt-ko, teW-o (which is used only as alt. 
in certain tenses); to produce (from seed, as a 
mother, a plant, the earth, etc.), lit. or flg.:— bear, be 
born, bring forth, be delivered, be in travail. 

5089. tCXXu tillo, til'-lo; perh. akin to the alt. of 
138, and thus to 4051; to pull off:— pluck. 

6090. TCjiaios Timaios, tim'-ah-yos; prob. of 

Chald. or. [comp. 2931]; Timwus (i.e. Timay), an 

Isr.:— Timasus. 

5091. Ti(j.dto timao, tim-ah'-o; from 3093; to 

prize, ie- fix a valuation upon; by impl. to revere:— 

honour, value. 

6092. Tip/rj time, tee-may'; from 3090; a value, 

Le. money paid, or (concr. and collect.) valuables; by 

anal, esteem (espec. of the highest degree), or the 

dignity itself :— honour, precious, price, some. 

509S. tCjiios timi&g, tim'-ee-os; includ. the comp. 

TijHiiTepos Vlmldlcro*, tim-ee-o'-ter-os; 
and the superL 

ti|J.i«totos tlmiotatog, tim-ee-o'-tat-os; 
irorajogs; valuable, i.e. (obj.) costly, or (subj.) hon- 
ored, esteemed, or (fig.) beloved:— dear, honourable, 
(more, most) precious, had in reputation. 
5094- tihi6ths timidtes, timree-ot'-ace; from 
3003; expensiveness, Le. (by impl.) magnificence: — 
costliness. 

5095. TipdOeos Tin*6tke68, tee-moth'-eh-os; 
from .5:002 and 2316; dear to God; Timotheus, a 
Chr. :— Timotheus, Timothy. 

5096. TC(j,<i»v Tlmon, tee'-mone; from jo^e; val- 
uable; Timon, a Chr.: — Timon. 

6097. Ti|iwp^a> timorfio, tim-o-reh'-o; from a 
comp. 013092 and ovpos ourds (a guard); prop, to 
protect one's honor, i.e. to avenge (.inflict a pen- 
alty):— -punish. 

5#9£. Tifiwpta timorla, tee-mo-ree'-ah; from 
5097; vindication, i.e. (by impl.) a penalty:— punish- 
ment. 

5099. tCvu tillo, tee'-no; strengthened for a prim. 
Tto tio, tee'-o (which is only used as an alt. 

In certain tenses) ; to pay a price, i.e. as a penalty: — 
be punished with. 

5100. tCs tis. tis; an enclit. indef . pron. ; some or 
amy person or object: — a (kind of), any (man, thing, 
thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, 
one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, 
-thing, -what), (+ that no) thing, what (-soever), 
X wherewith, whom [-soever], whose ([-soever]). 

5101. tCs tis, tis; prob. emphat. of sroo; an inter- 
rog. pron., who, which or what (in direct or indirect 
questions): — every man, how (much), + no (-ne, 
thing), what (manner, thing), where ([-by, -fore, -of, 

unto, -with, -withal]), whether, which, who ( m, -se), 
why. 

5102. tCtXqs titlos, tit'-tos; of Lator.; atttvlus 
or "title" (placard):— title. 

5103. TCtos Titos, tee'-tos, of Lat, or, but uncert. 
signif.; Titus, a Chr.:— Titus. 

t(o> tio. &eejooQ. 
t6 t*. SeejBtf,?. 

5104. Tot tdi, toy; prob. for the dat. 0(3388; an 
enclit. particle of asseveration byway of contrast; in 
sooth:— [used only with other particles in comp., as 
'544, 330S, S'°5, S'°°, etc.] 

5105. TOi/yapoilv toigaroun, toy-gar-oon'; from 
^104 and 1063 and ^767; truly for then, Le. conse- 
quently:— there- (where-) tore. 

•rotye toige. See 2344. 
6106. Totwv tdiiinu, toy'-noon; from 5104 and 
3568; truly now, i.e. accordingly:— then, therefore. 
5107. rowJo-Se toiosde, toy-osf-deh (includ. the 
other inflections) ; from a der. of 5104 and nbi; such- 
Wee then, i.e. so great;— such. 
6108. toiovtos toioatos, toy-orf-tos (includ. the 
other inflections); from 3104 and 3778; truly this, i.e. 
of this sort (to denote character or individuality):— 
like, such (an one'), 



6109. toIx°s tdlehds, toy'Jthos; another form of 
5038; a wail: — wall. 

6110. tokos tokos, tdk'-os; from the base of 3088; 
interest on money loaned (as e. produce):— usury. 

5111. toXh&o) tdlmao, tol-mah'-o; from t6Xu.o 
toliua (boldness; prob. itself from the base of 505b 
through the idea of extreme conduct); to venture 
(obj. or in act; while 2202 is rather subj. or in feel- 
ing); by impl. to be courageous: — be bold, boldly, 
dare, durst. 

511%. ToX|»]pOTepov tdlineroteron, tol-may- 
rot'-er-on; neut. of the comp. of a der. of the base of 
3m (as adv.); more daringly, i.e. with greater confi- 
dence than otherwise:— the more boldly. 

5113. To\|MrWis tolmeteg, tol-may-tace' ; from 
jzrz; a daring (audacious) man:— presumptuous. 

5114-. Tondmpos tomotSros, tom-o'-ter-os; 
comp. of a der. of the prim. Tt'p.vw t f iiino (to cut; 
more comprehensive or decisive than 2875, as if by a 
single stroke; whereas that implies repeated blows, 
like hacking) ; more keen:— sharper. 

5115. t6£ov toxou, toxf-on; from the base of 
3088; a bow (appar. as the simplest fabric): — bow. 

5116. Toirdjiov tdpazidn, top-ad' -zee-on; neut. 
of a presumed der. (alt.) of roirajos topazos (a 
"topaz"; of uncert. or.); a gem, prob. the chryso- 
Hte:— topaz. 

5117. rdiros tdpds, top'-os; appar. a prim, word; 
a spot (gen. in space, but limited by occupancy; 
whereas 3361 is a larger but partic. locality), i.e. loca- 
tion (as a position, home, tract, etc.); flg. condi- 
tion, opportunity; spec, a scabbard: — coast, licence, 
place, X plain, quarter, -f rock, room, where. 

6118. too-oCtos tosdntos, tos-oo'-tos; from 
toVos tosog (so much; appar. from 3388 and 
3730) and 3778 (includ. its variations); so vast as this, 
i.e. such (in quantity, amount, number or space):— as 
large, so great (long, many, much), these many. 

6119. t6t« tot«, tot' -eh; from (the neut. of) 3388 
O0&37S3; the when, i.e. at the time that (of the past 
or future, also in consecution):— that time, then. 

5120. rov ton, too; prop, the gen. of 3588; some- 
times used for J127; of this person:— his. 

5121. ToivovrCov tonnantion, too-nan-tee' -on; 
contr. for the neut. of 3588 and 172b; on the con- 
trary:— contrariwise. 

5122. Touvopa tonnoma, too'-no-mah; contr. 
for the neut. of 3388 and 3686; the name (is):— 
named. 

5123. toutIo-ti toutestl, toot-es'-tee; contr. for 
5124 and 2076; that is: — that is (to say). 

5124- tovto f onto, too'-to; neut. sing. nom. or 
ace. of 3718; that thing:— here [-unto], it, partly, self 
[-same], so, that (intent), the same, there [-fore, 
-unto], this, thus, where [-fore], 

5125. toutois tdutolg, too'-toice; dat. plur. mase. 
or neut. 013778; to (for, in, with or by) these (persons 
or things):— such, them, there [-in, -with], these, this, 
those. 

5126. tovtov ton to 11, too'-ton; ace. sing. masc. 
ot377$; this (person, as obj. of verb or prep.):— him, 
the same, that, this. 

6127. tootou tou ton, tocf-too; gen. sing. masc. 
or neut. cX.3778; of (from or concerning) this (person 
or thing):— here [-by], him, it, + such manner of, 
that, thence [-forth], thereabout, this, thus. 

5128. tovtovs tontons, too'-tooce; ace. plur. 
masc. of 3778; these (persons, as obj. of verb or 
prep.):— such, them, these, this. 

5129. tout(i> toutdf, too'-to; dat. sing. masc. or 
neut. of 3778; to (in, with or by) this (person or 
thing):— here [-by, -in], him, one, the same, there [-in], 
this. 

5130. toutow tonton. ioo'-tone; gen. plur. masc. 
or neut. of 3778; of (from or concerning) these (per- 
sons or things):— such, their, these (things), they, 
this sort, those. 

I 5131. Tpd-yos tragits, trag'-os; from the base of 
\517b; a he-goat (as a gnawer) 



5132. Tp&ireija trapeza, trap'-ed-zah; prob. contr. 
from 3064 and 3079; a table or stoof (as being /onr> 
legged), usually for food (flg. a meal); also a counter 
for money (flg. a broker's office for loans at inter- 

1:— bank, meat, table. 

5133. Tpairejtnjs trapeziteg, trap-ed-zee'-tace; 
from 5132; a money-6roi:er or banker:— exchanger. 

5134. Tpavjia trauma, trow'-mah; from the base 
of TiTp»o-K» titrosko (to wound; akin to the 
base of 2332, 5147, 5149, etc.) ; a wound:— wound. 

5135. Tpavp.artt,<i> traamatizo, trow-mat-id'-zo; 
from 5134; to inflict a wound: — wound. 

5136. rpa\r\KIXfit trachelizd, trdkh-ay-lid'-zo; 
from 5137; to seize by the throat or neck, i.e. to ex- 
pose the gullet of a victim for killing (gen. to lay 
bare):— opened. 

5137. Todx^Xos trachelAs, trakh'-ay-los; prob. 
from 3143 (through the idea of mobility) ; the throat 
(neck), i.e. (flg.) life:— neck. 

5138. Tpa\vs tracking, trakh-oos'; perh. strength 
ened from the base of 448b (as if jagged by rents); 
uneven, rocky (reefy):— rock, rough. 

5139. Tpo.x«vtTis Trai lionUis, trafcft-o-nee'- 
tis; from a der. 013138; rough district; Trachonitis, 
a region of Syria:— Trachonitis. 

5140. rp«ts trSis, trice; neut. 

TpCo. tria, tree'-afc; a prim, (plur.) number ; 
" three".'— three. 

5141. Tpfy.a tr6mo, trem'-o; strengthened from 
a prim. Tp&> treo (to "dread", "terrify"); to 
" tremble" or fear:— be afraid, trembling. 

5142. Tp4<j>» trepko, tref'-o; a prim, verb (prop. 
0pe'<j>o) threpho; but perh. strength, from the base 
of s*S7 through the idea of convolution) ; prop, to 
stiffen, i.e. fatten (by impl. to cherish [with food, 
etc.], pamper, rear):— bring up, feed, nourish. 

5143. Tp^x<* trecko, trekh'-o; appar. a prim. 
verb (prop. Opfyw tkrecko; comp. 2339); which 
uses 8plp.« driSma, drem'-o (the base of 1408) as 
alt. in certain tenses; to run or walk hastily (lit. or 
flg.):— have course, run. 

5144- TpuxKovra triakonta, tree-ak'-on-tah; the 
decade of 5140; thirty:— thirty. 

5145. TpiOKOo-toi triakosioi, tree-ak-os'-ee-oy; 
plur. from 5140 and 1340; three hundred:— -three hun- 
dred. 

5146. TptpoXos tribdlds, trW-ohos; from 5140 
and C56; prop, a crow-foot (three-pronged obstruc- 
tion in war), i.e. (by anal.) a thorny plant (caltrop):— 
brier, thistle. 

5147. rpCpos tribes, tree'-bos; from rp(f3u tri- 
bo (to " rub"; akin to rttpa tSiro, rpvu trno, 
and the base of j&i, 3134); a rut or worn tracfc:— 
path. 

5148. TpitrCa trietia, tree-et-ee'-ah; from a 
comp. of S'4° and 2094; a three years' period (irien- 
niv/m,):— space of three years. 

5149. Tpt|o) trizo, trid'-zo; appar. a prim, verb; 
to creafc (squeak), i.e. (by anal.) to grote the teeth (m 
frenzy) :— gnash. 

5150. rpCp/nvov trimendn, trim'-ay-non; neut. of 
a comp. of 3140 and 337b as noun; a three months' 
space:— three months. 

5161. Tpts tris, trece; adv. from 3140; three 
times;— three times, thrice. 

5162. TpCo-rryov tristegon, tris'-teg-on; neut. of 
a comp. of 5140 and 4721 as noun; a third roof 
(story):— third loft. 

5153. TpurxiXioi trlseliiltoi, tris-khil'-ee-oy; 
from 3151 and 3507; three times a thousand:— three 
thousand. 

5154- Tpfrros tritos, tree'-tos; ord. from 3140; 
third; neut. (as noun) a third part, or (as adv.) a (or 
the) third time, thirdly:— third (4y). 

TpCx.es trich€s, etc. See ^59. 
6155. TpCxivos trlchlnAs, trikh'-ee^nos; from 
2339; hairy, i.e. made of hair (mohair):— of hair. 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



Tikto 
Hooparkhontah 



73 



6166. rp6|M>s tromos, trom'-os; from 5141; a 
" trembling'", i.e. quaking with fear:— -f- tremble 
(-mg). 

5157. Tpoiri) trope, trop-ay 1 ; from an appar. 
prim. Tp**irs> trepd (to turn); a turn ("trope"), i.e. 
revolution (fig. variation):— turning. 

5158. Tpoiros trdpds, trop'-os; from the same as 
$157; a turn, i.e. (by impl.) mode or style (espec. with 
prep, or rel. pref . as adv. like) ; flg. deportment or 
character:— (even) as, conversation, [+ like] manner 
(4- by any) means, way. 

5159. Tpoiro<|>op&o tropdpbdreo, irop-o/-or- 
eh'-o; from 5158 and 5409; to endure one's habits: — 
Buffer the manners. 

6160. Tpo<j>TJ trdpbe, trof-at/ 1 ; from j/^," nour- 
ishment (lit. or flg.); by impl. rations (wanes):— food, 
meat. 

6161. Tpo<j>i|iOS Trdpblmds, trof-ee-mos; from 
S160; nutritive; Trophimus, a Chr.:— Trophimus. 

6162. Tp0(j)6s tropbds, trof-os'; from //^s; a 
nourisher, i.e. nurse:— nurse. 

5i63. Tpo\ici trochia, trokh-ee-ah' ; from j/6#; a 
trade (as a wheel-rut), i.e. (fig.) a course of conduct:— 
path. 

5164- Tpox<>9 trticbfis, trokh-os'; from 5143; a 
uiheet (as a runner), i.e. (flg.) a circuit of phys. ef- 
fects:— course. 

5165. TpipXiov trnbllon, troob'-lee-on; neut. of 
a presumed der. of uncert. affln. ; a botot: — dish. 

5166. TpvYcuo trugao, troo-gah'-o; from a der. of 
Tpvyw trugo (to dry) mean, ripe fruit (as if dry); 
to collect the vintage:— gather. 

5167. rpuyiv trngon, troo-gone 1 ; from Tpv£<i> 
truzo (to murmur; akin to j/#9, but denoting a 
duller sound) ; a turtle-dove (as cooing):— turtle-dove. 
5i6S. Tpv(ia\ia trumalla, troo-mal-ee-ah' ; from 
a der. of Tpia trud (to wear away; akin to the base 
015134,5147 and .5^76); an orifice, i.e. a needle's eye:— 
eye. Comp. j/60. 

5769. Tpvirt|(itt trupema, troo'-pay-mah; from a 
der. of the base of 5108; an aperture, i.e. a needle's 
eye:— eye. 

5170. Tpvipaivo. Trupbaina, troo'-fahee-nah; 
tTova.5172; luxurious; Tryphmna, a Chr. woman:— 
Tryphena. 

5171. Tpwj>d<o truphao, troo-fah'-o; from j/72; 
to indulge in luxury: — live in pleasure. 

5172. TpiMjri] trupbe, troo-fay'; from 8pvirr» 
thrnptd (to breafc up or [flg.] enfeeble, espec. the 
mind and body by indulgence); effeminacy, i.e. lux- 
ury or debauchery;— delicately, riot 

5173. Tpv<t>ficra Trupliosa, troo-fo'-sah; from 
5172; luxuriating; Tryphosa, a Chr. female:— Try- 
phosa. 

6174- Tpuds Troas, tro-as 1 ; from Tpos Tr<Js 
(a Trojan); the Troad (or plain of Troy), i.e. Troas, 
a place in Asia Minor:— Troas. 

5175. TpoyvXXiov Trogullidn, tro-gool'-lee-on; 
of uncert, der. ; Trogyllium, a place in Asia Minor: — 
Trogy Ilium. 

5176. rpwya trogo, tro'-go; prob. strength, from 
a collat. form of the base of 5134 and 5147 through the 
idea of corrosion or wear; or perh. rather of a base 
of 5167 and 5140 through the idea of a craunching 
Bound; to gnaw or cheio, i.e. (gen.) to eat: — eat. 

5177. ni'YX'M'W tugcbano, toong-khan'-o; prob. 
for an obsol. tvx« tncho (for which the mid. of 
another alt. tcvx<* tSucho [to make ready or bring 
to pass] is used in cert, tenses; akin to the base of 
50SS through the idea of effecting; prop, to affect; or 
(spec.) to hit or light upon (as a mark to be reached), 
i.e. (trans.) to attain or secure an object or end, or 
(intrans.) to happen (as if meeting with); but in the 
latter application only impers. (with 1487), i.e. per- 
chance; or (pres. part.) as adj. usual (as if commonly 
met with, with 3756, extraordinary), neut. (as adv.) 
perhaps; or (with another verb) as adv. by accident 
(as it were):— be, chance, enjoy, little, obtain, x re- 
fresh • • . self, + special. Comp. 5180. 



5178. Tuu/iravtilw tumpanlzo, toom-pan-id'-zo; 
from a der. of 5180 (mean, a drum, "tympanum"); 
to stretch on an instrument of torture resembling a 
drum, and thus beat to death:— torture. 

5179. tvitos tupds, too'-pos; tromj/fo; a die (as 
struck), i.e. (by impl.) a stamp or scar; by anal, a 
shape, i.e. a statue, (fig.) style or resemblance; spec, 
a sampler (" type"), i.e. a model (for imitation) or in- 
stance (for warning):— en- (ex-) ample, fashion, fig- 
ure, form, manner, pattern, print. 

6180. twitto) tupto, toop'-to; a prim, verb (in a 
strength, form); to " thump", i.e. cudgel or pummel 
(prop, with a stick or bastinado), but in any case by 
repeated blows; thus differing from 3817 and 3060, 
which denote a [usually single] blow with the hand or 
any instrument, or 4141 with the fist [or a hammer], 
or 4474 with the palm; as well as from 5177, an acci- 
dental collision); by impl. to punish; fig. to offend 
(the conscience):— beat, smite, strike, wound. 

5181. Tvpavvos Turaimds, too'-ran^ios; a pro- 
vincial form of the der. of the base of sods; a 
" tyrant"; Tyrannus, an Ephesian:— Tyrannus. 

5182. TvpPdj> turbazo, toor-bad'-zo; from 
Tvppt] turbo (Lat. turba, & crowd; akin to 2351); to 
make " turbid ", i.e. disturb: — trouble. 

5183. Tvpios Turids, too'-ree-os; from 5184; a 
Tyrian, i.e. inhab. of Tyrus: — of Tyre. 

5184. Tvpos Turds, too'-ros; of Heb. or. [6865]: 
Tyrus (i.e. Tsor), a place in Pal. :— Tyre. 

5185. t\k{>X6s tupblos, toof-los'; from 51S7; 
opaque (as if smoky), i.e. (by anal.) blind (phys. or 
ment.):— blind. 

5186. tviJ>X6ci> tnpbloo, toof-lo'-o; IromjiSs; to 
make blind, i.e. (fig. ) to obscure:— blind. 

5187. TWpdtt tupbfto, toof-o'-o; from a der. of 
5188; to envelop with smoke, i.e. (fig.) to inflate with 
self-conceit:— high-minded, be lifted up with pride, be 
proud. 

5188. tv<|i<& tupbo, too'-fo; appar. a prim, verb; 
to makea smoke, i.e. slowly consume without flame: — 
smoke. 

5189. tv<p«ivik6s tupbonlbds, too-fo-nee-kos' ; 
from a der. 0I5188; stormy (as if smoky); — tempestu- 
ous. 

5190. Tdx«6s Tuchikos, too-khee-kos' ; from a 
der. of 5177; fortuitous, i.e. fortunate; Tychicus, 
Chr.:— Tychicus. 



I 

5191. vokCvBivos huablnthintts, hoo-ak-in'- 
thee-nos; from 5102; " hyacinthine"OT il jacinthine", 
i.e. deep blue:— jacinth. 

5192. vdicivOos buakintbds, hoo-ak'-in-thos; of 
uncert. der. ; the " hyacinth" or "jacinth", i.e. some 
gem of a deep blue color, prob. the zirkon:— jacinth. 

5193. vdXivos huallnos, ftoo-at'-ee-nos; from 
5104; glassy, i.e. transparent: — of glass. 

5194- voXos Inialos hoo'-al-os; perh. from the 
same as 5205 (as being transparent like rain); glass:— 



5195. vPpti> bubrizo, hoo-brid'-zo; from 5106; to 
exercise violence, i.e. abuse, - — use despitefully, re- 
proach, entreat shamefully (spitefully). 

5196. v(3pis hubris, hoo'-bris; from 5228; inso- 
lence (as ouer-bearing), i.e. insult, injury:— -harm, 
hurt, reproach. 

5197. vPpurrijs bubrlstes, hoo-bris-tace' ; from 
5105; an insulter, i.e. maltreater: — despiteful, inju- 
rious. 

5198. vyiaCvco hugiaino, hoog-ee-ah'ee-no; from 
Siaq; to have sound health, i.e. be well (in body); flg. 
to be uncorrupt (true in doctrine):— be in health, (be 
safe and) sound, (be) whole (-some). 

5199. vyi^js bugles, hoog-ee-ace' ; from the base 
of 837; healthy, i.e. well (in body); flg. true (in doc- 
trine):— sound, whole. 

5200. v-ypos hugrds, hoo-gros'; from the base of 
5205; wet (as if with rain), i.e. (by impl.) sappy 
(fresh):— green. 



6201. vSpid budria, hoo-dree-ah' ; from 5204; a 
water-jar, i.e. receptacte for family supply:— water- 
pot. 

5202. v8poiroT£(i> hadrdpoted, hoo-drop-ot- 
eh'-o; from a comp. 015204 and a der. of 4005; to be a 
water-drinker, i.e. to abstain from vinous bever- 
ages:— drink water. 

5203. vSpuiriKds hudroplbdg, hoo-dro-pik-os 1 ; 
from a comr,. 0I5204 and a der. of 3700 (as if looking 
watery); to be " dropsical ";— have the dropsy. 

5204- vSup budor, hoo'-dore; gen. 

vSaTOS budatds, hoo'-dat-os, etc.; from 
the base of 5205; water (as if rainy) lit. or flg.:— 
water. 

5205. vctos huStos, fioo-e<-os'; from a prim, vol 
buo (to rain); rain, espec. a shower:— rain. 

5#06\ uto8e<rCo buiotb&sia, hwee-oth-es-ee'-ah; 
from a presumed comp. 0C5207 and a der. 0(5087; the 
placing as a son, i.e. adoption (flg. Chr. sonship in 
respect to God):— adoption (of children, of sons). 

5207. vtos huios, hwee-os'; appar. a prim, word; 
a " son" (sometimes of animals), used very widely of 
immed., remote or flg. kinship:— child, foal, son. 

5208. vKt\ hule, hoo-lay'; perh. akin to 3586; a 
forest, i.e. (by impl.) fuel;— matter. 

5209. vp.ds bumas, hoo-mas 1 ; ace. of 5210; you 
(as the obj. of a verb or prep.):— ye, you (+ -ward), 
your (+ own). 

5210. i5p.6is bumSis, hoo-mice'; irreg. plur. of 
4771; you (as subj. of verb):— ye (yourselves), you. 

5211. 'Yp.£vatos Humenalds, hoo-men-ah'-yos; 
from 'Vp.^1 v tinmen (the god of weddings) ; " hy- 
menceal "; Hymenceus, an opponent of Christianity : — 
Hymenceus. 

5212. v|UTepos bumSterfts, hoo-met'-er-os; from 
5210; yours, i.e. pertaining to you: — your (own). 

5213. v|itv bnmln, hoo-min 1 ; irreg. dat. of 5210; 
to (with or by) you:— ye, you, your (-selves). 

5214. v|ivt<i) bumned, hoom-neh'-o; from 5215; 
to hymn, i.e. sing a religious ode; by impl. to celebrate 
(God) in song:— sing an hymn (praise unto). 

5215. v|ivos bumnds, hoom'-nos; appar. from a 
simpler (obsol.) form of ■uBe'w budeo (to celebrate; 
prob. akin to 103; comp. 5567) ; a " hymn" or religious 
ode (one of the Psalms) :— hymn. 

5216. i5|xwv bumon, hoo-mone'; gen. of 5210; of 
(from or concerning) you;— ye, you, your (own, 
-selves). 

5217. wird"yw bnpago, hoop-ag'-o; from j^jo and 
7^; to iead (oneself) under, i.e. withdraw or retire (as 
if sinking out of sight), lit. or flg. :— depart, get hence, 
go (a-) way. 

5218. vira.KO'f) bnpakfte, ftoop-afc-5-a^'; from 
52iq; attentive hearkening, i.e. (by impl.) compliance 
or submission:— obedience, (make) obedient, obey 
(-tag). 

5219. OTOKoiu bupakono, hoop-ofc-oo'-o; from 
J2J0 and iqj; to heor under (as a subordinate), i.e. to 
listen attentively; by impl. to heed or conform to a 
command or authority:— hearken, be obedient to, 
obey. 

5220. viravSpos hopandrds, koop'-an-drot; 
from jajo and 435; in subjection under a man, i.e. e 
married woman:— which hath an husband. 

5221. wravrdo bupantad, hoop-an-tah'-o; from 
52J0 and a der. of 473; to go opposite (meet) under 
(quietly), i.e. to encounter, fall in with:— (go to) 
meet. 

J.880. iJirdvTi]o-is bupantegfs, hoop-an'-tay-sis; 
from522i; an encounter or concurrence (with rj/o 
for infin., in order to fall in with):— meeting. 

5223. tmupgis huparxis, hoop'-arx-is; from 
5225; existency or proprietorship, i.e. (concr.) prop- 
erty, wealth:— goods, substance. 

5224. virdpxovTa bnparcbonta, hoop-ar'-Jchon- 
tah; neut. plur. of pres. part. act. of 5225 as noun; 
things extant or in hand, i.e. property or posses- 
sions: — goods, that which one has, things which (one) 
possesseth, substance, that hast. 



Hooparkho 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



virap\u buparcbo, hoop-ar'-kho; from 
3239 and 73b; to begin under (quietly), i.e. come into 
existence (Represent or at hand); expletively, to exist 
(as copula or subordinate to an adj., part., adv. or 
prep., or as auxil. to principal verb):— after, be- 
have, live. 

5226. vtrttKU) bapelko, hoop-i'-ko; from 3239 
and *tK<» <iko (to yield, be "weak"); to surren- 
der:— submit self. 

5227. wevavTCos hupenantlos, hoop-en-an- 
tee'-os; from 3239 and 1727; under (covertly) contrary 
to, i.e. opposed or(as noun) an opponent:— adversary, 



wip hnper, Jioop-er'; a prim, prep.; 
" over", i.e. (with the gen.) of place, above, beyond, 
across, or causal, for the sake of, instead, regarding; 
with the ace. superior to, more than:— (+ exceeding 
abundantly) above, in (on) behalf of, beyond, by, 
-f very chiefest, concerning, exceeding (above, -ly), 
for, + very highly, more (than), of, over, on the part 
of, for sake of, in stead, than, to (-ward), very. In 
comp. it retains many of the above applications. 

5229. w€palpo|itu huperalrdmal, hoop-er- 
ah'ee-rom-ahee; mid. from 5228 and 142; to raise one- 
self over, i.e. (fig.) to become haughty: — exalt self, be 
exalted above measure. 

6230. virlpaxpos huperakmds, hoop-er'-ak- 
mos; from 322S and the base of 188; beyond the 
"■acme", i.e. fig. (of a daughter) past the bloom 
{prime) of youth: — |- pass the flower of (her) age. 

5251. -uircpdvu huperand, hoop-er-an'-o; from 
$228 and 307; above upward, i.e. greatly higher (in 
place or rank) :— far above, over. 

5252. vrrcpav|dv<i> hnperauxand, hoop-er-owx- 
an'-o; from 3228 and 837; to increase aboue ordinary 
degree:— grow exceedingly. 

5233. vircpPaCvCD huperbalno, hoop-er-bah'ee- 
no; from J228 and the base of 039; to transcend, i.e. 
(fig.) to overreach:— go beyond. 

5234. ■uirepPaXXoVras huperballdntds, ftoop- 
er-bal-lon'-toce; adv. from pres. part. act. of 5235; 
excessively:— beyond measure. 

5235. •uirspPdXXo* huperballo, hoop-er-bal'-lo; 
from 3228 and gob; to throw beyond the usual mark, 
I.e. (fig.) to surpass (only act. part, supereminent):— 
exceeding, excel, pass. 

5236. -uircpPoX^j b.up£rb<51e, hoop-er-bol-ay' ; 
tromj&s; a throwing beyond others, i.e. (fig.) super- 
eminence; adv. (with 1519 or 2/96) pre-eminently:— 
abundance, (far more) exceeding, excellency, more 
excellent, beyond (out of) measure. 

5237. virepeCSto bupereldo, hoop-er-i'-do; from 
/22<? and 1492; to overlook, i.e. not punish:— wink at. 

5238. v-ircplicciva lmperekeina, ftoop-er-efc'-i- 
nah; from 3228 and the neut. plur. of 1363; above 
those parts, i.e. still farther:— beyond. 

6239. virepeKTtCva huperekteino, hoop-er-ek- 
ti'-no; from 3228 and J614; to extend inordinately: — 
stretch beyond. 

6240. vireptKyyva huper«kchun5, hoop-er-ek- 
khoo'-no; from 3228 and the alt. form of 1632; to 
pour out over, i.e. (pass.) to overflow:— run over. 

vn-cpcKircpunrov buperekpe>fss3ii. 

Bee 3228 and 1537 and 400. 

5££i. v-ircpev-rv-yxdvu huperentngchano, 
hoop-er-en-toong-khan'-o; foam 5228 &n& 1793; to in- 
tercede in behalf of:— make intercession for. 
524%. vmpi\a hupSrecbo, hoop-er-ekh'-o; from 
5228 and 5/92; to 7ioZ<2 oneself above, i.e. (flg.) to 
excel; part, (as adj., or neut. as noun) superior, su- 
periority:— better, excellency, higher, pass, supreme. 
5243. vircpnipavla buperepbanla, hoop-er-ay- 
fan-ee'-ah; from J244; haughtiness;— pride. 
5244- virep^avos huperepbanog, hoop-er-ay'- 
fan-os; from j^ajand 531b; appearing above others 
(.conspicuous), i.e. (fig.) haughty;— proud. 

vircpXCav bupe>]ian. See 3228 and 3029. 
6245. vircpvucdu hnpernikao, hoop-er-nik- 
ah'-o; from jraayand 3S28; to «ang«isft beyond, i.e, 
jrotn a decisive victory:— more than conquer. 



wir^pffyKOS buper5gk5s, ft.oop-er'-ong- 
kos; from 5228 and jjo/; bulging over, i.e. (flg.) inso- 
lent:— great swelling. 

5&f7. wirepox^ buperocbe, hoop-er-okh-ay' ; 
tromj242; prominence, i.e. (fig.) superiority (in rank 
or character):— authority, excellency. 

5248. ■uirepirepio-ireiiw buperperissgiio, hoop- 
er-per-is-syoo'-o; from 3228 and 4032; to super- 
abound: — abound much more, exceeding. 

5249. v-irepirspicro-ais huperperissos, hoop-er- 
per-is-soce' ; from 3228 and 4057; superabundantly, 
i.e. exceedingly:— beyond measure. 

5250. v-irep-irXcovdt.at huperplSttnazo, hoop-er- 
pleh-on-ad'-zo; from 522,? and 4/2/; to superabotmd,* — 
be exceeding abundant. 

5251. vtrepv^iia bupcrupsoo, hoop-er-oop-so'-o; 
from 522-? and ,£?/2,' to elevate above others, i.e. raise 
to the highest position:— highly exalt. 

5252. virEp4>pov&> huperphroneo, hoop-er- 
fron-eh'-o; from 3228 and 342b; to esteem oneself 
overmuch, i.e. be vain or arrogant:— think more 
highly. 

5253. -inrepcoov hiiperojon, hoop-er-o'-on; neut. 
of a der. of 3228; a. higher part of the house, i.e. 
apartment in the third story:— upper chamber 
(room). 

5254- wir^X" bnpecbo, hoop-ekh'-o; from 3239 
•and 2192; to hold oneself under, i.e. endure with pa- 
tience:— suffer. 

5255. wiriJKoos bnpekAds, hoop-ay' -kt-os; from 
5279; attentively listening, i.e. (by impl.) submis- 
sive.* — obedient. 

5256. ■uirnper&o buperSted, hoop-ay-ret-eh'-o; 
from 3237; to be a subordinate, i.e. (by impl.) sub- 
serve:— minister (unto), serve. 

5257. wrnperns huperetes, hoop-ay-ret' -ace; 
from 3239 and a der. of €p&ro-w gressd (to row); an 
under-oarsman, i.e. (gen.) subordinate (assistant, 
sexton, constable): — minister, officer, servant. 

5258. -uirvos liupiios hoop'-nos; from an obsol. 
prim. (perh. akin to 3234 through the idea of subsil- 
ien.ee) ; sleep, i.e. (fig.) spiritual torpor:— sleep. 

5259. vir6 bnpo, hoop-o'; a prim. prep. ; under, 
i.e. (with the gen.) of place (beneath), or with verbs 
(the agency or means, through); (with the ace.) of 
place (whither [underneath] or where [beloio]) or 
time (when [at]):— among, by, from, in, of, under, 
with. In comp. it retains the same gen. applications, 
espec. of inferior position or condition, and spec. 
covertly or moderately. 

5260. viroBdXXu htipoballo, hoop-ob-al'-lo; 
from 3239 and 906; to throw in stealthily, i.e. intro- 
duce by collusion:— suborn. 

5261. viT07pttn|x6s hnpSgrammog, hoop-og- 
ram-mos'; from a comp. of 3239 and 1123; an under- 
writing, i.e. copy for imitation (fig.):— example. 

5262. iS-iroSevYna bupSdelgma, hoop-od 1 -igue- 
mah; from 32b3; an exhibit for imitation or warning 
(fig. specimen, adumbration): — en- (ex-) ample, pat- 



viroSeCKWiu bnp..d< ikinimi hoop-od- 
ike'-noo-mee; from 3239 and ribb; to exhibit under 
the eyes, i.e. (fig.) to exemplify (instruct, admon- 
ish):— snow, (fore-) warn. 

5264. •uiro8-£xo|UU' hup-Sdechomai, hoop-od- 
ekh'-om-ahee; from 3239 and 1209; to admit under 
one's roof, i.e. entertain hospitably:— receive. 

5265. viroSlw bnpddeo, hoop-od-eh'-o; from 3259 
and 72/0; to bind under one's feet, i.e. put on shoes 
or sandals:— bind on, (be) shod. 

5266. v-irdS-np.a bupddema, hoop-od' -ay-mah; 
from S2bs; something bound under the feet, i.e. a 
shoe or sandal:— shoe. 

5267. mrdSiKOS bup*5dlk<5s, fcoop-od'-ee-fcos; 
from 3239 and 1349; under sentence, i.e. (by impl.) 
condemned: — guilty. 

5268. iSirotvyiov hnpozngldn, hoop-od-zoog'- 
ee-on; neut. of a comp. of 3239 and 2218; an animal 
under the yoke (draught-beast), i.e. (spec.) a donkey:— 



. -tmo&i&wup.t hupizonnami, hoop-od> 
zone'-noo-mee; from 3239 and 2224; to gird under, i.e. 
/rap (a vessel -with cables across the keel, sides and 
deck) :— undergirt. 

. "uiTOK&TW hnpfikato, hoop-ok-at'-o; from 
3239 and 2756; down under, i.e. beneath: — under. 

5271. viroKplvop.ai bnpdbrindmai, hoop-ok- 
rin'-om-ahee; mid. from 3239 and 2919; to decide 
(speak or act) under a false part, i.e. (flg.) dissemble 
( pretend): —feign. 

5272. wroKpio-is hupokrlsts, hoop-ok'-ree-sis; 
from327i; acting under a feigned part, i.e. (fig.) de- 
ceit (" hypocrisy"):— condemnation, dissimulation, 
hypocrisy. 

5273. viroKpi'Wjs hupdkrites, hoop-ok-ree-tace' ; 
from 3271; an actor under an assumed character 
(stage-player), i.e. (fig.) a dissembler (" hypocrite"):— 
hypocrite. 

5274- viroXap.pd.va) bnpdlambano, hoop-oU 
am-ban'-o; from 3239 and 2983; to ia/ce from below, 
i.e. carry upward; fig. to ta&e np, i.e. continue a 
discourse or topic; ment. to assume (presume):— an- 
swer, receive, suppose. 

5275. viroXetirai bupoleipo, hoop-ol-i'-po; from 
j-295 and ^007; to leave under (behind), i.e. (pass.) to 
remain (survive):— be left. 

5276. viroX^viov bnpdlenldn, hoop-ol-ay' -nee- 
on; neut. of a presumed comp, 013239 and J02j; ves- 
sel or receptacle under the j?ress, i.e. lower loine- 
vat:— winefat. 

5277. •uwoXi-jLirdva) hupdllmpano, hoop-ol-im- 
pan'-o; a prol. form for 3275; to leave behind, i.e. be- 
queath: — leave. 

5278. viropivu hnpAraSno, hoop-om-en'-o; from 
5259 and 330b; to sia^ under (behind), i.e. remain; fig- 
to undergo, i.e. bear (trials), ftave fortitude, per- 
severe:— abide, endure, (take) patient (-ly), suffer, 
tarry behind. 

5279. ■uiro|U|AV<i<rKa> bupomimnesko, hoop- 
om-im-nace'-ko; from 3239 and 3403; to remind quiet- 
ly, i.e. suggest to the (mid. one's own) memory:— put 
in mind, remember, bring to (put in) remembrance. 

5280. inri|j.VTi(ris bnp&nraesls, Aoop-ont'-nav- 
sis; from 5279; a reminding or (reflex.) recollection;— 
remembrance. 

528 1. virou.ov/j bnpdmdne, hoop-om-on-ayf; 
from 3278; cheerful (or hopeful) endurance, con- 
stancy: — enduring, patience, patient continuance 
(waiting). 

5282. wrovola hupdudeo, hoop-on-o-eh'-o; from 
5239 and 3339; to think under (privately), i.e. to sur- 
mise or conjecture:— think, suppose, deem. 

5283. vir6yoi,a bupAndla, hoop-on' -oy-ah; from 
3282; suspicion: — surmising. 

5284. -uiroiTXI*) bnpdpleo, hoop-op-leh'-o; from 
3239 and 412b; to sail under the lee of :— sail under. 

5285. v-iroirvea) bnp5pneo, hoop-op-neh'-o; from 
3239 and 4134; to breathe gently, i.e. breeze:— blow 
softly. 

5286. -uiroirdSiow bupdpddl-5n, hoop-op-od'-ee- 
on; neut. of a comp. of 5239 and 4228; something 
under the feet, i.e. afoot-rest (fig.) :— footstool. 

5287. -oirooTao-is bnpdstasls, hoop-os'-tas-is; 
from a comp. of 5239 and 2476; a setting under (sup- 
port), i.e. (flg.) concr. essence, or abstr. assurance 
(obj. or subj.):— confidence, confident, person, sub- 
stance. 

5288. -uiro-rreXXu hupostello, ftoop-os-tel'-lo; 
from 3239 and 4724; to withhold under (out of sight), 
i.e. (reflex.) to cower or shrink, (flg.) to conceal (re- 
serve):— draw (keep) back, shun, withdraw. 

5289. virooToX-Zi bupdstdle, hoop-os-tol-ay'; 
from 3288; shrinkage (timidity), i.e. (by impl.) apos- 
tasy:— draw back. 

5290. ■uiro<rTp'i<p(i> bnpostrepbo, fcoop-os-fre/'-o; 
from 3239 and 47b2; to turn under (behind), I.e. to re- 
turn (lit. or fig.):— come again, return (again, back 
again), turn back (again). 

5291. •uiroo-rpcivVDp.v hnpistronnnmi, ftoop- 
os-trone'-noo-mee; from 3239 and 47156; to strew un- 
derneath (the feet as a carpet):— spread. 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



Hooparkho 
Fileho 



75 



5*3; 



■uwoTayfj hap&tage, hoop-otrag-ay' ; from 
subordination:— subjection. 
virordo-o-oi hupdtasso, hoop-ot-asf-so; 
from $259 00.03021; to subordinate; reflex, to obey: — 
be under obedience (obedient), put under, subdue 
unto, (be, make) subject (to, unto), be (put) in sub- 
jection (to, under), submit self unto. 
529 '4. vTrorCfliuii hupdtltheml, hoop-ot-ith'-ay- 
mee; from 3230 ana 5°&7\ to place underneath, i.e. 
(fig.) to hazard, (reflex.) to suggest:— lay down, put in 
remembrance. 

6295. viroTp6x.c» hupfitrBcho, hoop-ot-rekh'-o; 
from 3230 ssAs'4!) (includ. its alt.); to run under, i.e. 
(spec.) to sail past:— run under. 

5296. viroTvirawris hupAtuposls, hoop-ot-oop'- 
o-sis; from a comp. of S 2 59 and a der. of .pyo,' typifi- 
cation under (after), i.e. (concr.) a sketch (fig.) for 
imitation:— form, pattern. 

5297. vtto4>«'p<>) hupdphero, hoop-of-er'-o; from 
5250 and 5342; to bear from underneath, i.e. (fig.) to 
undergo hardship:— bear, endure. 

5298. viroxopc'u hnpAchoreo, hoop-okh-o- 
reh'-o; from 3230 and 5502; to vacate down, i.e. retire 
quietly:— go aside, withdraw self. 

5299. unwind Jg> hapoplazo, hoop-o-pee-ad'-zo; 
from a comp. of 323Q and a der. of 3700; to hit under 
the eye (buffet or disable an antagonist as a pugilist), 
i.e. (fig.) to tease or annoy (into compliance), subdue 
(one's passions):— keep under, weary. 
6S00. vi has, hoos; appar. a prim, word; a hog 
(" swine"):— sow. 

5501. wrtnoiros liu»sopds, hoos'-so-pos; of for. 
or. [331]; " hyssop":— hyssop. 

6302. wrrepEU husterfio, hoos-ter-eh'-o; from 
#00; to 6e later, i.e. (by impl.) to be inferior; gen. to 
fall short (be deficient): — come behind (short), be des- 
titute, fail, lack, suffer need, (be in) want, be the 
worse. 

6303. vo"r^pnu.a hustercnia, hoos-ter'-ay-mah; 
from 5302; a deficit; spec, ■poverty:— that which is be- 
hind, (that which was) lack (-ing), penury, want. 

6304. wrripums busteresls, hoos-ter'-av-sis; 
from 5302; a falling short, i.e. (spec.) penury: — want. 

6305. vorcpov husterdn, hoos'-ter-on; neut. of 
5306 as adv.; more lately, i.e. eventually:— afterward, 
(at the) last (of all). 

5306. wrrcpos hnsterftg, hoos'-ter-os; compar. 
from 5250 (in the sense of behind); later :~ latter. 

5307. wJxxvtos hnphantds, hoo-fan-tos 1 ; from 
'j<j>a(v<D huphaino (to weave); woven, i.e. (perh.) 
knitted /—woven. 

6308. wJrnXds hupselds, hoop-say-los' ; from 
5311; lofty (in place or character):— high (-er, -ly) (es- 
teemed). 

6309. vi|n)\o<|>poW<i> hupseldphrdneo, hoop- 
say-lo-fron-eh'-o; from a comp. of 5308 and 5424; to 
be lofty in mind, i.e. arrogant: — be highminded. 

6310. vi|>urros bupslstds, hoop'-sis-tos; superl. 
from the base of S3"! highest, i.e. (masc. sing.) the 
Supreme (God), or (neut. plur.) the heavens:— most 
high, highest. 

5311. th|/os hupsAs, hoop'-sos; from a der. of 
5228; elevation, i.e. (abstr.) altitude, (spec.) the sky. 
or (fig.) dignity:— be exalted, height, (on) high. 

5312. vi|nto hnpsAo, hoop-so'-o; from 3311; to 
elevate (lit. or fig.) : — exalt, lift up. 
6313. vt|r<i>p.a bupsoma, hoop'-so-mah; from 
5312; an elevated place or thing, i.e. (abstr.) altitude, 
or (by impl J a barrier (fig.):— height, high thing. 

$ 

SSI4. <f>&-yos pbagAs, fag'-os; tromjjrj; a glut- 
ton:— gluttonous. 

6315. <f>d-y« phago. fagf-o; a prim, verb (used as 
an alt. of 2008 in cert, tenses); to eat (lit. or fig.):— 
eat, meat. 

6316. <)>a(vu pbalno, fah'ee-no; prol. for the 
base of 5437; to lighten (shine), i.e. sftow (trans, or 
intrans., lit. or fig.);— appear, seem, be seen, shine, 
X think 



6317. *dXtK phalek, fal'-ek; of Heb. or. 
Phalek (i.e. Peleg), a patriarch:— Phalec. 

5318. <j>avepos phaner5s, fan -er-os 1 ; bom 3316; 
shining, i.e. apparent (lit. or fig.); neut. (as adv.) 
publicly, externally:— abroad, + appear, known, 
manifest, open [+ -ly], outward ([+ -ly]). 

5319. <j>av£poio phanerAo, fan-er-o'-o; from 
3318; to render apparent (lit. or fig.): — appear, mani- 
festly declare, (make) manifest (forth), shew (self). 

5320. cpavepus pbanerds, fan-er-oce'; adv. from 
3318; plainly, i.e. clearly or publicly: — evidently, 
openly. 

5321. <j>ttve'po)<ns phanCrosis, fan-er'-o-sis; 
from J310; exhibition, i.e. (fig.) expression, (by ex- 
tens.) a bestowment:— manifestation. 

55^. (pavds phanAs, fan-os'; from j-^/6; a light- 
ener, i.e. Koftt; lantern:— lantern. 

5323. <£avov<jX PhanAuel, fan-oo-ale'; of Heb. 
or. [6439]; Phanuel (i.e. Pen«e!), anlsr.:— Phanuel. 

55^4- <J>avTd£«> pbantazo, fan-tad' -zo; from a 
der. of 331b; to mote apparent, i.e. (pass.) to appear 
(neut. part, as noun, a spectacle):— sight. 

5325. <|>avTao-Ca pbantasta, fan-tas-ee'-ah; 
from a der. 013324; (prop, abstr.) a (vain) show(" fan- 
tasy"):— pomp. 

53J , 6\ <j>dvTao-|ia phantasma, fan'-tas-mah; 
from jj^; (prop, concr.) a (mere) show ("phan- 
tasm"), i.e. spectre:— spirit. 

5327. Adpayi; pharagx, far'-anx; prop. 
strength, from the base of 4008 or rather of 448b; a 
gap or chasm, i.e. ravine (winter-torrent): — valley. 

5328. <J?apa<S Pharao, far-ah-o'; of for. or. 
[6547] ; Pharad (i.e. Pharoh), an Eg. king: — Pharaoh. 
5339. tape's Phares, far-es 1 ; of Heb. or. [6557]; 
Phares (i.e. Perets), an Isr. : — Phares. 

5330. $api<ratos PharlsaiAg, far-is-ah'-yos; of 
Heb. or. [comp. 6567]; a sepa? - a(is(, i.e. exclusively 
religious; a Phariscean, i.e. Jewish sectary:— 
Pharisee. 

5331. <papp.aKECa pharmak£la, far-mak-i'-ah; 
from jjya; medication (" pharmacy"), i.e. (by ex- 
tens.) magic (lit. or flg.):— sorcery, witchcraft. 

5332. (papuaxevs pharmak£as, far-mak-yoos' ; 
from <j>dp|xaKov pharmakin (a drug, i.e. spell- 
giving potion); a druggist (" pharmacist ") or poi- 
soner, i.e. (by extens.) a magician: — sorcerer. 

5333. <|>ap|j.aKds pharmakAs, far-mak-os'; the 
same as 3332:— sorcerer. 

5334. (pdtris phasls, fas'-is; from jry^o (not the 
same as " phase", which is from 3316) ; a saying, i.e. 
report:— tidings. 

5335. <j>do-K<» phasko, fas'-ko; prol. from the 
same as j.?<<6; to assert: — affirm, profess, say. 
5336". 4>dTVt) phatne, fat' -nay; from iro.T&>u,ai 
pat&Amal (to eat); a crib (for fodder) :— manger, 
stall. 

5337. <j>avXos phaulAs, fow'-los; appar. a prim, 
word; "foul " or " flawy", i.e. (flg.) wicked:— evil. 

5338. fyiy/os ph6gg«s, feng'-gos; prob. akin to 
the base of j4if7 [comp.jjjo]; brilliancy:— light. 

5339. <pe(8o|j.at pheidAmal, fi'-dom-ahee; of un- 
cert. affin. ; to oe chary of, i.e. (subj.) to aosfat'n or 
(obj.) to f reat leniently:— torbea.r, spare. 

5340. <|>£i8o|J.«vttis pheldAmenog, fi-dom-en'-oce; 
adv. from part, of 3330; abstemiously, i.e. stingily:— 
sparingly. 

53^1. <pcXovi]S phAIAiieg, fel-on'-ace; by transp. 
for a der. prob. of 531b (as showing outside the other 
garments); a mantle (surtout):— cloke. 
5342. e|>e'pw phero, fer'-o; a prim, verb (for which 
other and appar. not cognate ones are used in certain 
tenses only; namely, 

ot« 615, o^'-o; and 

iviyKiit gnegko, en-eno'-lfco); to " bear" or 
carry (in a very wide application, h't. and fig., as fol- 
lows):— be, bear, 'wing (forth), carry, come, + let her 
drive, be driven, endure, go on, lay, lead, move, 
reach, rushing, uphold. 



5343. <j>cirya> pbengo. fyoo'-go; appar. a prim, 
verb; to run away (lit. or fig.); by impl. to shun; by 
anal, to vanish:— escape, flee (away). 
5344- $tj\i! Pbellx, fay'-lix; of Lat. or. ; happy: 
Phelix (i.e. Felix), a Eom. :— Felix. 

5345. •JHfju.i] pbeme, fay'-may; from 334b; a say- 
ing, i.e. rumor (" fame"): — fame. 

5346. <t>n|iC pbeml, fay-mee'; prop, the same as 
the base of 3437 and 331b; to show or make known 
one's thoughts, i.e. speak or say: — affirm, say. Comp. 
3004. 

5847. <&fjcTTOs Pbest As, face'-tos; of Lat. der. ; 
festal; Phestus (i.e. Fe.stus), a Eom.:— Festus. 

5348. <p0ttvo» pbtbano, fthan'-o; appar. a prim, 
verb; to be beforehand, i.e. anticipate or precede, 
by extens. to have arrived at:— (already) attain, 
come, prevent. 

5349. <j>8apTQ$ pbtbartds, fthar-tos'; from 5331; 
decayed, i.e. (by impl.) perishable: — corruptible. 

5350. (pfifyyopxu pbtbeggdmal, ftheng'-gom 
ahee; prob. akin to j-jj.S'and thus to 334b; to utter a 
clear sound, i.e. (gen.) to proclaim:— speak. 

5351. <|>6c(pci) pbtbelro, fthi'-ro; prob. strength, 
from <|)0C» pbthlo (to pine or waste); prop, to 
shrivel or wither, i.e. to spoil (by any process) or 
(gen.) to ruin (espec. fig. by mor. influences, to de 
prave): — corrupt (self), defile, destroy. 

5352. 4>0ivoir<vpivrfs pbtblndporln5s, fthin- 
op-o-ree-nos' ; from a der. of <piHva> phthlnd (to 
wane; akin to the base of 3331) and 3703 (mean, late 
autumn); autumnal (as stripped of leaves): — whose 
fruit withereth. 

5353. <j>86yYos pbtbdggds, fthong'-gos; from 
3330; utterance, Le. a musical note (vocal or instru- 
mental) :— sound. 

5354- <|>9ove<i) phthSneo, fthon-eh'-o; from 3333; 
to be jealous of: — envy. 

5855. <j>8ovos pbtbAn5s, fthon'-os; prob. akin 
to the base of 3331; ill-tmll (as detraction), i.e. jeal- 
ousy (spite):— envy. 

5356. <|>9opd pbtbAra, fthor-ah'; from .stf/; 
decay, i.e. rum (spontaneous or inflicted, lit. or flg.):— 
corruption, destroy, perish. 

5357. <jnd\ij phlale, fee-al'-ay; of uncert. affln. ; 
a broad shallow cup (" phial "): — vial. 

5358. 4><A.d-ya8os phllagatbAs, fil-ag'-ath-os; 
from j>?4 and /c?; /o«d; (0 good, i.e. a promoter of 
virtue:— lore of good men. 

5359. *i\a8&<tKia Philadelphia, fil-ad-el'- 
fee-ah; from *iXd8eXi(>os Philadelphia (the 
same as 33b/), a king of Pergamos; Philadelphia, a 
place in Asia Minor:— Philadelphia. 

5360. (|>iXaSeX<|>Ca Philadelphia, fil-ad-el-fee 1 
ah; from sjbi; fraternal affection:— brotherly love 
(kindness), love of the brethren. 

5361. <piXdSeXcj)OS phlladelphds, ftl-ad'-el-fos; 
from 3384 and So; fond of brethren, i.e. fraternal:— 
love as brethren. 

5862. (jnXavSpos phllaiidrAs, fil'-an-dros; from 
3384 and 433; fond of man, i.e. affectionate as a 
wife: — love their husbands. 

5363. <f>iXav8p<i>irCa phllanthropla, fil-an- 
thro-pee'-ah; from the same as S3b4! fondness of 
mankind, i.e. benevolence ("philanthropy"): — kind- 
ness, love towards man. 

5364. cpiXavOpc&ircss phllanthropos, fil-an- 
thro'-poce; adv. from a comp. of 3384 and 444; fondly 
to man (" philanthropically"), i.e. humanely:— cour- 
teously. 

5365. (juXapYvpCa phllargnrla, /3-ar-goo-ree' 
ah; troms3bb; avarice:— love of money . 

5366. (JuXap-yvpos phllargnrOs, fil-ar'-goo-roa; 
from j^Sj! and 696; fond of silver (money), le. ava- 
ricious: — covetous. 

5367. <j>(XttvTos phllautfis, fil'-ow-tos; from 
3384 and 84b; fond of self, i.e. selfish:— lover of own 
self. 

5368. <{>iXI(i> phllSo, fil-eh'-o; from .£#&,• to be a 
friend to (fond of [an individual or an object]), i e. 
ftave affection for (denoting personal attachment, as 



76 



Filaydonos 
Khlamooce 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



a. matter of sentiment or feeling; while 23 is wider, 
embracing espec. the judgment and the deliberate 
assent of the will as a matter of principle, duty and 
propriety: the two thus stand related very much as 
230Q and 1014, or as 2372 and 3303 respectively; the 
former being chiefly of the heart and the latter of 
the head); spec, to kiss (as a mark of tenderness):— 
kiss, love. 

5369. <!>iX.TJ8ovos r pblleddnds, fil-ay'-don-os; 
from 3384 and 2237; fond of pleasure, i.e. volup- 
tuous:— lover of pleasure. 

5370. cplXnpa phllema, fil'-ay-mah; from 3368; 
a kiss: — kiss. 

5371. $iX%»v Philemon, fil-ay'-mone; from 
3368; friendly; Philemon, a Chr.:— Philemon. 

5372. <PiXnTds Ptaileios, fil-ay-tos'; from 5368; 
amiable; Philetus, an opposer of Christianity:— 
Philetus. 

5373. <|>tX(a phllla, fil-ee'-ah; from 5384; fond- 
ness:— friendship. 

6874. *i\iini<i<rw>s Phlllppeslfts, fll4p-pay'- 
see-os; from 5375; a Philippesian (Philippian), i.e. 
native of Philippi:— Philippian. 

5375. <pCXiinroi Pbllippol, fil'-ip-poy; plur. of 
5376; Philippi, a place in Macedonia:— Philippi. 

5376. "PlXiirrros Phlllppds, fil'-ip-pos; from 
5384 and 2462; fond of horses; Philippus, the name of 
four Isr.:— Philip. 

5377. <piX60«os pblldtbeos, fll-oth'-eh-os; from 
5384 and 231b; fond of God, i.e. pious: — lover of God. 

5378. 'PiXoXoyos Phlldldgds, fil-ol'-og-os; from 
S384a.ua 303b; fond of words, i.e. talkative {argumen- 
tative, learned, "philological"); Philologus, a 
Chr.:— Philologus. 

6379. (JhXovcikCo, phildnelkla, flUon-i-kee'-ah; 
from 5380; quarrelsomeness, i.e. a dispute:— strife. 

5380. cjuXoveixos plill6n61kdg, fil-on'-i-kos; 
from 3384 and vsIkos m"li£.'>s (a quarrel; prob. 
akin to 3334) ; fond, of strife, i.e. disputatious:— con- 
tentious. 

5381. <piXov«££a pfclI5n&xla, fil-on-ex-ee'-ah; 
from 3382; hospitableness:— entertain strangers, hos- 
pitality. 

5382. <pi\6£«vos phlldxen5s, fll-ox'-en-os; from 
3384 ana 3581; fond of guests, i.e. hospitable: — given 
to (lover of, use) hospitality. 

6383. <piXoTrp<0Tti<» pbilttproteno, fil-op-rote- 
yoo'-o; from a comp. of 3384 and 4413; to be fond of 
being first, i.e. ambitious of distinction: — love to 
have the preeminence. 

6384. cptXos pli !]<*>«, fee'-los; prop, dear, i.e. a 
friend; act. fond, i.e. friendly (still as a noun, an as- 
sociate, neighbor, etc.):— friend. 

6385. <pi\oo-o<j>la phllosophla, fil-os-of-ee'-ah; 
from 3386; "philosophy", i.e. (spec.) Jewish soph- 
istry:— -philosophy. 

6386. «|>iX6o-o<pos phllosophos, fil-os>-of-os; 
from 5384 and 4680; fond of wise things, i.e. a " phi- 
losopher":— philosopher. 

6387. (piXioropyos phllSstorgtts, fll-os'-tor-gos; 
from 3384 and cropy^ stdrge (cherishing one's 
kindred, espec. parents or children) ; fond of natural 
relatives, i.e. fraternal towards fellow Chr.:— kindly 
affectioned. 

5388. (piXoTtKVOS pbiloteknds, fil-ot'-ek-nos; 
from 3384 and 3043; fond 0/ one's children, i.e. ma- 
ternal:— lave their children. 

5389. <{iiXoTip.top.ai phildtimfoinal, fil-ot-im- 
eh'-om-ahee; mid. from a comp. of 3384 and 3002; to 
be fond of honor, i.e. emulous (eager or earnest to 
do something):— labour, strive, study. 

6390. cpiXocppdvws philophronos, fiU>f-r<m'- 
oce; adv.fromsjor; with friendliness of mind, i.e. 
kindly:— courteously. 

6391. <piX<S<ppuy phllSphron, fiUof'-rone; from 
3384 and 3424; friendly of mind, i.e. kind: — courteous. 

5392. <j>ipdw phim.io, fee-mo'-o; from iptpis 
phlmog (a muzzle); to muzzle,'— muzzle. 

5393. $Xfye>v Pblegon, fleg'-one; act. part, of 
the base of 3303; blazing; Phleoon, aChr.:— Phlegon. 



<pXoy(£<o pbJ.6gl»o,.flog-id'-zo; from 3303; 
to cause a blaze, i.e. ignite (fig. to inflame with pas- 
sion):— set on fire. 

5395. tpXoJ pbldx, fax; from a prim. JpXttyu 
pmlego (to "flash" or "flame"); a blaze: — flame 
(-tog). 

5396. epXwapew phluareo, floo-ar-eh'-o; from 
S397! to be a babbler or trifler, i.e. (by impl.) to be- 
rate idly or mischievously:— prate against. 

5397. (pXvapos phluardg, floo'-ar-os; from 
<{>Xvii> phluo (to bubble); a garrulous person, i.e. 
prater:— tattler. 

5398. tpoPtpds phobSros, fob-er-os 1 ; from 5401; 
frightful, i.e. (obj.) formidable:— fearful, terrible. 

5399. <|>o(3«o pb5b£o, /ob-eV-o; from 3401; to 
frighten, i.e. (pass.) to fie alarmed; by anal, to 6e in 
awe of, i.e. revere:— be (+ sore) afraid, fear (exceed- 
ingly), reverence. 

5400. <|><Sp > Trrpov phobetrSn, fob'-ay-tron; neut, 
of a der. of 3399; a frightening thing, i.e. terrific 
portent:— fearful sight 

5401. <f><SPos phob6s, fob'-os; from a prim. <)>&■ 
Popoi ph£b6mal (to be put in fear); alarm or 
fright:— be afraid, + exceedingly, fear, terror. 

5402. $o£pn Pbdlbe, foy'-bay; fern, of (poipos 
pbdibSs (bright; prob. akin to the base of 3437) ; 
Phoebe, a Chr. woman:— Phebe. 

5403. <&oivticn Phdlnlke, foy-nee'-kay; from 
jW,' palm-country; Phcenice (or Phoenicia), a re- 
gion of Pal.:— Phenice, Phenicia. 

5404- <p°' vt £ pbfilnlx, foy'-nix; of uncert. der. ; 
a palm-tree: — palm (tree). 

5405. $otia£ PbMntx, foy'-nix; prob. the same 
as 3404; Phcznix, a place in Crete: — Phenice. 

5406. ipovevs ph&neus, fon-yooce'; from 3408; a 
murderer (always of criminal [or at least inten- 
tional] homicide; which 443 does not necessarily im- 
ply ; while 4607 is a spec, term for a public bandit) : — 
murderer. 

5407. <poveva> phdnSuo, fon-yoo'-o; from 3406; 
to be a murderer (of):— kill, do murder, slay. 

5408. cpdvos phdnAs, fon'-os; from an obsol. 
prim. <p«1v<» pbeno (to slay); murder:— murder, 
+ be slain with, slaughter. 

5409. cpoplco phorSo, for-eh'-o; from 54T1; tohave 
a burden, i.e. (by anal.) to wear as clothing or a con- 
stant accompaniment:— bear, wear. 

5410. <£>6pov Pbdrdn, for'-on; of Lat. or.; a 
forum or market-place; only in comp. with b7s; a 
station on the Appian road:— forum. 

5411. <|>6pos phftrfis, for'-os; from 3342; a load 
(as borne), i.e. (fig.) a tax (prop, an individ. assess- 
ment on persons or property; whereas 3036 is usually 
a gen. toll on goods or travel) :— tribute. 

5412. <popT(£<o pbdrtlzo, for-tid'-zo; from 5414; 
to load up (prop, as a vessel or animal), i.e. (flg.) to 
overburden with ceremony (or spiritual anxiety):— 
lade, be heavy laden. 

5413. cpoprCov phortlon, for-tee'-on; dimin. of 
5414; an invoice (as part of freight), i.e. (flg.) a task 
or service:— burden. 

5414. cpdpTos phdrtds, for'-tos; from 5342; some- 
thing carried, i.e. the cargo of a ship:— lading. 

5415. *oprowaTOS VIi.vrtniinatoN, for-too- 
nat'-os; of Lat. or.; "fortunate"; Fortunatus, a 
Chr. :— Fortunatus. 

5416. (ppay&Xiov pbragellidn, frag-el'-le-on; 
neut. of a der. from the base 0(3417; a whip, i.e. Bom. 
lash as a public punishment:— scourge. 

5417. cpptvyeXXda phragelloo, frag-el-lo'-o; 
from a presumed equiv. of the Lat. flagellum; to 
whip, i.e. lash as a public punishment:— scourge. 

5418. cppctypos phragmfls, frag-mos'; from 
/.seo; a fence, or inclosing barrier (lit. or flg.):- hedge 
(+ round about), partition. 

5£?°. tpp&gu phrazo, frad'-zo; prob. akin to /,&» 
through the idea of defining; to indicate (by word 
or act), i.e. (spec.) to expound:— declare. 



o-w phrasso, fras'-so; appar. a 

strength, form of the base of 3424; to fence or in- 
close, i.e. (spec.) to block up (flg. to silence):— stop. 
5421. tppeap phrear, freh'-ar; of uncert. der. ; a 
hole in the ground (dug for obtaining or holding 
water or other purposes), i.e. a cistern or well; flg. 
an abyss (as a prison.):— well, pit. 
5^32. cppcvairardca phrcnapatao, /ren-ap-aJ- 
ah'-o; from /#5?,* to fie a mind-misleader, i.e. de- 
lude: — deceive. 

5423. <pp«vairaTT)s phrehapates, fren-ap-at ' 
ace; from 3424 and 339; a mind-misleader, i.e. se- 
ducer/— deceiver. 

54#£. <ppT(V pbren, /rane; prob. from an obsol. 
<j>pau pbrao (to rein in or curb; comp. 3420); the 
midrif (as a partition of the body), i.e. (flg. and by 
impl. of sympathy) the feelings (or sensitive nature; 
by extens. [also in the plur.] the mind or cognitive 
faculties) : —understanding. 

5425. <pp(o-o-<» pbrlsso, fris'-so; appar. a prim, 
verb; to " bristle" or chill, i.e. shudder (fear):— 
tremble. 

5426. <j>pov<i<o pbrftn66,/ron.-eh'-o; from 3424; to 
exercise the mind, i.e. entertain or have a sentiment 
or opinion; by impl. to fie (mentally) disposed (more 
or less earnestly in a certain direction); in tens, to in- 
terest oneself in (with concern or obedience):— set 
the affection on, (be) care (-ful), (be like-, + be of 
one, + be of the same, + let this) mind (-ed), regard, 
savour, think. 

5427. tppovTipa phrOuema, fron'-ay-mah; from 
342b; (mental) inclination or purpose; — (be, + be 
carnally, + be spiritually) mind (-ed). 

54^8. <pp<Svi]cns pbronesls, fron'-ay-sis; from 
342b; mental action or activity, i.e. intellectual or 
mor. insight:— prudence, wisdom. 

5429. <pp6vipos phrftnlmftg, fron'-ee-mos; from 
3424; thoughtful, i.e. sagacious or discreet (implying 
a cautious character; while 4680 denotes practical 
skill or acumen; and 4008 indicates rather intelligence 
or mental acquirement); in a bad sense conceited 
(also in the compar.):— wise (-r). 

5430. <ppov(p<DS pbrdnlmos, fron-im'-oce; adv. 
troms42o; prudently:— wisely. 

5431. ippovrCJo pbrdntlzo,jfWm-Md'-zo;froma 
der. 0(3424; to exercise thought, i.e. fie anxious: — be 
careful. 

5432. ippovplu pbroureo, froo^reh'-o; from a 
comp. of 4233 and 3708; to be a watcher in advance, 
i.e. to mount guard as a sentinel (post spies at 
gates); flg. to hem in, protect:— keep (with a gar 
rison) . Comp. 3083. 

5433. <ppuao~cra> phrnassd, froo-as'-so; akin tt j 
1032, 1031; to snort (as a spirited horse), i.e. (flg.) to 
make a tumult:— rage. 

5434. (ppvyavov phruganttn, froo'-gan-on; 
neut. of a presumed der. of cppuY" pbrngo (to 
roast or parch; akin to the base of 3303); something 
desiccated, i.e. a dry twig:— stick. 

5435. <Ppvy(a Pbrngla, froog-ee'-ah; prob. of 
for. or.; Phryr-ia, a region of Asia Minor:— Phrygia. 

5436. <PvyeXXos PhngelUs, foog'-eUos; prob. 
from 3343; fugitive; Phygellus, an apostate Chr.;— 
Phygellus. 

5437. <pt>Yfi pbnge, foog-ay 1 ; from 3343; a flee- 
ing, i.e. escape:— flight. 

5438. <f>vXaKTj pbalake, foo-lak-ay'; from 5442; 
a guarding or (concr. guard), the act, the person; 
flg. the place, the condition, or (spec.) the time (as a 
division of day or night), lit. or fig.;— cage, hold, (im-) 
prison (-ment), ward, watch. 

5439. <pvXaKCj> pbnlaklzo, /oo-lafc-id'^zo; 
from 5441; to incarcerate: — imprison. 

5440. <jn>XaKTf|pi.ov pbulakterton, foo-lak- 
tay'-ree-on; neut. of a der. 013442; a guard-case, i.e, 
"phylactery" for wearing slips of Scripture texts:— 
phylactery. 

5441. «p*Xo| phnlax, foo'-tax; from 344s; s 
watcher or sentry:— keeper. 

5442. <pvXd<ro-» phnlasso, foo-las'-so; prob. 
from 3443 through the idea of isolation; to watch, i.e. 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



Filaydonos 
Khlamooce 



77 



be on guard (lit. or flg.); by impl. to preserve, obey, 

avoid:— beware, keep (self), observe, save. Comp. 

S°S3- 

6443, fyvM) phule, foo-lay'; from 5453 (comp. 

5444); an offshoot, i.e. race or clan:— kindred, tribe. 

5444- 4>vXXov phullon, fool' -Ion; from tbe same 
as 5443I & sprout, i.e. leaf:— leaf. 

6446- <|riipa|i,a pnnrama, foo'^ram-ah; from a 
prol. form of <j>vp<o phuro (to mix a liquid with a 
solid; perh. akin to 5453 through the idea of swelling 
In bulk), mean to knead; a mass of dough:— lump. 

S446. +WTIKOS plmsikVvs, foo-see-kos' ; from 
$440; "physical", i.e. (by impl.) instinctive: — nat- 
uraL Comp. 559/. 

S447- <)>i«riK«s pliiisifcos, foo-seeJcoce'; adv. 
from 544b; "physically", i.e. (by impl.) instinctive- 
ly:— naturally. 

5448' ^uo-iow phnsloo, foo-see-o'-o; from 5449 in 
the prim, sense of blowing; to inflate, i.e. (flg.) make 
proud (haughty):— puff up. 

5^>f9. <}ni(ri.s phiisig, foo'-sis; from /«?,' growth 
(by germination or expansion), i.e. (by impl.) natural 
production (lineal descent) ; by extens. a genus or 
sort; flg. native disposition, constitution or usage:— 
([man-]) kind, nature ([-al]). 

5^50. <pvcr(ucris phasiosls, foo-see'-o-sis; from 
j^y; inflation, i.e. (fig.) haughtiness: — swelling. 
5^5i. (jnireCo phntela, foo-ti'-ah; from j^; 
trans-planting, i.e. (concr.) a shrub or vegetable: — 
plant. 

645%- fyvrtin phuteuo, foot-yoo'-o; from a der. 
of 5453; to set out in the earth, i.e. implant; flg. to 
instil doctrine:— plant. 

5453. fyia phno, foo'-o; a prim, verb; prob. orig. 
to "puff " or blow, i.e. to sioell up; but only used in 
the impl. sense, to germinate or grow (sprout, pro- 
duce), lit. or flg.:— spring (up). 

6454- <t>»X-«<5s pholefts, fo-leh-osf; of uncert. der. ; 
a burrow or lurking-place: — hole. 
54B5. <JKi>veu> phonSo, fo-neh'-o; from 545b; to 
emit a sound (animal, human or instrumental); by 
impl. to address in words or by name, also in imita- 
tions—call (for), crow, cry. 

5456. <j>»v<j phone, fo-nay'; prob. akin to 5316 
through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, 
bestial or artificial) ; by impl. an address (for aoy 
purpose), saying or language:— noise, sound, voice. 

5457. <J>»s phos, foce; from an obsol. <pA» 
phao (to shine or make manifest, espec. by rays; 
comp. 5316, 5346) ; luminousness (in the widest ap- 
plication, nat. or artificial, abstr. or concr., lit. or 
flg.):— fire, light. 

6458. <j>o»o-T<jp phoster, foce-tare'; troraj4S7; an 

illuminator, i.e. (concr.) a luminary, or (abstr.) 

brilliancy:— light. 

5459. 4>(i><nj)6pos phosphorite, foce-for'-os; 

from 5453 and 5342; light-bearing ("phosphorus"), 

i.e. (spec.) the morning-star (flg.):— day star. 

B4B0. 4>eimiv<Ss photelnds, fo-ti-nos'; from 

545T, lustrous, i.e. transparent or well-illuminated 

(fig.):— bright, full of light. 

54S1. <j>0JTtE» photlzo, fo-tid'-zo; from 5457; to 

shed rays, i.e. to shine or (trans.) to brighten up (lit. 

or fig.):— enlighten, illuminate, (bring to, give) light, 

make to see. 

6462- <|><i>Tur|i6s photlsmds, fo-tis-mos'; from 

S461; illumination (flg.):— light. 

546S. X a 'P u chalro, khah'ee-ro; a prim, verb; to 

be "cheer"ful, i.e. calmly happy or well-off; impers. 

espec. as salutation (on meeting or parting), be well:— 

farewell, be glad, God speed, greeting, hall, joy 

(-fully), rejoice. 

S464- X&k-aX,* ehalaza, khal'-ad-zah; prob. from 

S465; hail:— hail. 

6466 • \a\dd) chalad, khal-ah'-o; from the base of 

5400; to lower (as into a void);— let down, strike. 



04.66. XaXSatos Chaldaids, khal-dah'-yos; prob. 
of Heb. or. [3778] ; a Chaldazan (i.e. Kasdi), or na- 
tive of the region of the lower Euphrates:— Chaldsean. 

5467. \a\eit6% chalepds, khal-ep-os 1 ; perh. from 
5465 through the idea of reducing the strength; diffi- 
cult, i.e. dangerous, or (by impl.) furious:— fierce, 
perilous. 

5468. xaXiva-ywyeci) challnagogeo, khal-in-ag- 

ogue-eh'-o; from a comp. of J46Q and the redupl. form 
of 71; to be a bit-leader, i.e. to curb (flg.):— bridle. 

5469. \a\ivds challnds, khaLee-nos! ; from 
5465; a curb or head-stall (as curbing the spirit):— bit, 
bridle. 

5470. \oXkcos chalkeds, khal'-keh-os; from 
jV7j; coppery:— brass. 

5471. x«*X.K«is chalfeeus, khalk-yooce' ; from 
5^7j; a copper-worker or brazier: — coppersmith. 
547#. x a ^ K l8<ov chalkedon, khal-kay-dohn' ; 
from /^7j and perh. 1401; copper-like, i.e. " choicedo- 
ny" : — chalcedony. 

5473. x<*^k£ov chalkidn, khal-kee'-on; dimin. 
from 5475 ; a copper dish:— brazen vessel. 
547^. x a ^ K0 ^'P a vov chalkdllbandn, khal- 
kol-ib'-an-on; neut. of a comp. of j^j and jojo(m the 
impl. mean, of whiteness or brilliancy); burnished 
copper, an alloy of copper (or gold) and silver having 
a brilliant lustre:— fine brass. 

5475. x a ^ K<s * chalkds, khal-kos'; perh. from 
3465 through the idea of hollowing out as a vessel 
(this metal being chiefly used for that purpose); cop- 
per (the substance, or some implement or coin made 
of it):— brass, money. 

5476. x a r va ' chamai, kham-ah'ee; adv. perh. 
from the base of 5400 through the idea of a fissure in 
the soil; earthward, i.e. prostrate: — on (to) the 
ground. 

5^77. Xovoav Chanaan, khan-ah-an'; of Heb. 
or. [3667] ; Chanaan (i.e. Kenaan), the early name 
of Pal.:— Chanaan. 

5478. XavaavoXos ChanaanalAs, khan-ah-an- 
ah'-yos; from 5477; a Chanauncean (i.e. Kenaanite), 
or native of gentile Pal.: — of Canaan. 

5479. X a P^ chara, khar-ah'; from 5463; cheerful- 
ness, i.e. calm delight: — gladness, x greatly, (X be 
exceeding) joy (-ful, -fully, -fulness, -ous). 

5480. xapo-y|j.a charagma, khar'-ag-mah; from 
the same as 5482; a scratch or etching, i.e. stamp (as 
a badge of servitude), or sculptured figure (statue):— 
graven, mark. 

5481. x a P aKT ^P charakter, khar-ak-tare' ; from 
the same as 5482; a graver (the tool or the person), 
i.e. (by impl.) engraving (['* character"'], the figure 
stamped, i.e. an exact copy or [fig.] representation):— 
express image. 

5482. X^P a S charax, khar'-ax; from xapaovw 
charasso (to sharpen to a point; akin to 1125 
through the idea of scratching); a stake, i.e. (by 
impl.) a palisade or rampart (military mound for 
circumvallation in a siege) :— trench. 

5483. \a.fl%afjOA charlzAmal, khar-id'-zom- 
ahee; mid. from 5485; to grant as a favor, i.e. gra- 
tuitously, in kindness, pardon or rescue:— deliver, 
(frankly) forgive, (freely) give, grant. 

5484- X^P IV chartn, khar'-in; ace. of 5485 as 
prep.; through favor of, i.e. on account of:— be- 
(for) cause of, for sake of, + . . . fore, x reproachfully. 

5485. x<*P l s charts, khar'-ece; trora 5463; gra- 
ciousness (as gratifying), of manner or act (abstr. or 
concr. ; lit., flg. or spiritual ; espec. the divine influ- 
ence upon the heart, and its reflection in the life; in- 
cluding gratitude):— acceptable, benefit, favour, gift, 
grace (-ious), joy liberality, pleasure, thank (-s, 
-worthy). 

5486. x&pio-|ia charisma, khar'-is-mah; from 
5483; a (divine) gratuity, i.e. deliverance (from dan- 
ger or passion) ; (spec.) a (spiritual) endowment, i.e. 
(subj.) religious qualification, or (obj.) miraculous 
faculty:— (tree) gift. 

5487. xapiToo cliaritoo. khar-ee-to'-o; from 
5485; to grace, i.e. indue with special honor:— make 
accepted, be highly favoured. 



5488. Xappdv Charrhan, khar-hran'; of Heb. 
or. [3771] ; Charrhan (i.e. Charan), a place in Meso- 
potamia:— Charran. 

5489. X^P T1 1S charteg, khar'-tace; from thesame 
as 5482; a sheet ("chart ") of writing-material (as to 
be scribbled over):— paper. 

5490. x ao *l ia chasma, khas'-mah; from a form 
of an obsol. prim. X<"> cha5 (to "gape" or 
" yawn"); a "chasm " or vacancy (impassable inter 
val):— gulf. 

5491. \tl\os cheilds, khi'-los; from a form of 
the same as 5400; a lip (as a pouring place); flg. 8 
margin (of water):— lip, shore. 

5492. x«|wiS> chelmazo, khi-mad'-zo; from the 
same as 5404; to storm, i.e. (pass.) to labor under a 
gale:— he tossed with tempest. 

5493. xctpappos che'lmarrhdg, khi'-mar-hros; 
from the base of 5404 and 4482; a storm-runlet, i.e. 
winter-torrent: — brook. 

5494- X sl r u ' v chelmon, khi-mone'; from a der. 
of X ta cheo (to pour; akin to the base of 5400 
through the idea of a channel), mean, a storm (as 
pouring rain) ; by impl. the rainy season, i.e. winter: — 
tempest, foul weather, winter. 

5495. x*'p ehelr, khire; perh. from the base of 
5404 in the sense of its congener the base of 5400 
(through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the 
hand (lit. or fig. [power] ; espec. [by Heb.] a means 
or instrument) : — band. 

5496. x«pa , y<"> - Y&» chelragogeo, khi-rag-ogue- 
eh'-o; irova54Q7; to be a hand-leader, i.e. to guide (a 
blind person):— lead by the hand. 

5497. \apayay6s chelragogttg, khi-rag-o-gos' ; 
from 5495 and a redupl. form of 71; a hand-leader, 
i.e. personal conductor (of a blind person): — some to 
lead by the hand. 

5498. x"P<Wpa<f>ov chelrographAn, khi-rog'- 
raf-on; neut. of a comp. of 5495 and 1125; something 
hand-wi-itten (" chirograph"), i.e. a manuscript 
(spec, a legal document or 6ond [fig.]):— handwriting. 

5499. XEtpoTobrros chelrdpdletds, khi-rop-oy'- 
ay-tos; from 5405 and a der. of 4160; manufactured, 
i.e. of human construction: — made by (make with) 
hands. 

5500. xaporovita cheirdtSneo, khi-rot-on-eh'-o; 
from a comp. of 5495 and T«lva> tfiind (to stretch); 
to be a hand-reacher or voter (by raising the hand), 
i.e. (gen.) to select or appoint: — choose, ordain. 

5501. x''p">v chelron, khi'-rone; irreg. comp. of 
255b; from an obsol. equiv. X^'Pl* cheres (of un- 
cert. der.); more evil or aggravated (pbys., ment. or 
mor.):— sorer, worse. 

5502. xtpowpta cherdublm, fcher-oo-&een»'; 
plur. of Heb. or. [374S] ; " cherubim" (i.e. cherubs or 
kerubim) :— cherubims. 

5503. x^P 0, chera, fchau'-rah; fern, of a presumed 
der. appar. from the base of 5490 through the idea of 
deficiency; a widow (as lacking a husband), lit. or 
flg. :— widow. 

5504- \^h chthes, khthes; of uncert. der.; "yes- 
terday"; by extens. in time past or hitherto:— yester- 
day. 

5505. xi^&S chlllas, khil-ee-as'; from 5507; one 
thousand ("chiliad "):— thousand. 

5506. x'Mapxos chfllarchos, khil-ee'-ar-khos; 
from 5507 and 757; the commander of a thousand 
soldiers (" chiliarch"), i.e. colonel:— (chief, high) 
captain. 

5507. X&«>1 chllioX khil'-ee-oy; plur. of uncert 
affin. ; a thousand: — thousand. 

5508. Xlos Chlds, khee'-os; of uncert. der. ; Chios, 
an island in the Mediterranean:— Chios. 

5509. xtT«iv chiton, khee-tone'; of for. or. [3801]; 
a tunic or shirt:— clothes, coat, garment 

5510. \i&v chlon, khee-one'; perh. akin to the 
base of 5490 (5405) 015494 (as descending or empty); 
snow:— snow. 

5511. \\a.f.ii chl&nras, khlam-ooce'; of uncert. 
der. ; a military cloaic— robe. 



Khlyooadzo 
Ofeleemos 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



5512. xXeudi> chleuazo, khlyoo-ad'-zo; from a 
der. prob. of f&i; to throw out the lip, i.e. jeer at:— 
mock. 

5513. \Xiapds ehllarSs, khlee-ar-os'; from 
XXCo child (to warm); tepid:— lukewarm. 

5514. XX61] Chide, khlo'-ay; fern, of appar. a 
prim, word; "green"; CMoe, a Chr. female:— Culoe. 

5515. xXapds chloros, khlo-ros'; from the same 
as 5514; greenish, i.e. verdant, dun-colored:— green, 
pale. 

5526. xi ? ehl xl stigma, Tehee scee stig'-ma; the 
22d, 14th and an obsol. letter (#7^ as a cross) of the 
Greek alphabet (intermediate between the 5th and 
6th), used as numbers; denoting respectively 600, 60 
and 6; 666 as a numeral.— six hundred threescore and 
Bix. 

6517. xo'i'kos chftikda, kho-ik-os'; from 3322; 
dusty or dirty (soit-like), i.e. (by impl.) terrene:— 
earthy. 

5518. X°' vt l chfllnlx, khoy'-nix; of uncert. der.; 
a chcenix or cert, dry measure:— measure. 
5529. x°'P°S cholros, khoy'-ros; of uncert. der. ; 
a hog:— swine. 

55^0. xo^ a ehfllao, khol-ah'-o; from 5531; to be 
bilious, i.e. (by impl.) irritable (enraged, "chol- 
eric"):— be angry. 

6521. \o\f\ chdle, khol-ay'; fern, of an equiv. 
perh. akin to the same as 3314 (from the greenish hue) ; 
"gall" or bile, i.e. (by anal.) poison or an anodyne 
(wormwood, poppy, etc.):— gaU. 
5522. x<os clioos, Wio'-os; from the base of 3404; 
a heap (as poured out), i.e. rubbish; loose dirt:— dust. 
55&?. XopaijCv Chdrazln, khor-ad-zin' ; of un- 
cert. der.; C/iorazai, a place in Pal.:— Chorazin. 
5624. \opt\yia chAregeo, khor-ayg-eh'-o; from a 
comp. 013323 and 7-r, - to be a dance-leader, i.e. (gen.) 
to furnish:— give, minister. 

55.25. x°P^S chSrSs, khor-os'; of uncert. der. ; a 
rinp, i.e. round dance ("choir"): — dancing. 

5526. xopri(<i> chfirtazo, khor-tad'-zo; from 
jja?; to fodder, i.e. (gen.) to fforgre (supply food in 
abundance):— feed, fill, satisfy. 

5527. x6pr<ur r \a chdrtasma, khor'-tas-mah; 
ttomtfri; forage, i.e. food:— sustenance. 

5528. \6qto* chdrt5s, khor'-tos; appar. a prim, 
word; a "court" or " garden", i,e. (by impl, of pas- 
ture) herbage or vegetation: — blade, grass, hay. 

5529. Xoujds Chduzas, khood-zas'; of uncert. 
or. ; Chuzas, an officer of Herod:— Chuza. 

5530. xpaopcu chraomal, khrah'-om-ahee; mid. 
of a prim, verb (perh. rather from 3403, to handle); to 
furnish what is needed; (give an oracle, "graze" 
[touch slightly], light upon, etc.), i.e. (by impl.) to 
employ or (by extens.) to act towards one in a given 
manner:— entreat, use. Comp. 3331,3334. 

5531. xp&a chrao, khrah'-o; prob. the same as 
the base of 5530; to loan:— lend. 

6532. xpda chreia, khri'-ah; from the base of 
5530 or 3334; employment, i.e. an affair; also (by 
impl.) occasion, demand, requirement or destitu- 
tion:— business, lack, necessary (-ity), need (ful), use, 
want. 

5533. xprn^iiKirrp chreophelletes, khreh-o- 
frlet r -aee; from a der. of 3331 and 3781; a loan-ower, 
i.e. indebted person: — debtor. 

5534- XP'h chre, khray; third pers. sing, of the 
same as 3530 or 3331 used impers. ; it needs (must or 
should) be: —ought. 

5535. XPtft" chpSjZo, khrade'-zo; from 3332; to 
make (i.e. have) necessity, i.e. be in want of :— (have) 
need. 

6536. XP^I ia chrema, khray'-mah; something 
useful or needed, i.e. wealth, price:— money, riches. 
5537. XP>lr iaT %< a chrematlzo, khray-mat-id'-zo; 
from .£00; to utter an oracle (comp. the orig. sense 
of 5530), i.e. divinely intimate; by impl. (comp. the 
secular sense of 5532) to constitute a firm for business, 
I.e. (gen.) bear as a title:— be called, be admonished 
(warned) of God, reveal, speak. 



5538. XPW m(r r l ^S chrematlsmfts, khray-mat- 
is-mos'; troms537; a divine response or recelation;— 
answer of God. 

5539. xp^JTipos chreglmos, khray' 'see-mos; 
from 3340; serviceable:— profit. 

5540. Xpr\n& clu-esls, khray'-sis; from 3330; em- 
ployment, i.e. (spec.) sexual intercourse (as an occm- 
pation of the body): — use. 

5541. xpTrrevo|iai chresteuomai, khraste- 
yoo'-om-ahee; mid. from 3343; to show oneself useful, 
i.e. act benevolently:— be kind. 

5542. XPHOToXo^Ca clirestSlogia, khrase-tol- 
og-ee'-ah; from a comp. of 3343 and 3004; fair speech, 
i.e. plausibility:— good words. 

5545. xp^yrT^S chrestSs, khrase-tos' ; from j;jjo; 
empZoj/ed, i.e. (by impl.) useful (in manner or 
morals):— better, easy, good (-ness), gracious, kind. 
5544- XpilOTOTTjs clircstotes, fchray-stot'-ace; 
from 3343; usefulness, i.e. mor. excellence (in charac- 
ter or demeanor):— gentleness, good (-ness), kindness. 

5545. X9^"'V a chrisma, khrisf-mah; from 3348; 
an unguent or smearing, i.e. (fig.) the spec, endow- 
ment ("chrism") of the Holy Spirit:— anointing, unc- 
tion. 

5546. Xpiorictvos Christianas, khris-tee-an-os' ; 
from 3347; a Christian, i.e. follower of Christ: — 
Christian. 

5547. Xpioros ChrlstAs, khris-tos'; from 3548; 
anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus: — 
Christ. 

5548. XP' U chrio, khree'-o; prob. akin to 3330 
through the idea of contact; to smear or rub with 
oil, i.e. (by impl.) to consecrate to an office or relig- 
ious service:— anoint. 

5549. xpov'S* 1 chrftiilzo, fcfcron-id'-zo; from 
3330; to fafce time, i.e. linger:— delay, tarry. 

5550. XP°vos chronos, khron'-os; of uncert. der. ; 
a space of time (in gen., and thus prop, distinguished 
from 2340, which designates a fixed or special occa- 
sion; and from 163, which denotes a particular 
period) or interval; by extens. an individ. oppor- 
tunity; by impl. delay: f- years old, season, space, 

(X often-) time (-s), (a) while. 

5551. xpovoTpip«o chr6n5trlbeo, fcftron-of- 
rib-eh'-o; from a presumed comp. of 3330 and the 
base of 3147; to be a time-wearer, i.e. to procrasti- 
nate (linger): — spend time. 

5552. xpvo-eos chrnseos, khroo'-seh-os; from 
5337; made of gold:— of gold, golden. 

5553. XpvcCof chrnsidn, khroo-see'-on; dimin. 
of 3337; a golden article, i.e. gold plating, ornament, 
or coin:— gold. 

5554. XpwoSaxTvXios chrns«5daktuU6a, 

khroo-sod-aJc-too' -lee-os ; from 3537 and 114b; gold- 
ringed, i.e. wearing a golden flnger-ring or similar 
jewelry:— with a gold ring. 

5555. xpwoXiBos chrusolithos, khroo-sol'-ee- 
thos; from 3337 and 3037; gold-stone, i.e. a yellow 
gem (" chrysolite"):— chrysolite. 

5556. xpOTiirpcuros chrnaopraads, khroo-sop'- 
ras-os; from S537 and irpdcrov prasou (a leek) ; a 
greenish-yellow gem (" chrt/soprase"): — chrysoprase. 

5557. xP v<r °S chrnaSs, khroo-sos'; perh. from the 
base of 533° (through the idea of the utility of the 
metal); gold; by extens. a golden article, as an orna- 
ment or coin:— gold. 

5558. xpvo-<5« cbrnsoo, khroo-s5'-o; from 3537; to 
gild, i.e. bespangle with golden ornaments:— deck. 

5559. XP"»S chroa, khroce; prob. akin to the base 
ot3S3o through the idea of handling; the body (prop, 
its surface or skin):— body. 

5560. x»X6s cholog, kho-los'; appar. aprim.word; 
"ftoW", i.e. Kmptng:— cripple, halt, lame. 

5561. x<°P a chora, kho'-rah; fern, of a der. of the 
base of 34qo through the idea of empty expanse; 
room, i.e. a space of territory (more or less exten- 
sive; often includ. its inhab.):— coast, county, fields, 
ground, land, region. Comp. 5117. 

5562. xop&o chorSo, kho-reh'-o; from 3361; to be 
in (give) space, i.e. (intrans.) to pass, enter, or (trans.) 



to hold, admit (lit. orflg.):— come, contain, go, haw 
place, (can, be room to) receive. 

5563. xapll<a chorlzo, kho-rid'-zo; tromssbi; to 
place room between, i.e. part; reflex, to go away:— 
depart, put asunder, separate. 

5564. x°pl° v choriSn, kho-ree'-on; dimin. of 
3361; a spot or plot of ground:— field, land, parcel of 
ground, place, possession. 

5565. X">pfe chorls, kho-rece'; adv. from 3361; at 
a space, i.e. separately or apart from (often as 
prep.):— beside, by itself, without. 

5566. x"P°s chords, kho'-ros; of Lat. or.; the 
north-west wind: — north west. 



5567. (|/dX\w psallo, psal'-lo; prob. strengthened 
from >l»ou psao (to rubor touch the surface; comp. 
3397) ; t° twitch or twang, i.e. to play on a stringed 
instrument (celebrate the divine worship with music 
and accompanying odes):— make melody, sing 
(psalms). 

5568. <|/o\|i6s pgalmoa, psal-mos'; from 3367; a 
set piece of music, i.e. a sacred ode (accompanied 
with the voice, harp or other instrument ; a " psalm") ; 
collect, the book of the Psalms:— psalm. Comp. 3003. 

5569. «|>cvSdSEX(j>os pseudadelphfts, psyoo- 
dad'-el-fos; from 3371 and 80; a spurious brother, i.e. 
pretended associate: — false brethren. 

5570. iJievSairoo-ToXos psendapdstdlos, psyoo- 
dap-os'-tol-os; from 3371 and 632; a spurious apostle, 
i.e. pretended preacher;— false teacher. 

5571. >J«vStjs psendes, psyoo-dace'; from 3374; 
untrue, i.e. erroneous, deceitful, wicked: — false, liar. 

5572. tjievSoSiSdincaXos psendAdidasltalds, 
psyoo-dod-id-as'-kal-os; from 3571 and 1320; a spu- 
rious teacher, i.e. propagator of erroneous Chr. doc- 
trine:— false teacher. 

5573. iJrevooXo-yos pgeuddldgos, psyoo-doUog'- 
os; irom.3371 and 3004; mendacious, i.e. promulgat- 
ing erroneous Chr. doctrine' — speaking lies. 

5574. «|«ii8o|iai psenddmal, psyoo' -dom-ahee; 
mid. of an appar. prim, verb; to utter an untruth or 
attempt to deceive by falsehood:— falsely, Be. 

5575. <]/evSoudpTvp psendomartur, psyoo- 
dom-ar'-toor; from 3371 and a kindred form of 3144; 
a spurious witness, i.e. bearer of untrue testimony:— 
false witness. 

5576. +€voo r \apTup&» psenddmartnreo, 
psyoo-dom-ar-too-reh'-o; from 3373; to 6e an untrue 
testifier, i.e. offer falsehood in evidence:— be a false 
witness. 

5577. «Iret)8o|iaprvp£o psendomartarla, psyoo. 
dom-ar-too-ree'-ah; from 3373; untrua testimony:— 
false witness. 

5578. <|i«>Soirpo<|><iTiis psenddprdphetee, 
psyoo-dop-rof-ay'-tace; from 3371 and 4306; a spu- 
rious prophet, i.e. pretended foreteller or religious 
impostor:— false prophet. 

5579. <]/€v8os psendds, psyoo'-dos; {101113374; a 
falsehood:— lie, lying. 

5550. *|kuS6xP«™-°S psend5chrlstdg, psjroo- 
dokh'-ris-tos; from .#7/ and .##7; a spurious Mes- 
siah:— false Christ. 

5552. <|>eu8<&vu|U>$ psendonnmSa, psyoo-do'- 
noo-mos; from .337/ and J&S5; untruly named:— 
falsely so called. 

55S#. <|/cv(r|i.a pseasma, psyoos'^mah; from 3374; 
a fabrication, i.e. falsehood:— Ue. 
5583. <|/ev(m]S pseustes, pssoos-tace'; from 
5J7#; a falsifier:— liar. 

55S4- i r 'nXa4>d< 1 > pselaphao, psay-laf-ah'-o; from 
the base of 55*7 (comp. J-/.S5); to manipulate, i.e. 
ceri/V by contact; fig. to seareA for:— feel after, 
handle, touch. 

5585. 4rr|<f>C£co psephizo, psay-fid'-zo; fromjja}; 
to use pebbles in enumeration , i.e. (gen.) to compute:— 
count. 

5586. t|ri)<j>os psephtt s, psay'-fos; from the same 
as #,8/; a pe&oie (as worn smooth by handling), I.e. 



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



Khlyooadzo 
Ofeleemos 



79 



(by impl. of use as a counter or ballot) a verdict (of 
acquittal) or ticket (of admission); a vote: — stone, 
voice. 

5587. <|/i0vpur|i6s pslttrarismds, psith-oo-ris- 
mos'; from a der. of i|/£8os psitbds (a whisper; by 
impl. a slander; prob. akin to 5574)', whispering, i.e. 
secret detraction: — whispering. 

5588. \|/Uhipio-TTJS psitbaristes, psith-oo-ris- 
tace'; from the same as 5587; a secret calumnia- 
tor: — whisperer. 

5589. ■tyiyj.ov pslchldn, psikh-ee'-on; dimin. 
from a der. of the base of 5507 (mean, a crumb) ; a 
little bit or morsel: — crumb. 

5590. \|r«x^ psucbe, psoo-khay'; from S594\ 
breath, i.e. (by impl.) spirit, abstr. or concr. (the ani- 
mal sentient principle only; thus distinguished on the 
one hand from 4151, which is the rational and immor- 
tal soul; and on the other from 2222, which is mere 
vitality, even of plants : these terms thus exactly 
correspond respectively to the Heb. 5315, 7307 and 
2416):— heart (+ -ily), life, mind, soul, + us, -f you. 

5591. i|n>xiKis psuchikos, psoo-khee-kos' ; from 
5500; sensitive, i.e. animate (in distinction on the 
one hand from 4152, which is the higher or renovated 
nature; and on the other from 5446, which is the 
lower or bestial nature):— natural, sensual. 

5592. i|ivxos psucbos, psoo'-khos; from SSQ4! 
coolness: — cold. 

559S. \|n>xpos psncbrds, psoo-chros'; from 5502; 
chilly (lit. or fig.):— cold. 

5594. i|r5x.«> psocbo, psoo'-fcfto,' a prim, verb; to 
breathe {voluntarily but gently; thus differing on the 
one hand from 4154, which denotes prop, a forcible 
respiration; and on the other from the base of 10a, 
which refers prop, to an inanimate breeze), i.e. (by 
impl. of reduction of temperature by evaporation) to 
chill (fig.):— wax cold. 

5595. ij/wfiitw psomlzo, pso-mid'-zo; from the 
base otssoo! to supply with bits, i.e. (gen.) to nour- 
ish; — (bestow to) feed. 

5596. iJ/ullCov psomidn, pso-mee'-on; dim. from 
a der. of the base of 5597; a crumb or morsel (as if 
rubbed off), i.e. a mouthful: — sop. 

5597. •if£>\a psoclio, pso'-kho; prol. from the 
same base as .5567 ; to triturate, i.e. (by anal.) to rub 



out (kernels from husks with the fingers or hand):— 
rub. 



5598. il o, i.e. aJlwya omega, o'-meg-dh; the last 
letter of the Gr. alphabet, I.e. (fig.) the finality:— 
Omega. 

5599. w 5, o; a prim, interj. ; as a sign of the voc. 
O; as a note of exclamation, oh:— O. 

5600. a o, o; includ. ihe oblique forms, as well as 
lis es, ace; *n e, ay, etc. ; the subjunctive of /jio; (may, 
might, can, could, would, should, must, etc.; also 
with 1487 and its comp., as well as with other particles) 
be: — \- appear, are, (may, might, should) be, X have, 
i S] _(- pass the flower of her age, should stand, were. 

5601. 'ftpVjS Obed, o-bade'; of Heb. or. [5744]; 
Obed, anlsr.:— Obed. 

5602. a&t bode, ho'-deh; from an adv. form of 
3302; in this same spot, i.e. here or hither:— here, 
hither, (in) this place, there. 

5603. tpo^j d.de, o-day'; from 103; a chant or 
" ode" (the gen. term for any words sung; while 5213 
denotes espec. a religious metrical composition, and 
S^bS still more spec, a Heb. cantillation):— song. 

5604. <i)8£v odln, o-deen'; akin to 3001; a pang or 
throe, esp. of childbirth:— pain, sorrow, travail. 

5605. tooCvu odlno, o-dee'-no; from J604; to expe- 
rience the pains of parturition (lit. or fig.) :— travail in 
(birth). 

5606. upos omos, o'-mos; perh. from the alt. of 
S342; the shoulder (as that on which burdens are 
borne):— shoulder. 

5607. <»v on, oan; includ. the fem. 
ovcra ousa, oo'-sah; and the neut. 

ov on, on; pres. part, of ijio; being:— he, 
come, have. 

5608. 0)V€O[j.cu oneomat, o-neh'-om-ahee; mid. 
from an appar. prim, mvos oniis (a sum or price); 
to purchase fsynon. with the earlier 40Q2): — buy. 

5609. wov don, o-on' ; appar. a prim, word; an 
"egg":— egg. 

5610. topa nora, ho'-rah; appar. a prim, word; an 
"hour" (lit. or fig.):— day, hour, instant, season, 

I x short, [even-] tide, Thigh) time. 



5611. wpaios boraios, ho-rah'-yos; from j6jo; 
belonging to the right hour or season (timely), i.e. (by 
impl.) flourishing (beauteous [fig.]): — beautiful. 



. <6pvou.cu orndmal, o-roo 1 -om-ahee; mid. of 
an appar. prim, verb; to "roar":— roar. 

5613. a>s bos, hoce; prob. adv. of comp. from 3730; 
which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, 
as follows):— about, after (that), (according) as (it had 
been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how 
(greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, 
unto, when ([-soever]), while, X with all speed. 

5614. oxravva bosanna, ho-san-nah'; of Heb. or. 
[3467 and 4994]; oh save'; hosanna (i.e. hoshia-na), 
an exclamation of adoration:— hosanna. 

5615. wavTios bosautog, ho-sow'-toce; from 
5613 and an adv. from 84b; as thus, i.e. in the same 
way:— even so, likewise, after the same (in like) 
manner. 

5616. cwrtt bosel, ho-si'; from 3613 and 1487; as 
if:— about, as (it had been, it were), like (as). 

5617. 'D,<rt\( Hosee, ho-say-eh'; of Heb. or. [1954]; 
Hosee (i.e. Hoshea), an Isr.:— Osee. 

5618. cwnrep bosper, hoce'-per; from 5613 and 
4007; just as, i.e. exactly like: — (even, like) as. 

5619. cocnrepef bosperel, hoce-per-i'; from sbiS 
and 1487; just as if, i.e. as it were:— as. 

5620. mm hdste, hoce'-teh; from 5613 and 5037; 
so too, i.e. thus therefore (in various relations of con- 
secution, as follow): — (insomuch) as, so that (then), 
(insomuch) that, therefore, to, wherefore. 

5621. utCov otlon, o-tee'-on; dimin. of 377s; an 
earlet, i.e. one of the ears, or perh. the lobe of the 
ear:— ear. 



'2. i>$i\v.a. opheleia, o-fel'-i-ah; from a der. 
of the base of 3624; usefulness, i.e. benefit: — advan- 
tage, profit. 

5623. afyikta opbeleo, o-fel-eh'-o; from the same 
as 5622; to be useful, i.e. to benefit: — advantage, bet- 
ter, prevail, profit. 

5624- utpEXiLios optaellmSs, o-fel'-ee-mos; from 
a form of 3786; helpful or serviceable, i.e. advanis. 
geous:— profit (-able). 



NOTE. 



Owing to changes in the enumeration while in I and 3203-3302, which were therefore silently dropped I This will occasion no practical mistake or inconven- 
progress, there were no words left for Nos. 2717 I out of the vocabulary and references as redundant. I ience.